Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutR-2011-120 Boiler Replacement; Shannon Industrial Contractors, Inc; City Project No. 2307ACLEfz KS R-ap,i_12.0 BID SET January 27, 2012 City of Yakima, Washington Yakima Regional Wastewater Treatment Facility Boiler Replacement Project Specifications PHARMER EN GIN EERIN G 1998 W. Judith Lane Boise, Idaho 83705 Phone: (208) 433-1900 Fax: (208) 433-1901 DEPARTMENT OF C:011.41L NITY AND EC. ON( P1 129 North Second Street )akima. Washington 98901 Phone: 1509) 575-6113 e Fax (509) 576-6792 ,ifichael kt'rales, Director ADDENDUM NO. 1 (. TO THE BID DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CITY OF YAKIMA, WA For Yakima Regional Wastewater Treatment Plant Boiler Replacement City Project No.: 2307A TO THE ATTENTION OF ALL BIDDERS AND PLAN HOLDERS: The Bid & Contract Documents shall be modified as follows. ENT ITEM 1. Bid Date The Bid Date has been changed. Bids will be received until 3:OOpm Tuesday February 28, 2012. The location is unchanged. ITEM 2. Department of Ecology Contract and Project Requirements This project is being funded by the State of Washington Department of Ecology who has contract requirements included in this addendum as Exhibit A. Contractor shall comply with the Department of Ecology Requirements and complete required bid submittal forms. The Contract requirements originally published in the bid document remain, but will be superseded by those in Exhibit A in the event of conflicting terms. ITEM 3. Submittal Requirement Contractor shall submit a work sequencing plan and construction schedule for review and approval by the Engineer before commencing construction work. Submit in accordance with 01330 -Submittal Procedures. ITEM 4. Windows in Boiler Room Sheet H1.0. Remove "by others" from Plan Note 8. Project No. 2307A / Addendum 1 Page 1 of 7 2/13/2012 ITEM 5. Revise Motor Service Factor Specifications Page 233, (11149-3) Revise the service factor for the Primary Loop Pumps to be 1.15 in lieu of 1.25. Specifications Page 234, (11149-4) Revise the service factor for the Inline Utility Loop Pump (Admin/Lab/Influent buildings) to be 1.15 in lieu of 1.25. Specifications Page 234, (11149-4) Revise the service factor for the Inline Utility Loop Pump (Admin/Lab/Influent buildings) to be 1.15 in lieu of 1.25. Specifications Page 235, (11149-5) Revise the service factor for the Inline Utility Loop Pump (Sludge Transfer Building/Offices/Trickling filter) to be 1.15 in lieu of 1.25. Specifications Page 236, (11149-6) Revise the service factor for the Inline Utility Loop Pumps: Shop/Garage to be 1.15 in lieu of 1.25. Specifications Page 237, (11149-7) Revise the service factor for the Inline Utility Loop Pumps: Storage Building to be 1.15 in lieu of 1.25. Specifications Page 238, (11149-8) Revise the service factor for the Secondary Loop — Heat Exchangers Feed Pumps to be 1.15 in lieu of 1.25. ITEM 6. Boiler Master Control Panel Clarifications Specifications Page 250, (11170-2) Add the following at the end of the sentence at 1.0 A.4, for all each register available to the SCADA system. At a minimum, the data points listed in tables III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, and IX (at the end of this specification) shall be included. Add the following after Paragraph 1.05 C.3: Include electronic PLC listing of program and data files for PLC and 01 programs on CD-ROM. Revise last sentence of paragraph 1.07 A to read, "All costs for the Boiler Master Control Panel, as specified herein, shall be included in the appropriate lump sum bid items." In lieu of "All costs for programmable logic controllers, as specified herein, shall be included in the appropriate lump sum bid items." Specifications Page 254, (11170-6) Revise the second paragraph of the page to read as follows: "If communications between the Plant SCADA system and the Master PLC are interrupted, then the Master PLC will rely on the Digester Gas System (located at the suction of the Digester Gas Blowers) pressure transmitter only for indication of available Digester Gas. The Digester Gas System pressure measurement is also available through the bus communications as measured at the Digester Gas Storage tanks. The pressure transmitter local to the blowers will be needed to allow the blowers to operate in the event that communications fail." In lieu of: "If communications between the Plant SCADA system and the Master PLC are interrupted, then the Master PLC will rely on the Digester Gas System (located at the suction of the Digester Gas Blowers) pressure transmitter only for indication of available Digester Gas. John, from Cole Industrial, indicated that the pressure should be measured as far from the blower 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Project No. 2307A / Addendum 1 Page 2 of 7 2/13/2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Project No. 2307A / Addendum 1 Page 3 of 7 2/13/2012 suction as practical to avoid interference from the blowers. This pressure measurement is available, through the bus communications from the digester gas storage tanks. The pressure transmitter local to the blowers will be needed to allow the blowers to operate in the event that communications fail." Specifications Page 255, (11170-7) Revise the second column of the fourth row of Table 2 to read, "When the Digester Gas System Pressure (as measured at the Digester Gas Blower Suction) is above this level for 15 seconds, then the boilers will be allowed to use Digester Gas after a Critically Low Digester Gas Pressure Alarm" in lieu of "When the Digester Gas System Pressure (as measured at the Digester Gas Blower Suction) is above this level for some amount of time, then the boilers will be allowed to use Digester Gas after a Critically Low Digester Gas Pressure Alarm". Specifications Page 256, (11170-8) Revise the fourth paragraph to read, A blower discharge temperature switch (opens at 120°C) is monitored by the VSC and will be monitored by the Master PLC (via relays in the Boiler Building Isolator Panel "BOIP"). If the blower discharge temperature switch opens during motor operation, the VSC will be disabled until manually reset at the control station. The temperature switch is manually resetting (not automatically resetting). In leiu of, A blower discharge temperature switch (opens at 120°C) is monitored by the VSC and will be monitored by the Master PLC (via relays in the VSC cabinet). If the blower discharge temperature switch opens during motor operation, the VSC will be disabled until manually reset at the control station. The temperature switch is manually resetting (not automatically resetting). Revise the first sentence of the sixth paragraph to read, "A mass gas flow meter (thermal dispersion type) transmitter is mounted on each blower discharge." In lieu of, "A mass gas flow meter (thermal dispersion type) transmitter is mounted on the blower discharge." Revise the first sentence of the seventh paragraph to read, "A pressure transmitter with a 4-20 mA analog output is mounted on each blower discharge pipe." In lieu of "A pressure transmitter with a 4-20 mA analog output is mounted on the discharge pipe." Specifications Page 262, (11170-14) Add the following row to Table III, "Discrete Inputs (110 VAC local panel reference voltage): Device Description Type Status Meaning Tag ID Emergency Stop Emergency Stop Dry Contact Emergency Stop has been pressed when contacts open ITEM 7. Temperature Actuated Switches Specifications Page 295, (13116-1) Revise 2.01 to read, "Temperature Actuated Switch" in lieu of "Pressure Actuated Switch". ITEM 8. Basic Electrical Requirements Specifications Page 341, (16010-13) Revise last sentence of paragraph 2.03 G.2 to read, "If the values referenced in the report do not match the conditions observed in the field, use the observed values in lieu of the existing report." In lieu of "If the values do not match, the Contractor shall provide". ITEM 9. Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Specifications Page 350, (16050-6) Revise last sentence of paragraph 3.05 a. to read, "Protect the equipment per section 01575." In lieu of "Protect the equipment per section 01557." ITEM 10. Grounding Specifications Page 354, (16060-2) Delete paragraph 2.02 E and its subparagraphs. ITEM 11. Raceways and Boxes Specifications Page 368, (16130-4) Revise paragraph 2.04 F to refer to Section 16120 in lieu of Section 16740. ITEM 12. Motor Control Centers Specifications Page 397, (16445-1) Delete paragraphs 1.02 C 3, 1.02 C 4, and 1.02 C 5. Specifications Page 398, (16445-2) Delete the words "PLC and Remote I/O installation and wiring" from paragraph 1.04 F. Specifications Page 401, (16445-5) Delete paragraphs 2.03 C 2 through 2.03 C 7. ITEM 13. Control Panels Specifications Page 432, (16940-2) Delete paragraph 1.06 F. ITEM 14. Drawings Drawing E0.02 Revise the callout on the circuit between the Boiler Master Control Panel and Existing MH -10 to reference "(See Sheet E1.10)" in lieu of referencing "(Note 4)". Drawing E0.03 Revise the second sentence of Note 2 to read "See Drawings E0.02, E1.05, and E1.07." in lieu of "See Drawings E1.05, E1.06, E1.07, and E1.08." Drawing E1.04 Revise Note 9 to read "Not Used." Drawing E1.05 Revise Note 6 to read "Core drill wall as necessary..." in lieu of "Core drill wall between new electrical room and existing boiler building as necessary..." Revise the homerun on the existing HVAC unit (located in grid B16) to delete the circuit conductor marks and have a callout of "Notes 1 & 6" in lieu of "Note 6". Drawing E1.06 Revise the callout on the Isolator Panel (located in grids D7 and D8) to read "Isolator Panel (Note 14)". Add Note 14 as follows: "Coordinate conduit routing to intrinsically safe and non - intrinsically safe areas of control panel prior to conduit installation." Add a second conduit between the Isolator Panel and the Boiler Master Control Panel with a callout of "Notes 11 and 13". Project No. 2307A / Addendum 1 Page 4 of 7 2/13/2012 1 I E1.07 Revise the title under the MCC Schedule to delete the word "Existing". Revise the MCC Schedule for units 5E and 51 to show the Control Station (CS) reference as "21E1.07" in lieu of "3/E1.07". Add a reference of "(Note 2)" under the title Motor Control Center "MCC 2518R" Elevation. Revise Note 4 to read "...fuses sized per HVAC manufacturer's..." in lieu of "fuses per manufacturer's...". Add a reference to "Note 5" under the title "Detail 3/E1.07 Emergency Stop Pushbutton". Revise Note 5 to read "See EWD 41E1.32 for wiring of emergency stop pushbutton." 1 E1.08 Revise Note 4 to read "See Drawing E1.06 for further information." Revise Detail 7/E1.08 to have references to Note 6 in lieu of Note 4 on the conduits from the Boiler Master Control Panel to the flow transmitters and to the explosive gas ' transmitters. Add Note 6 as follows: "See Drawing E2.01 for further information. Revise the Panelboard Circuit Schedule to delete the requirement for 30mA GFP breakers on circuits 31, 35, and 36. Revise Detail 5/E1.08 to transpose the callouts on the conduits running up from a disconnect switch and the conduits running down from a disconnect switch. 1 E.10.9 Revise the MCC to be rated 35KA bracing in lieu of 65 KA bracing, and to have circuit breakers rated 35 KAIC in lieu of 65 KAIC. Revise the MCC to have Class IIC wiring in lieu of Class IIB. Add callouts of "Note 5" to the connection of the motor branch circuit to the motor for motors supplied from units 2E, 21, 2M, 3E, 31, and 3M. Revise the tag numbers for Boiler Nos. 1 and 2. Boiler No.1 is WW1556, and Boiler No.2 is WW1557. ' Revise the callout at the connection of the motor branch circuit to the two Digester Gas Compressors to be Note 12 in lieu of Note 5. Add Note 12 as follows: "Provide flexible conduit listed for Class! Division 1 location ' for vibration isolation at final termination at load. Do not use more than 18 inches unless noted. Install flexible conduit in a straight length without bends. Do not use flexible conduit in place of elbows, offsets, or fittings." ' Revise Note 10 to read "...fuses sized per HVAC manufacturer's..." in lieu of "fuses per manufacturer's...". Revise Note 11 to refer to Drawing E1.10 in lieu of E1.11. 1 E1.10 Revise the circuit between each Biogas Compressor VFD and the junction box to be 9#14, 1"C in lieu of 7#14, 3/4"C. Revise the circuit between each junction box and the Isolator Panel to be 11#14, 1"C in lieu of 9#14, 1"C. 1 E1.11 Note that the Pullholes MH10 and MH-9 are existing. All devices and circuits shown on this sheet are new unless otherwise noted as existing. 1 E1.61 Note that (in Grids 14 and G4) the "call" and enable" conductors which connect to the Boiler No.1 Control Panel and Boiler No.2 Control Panel, connect to a normally closed contact in each Boiler Control Panel to call (start) the associated Gas 1 Compressor. E2.01 Revise Note 12 to read "Not used." Revise Note 10 to refer to drawing G0.9 in lieu of G0.2. Project No. 2307A / Addendum 1 Page 5 of 7 2/13/2012 E3.02 Revise Note 2 to refer to unit DD2 in lieu of DD3. Revise Note 3 to refer to drawing E3.08 in lieu of E3.10. Revise the callouts on MC sections DD and DH to read "(Notes 2 & 11)" in lieu of "(Note 2)". E3.07 Revise the MCC Schedule to have MCC 2228 DD2 refer to EWD 1/E3.07 in lieu of 1/E3.31. Revise the MCC Schedule to have MCC 2229 DH5 refer to EWD 2/E3.07 in lieu of 2/E3.31. Revise Note 1 to read "Motor circuit protector..." in lieu of "Motor current protector...". E3.60 Revise Note 1 to read: "Provide new analog output card in place of existing card at slot indicated. Coordinate with Owner and Owner's programmer for replacement of card. Do not replace card without Owner's programmer present. Do not replace card with PLC rack powered. Replacing the card without modifications to the program will cause the PLC to fault and will negatively impact process control." E3.61 Revise Note 1 to add the following: "Items shown in foreground (bold) are new by Contractor." E3.62 Revise Note 1 to add the following: "Items shown in foreground (bold) are new by Contractor." Revise WW1953-TT on lines PDCP-420 and 421 to be wired as a 2 -wire transmitter with connections from 24VDC (terminal supplied by FU23) to "+" on the device, and from "-" on the device to terminal "+" in the control panel (then wired to I IN 0+ on the PLC). Provide a jumper from terminal "-" in the control panel (wired from I IN 0- on the PLC) to "-24VDC" in the control panel. Note that the existing analog card has a removal terminal strip that can be retained and which is presently wired to existing field connection terminals in the control panel. E3.63 Revise Note 2 to add the following: "Items shown in foreground (bold) are new by Contractor." Revise this drawing to show all wiring as existing (background) except for wiring from the 3 -way mixing valve to control panel terminals (on line PDCP-516 and 517). ED0.03 Revise Pullhole Schedule MH -10 modified to list conduit 4 on the south wall as "Spare (to MCC2518R)" in lieu of "Spare (to MH -11)". ED0.06 Add general sheet note that reads, "Not all seal offs or other methods required for a Class I, Division 1 environment is not shown. and ED0.07 These sheets need work by Nate as I am not clear what is really intended. ED0.08 Revise ALD 5/ES0.08 to show field wiring with a dashed line type in lieu of with a continuous line type. Project No. 2307A / Addendum 1 Page 6 of 7 2/13/2012 This ADDENDUM is to be considered as much a part of the contract provisions as if it were included in the body of the Plans and Specifications. All Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of the ADDENDUM on the proposal form prior to bid opening. APPROVED: EXPtI ES: 04-26-2012, END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 0 F66 /5 201z. Date Project No. 2307A / Addendum 1 Page 7 of 7 2/13/2012 "Wiimi DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY State of Washington Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A /page WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY WATER POLLUTION CONTROL REVOLVING FUND SPECIFICATIONS INSERT Revised 10/24/11 1 The following clauses will be incorporated into construction contracts receiving financial assistance from the Washington State Department of Ecology Water Pollution Control Revolving Fund. In the event of conflict within the contract these clauses shall take precedence Required Bid Submittals The following submittals are required to be submitted with the bid proposal: , • EPA Form 6100-4 (DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form) • EPA Form 6100-3 (DBE Subcontractor Performance Form) for all DBE subcontractors. • Complete Bidders List • Certification Of Nonsegregated Facilities Compliance with State and Local Laws The Contractor shall assure compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, requirements, and ordinances as they pertain to the design, implementation, and administration of the approved project. State Interest Exclusion It is anticipated that this project will be funded in part by the Washington State Department of Ecology . Neither the State Of Washington nor any of its departments or employees are, or shall be, a party to this contract or any subcontract. Third Party Beneficiary Partial funding of this project is being provided through the Washington State Department of Ecology Water Pollution Control Revolving Fund. All parties agree that the State of Washington shall be, and is hereby, named as an express third -party beneficiary of this contract, with full rights as such. Access to the construction site and to records The contractor shall provide for the safe access to the construction site and to the contractor's records by Washington State Department of Ecology and Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) personnel. The Contractor shall maintain accurate records and accounts to facilitate the Owner's audit requirements and shall ensure that all subcontractors maintain auditable records. Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A /page 2 These Project records shall be separate and distinct from the Contractor's other records and accounts. All such records shall be available to the Owner and to Washington State Department of Ecology and EPA personnel for examination. All records pertinent to this project shall be retained by the Contractor for a period of three (3) years after the final audit. Protection of the Environment No construction related activity shall contribute to the degradation of the environment, allow material to enter surface or ground waters, or allow particulate emissions to the atmosphere, which exceed state or federal standards. Any actions that potentially allow a discharge to state waters must have prior approval of the Washington State Department of Ecology. Project Signs The Contractor shall display Ecology's and the EPA's logo in a manner that informs the public that the project received financial assistance from the Washington State Water Pollution Control Revolving Fund. Prevailing Wage The work performed under this contract is subject to the wage requirements of the Davis -Bacon Act. The Contractor shall conform to the wage requirements prescribed by the federal Davis - Bacon and Relate Acts which requires that all laborers and mechanics employed by contractors and subcontractors performing on contracts funded in whole or in part by SRF appropriations in excess of $2000 pay their laborers and mechanics not less than the prevailing wage rates and fringe benefits, and determined by the Secretary of Labor, for corresponding classes of laborers and mechanics employed on similar projects in the area. Attachment 1 to this specification insert and an up to date wage determination shall be included in full into this contract and in any subcontract in excess of $2,000. Wage determinations can be found at http://www.wdol.gov. The Contractor agrees that the Contractor is legally and financially responsible for compliance with the Davis -Bacon Act wage rules. All laborers and mechanics employed by contractors and subcontractors employed as part of this contract shall be paid wages at rates not less than those prevailing on projects of a character similar in the locality as determined by the Secretary of Labor in accordance with subchapter IV of chapter 31 of title 40, United States Code. Certification Regarding Suspension, Debarment, Ineligibility Or Voluntary Exclusion 1. The CONTRACTOR, by signing this agreement, certifies that it is not suspended, debarred, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or otherwise excluded from contracting with the federal government, or from receiving contracts paid for with federal funds. If the CONTRACTOR is unable to certify to the statements contained in the certification, they must provide an explanation as to why they cannot. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide immediate written notice to the Department if at any time the CONTRACTOR learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A /page 3 had become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. 3. The terms covered transaction, debarred, suspended, ineligible, lower tier covered transaction, participant, person, primary covered transaction, principal, proposal, and voluntarily excluded, as used in this clause, have the meaning set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the department for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations.. 4. The CONTRACTOR agrees it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is proposed for debarment under the applicable Code of Federal Regulations, debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction. 5. The CONTRACTOR further agrees by signing this agreement, that it will include this clause titled "Certification Regarding Suspension, Debarment, Ineligibility Or Voluntary Exclusion" without modification in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions. 6. Pursuant to 2CFR180.330, the CONTRACTOR is responsible for ensuring that any lower tier covered transaction complies with certification of suspension and debarment requirements. 7. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that failing to disclose the information required in the Code of Federal Regulations may result in the delay or negation of this funding agreement, or pursuance of legal remedies, including suspension and debarment. 8. CONTRACTOR agrees to keep proof in its agreement file, that it, and all lower tier recipients or contractors, are not suspended or debarred, and will make this proof available to the Department upon request. RECIPIENT/CONTRACTOR must run a search in www.epls.gov and print a copy of completed searches to document proof of compliance. This term and condition supersedes EPA Form 5700-49, "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, and Other Responsibility Matters." Disadvantaged Business Enterprises General Compliance (40 CFR Part 33). The contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Environmental Protection Agency's Program for Participation By Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) 40 CFR Part 33. Non-discrimination Provision (40CFR Appendix A to Part 33). The contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 40 CFR part 33 in the award and administration of contracts awarded under EPA financial assistance agreements. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract which may result in the termination of this contract or other legally available remedies. 'Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A / page 4 The contractor shall comply with all federal and state nondiscrimination laws, including, but not limited to Title VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, and Chapter 49.60 RCW, Washington's Law Against Discrimination, and 42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). Six Good Faith Efforts (40 CFR Part 33 Subpart C). The contractor agrees to make the following good faith efforts whenever procuring subcontracts, equipment, services and supplies. The contractor shall retain records documenting compliance with the following six good faith efforts. 1. Ensuring Disadvantaged Business Enterprises are made aware of contracting opportunities to the fullest extent practicable through outreach and recruitment activities. For Indian Tribal, State and Local and Government recipients, this will include placing Disadvantaged Business Enterprises on solicitation lists and soliciting them whenever they are potential sources. Qualified Women and Minority business enterprises may be found on the Internet at www.omwbe.wa.gov or by contacting the Washington State Office of Minority and Women's Enterprises at 360-704-1181. 2. Making information on forthcoming opportunities available to Disadvantaged Business Enterprises and arrange time frames for contracts and establish delivery schedules, where the requirements permit, in a way that encourages and facilitates participation by Disadvantaged Business Enterprises in the competitive process. This includes, whenever possible, posting solicitations for bids or proposals for a minimum of thirty (30) calendar days before the bid or proposal closing date. 3. Considering in the contracting process whether firms competing for large contracts could subcontract with Disadvantaged Business Enterprises. For Indian Tribal, State and local Government recipients, this will include dividing total requirements when economically feasible into smaller tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation by Disadvantaged Business Enterprises in the competitive process. 4. Encourage contracting with a consortium of Disadvantaged Business Enterprises when a contract is too large for one of these firms to handle individually. 5. Using services and assistance of the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce. 6. If the prime contractor awards subcontracts, requiring the subcontractors to take the six good faith efforts in paragraphs 1 through 5 above. MBE/WBE Reporting (40 CFR Part 33 Parts 33.302, 33.502 and 33.503). The contractor shall provide EPA Form 6100-2 DBE Subcontractor Participation Form to all DBE subcontractors. Subcontractors may submit EPA Form 6100-2 Subcontractor Participation Form to the EPA Region 10 DBE coordinator in order to document issues or concerns with their usage or payment for a subcontract. The contractor shall require all DBE subcontractors to complete EPA Form 6100-3 DBE Subcontractor Performance Form. The contractor shall complete EPA Form 6100-4 DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form. The contractor shall submit EPA Form 6100-4 and all completed EPA Form 6100-3 forms with the bid proposal. Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A / page 5 These forms may be obtained at: http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/funding/GrantLoanMgmtDocs/GrantLoanMgmtEngRes.ht ml. Bidders List (40 CFR Part 33 part 33.501) All bidders shall submit the following information for all firms that bid or quote on subcontracts (including both DBE and non -DBE firms) with their bid proposal. 1. Entity's name with point of contact; 2. Entity's mailing address, telephone number, and e-mail address; 3. The procurement on which the entity bid or quoted, and when; and 4. Entity's status as an MBE/WBE or non-MBE/WBE. Contract Administration Provisions (40 CFR part 33.302). The contractor shall comply with the contract administration provisions of 40 CFR, Part33.302. 1. The contractor shall pay its subcontractor for satisfactory performance no more than 30 days from the contractor's receipt of payment. 2. The contractor shall notify the owner in writing prior to any termination of a DBE subcontractor. 3. If a DBE subcontractor fails to complete work under the subcontract for any reason, the contractor shall employ the six good faith efforts when soliciting a replacement subcontractor. 4. The contractor shall employ the six good faith efforts even if the contractor has achieved its fair share objectives. Equal Opportunity (EEO) If this Contract exceeds $10,000, the Contractor shall comply with Executive Order 11246, "Equal Employment Opportunity," as amended by Executive Order 11375, "Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity," and as supplemented by regulations at 41 CFR part 60. Contractor's compliance with Executive Order 11246 shall be based on implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, and specific affirmative active obligations required by the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications, as set forth in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Equal Opportunity Clause (41 CFR part 60-1.4(b)) During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows: 1. The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: Employment, upgrading, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A /page 6 demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. 2. The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive considerations for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 3. The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 4. The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. 5. The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. 6. In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. 7. The contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph (1) and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, That in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications (Executive Order 11246 and 41 CFR part 60-4.3) 1. As used in these specifications: a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A /page 7 States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; c. "Employer identification number" means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941. d. "Minority" includes: i. Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); ii. Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race); iii. Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and iv. American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). 2. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. 3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or Subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or Subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. 4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7 a through p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered Construction contractors performing construction work in geographical areas where they do not have a Federal or federally assisted constuction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in theFederal Registerin notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office or from Federal procurement contracting officers. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in meeting its goals in each craft during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, 1 1 .Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A / page 8 Executive Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.. 6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. 7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum resultsfrom its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off -the -street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefor, along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above. f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newpaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A / page 9 and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such as Superintendents, General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's work force. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR part 60-3. 1. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated except that separate or single -user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ,:'Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A / page 10 fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor -union, contractor -community, or other similar group of which the contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7a through p of these Specifications provided that the contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non -minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized). 10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 11. The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246. 12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to Exhibit A Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A /page 11 maintain separate records. 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). Reporting Requirements (EEO -1) On or before September 30 of each year, a contractor that is subject to Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and that has 100 or more employees, shall file with the EEOC or its delegate an "Employer Information Report EEO -1". Instructions on how to file are available on the EEOC's website at http://www.eeoc.gov/employers/eeolsurvey/howtofile.cfm. The contractor shall retain a copy of the most recent report filed. Segregated Facilities (41 CFR part 60-1.8) The contractor shall ensure that facilities provided for employees are provided in such a manner that segregation on the basis of race, color, religion, sex or national origin cannot result. The contractor may neither require such segregated use by written or oral policies nor tolerate such use by employee custom. The contractor's obligation extends further to ensuring that its employees are not assigned to perform their services at any location, under the contractor's control, where the facilities are segregated. This obligation extends to all contracts containing the equal opportunity clause regardless of the amount of the contract. The term "facilities," as used in this section, means waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, restrooms, wash rooms, locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing provided for employees; Provided, That separate or single -user restrooms and necessary dressing or sleeping areas shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. Attachments: 1. Wage Rate Requirements For Subrecipients 2. Current Wage Rate Determination (to be provided by project owner) 3. Certification Of Nonsegregated Facilities 4. Notice To Labor Unions Or Other Organization Of Workers: Non -Discrimination In Employment =: ,, Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A / page 12 ATTACHMENT 1 - WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBRECIPIENTS. (To be included in full in any contract in excess of $2,000) The following terms and conditions specify how recipients will assist EPA in meeting its Davis -Bacon (DB) responsibilities when DB applies to EPA awards of financial assistance under the FY 2011 Full - Year Continuing Appropriation with respect to State recipients and subrecipients that are governmental entities. If a subrecipient has questions regarding when DB applies, obtaining the correct DB wage determinations, DB provisions, or compliance monitoring, it may contact the State recipient. If a State recipient needs guidance, the recipient may contact EPA Region 10 Drinking Water Unit for guidance. The recipient or subrecipient may also obtain additional guidance from DOL's web site at http://www.dol.gov/recovery/index.htm 1. Applicability of the Davis- Bacon (DB) prevailing wage requirements. Under the FY 2010 Appropriation, Davis -Bacon prevailing wage requirements apply to the construction, alteration, and repair of treatment works carried out in whole or in part with assistance made available by a State water pollution control revolving fund and to any construction project carried out in whole or in part by assistance made available by a drinking water treatment revolving loan fund. If a subrecipient encounters a unique situation at a site that presents uncertainties regarding DB applicability, the subrecipient must discuss the situation with the recipient State before authorizing work on that site. 2. Obtaining Wage Determinations. (a) Subrecipients shall obtain the wage determination for the locality in which a covered activity subject to DB will take place prior to issuing requests for bids, proposals, quotes or other methods for soliciting contracts (solicitation) for activities subject to DB. These wage determinations shall be incorporated into solicitations and any subsequent contracts. Prime contracts must contain a provision requiring that subcontractors follow the wage determination incorporated into the prime contract. (i) While the solicitation remains open, the subrecipient shall monitor www.wdol.gov weekly to ensure that the wage determination contained in the solicitation remains current. The subrecipients shall amend the solicitation if DOL issues a modification more than 10 days prior to the closing date (i.e. bid opening) for the solicitation. If DOL modifies or supersedes the applicable wage determination less than 10 days prior to the closing date, the subrecipients may request a finding from the State recipient that there is not a reasonable time to notify interested contractors of the modification of the wage determination. The State recipient will provide a report of its findings to the subrecipient. (ii) If the subrecipient does not award the contract within 90 days of the closure of the solicitation, any modifications or supersedes DOL makes to the wage determination contained in the solicitation shall be effective unless the State recipient, at the request of the subrecipient, obtains an extension of the 90 day period from DOL pursuant to 29 CFR 1.6(c)(3)(iv). The subrecipient shall monitor www.wdol.gov on a weekly basis if it does not award the contract within 90 days of closure of the solicitation to ensure that wage determinations contained -in the solicitation remain current. (b) If the subrecipient carries out activity subject to DB by issuing a task order, work assignment or similar instrument to an existing contractor (ordering instrument) rather than by publishing a solicitation, the subrecipient shall insert the appropriate DOL wage determination from www.wdol.gov into the ordering instrument. Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A / page 13 (c) Subrecipients shall review all subcontracts subject to DB entered into by prime contractors to verify that the prime contractor has required its subcontractors to include the applicable wage determinations. (d) As provided in 29 CFR 1.6(f), DOL may issue a revised wage determination applicable to a subrecipient's contract after the award of a contract or the issuance of an ordering instrument if DOL deterinines that the subrecipient has failed to incorporate a wage determination or has used a wage determination that clearly does not apply to the contract or ordering instrument. If this occurs, the subrecipient shall either terminate the contract or ordering instrument and issue a revised solicitation or ordering instrument or incorporate DOL's wage determination retroactive to the beginning of the contract or ordering instrument by change order. The subrecipient's contractor must be compensated for any increases in wages resulting from the use of DOL's revised wage determination. 3. Contract and Subcontract provisions. (a) The Recipient shall insure that the subrecipient(s) shall insert in full in any contract in excess of $2,000 which is entered into for the actual construction, alteration and/or repair, including painting and decorating, of a treatment work under the CWSRF or a construction project under the DWSRF financed in whole or in part from Federal funds or in accordance with guarantees of a Federal agency or financed from funds obtained by pledge of any contract of a Federal agency to make a loan, grant or annual contribution (except where a different meaning is expressly indicated), and which is subject to the labor standards provisions of any of the acts listed in § 5.1 or the FY 2010 appropriation , the following clauses: (1) Minimum wages. (i) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in § 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section) and the Davis - Bacon poster (WH -1321) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. .,;.,,Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A / page 14 Subrecipients may obtain wage determinations from the U.S. Department of Labor's web site, www.wdol.gov/. (ii)(A) The subrecipient(s), on behalf of EPA, shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The State award official shall approve a request for an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met: (1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (B) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the subrecipient(s) agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), documentation of the action taken and the request, including the local wage determination shall be sent by the subrecipient (s) to the State award official. The State award official will transmit the request, to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210 and to the EPA DB Regional Coordinator concurrently. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification request within 30 days of receipt and so advise the State award official or will notify the State award official within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. (C) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the subrecipient(s) do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the award official shall refer the request and the local wage determination, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the State award official, to the Administrator for determination. The request shall be sent to the EPA DB Regional Coordinator concurrently. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt of the request and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. (D) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(ii)(B) or (C) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (iii) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (iv) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A / page 15 anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. (2) Withholding. The subrecipient(s), shall upon written request of the EPA Award Official or an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally -assisted contract subject to Davis -Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the (Agency) may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. (3) Payrolls and basic records. (i) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. (ii)(A) The contractor shall submit weekly, for each week in which any contract work is performed, a copy of all payrolls to the subrecipient, that is, the entity that receives the sub - grant or loan from the State capitalization grant recipient. Such documentation shall be available on request of the State recipient or EPA. As to each payroll copy received, the subrecipient shall provide written confirmation in a form satisfactory to the State indicating whether or not the project is in compliance with the requirements of 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1) based on the most recent payroll copies for the specified week. The payrolls shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i), except that full social security numbers and home addresses shall not be included on the weekly payrolls. Instead the payrolls shall only need to include an individually identifying number for each employee (e.g., the last four digits of the employee's social security number). The required weekly payroll information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional ,Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A / page 16 Form WH -347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at http://www.dol.gov/whd/programs/dbra/wh347.htm or its successor site. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social security number and current address of each covered worker, and shall provide them upon request to the subrecipient(s) for transmission to the State or EPA if requested by EPA , the State, the contractor, or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing wage requirements. It is not a violation of this section for a prime contractor to require a subcontractor to provide addresses and social security numbers to the prime contractor for its own records, without weekly submission to the subrecipient(s). (B) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: (1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under § 5.5 (a)(3)(ii) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, the appropriate information is being maintained under § 5.5 (a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, and that such information is correct and complete; (2) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR part 3; (3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (C) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH -347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(B) of this section. (D) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of title 31 of the United States Code. (iii) The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the State, EPA or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal agency or State may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. (4) Apprentices and trainees-- Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A / page 17 (i) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (ii) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and 1 Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A /page 18 Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (iii) Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended and 29 CFR part 30. (5) Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. (6) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as the EPA determines may by appropriate, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5. (7) Contract termination; debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. (8) Compliance with Davis -Bacon and Related Act requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis -Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. (9) Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and Subrecipient(s), State, EPA, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. (10) Certification of eligibility. (i) By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (iii) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. 4. Contract Provision for Contracts in Excess of $100,000. (a) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. The subrecipient shall insert the following clauses set forth in paragraphs (a)(1), (2), (3), and (4) of this section in full in any contract in an amount in excess of $100,000 and subject to the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A / page 19 These clauses shall be inserted in addition to the clauses required by Item 3, above or 29 CFR 4.6. As used in this paragraph, the terms laborers and mechanics include watchmen and guards. (1) Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. (2) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (3) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. The subrecipient, upon written request of the EPA Award Official or an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, shall withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally -assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. (4) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraph (a)(1) through (4) of this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section. (b) In addition to the clauses contained in Item 3, above, in any contract subject only to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and not to any of the other statutes cited in 29 CFR 5.1, the Subrecipient shall insert a clause requiring that the contractor or subcontractor shall maintain payrolls and basic payroll records during the course of the work and shall preserve them for a period of three years from the completion of the contract for all laborers and mechanics, including guards and watchmen, working on the contract. Such records shall contain the name and address of each such employee, social security number, correct classifications, hourly rates of wages paid, daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. Further, the Subrecipient shall insert in any such contract a clause providing hat the records to be maintained under this paragraph shall be made available by the contractor or subcontractor for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the (write the name of agency) and the Department of Labor, and the contractor or subcontractor will permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. 5. Compliance Verification 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A / page 20 (a) The subrecipient shall periodically interview a sufficient number of employees entitled to DB prevailing wages (covered employees) to verify that contractors or subcontractors are paying the appropriate wage rates. As provided in 29 CFR 5.6(a)(6), all interviews must be conducted in confidence. The subrecipient must use Standard Form 1445 (SF 1445) or equivalent documentation to memorialize the interviews. Copies of the SF 1445 are available from EPA on request. (b) The subrecipient shall establish and follow an interview schedule based on its assessment of the risks of noncompliance with DB posed by contractors or subcontractors and the duration of the contract or subcontract. At a minimum, the subrecipient should conduct interviews with a representative group of covered employees within two weeks of each contractor or subcontractor's submission of its initial weekly payroll data and two weeks prior to the estimated completion date for the contract or subcontract. Subrecipients must conduct more frequent interviews if the initial interviews or other information indicates that there is a risk that the contractor or subcontractor is not complying with DB . Subrecipients shall immediately conduct necessary interviews in response to an alleged violation of the prevailing wage requirements. All interviews shall be conducted in confidence. (c) The subrecipient shall periodically conduct spot checks of a representative sample of weekly payroll data to verify that contractors or subcontractors are paying the appropriate wage rates. The subrecipient shall establish and follow a spot check schedule based on its assessment of the risks of noncompliance with DB posed by contractors or subcontractors and the duration of the contract or subcontract. At a minimum, if practicable, the subrecipient should spot check payroll data within two weeks of each contractor or subcontractor's submission of its initial payroll data and two weeks prior to the completion date the contract or subcontract . Subrecipients must conduct more frequent spot checks if the initial spot check or other information indicates that there is a risk that the contractor or subcontractor is not complying with DB. In addition, during the examinations the subrecipient shall verify evidence of fringe benefit plans and payments thereunder by contractors and subcontractors who claim credit for fringe benefit contributions. (d) The subrecipient shall periodically review contractors and subcontractors use of apprentices and trainees to verify registration and certification with respect to apprenticeship and training programs approved by either the U.S Department of Labor or a state, as appropriate, and that contractors and subcontractors are not using disproportionate numbers of, laborers, trainees and apprentices. These reviews shall be conducted in accordance with the schedules for spot checks and interviews described in Item 5(b) and (c) above. (e) Subrecipients must immediatelyteport potential violations of the DB prevailing wage requirements to the EPA DB contact listed above and to the appropriate DOL Wage and Hour District Office listed at http://www.dol.gov/whd/america2.htm. Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A /page 21 ATTACHMENT 2 WAGE RATE DETERMINATION [SRF Assistance Recipient to insert applicable wage determinations here] Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A / page 22 ATTACHMENT 3 CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES (Applicable to federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the Equal Opportunity clause.) The federally assisted construction contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor certified, further that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work area, rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or area, in fact, segregated on the basis of race, creed, color, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed contractors for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause, and that he will retain such, certification in this file. Signature Date Name and title of signer (please type) [THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED IN FULL AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL] Exhibit A Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A / page 23 ATTACHMENT 4 NOTICE TO LABOR UNIONS OR OTHER ORGANIZATION OF WORKERS: NON-DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT TO: (name of union or organization of worker) The undersigned currently holds contract(s) with (name of applicant) involving funds or credit of the U.S. Government or (a) subcontract(s) with a prime contractor holding such contract(s). You are advised that under the provisions of the above contract(s) or subcontract(s) and in accordance with Section 202 of Executive Order 11246 dated September 24, 1965, the undersigned is obliged not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, creed, or national origin. This obligation not to discriminate in employment includes, but is not limited to, the following: EMPLOYMENT, UPGRADING, TRANSFER OR DEMOTION RECRUITMENT AND ADVERTISING RATES OF PAY OR OTHER FORMS OF COMPENSATION SELECTION FOR TRAINING INCLUDING APPRENTICESHIP, LAYOFF OR TERMINATION This notice is furnished you pursuant to the provisions of the above contract(s) or subcontract(s) and Executive Order 11246. Copies of this notice will be posted by the undersigned in conspicuous places available to employees or applicants for employment. (contractor or subcontractor(s) (Date) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Environmental Protection Agency Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A /page 24 OMB Control No. 2090-0030 Approved. 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Participation Form NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR' PROJECT NAME ADDRESS CONTRACT NO. TELEPHONE NO. EMAIL ADDRESS PRIME CONTRACTOR NAME Please use the space below to report any concerns regarding the above EPA -funded project (e.g., reason for termination by prime contractor, late payment, etc.). CONTRACT ITEM NO. ITEM OF WORK OR DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES RECEIVED FROM THE PRIME CONTRACTOR AMOUNT SUBCONTRACTOR WAS PAID BY PRIME CONTRACTOR Subcontractor Signature Title/Date 'Subcontractor is defined as a company, firm, joint venture, or individual who enters into an agreement with a contractor to provide services pursuant to an EPA award of financial assistance. EPA FORM 6100-2 (DBE Subcontractor Participation Form) Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A /page 25 OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved. 05/01/2008 tett Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 Environmental Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Participation Form The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average fifteen (15) minutes. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain, or disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time needed to review instructions; develop, acquire, install, and utilize technology and systems for the purposes of collecting, validating, and verifying information, processing and maintaining information, and disclosing and providing information; adjust the existing ways to comply with any previously applicable instructions and requirements; train personnel to be able to respond to a collection of information; search data sources; complete and review the collection of information; and transmit or otherwise disclose the information. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a' person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. Send comments on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy of the provided burden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, including the use of automated collection techniques to the Director, Collection Strategies Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2822), 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB control number in any correspondence. Do not send the completed EPA DBE Subcontractor Participation Form to this address. EPA FORM 6100-2 (DBE Subcontractor Participation Form) 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Environmental Protection Agency Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A / page 26 OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved. 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Performance Form NAME OF SUBCONTRACTORi PROJECT NAME ADDRESS BID/PROPOSAL NO. TELEPHONE NO. E-MAIL ADDRESS PRIME CONTRACTOR NAME CONTRACT ITEM NO. ITEM OF WORK OR DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES BID TO PRIME PRICE OF WORK SUBMITTED TO PRIME CONTRACTOR Currently certified Prime Contractor Date as an MBE or WBE under EPA's DBE Print Name Title Program? Yes No Signature of Signature of Subcontractor Date Print Name Title 'Subcontractor is defined as a company, firm, joint venture, or individual who enters into an agreement with a contractor to provide services pursuant to an EPA award of financial assistance. EPA FORM 6100-3 (DBE Subcontractor Performance Form) Environmental Protection Agency Exhibit A Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A / page 27 OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved. 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Performance Form The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average fifteen (15) minutes. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain, or disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency This includes the time needed to review instructions, develop, acquire, install, and utilize technology and systems for the purposes of collecting, validating, and verifying information, processing and maintaining information,, and disclosing and providing information; adjust the existing ways to comply with any previously applicable instructions and requirements; train personnel to be able to respond to a collection of information; search data sources, complete and review the collection of information; and transmit or otherwise disclose the information. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. Send comments on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy of the provided burden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, including the use of automated collection techniques to the Director, Collection Strategies Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2822), 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB control number in any correspondence. Do not send the completed EPA DBE Subcontractor Performance Form to this address. EPA FORM 6100-3 (DBE Subcontractor Performance Form) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Environmental Protection Agency Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A /page 28 OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved. 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form BID/PROPOSAL NO. PROJECT NAME NAME OF PRIME BIDDER/PROPOSER E-MAIL ADDRESS ADDRESS TELEPHONE NO. FAX NO. The following subcontractorsi will be used on this project: COMPANY NAME, ADDRESS, PHONE NUMBER, AND E-MAIL ADDRESS TYPE OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED ESTIMATE D DOLLAR AMOUNT CURRENTLY CERTIFIED AS AN MBE OR WBE? I certify under penalty of perjury that the forgoing statements are true and correct. In the event of a replacement of a subcontractor, I will adhere to the replacement requirements set forth in 40 CFR Part 33 Section 33.302(c). Signature of Prime Contractor Date Print Name Title 'Subcontractor is defined as a company, firm, joint venture, or individual who enters into an agreement with a contractor to provide services pursuant to an EPA award of financial assistance. EPA FORM 6100-4 (DBE Subcontractor Utilization Fonn) Environmental Protection Agency Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A /page 29 OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved. 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average fifteen (15) minutes. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain, or disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time needed to review instructions; develop, acquire, install, and utilize technology and systems for the purposes of collecting, validating, and verifying information, processing and maintaining information, and disclosing and providing information; adjust the existing ways to comply with any previously applicable instructions and requirements; train personnel to be able to respond to a collection of information; search data sources; complete and review the collection of information; and transmit or otherwise disclose the information. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. Send comments on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy of the provided burden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, including the use of automated collection techniques to the Director, Collection Strategies Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2822), 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB control number in any correspondence. Do not send the completed EPA DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form to this address. EPA FORM 6100-4 (DBE Subcontractor Utilization Fonn) DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 129 North Second Street Yakima, Washington 98901 Phone: (509) 575-6113 • Fax (509) 576-6792 Michael Morales, Director ADDENDUM NO; 2 TO THE BID DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CITY OF YAKIMA, WA For Yakima Regional Wastewater Treatment Plant Boiler Replacement City Project No.: 2307A TO THE ATTENTION OF ALL BIDDERS AND PLAN HOLDERS: The Bid & Contract Documents shall be modified asifollows. ITEM 1. Door Hardware Schedule Drawing A3.4. Revise hardware group for door 1503-1 to indicate 003 in the Door Schedule. Include the following Hardware Group #003 in the Door Hardware Schedule: 8 EACH — HINGE 2 EACH — FLUSH BOLT 1 EACH — DUST PROOF STRIKE 1 EACH — SURFACE VERT ROD EXIT 1 EACH — SURFACE CLOSER 2 EACH — FLOOR STOP 1 EACH — THRESHOLD 1 EACH — GASKETING 2 EACH — SWEEP 2 EACH — RAIN DRIP FLASHING Project No. 2307A / Addendum 2 Page 1 of 2 2/17/2012 This ADDENDUM is to be considered as much a part of the contract provisions as if it were included in the body of the Plans and Specifications. All Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of the ADDENDUM on the proposal form prior to bid opening. APPROVED: EXPIRES; 04-26-2012 • END OF ADDENDUM NO. 2 Project No. 2307A / Addendum 2 roil Zo/2 Date Page 2 of 2 2/17/2012 DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 129 North Second Street 4;, Yakima, Washington 98901 Phone: (509) 575-6113 Fax (509) 576-6792 , Michael Morales, Director ADDENDUM NO. 3 TO THE BID DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CITY OF YAKIMA, WA For Yakima Regional Wastewater Treatment Plant Boiler Replacement City Project No.: 2307A TO THE ATTENTION OF ALL BIDDERS AND PLAN HOLDERS: The Bid & Contract Documents shall be modified as follows ITEM 1. Valve Schedule Sheet G0.9: Delete "V-403" in the Valve Schedule and replace with "V-401". ITEM 2. Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Clarification Sheet M2.1: Note -"Pressure Relief Valve (Supplied by others)" refers to a pressure relief valve included with the compressor package (See Specification 11148, Part 2.04 Accessories, Section A). Project No. 2307A / Addendum 3 Page 1 of 2 2/22/2012 This ADDENDUM is to be considered as much a part of the contract provisions as if it were included in the body of the Plans and Specifications. All Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of the ADDENDUM on the proposal form prior to bid opening. APPROVED: EXPIRES: 04-26-2012 END OF ADDENDUM NO. 3 • Date Project No. 2307A / Addendum 3 Page 2 of 2 2/22/2012 DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 129 North Second Street Yakima, Washington 98901 Phone: (509) 575-6113 • Fax (569) 576-6792 Michael Morales, Director ADDENDUM NO: 4 TO THE BID DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CITY OF YAKIMA, WA For Yakima Regional Wastewater Treatment Plant Boiler Replacement City Project No.: 2307A TO THE ATTENTION OF ALL BIDDERS AND PLAN HOLDERS: The Bid & Contract Documents shall be modified as follows ITEM 1. Pipe Schedule Clarification Sheet G0.9: Revise to show HWS/HWR (Hot Water System) as carbon steel (CS) pipe, not galvanized. Galvanized pipe used elsewhere shall use threaded fittings. ITEM 2. VFDs The Contractor is responsible for providing (furnishing, installing, testing, start up, etc.) the VFDs. The VFDs shall match the VFDs provided on the Boiler and shall be supplied by (purchased from) an authorized Cleaver Brooks representative. Project No. 2307A / Addendum 4 Page 1 of 2 2/24/2012 EXPIRES: 04-26-2012 1 This ADDENDUM is to be considered as much a part of the contract provisions as if it were included in the body of the Plans and Specifications. All Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of the ADDENDUM on the proposal form prior to bid opening APPROVED: fog 21 20 /t Date END OF ADDENDUM NO. 4 • Project No. 2307A / Addendum 4 Page 2 of 2 2/24/2012 CITY OF YAKIMA, WASHINGTON CITY OF YAKIMA YAKIMA REGIONAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY BOILER REPLACEMENT PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS 4.41320,a LEXPIRES: 04-28-2012 Prepared for the OWNER by: PHARMER ENGINEERING, LLC Boise, Idaho January 2012 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 3 of 440 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Section DIVISION 00 DIVISION 01 01110 01330 01505 01520 01550 01575 01660 01740 01815 DIVISION 03 03200 03300 DIVISION 04 04220 TABLE OF CONTENTS Invitation to Bid Contract Performance Bond Certificate of Liability Insurance Additional Insured Designated Construction Project Minimum Wage Affidavit Prevailing Wage Rates Proposal Bid Bond Form Compliance with Immigration and Naturalization Act Non -collusion Declaration Non -Discrimination Provision Subcontractor List Women and Minority Business Enterprise Policy Affirmative Action Plan Bidder Certification Subcontractor Certification Materially and Responsiveness Proposal Response Form Bidder's Check List Notice to Proceed Contractor's Application for Payment Certificate of Substantial Completion Change Order General Conditions Supplementary Conditions Summary of Work Submittal Procedures Mobilization Construction Facilities Site Access and Storage Environment Protection Equipment Testing and System Startup Cleaning Testing Piping Systems Reinforcing Steel Cast -In Place Concrete Concrete Masonry Unit DIVISION 05 05120 Structural Steel 05300 Metal Decking 05500 Metal Fabrications City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Paqes 1 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 19 20 21 22 23 25 27 29 30 31 33 34 35 1 1 1 00700-3 01110-1 01330-1 01505-1 01520-1 01550-1 01575-1 01660-1 01740-1 01815-1 03200-1 03300-1 04220-1 05120-1 05300-1 05500-1 Pages 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 18 19 20 21 22 24 26 28 29 30 32 33 34 35 3 1 2 00700-51 01110-2 01330-6 01505-1 01520-4 01550-2 01575-3 01660-4 01740-1 01815-3 03200-4 03300-13 04220-6 05120-6 05300-4 05500-5 Table of Contents Page 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 5 of 440 DIVISION 07 07210 07920 Building Insulation Joint Sealants DIVISION 09 09960 Coatings DIVISION 11 11005 11148 1 11149 11151 11161 11170 DIVISION 13 13103 13106 13107 13108 13113 13116 13117 DIVISION 15 15005 15061 15182 15183 15184 15251 15300 15400 DIVISION 16 16010 16050 16060 16120 16130 16140 16410 16422 16445 16447 16460 16510 16921 16940 Installation of Owner -Furnished Equipment Biogas Feed Compressors Hot Water Pumps Pressurized Expansion Tank Double Wall Boiler Stack Boiler Master Control Panel Pressure Transmitter Temperature Transmitter Mass Air Flow Meter Explosive Gas Detector Pressure Actuated Switches Temperature Actuated Switches Mass Air Flow Switch Piping Identification Systems Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Anchors Temperature Gauges Pressure Gauges Differential Pressure Gauges Couplings and Service Saddles HVAC Plumbing Basic Electrical Requirements Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Grounding Conductors and Cables Raceways and Boxes Wiring Devices Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers Motor Controllers Motor Control Centers Control Stations Dry Type Transformers Interior Lighting Requirements for SCADA Communications Control Panels City of Yakima Boiler Replacement 07210-1 07920-1 09960-1 11005-1 11148-1 11149-1 11151-1 11161-1 11170-1 13103-1 13106-1 13107-1 13108-1 13113-1 13116-1 13117-1 15005-1 15061-1 15182-1 15183-1 15184-1 15251-1 15300-1 15400-1 16010-1 16050-1 16060-1 16120-1 16130-1 16140-1 16410-1 16422-1 16445-1 16447-1 16460-1 16510-1 16921-1 16940-1 07210-2 07920-5 09960-9 11005-4 11148-5 11149-10 11151-2 11161-5 11170-24 13103-3 13106-3 13107-3 13108-4 13113-2 13116-2 13117-2 15005-3 15061-5 15182-1 15183-1 15184-1 15251-3 15300-7 15400-2 16010-15 16050-8 16060-4 16120-7 16130-13 16140-4 16410-4 16422-10 16445-9 16447-4 16460-4 16510-7 16921-7 16940-10 Table of Contents Page 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 6 of 440 CITY OF YAKIMA Yakima Regional Wastewater Treatment Plant Boiler Replacement CITY PROJECT NO. 2307A JANUARY 2012 Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 7 of 440 INVITATION TO BID NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that sealed bids will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Yakima, 129 North 2nd Street, Yakima, Washington, 98901 until 3:00 PM on February 24, 2012 and will then and there be opened and publicly read for the construction of CITY OF YAKIMA Yakima Regional Wastewater Treatment Plant Boiler Replacement City Project No. 2307A This project replaces one existing and adds a second dual fuel hot water boiler and upgrades the heating hotwater system at the Yakima Regional Wastewater Treatment Plant. The work is in and around the biosolids dewatering facility All work shall be in accordance with the CONTRACT PROVISIONS, SPECIFICATIONS, and DRAWINGS All bid proposals shall be accompanied by a bid proposal deposit in cash, certified check, cashier's check or surety bond in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of such bid proposal Should the successful bidder fail to enter into such contract and furnish satisfactory performance bond and insurance within the time stated in the specifications, the bid proposal deposit shall be forfeited to the City of Yakima. Complete digital project bidding documents are available at www.questcdn.com. You may download the digital plan documents for $ 20.00 by inputting Quest project # 1861027 on the website's Project Search page Please contact QuestCDN com at 952-233-1632 or info@questcdn com for assistance in free membership registration, downloading, and working with this digital project information An optional paper set of project plans and specifications may be obtained at the Office of the City Engineer located at 129 North 2nd Street upon payment of the amount of $50.00 for each set, non refundable, or by ordering a set by phone at 509-575-6111 or by FAX at 509-576-6314 Project questions should be directed to Dean Smith, P E at 509-249-6814 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted in writing to the owner Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the owner or Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded as having received the Bidding Documents Questions received less than three days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by Addenda will be binding Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. Addenda may be issued to clarify, correct, or change the Bidding documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer A pre-bid site visit will be held on Wednesday, February 8, 2012 at 10 00 A.M at the Regional Wastewater Treatment Plant, 2220 East Viola, Yakima, Washington 98901 The City of Yakima in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U S C 2000d to 2000-4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color or national origin in consideration for an award Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 9 of 440 Informational copies of maps, plans, and specifications are on file for inspection in the Office of the City Engineer of Yakima in Yakima, Washington, and at Plan Centers in Yakima and Kennewick, Washington The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids and proposals DATED this 30th day of January , 2012 PUBLISH February 1, 2012 February 8, 2012 Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 3 DEBORAH KLOSTER CITY CLERK BID SET 1-27-12, Page 10 of 440 CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into in triplicate, this141 day of Marg , 2012, by and between the City of Yakima, hereinafter called the Owner, and Sl,p.,r dv, M."110.1414 I COV404.(AK'S Mr1C- a Washington Corporation, hereinafter called the Contractor. WITNESSETH: That in consideration of the terms and conditions contained herein and attached and made a part of this agreement, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows: I. The Contractor shall do all work and furnish all tools, materials, labor and equipment for THE BID AMOUNT OF. $ 89 ty 37,00, for Boiler Replacement, City No. 2307A, all in accordance with, and as described in the attached plans and specifications which are by this reference incorporated herein and made a part hereof, and shall perform any alterations in or additions to the work provided under this contract and every part thereof Work shall start within ten (10) days after the Notice to Proceed and shall be completed in Two Hundred Forty (240) working days. If work has not commenced within the ten (10) days after the notice to proceed, the first chargeable working day shall be the eleventh (11th) working day after the date on which the City issues the Notice to Proceed. If said work is not completed within the time specified, the Contractor agrees to pay to the Owner the sum specified in the Standard Specifications for each and every day said work remains uncompleted after expiration of the specified time, as liquidated damages. The Contractors shall provide and bear the expense of all equipment; work and labor of any sort whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of materials and for constructing and completing the work provided for in this contract and every part thereof, except such as are mentioned in the specifications to be furnished by the City of Yakima. II. The City of Yakima hereby promises and agrees with the Contractor to employ, and does employ the Contractor to provide the materials and to do and cause to be done the above described work and to complete and finish the same according to the attached plans and specifications and the terms and conditions herein contained and hereby contracts to pay for the same according to the attached specifications and the schedule of unit or itemized prices hereto attached, at the time and in the manner and upon the conditions provided for in this contract. III. INDEMNIFICATION. The Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the City, its officers, elected officials, employees and agents from and against any and all claims, causes of action, damages, losses, and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever, including but not limited to, attorney's fees and court costs, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from The Contractor's performance or non-performance of the services, duties and obligations required of it under this Agreement. IV The Contractor for himself, and for his heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, does hereby agree to the full performance of all the covenants herein contained upon the part of the Contractor V. It is further provided that no liability shall attach to the City of Yakima by reason of entering into this contract, except as expressly provided herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this agreement to be executed the day and year first herein above written. Counter igned: CITY OF YAKIMA this da of 2012. .S.i4hoe" �" )164 / C� • t,,4,f5 ,a 14.2+ Corporation Attes Y City Manager erk /,. By. CONTRACTOR tracto /� ►n d 14- q n j eI' (Print Name) Its: Pct (President, Owner, etc.) t,„1' • " Address: Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 4 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 11 of 440 Bond 1/023017784 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: PERFORMANCE BOND ' BOND TO CITY OF YAKIMA Shannon Industrial That whereas the City of Yakima, Washington has awarded to Contractors, Inc. (Contractor)hereinafter designated as the 'Principal' a contract for the construction cf the project designated Yakima Regional Wastewater Treatment Plant Boiler Replacement, Project No 2307A, all as hereto attached and made a part hereof and whereas, said principal is required under the terms of said contract to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of said contract: First National NOW, THEREFORE, we, the principal, and Insurance Company of America (Surety), a corporation, organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Washington , duly authorized to do business in the Slate of Washington, as surely, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Yakima, Washington, in the sum of $ 896 , 437.09Tolal Contract Amount) lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by those presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATIONS IS SUCH, that if the above bonded principal shall faithfully perform all of the provisions of said contract in the manner and within the time therein set forth, or within such extensions of lime as may be granted under said contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, sub -contractors and material men, and all persons who shall supply said principal cr sub -contractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall hold said City of Yakima, Washington, their employees, agents, and elected or appointed officials, harmless from any damage occasioned to any person or property by reason of any carelessness or negligence on the part of said principal, or any sub -contractor in the performance of said work and shall indemnify and hold the City of Yakima, Washington, its employees, agents, and elected or appointed officials, harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in said contract or from defects developing in the material cr workmanship provided or performed under said contract, within a period of one year after its acceptance by the City of Yakima, Washington, then and in that event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. This obligation is entered into in pursuance cf the statutes of the Slate of Washington, and the Ordinances of the City of Yakima, Washington. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said principal and the said surety have caused this bond to be signed and sealed by their duly authorized officers this 14 thiay of March , 2012 Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 5 Shan n I • dus , .1 C p tractors , Inc. al) By: (Signa we) Andy Hander (Print Name) President (True) Firsstt National In$uranc.e. Company_of America Judith C. Kaiser—Smith (Pant Name) Attorney—in—Fact (Tilts) BID SET 1-27-12, Page 13 of 440 I THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. 4887026 This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA SEATTLE, WASHINGTON POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That First National Insurance Company of America (the "Company"), a Washington stock insurance company, pursuant to and by authority of the By-law and Authorization hereinafter set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint. JUDITH C. KAISER -SMITH, JUDITH A. RAPP, SHAWN M. WILSON, WALTER W. WOLF, NICHOLAS W. PAGET, ALL OF THE CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY, STATE OF WASHINGTON I , each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations in the penal sum not exceeding FIFTY MILLION AND 00/100********************************************************* DOLLARS ($ 50,000,000.00 ) each, and the execution of such undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon the Company as if they had been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Company in their own proper persons. That this power is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-law and Authorization: ARTICLE IV - Officers: Section 12. Power of Attorney. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitations as the Chairman or the President may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in - fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and executed, such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. By the following instrument the chairman or the president has authorized the officer or other official named therein to appoint attorneys -in -fact: Pursuant to Article IV, Section 12 of the By-laws, David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary of First National Insurance Company of America, is authorized to appoint such attorneys -in -fact as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. That the By-law and the Authorization set forth above are true copies thereof and are now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Company and the corporate seal of First National Insurance Company of America has been affixed thereto in Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania this 28th day of September 2011 JZ. SEA I. 7928 COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA ss COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA By David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary On this 28th day of September , 2011 , before me, a Notary Public, personally came David M. Carey to me known, and acknowledged that he is an Assistant Secretary of First National Insurance Company of America; that he knows the seal of said corporation; and that he executed the above Power of Attorney and affixed the corporate seal of First National Insurance Company of America thereto with the authority and at the direction of said corporation. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at Plymouth first above written. 1 OF Notar.a Seat e/esa Pasteila Notary Plyinotim Twph1 ntgomeiy My Cornmis,,lcn Expires Mar 28 2013 CERTIFICATE 7e'.'enrsy!,;ar:a Ass0c,amonc$Nc:ar1r I, the undersigned, Vice 'President of First'National Insurance Company of America, do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy, is in full force and effect on the date of this certificate, and I do further certify that the officer or official who executed the said power of attorney is an Officer specially authorized by the chairman or the president to appoint attorneys -in -fact as provided in Article IV, Section 12 of the By-laws of First National Insurance Company of America. Meetin0, Pennsylvania, on the day and year By Tere a Pastella, Notary Public This certificate and the above power of attorney may be signed by facsimile or mechanically reproduced signatures under and by authority of the following vote of the board of directors of First National Insurance Company of America at a meeting duly called and held on the 18th day of September, 2009. VOTED that the facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said company, this 14th day of March , 2012• SEAL. /928 Gregory W. Davenport, Vice President co cn .y > c = O vU) 0)W d E E L OC - Q O Q�L OE ac N O .4-4' a; 0c > d =c 3 �a w >. y0 - tb N c 00 00 0%— CD0 Client#: 88659 SHANNONI 'the -AC®RDTM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) 3/08/2012 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Payne Financial Group, Inc. 7903 E Broadway Spokane, WA 99212 509 535-9178 CONTACT NAME: PHONE FAX Ext): - X, No): A E-MAIL ADDRESS: INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAC # INSURER A : Continental Western Insurance C 12/31/2011 ' ' INSURED Shannon Industrial Contractors, Inc. P. 0. Box 3886 Coeur d'Alene, ID 83814 INSURER B : Liberty Northwest INSURER C COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURER D INSURER E : INSURER F . Pi MISES (Ea oNcur ante) COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: R THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. ' INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDLSUBR INSR WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF (MM/DD/YYYY) POLICY EXP (MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY X CWP295966420 12/31/2011 12/31/2012 EACHOCCURRENCE$1,000,000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY Pi MISES (Ea oNcur ante) $100,000 CLAIMS -MADE r X OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $ 15,000 X PD Ded:1,000 PERSONAL d ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 POLICY X PROT JEC LOC $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY CWP295966420 12/31/2011 12/31 /2012Ea COMaccidBINEDent) SINGLE LIMIT ( X1,000,000 X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ ALL OWNED SCHEDULED BODILYINJURY(Per accident) X HIRED AUTOS X NON -OWNED AUTOS PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ $ A X UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR CU2959665 12/31/2011 12/31/2012 EACH OCCURRENCE $5,000,000 EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS -MADE AGGREGATE $5,000,000 DED X RETENTION $0 $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY WC41NC01660412 01/01/2012 01/01/2013 X WC TATU- TORY LIMITS OTH- ER OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDEDXECUTIVE Y / NANY N N / A E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 (Mandatory in NH) E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 $1,000,000 If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT A Installation Floater Deductible $500 CWP295966420 12/31/2011 12/31/2012 Loc Limit $250,000 In Transit $25,000 Temp Loc $25,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space's required) RE: Yakima Regional Wastewater Treatment Plant Boiler Replacement, City Project No 2307A City of Yakima, their agents, employees, and elected and appointed officials are additional insureds per policy form. 1 1 CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City of Yakima Dept of Community and Economic Development 129 North Second Street Yakima, WA 98901 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2010/05) 1 of 1 #S745992/M717650 © 1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD CRP1 (2) Claims made or "suits" brought; or (3) Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits". d. The following are added to Section 11I — Limits Of Insurance: 8. Subject to 2. or 3. above, whichever applies, the most we will pay for the sum of: a. Damages under Coverage A; and b. Medical expenses under Cover- age C because of "bodily injury" or "prop- erty damage" arising out of the ac- tual, alleged or threatened dis- charge, dispersal, seepage, migra- tion, release or escape of "pollut- ants" is $100,000. 9. Subject to 8. above, the Medical Expense Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage C for all medi- cal expenses because of "bodily in- jury" sustained by any one person arising out of the actual, alleged or threatened discharge, dispersal, seepage, migration, release or es- cape of "pollutants". O. OTHER INSURANCE If this policy includes a Coverage Form or an Endorsement which provides coverage for loss or damage covered by one or more of the Ex- tensions of this endorsement, the limit and the coverage provided by this endorsement are de- leted and replaced by the limit and coverage provided by that Coverage Form or Endorse- ment. CL CG 00 20 03 07 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Page 6 of 6 Office, Inc., with Its permission THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - COMPLETED OPERATIONS AUTOMATIC STATUS WHEN REQUIRED BY WRITTEN. CONTRACT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART Section II — Who Is An insured is amended to include as an additional insured any person or organization for whom you are performing operations when you and such person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy. Such person or organization 'is an additional insured only with respect to "bodily injury" and "property damage" caused, in whole or in part, by "your work" at locations specified in the written contract or agreement and included in the "products -completed operations hazard". With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, this insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs prior to the execution of, or subsequent to the expiration of, the contract or agreement in which you agreed that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy. CL CG 20 14 01 07 Includes copyrighted material of Ins urance Services Page 1 of 1 Offices, Inc., with its permission MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT STATE OF WASHINGTON ) COUNTY OF YAKIMA ) ss I, the undersigned, having been duly sworn, depose, say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work, payment for which this voucher is submitted, I have paid the following rate per hour to each classification of laborers, workmen, or mechanics, as indicated upon the attached list, now referred to and by such reference incorporated in and made an integral part hereof, for all such employed in the performance of such work; and no laborer, workman or mechanic so employed upon such work has been paid less than the prevailing rate of wage or Tess than the minimum rate of wages as specified in the principal contract; that I have read the above and foregoing statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief Subscribed and sworn to before me on this Contractor day of , 20 Notary Public in and for the State of Washington residing at Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 10 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 21 of 440 PREVAILING WAGE RATES The prevailing rate of wages to be paid to all workmen, laborers, or mechanics employed in the performance of any part of this contract shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 39 12 RCW, as amended The rules and regulations of the Department of Labor and Industries are by reference made a part of this contract as though fully set forth herein The current schedule of prevailing wage rates for the locality or localities where this contract will be performed, as determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries, can be found at www.lni.wa.gov. Inasmuch as the contractor will be held responsible for paying the prevailing wages, it is imperative that all contractors familiarize themselves with the current wage rates, as determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries, before submitting bids based on these specifications In case any dispute arises as to what are the prevailing rates of wages for work of a similar nature and such dispute cannot be adjusted by the parties in interest, including labor and management representatives, the matter shall be referred for arbitration to the Director of the Department of Labor and Industries of the State and his decision therein shall be final and conclusive and biding on all parties involved in the dispute as provided for by RCW 39 12 060 as amended. Current prevailing wage rules and data can be furnished by the Industrial Statistician upon request. You may submit your request to. Department of Labor and Industries ESAC Division PO Box 44540 Olympia, Washington 98504-4540 Telephone: 360-902-5335 Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 11 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 23 of 440 PROPOSAL To the City Clerk Yakima, Washington This certifies that the undersigned has examined the location of. CITY OF YAKIMA Yakima Regional Wastewater Treatment Plant Boiler Replacement City Project No. 2307A and that the plans, specifications and contract governing the work embraced in this improvement, and the method by which payment will be made for said work, is understood The undersigned hereby proposes to undertake and complete the work embraced in this improvement, or as much thereof as can be completed with the money available in accordance with the said plans, specifications and contract, and the following schedule of rates and prices Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 12 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 25 of 440 ARTICLE 1— BID RECIPIENT 1.0t This Bid is submitted to City Clerk of the City of Yakima 129 North 2nd Street Yakima, WA 98901 1.02 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with Owner in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform all Work as specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents for the prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents ARTICLE 2 — BIDDER'S ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 2.01 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Instructions to Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 60 days after the Bid opening, or for such longer period of time that Bidder may agree to in writing upon request of Owner ARTICLE 3 — BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3.01 In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents that: A. Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents, the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents, and the following Addenda, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged Addendum No Addendum Date B Bidder has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. Bidder is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress and performance of the Work. D Bidder has carefully studied all (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities E. Bidder has obtained and carefully studied (or accepts the consequences for not doing so) all additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site which may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 13 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 26 of 440 ARTICLE 1— BID RECIPIENT 1.01 This Bid is submitted to. City Clerk of the City of Yakima 129 North 2"d Street Yakima, WA 98901 1.02 The ;undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with Owner in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform all Work as specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents for the prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents. ARTICLE 2 — BIDDER'S ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 2.01 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Instructions to Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 60 days after the Bid opening, or for such longer period of timellthat Bidder may agree to in writing upon request of Owner. ARTICLE 3 - BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3.01 In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents that: A. Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents, the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents, and the following Addenda, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged Addendum No. t 3 B. Bidder has visited the general, local and Site of the Work. Addendum Date a /3 (IC —i Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance C. Bidder is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress and performance of the Work. D. Bidder has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities. E. Bidder has obtained and carefully studied (or accepts the consequences for not doing so) all additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site which may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 13 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 26 of 440 techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, including applying the specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly required by the Bidding Documents to be employed by Bidder, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto F Bidder does not consider that any further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of this Bid for performance of the Work at the price(s) bid and within the times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents G Bidder is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents H Bidder has correlated the information known to Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Bidding Documents I. Bidder has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents, and the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Bidder. J The Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance of the Work for which this Bid is submitted K. Bidder will submit written evidence of its authority to do business in the state where the Project is located not later than the date of its execution of the Agreement. ARTICLE 4 — FURTHER REPRESENTATIONS 4.01 Bidder further represents that: A. this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization or corporation, B Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid, C Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding, and D Bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over any other Bidder or over Owner Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 14 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 27 of 440 ARTICLE 5 — BASIS OF BID 5.01 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following price The Lump Sum Base Bid will serve as the basis of selection SUB TOTAL - Lump Sum Base Bid Price excluding tax: Words Numerals TAX @ 8 2% - Sales Tax Portion of Lump Sum Base Bid Price Words Numerals TOTAL - Lump Sum Bid with Sales Tax Words Numerals Additive Alternate A — Alternative system that meets the requirements in Section 0110 Summary of Work: SUB TOTAL — Alternate A Price excluding tax: Words Numerals TAX 8.2% - Sales Tax Portion of Alternate A. Words Numerals TOTAL — Alternate A with Sales Tax: Words Numerals Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 15 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 28 of 440 1 ARTICLE 5 - BASIS OF BID 5.01 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following price. The Lump Sum Base Bid will serve as the basis of selection: SUB TOTAL - Lump Sum Base Bid Price excluding tax: &'quinrt2eJ or-ai %ivc huv lited Words Numerals TAX @ 8.2% - Sales Tax Portion of Lump Sum Base Bid Price: 44-(1 5e ucrt 4-kca O S4pC"r n t yle hurvikcci way 5-e ue ✓1 Words c7,9,3 Numerals TOTAL - Lump Sum Bid with Sales Tax: 6'q >n {- huvviAted 4 s ev o ds�d Pbu� Und dW g9(, 9,37 Numerals Additive Alternate A - Alternative system that meets the requirements in Section 0110 - Summary of Work: SUB TOTAL - Alternate A Price excluding tax: -5 U rh ilY1 /BEY Words Numerals TAX 8.2% - Sales Tax Portion of Alternate A. Words Numerals TOTAL - Alternate A with Sales Tax: Words Numerals Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 15 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 28 of 440 ARTICLE 6 – TIME OF COMPLETION 6.01 Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially complete and will be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 14.07.B of the General Conditions on or before the dates or within the number of calendar days indicated in the Agreement. ARTICLE 7 – ATTACHMENTS TO THIS BID 7.01 The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid: A. Required Bid security in the form of 6,0°� i�71 6_e B. List of Proposed Subcontractors C. List of Proposed Suppliers (bidder's form) D. List of Project References (bidder's form) E. Required Bidder Qualification Statement with Supporting Data (bidder's form) F. Affidavit of Non -Collusion ARTICLE 8 – NOTES TO USER 8.01 NOT USED. ARTICLE 9 – DEFINED TERMS 9.01 Terms used in these instructions to bidders have the meanings indicated in the general conditions and supplementary conditions. Additional terms used in these instructions to bidders have the meanings indicated below: A. Issuing office–The office from which the bidding documents are to be issued and where the bidding procedures are to be administered. The issuing office is pharmer engineering Ilc., 1998 w judith lane, boise, id 83705. Bids will be received at city of yakima, 129 north second street, yakima, wa 98901. B. Bidder—The individual or entity who submits a bid directly to owner C. Successful bidder – The lowest responsive, responsible bidder submitting a bid to whom owner (on the basis of owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award ARTICLE 10 – SUBSTITUTE AND "OR -EQUAL" ITEMS 10.01 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding Documents, or those substitute or "or -equal" materials and equipment approved by Engineer and identified by Addendum The materials and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required type, function and quality to be met by any proposed substitute or "or -equal" item. No item of material or equipment will be considered by Engineer as a substitute or "or -equal" unless written request for approval has been submitted by Bidder and has been received by Engineer at least 15 days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Each such request shall conform to the requirements of Paragraph 6.05 of the General Conditions. The burden of Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 16 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 29 of 440 proof of the merit of the proposed item is upon Bidder. Engineer's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed item will be final If Engineer approves any proposed item, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum issued to all prospective Bidders. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. ARTICLE 11— CONTRACTS TO BE ASSIGNED 11.01 Owner as "buyer" has executed a contract with a suppliers "seller" for the procurement of goods and special services for TWO DUAL FUEL HOT WATER BOILERS. The materials and equipment provided for in the procurement contract are to be furnished and delivered to the Site for installation by Contractor. The said procurement contract will be assigned by Owner to Contractor as set forth in the Agreement. Contractor will accept the assignment and assume responsibility for the "seller", who will become a Subcontractor to Contractor. 11.02 Bidders may examine the contract documents for the procurement of goods and special services at upon request. ARTICLE 12 — BID SUBMITTAL 12.01 THIS BID SUBMITTED BY, If Bidder is. An Individual Name (typed or printed). // A By: (SEAL) (Individual's signature) Doing business as Alk A Partnership Partnership Name: \1/ (SEAL) By: 4/11 - (Signature of general partner -- attach evidence of authority to sign) Name (typed or printed) A Corporation Corporation Name _ (SEAL) --n) -A State of Incorporation 6.sh cfrY1 Type (Geeral Busin=s , Prof-.sional,-Service, Limited Liability) a-erri lzi.1 1)t4 i ieSS By: itk g j •k. _Ai111, (Signature'-- attach evidence of authority to sign) Name (typed or printed) 4-, ' g., "dr Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 17 I kb. BID SET 1-27-12, Page 30 of 440 k Title Pres /cLe.4,11 (CORPO TE SEAL) Attest Date of Authorization to do business in Washington is e / /3 / D A Joint Venture Name of Joint Venture 4 First Joint Venturer Name /1_)4 (SEAL) By' Ai .- (Signature of first joint venture partner -- attach evidence of authority to sign) Name (typed or printed) Title' Second Joint Venturer Name' /t)4 - (SEAL) By: ,/b/ A -- (Signature of second joint venture partner -- attach evidence of authority to sign) Name (typed or printed) Am - Title• -4) 4 (Each joint venturer must sign The manner of signing for each individual, partnership, and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above ) Bidder's Business AddressD)C 3 8O (cj G 4 e-rvt- 8 3e 00 Phone No ap$ Fax No. 20 - 76\s---- 3723 SUBMITTED on crua r , 20 10— . State Contractor License No. S H A (iib NTL CJ3(c ©P Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 18 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 31 of 440 BID BOND FORM Herewith find deposit in the form of a certified check, cashiers check, or cash in the amount of $ which amount is not Tess than five percent of the total bid. Sign Here BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, Shannon Industrial Contractors, Inc. , as principal, and First National Insurance Company of America as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Yakima, as Obligee, in the penal sum of ***Five Percent of Bid***(5%) Dollars, for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, Jointly and severally, by these presents. The c n Ion off this obli ti is such that if the Obligee sh II make anyaward to the Principal for $aKlma Regional Wastewater Treatment PlantaBoie t ,according to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal therefor, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall, in case of failure so to do, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the deposit specified in the call for bids, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and liquidated damages, the amount of this bond. SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS 28th DAY OF February , 20 12 Si nnon I i stri-1 Contractors, Inc. First NationalInsur-nce Company of Amela al r`i Surety Judith C. Kaiser—Smith Attorney—in—Fact , 20 Received return of deposit in the sum of $ Yakima Regional WWTP Boller Replacement 19 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 32 of 440 THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. 4887014 This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA SEATTLE, WASHINGTON POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That First National Insurance Company of America (the "Company"), a Washington stock insurance company, pursuant to and by authority of the By-law and Authorization hereinafter set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint. JUDITH C. KAISER -SMITH, JUDITH A. RAPP, SHAWN M. WILSON, WALTER W. WOLF, NICHOLAS W. PAGET, ALL OF THE CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY, STATE OF WASHINGTON , each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations in the penal sum not exceeding FIFTY MILLION AND 00/100********************************************************* DOLLARS ($ 50,000,000.00************************** ) each, and the execution of such undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon the Company as if they had been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Company in their own proper persons. That this power is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-law and Authorization: ARTICLE IV - Officers: Section 12. Power of Attorney. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitations as the Chairman or the President may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to actin behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in - fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and executed, such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. By the following instrument the chairman or the president has authorized the officer or other official named therein to appoint attorneys -in -fact: Pursuant to Article IV, Section 12 of the By-laws, David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary of First National Insurance Company of America, is authorized to appoint such attorneys -in -fact as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. That the By-law and the Authorization set forth above are true copies thereof and are now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Company and the corporate seal of First National Insurance Company of America has been affixed thereto in Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania this 28th day of September 2011 COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA ss COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA By David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary On this 28th day of September 2011 , before me, a Notary Public, personally came David M. Carey, to me known, and acknowledged that he is an Assistant Secretary of First National Insurance Company of America; that he knows the seal of said corporation; and that he executed the above Power of Attorney and affixed the corporate seal of First National Insurance Company of America thereto with the authority and at the direction of said corporation. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. By Tere a Pastella, Notary Public CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Vice President of First National Insurance Company of America, do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy, is in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that the officer or official who executed the said power of attorney is an Officer specially authorized by the chairman or the president to appoint attorneys -in -fact as provided in Article IV, Section 12 of the By-laws of First National Insurance Company of America. This certificate and the above power of attorney may be signed by facsimile or mechanically reproduced signatures under and by authority of the following vote of the board of directors of First National Insurance Company of America at a meeting duly called and held on the 18th day of September, 2009. VOTED that the facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed, IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said company, this 28th day of February , 2012. Gregory W. Davenport, Vice President ca 7J to y J0 c = O U co w d E E L O IZ Q M O� L -0 a) c (11 o f a03 No �o 4..4' a) o d 'a 3 >-0 a) E cc ,°, c 00 U '— o ompliance with Immigration and NaturalizationAct The City of Yakima supports the Federal Immigration, Reform and Control Act of 1986, as amended The City requires that all contractors or business entities that contract with the City for the award of any City contract for public works in excess of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000), or any other city contract in excess of Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500), enroll in the .E -Verify program or its successor, and thereafter to verify its employees' proof of citizenship and authorization to work in the United States. E -Verify will be used for newly hired employees during the term of the contract ONLY it is NOT to be used for existing employees - The Contractor must remain enrolled in the program for the duration of the contract and be responsible for verification of every applicable subcontractor The contractor shall sign and return with their bid response the E -Verify Declaration below Failure to do so may be cause for rejection of bid E -VERIFY COMPLIANCE DECLARATION The undersigned declares, under penalty of perjury under the laws of Washington State.that: 1 By submitting this Declaration, I certify that I do not and will not, during the performance of this contract, employillegal alien workers, or otherwise violate the provisions of the Federal Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 2' I agree to enroll in E -Verify prior to the start date of any contract issued by the City of Yakima to ensure that my workforce is legal to work in the United States of America. I agree to use E -Verify for all newly hired employees during the length of the contract. 3 I certify that I am duly authorized to sign this declaration on behalf of my company 4. I acknowledge that the City of Yakima reserves the right to require evidence of enrollment of the E -Verify program at any time and that non-compliance could lead to suspension of this contract. Firm Name (.54%c„4" \ i ,cSN'kr 6-1191ia-c L. Dated this _2? day ofb,Me-r`?.- , 20 /.. Signature. Printed Name #-i e2 � c� „, Phone #.,9Zi(-76s-2ya3 Email Address. cam, r•SA4rina✓ic_ev»pe✓1/e$ �e7< Homeland Security's Web Address is: http://www.dhs.gov/e-verify Completed declaration can be mailed to. City of Yakima Purchasing, 129 No. 2"d Street, Yakima, WA 98901, faxed to 509-576-6394 or scanned and emailed to sownby@ci.yakima.wa.us Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 20 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 33 of 440 Compliance with Immigration and Naturalization Act The City of Yakima supports the Federal Immigration, Reform and Control Act of 1986, as amended The City requires that all contractors or business entities that contract with the City for the award of any City contract for public works in excess of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000), or any other city contract in excess of Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500), enroll in the E -Verify program or its successor, and thereafter to verify its employees' proof of citizenship and authorization to work in the United States. E -Verify will be used for newly hired employees during the term of the contract ONLY it is NOT to be used for existing employees The Contractor must remain enrolled in the program for the duration of the contract and be responsible for verification of every applicable subcontractor The contractor shall sign and return with their bid response the E -Verify Declaration below Failure to do so may be cause for rejection of bid E -VERIFY COMPLIANCE DECLARATION The undersigned declares, under penalty of perjury under the laws of Washington State that: 1 By submitting this Declaration, I certify that I do not and will not, during the performance of this contract, employ illegal alien workers, or otherwise violate the provisions of the Federal Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 2. I agree to enroll in E -Verify prior to the start date of any contract issued by the City of Yakima to ensure that my workforce is legal to work in the United States of America. I agree to use E -Verify for all newly hired employees during the length of the contract. 3 I certify that I am duly authorized to sign this declaration on behalf of my company 4 I acknowledge that the City of Yakima reserves the right to require evidence of enrollment of the E -Verify program at any time and that non-compliance could lead to suspension of this contract. Firm Name. Dated this day of , 20 Signature Printed Name. Phone #. Email Address. Homeland Security's Web Address is. http://www.dhs.gov/e-verify Completed declaration can be mailed to: City of Yakima Purchasing, 129 No. 2nd Street, Yakima, WA 98901, faxed to 509-576-6394 or scanned and emailed to sownby@ci yakima.wa.us Yakima Regional WWfP Boiler Replacement 20 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 33 of 440 NON -COLLUSION DECLARATION I, by signing the proposal, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States that the following statements are true and correct: 1 That the aforesigned person(s), firm, association or corporation has (have) not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the project for which this proposal is submitted. 2 That by signing the signature page of this proposal, I am deemed to have signed and have agreed to the provisions of this declaration Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 21 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 34 of 440 1 1 NON-DISCRIMINATION PROVISION During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows (1) The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training, including apprenticeship The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause *(2) The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin *(3) The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice, to be provided by the agency contracting officer, advising the labor union or workers' representative of the contractor's commitments under Section 202 of Executive Order No 11246 of September 24, 1965, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. "(4) The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor *(5) The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order No 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by the rules regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the contracting agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders "(6) In the.event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any such rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order No 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies involved as provided in Executive Order No 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law "(7) The contractor will include the provisions of Paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders 01 the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order No 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance Provided however, that in the event the contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the contracting agency, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States " Yakima Regional WWfP Boiler Replacement 22 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 35 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 36 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SUBCONTRACTOR LIST Prepared in compliance with RCW 39 30 060 as amended (To be submitted with the Bid Proposal) Failure to list subcontractors who are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW will result in your bid being non-responsive and therefore void. Subcontractor(s) that are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW must be listed below The work to be performed is to be listed below the subcontractor(s) name If no subcontractor is listed below, the bidder acknowledges that it does not intend to use any subcontractor to perform those items of work. Subcontractor Name s'e F Item Numbers A -e Subcontractor Name 5,; c P Item Numbers Z.c—cc_ct/ Subcontractor Name Item Numbers `N -r- 1-eAr ev‘ed_ j)) vy) yi Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 23 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 37 of 440 Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Bid Items to be performed by the Prime Contractor: ( Prime Contractor Name 'T ' ivy\ a / L' 6^'e c. ��nG Item Numbers Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement - 24 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 38 of 440 WOMEN AND MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE POLICY It is the policy of the City of Yakima that women and minority business enterprises shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of work relating to the City's activities To this end, the City is committed to take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with state and federal rules and regulations to ensure women and minority business enterprises the maximum opportunity to compete for and to perform contracts In order to enhance opportunities for women and minority businesses to participate in certain contractor opportunities with the City of Yakima, and as a recipient of federal and state financial assistance, the City is committed to a women and minority business enterprise utilization program The City is determined to maximize women and minority business opportunities through participation in the competitive bidding process through women and minority business enterprise affirmative action programs administratively established by the City Manager and monitored and implemented in accordance with state and federal rules and regulations All women and minority business enterprise programs shall include specific goals for participation of women and minority businesses in City projects of at least ten percent (10%) of the total dollar value of City contract over $10,000. Goals shall be reviewed and updated annually by the City Manager for applicability and to ensure that the intent of this policy is accomplished This statement of policy will be widely disseminated to all managers, supervisors, minorities and women employed by the City of Yakima as well as to contractors, vendors, suppliers, minorities and women who may seek the City's procurement and construction contracts related to the women and minority business enterprise programs Contractors associations will be made aware of construction projects affected by this policy through all available avenues to assure that plans/specifications, bid forms, and invitations to bid are as widely distributed as possible Yakima Regional WWfP Boiler Replacement 25 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 39 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 40 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 RESOLUTION NO. D" 4 8 1 6 A RESOLUTION adopting a "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy" for the City of Yakima. WHEREAS, the City of Yakima is the recipient of federal and state assistance which assistance carries with it the obli- gation of contracting with. Women And Minority Business Enter- prises for the performance of public works, and WHEREAS., it is the intention of the City of Yakima that Women And Minority Business. Enterprises shall have the maximum practicable. opportunity to participate in .the performance of such public works, and WHEREAS, the City of Yakima is determined to maximize Women And Minority Business Enterprise opportunities for parti- cipation in its competitive bidding process through the adoption of the "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy" statement attached hereto, now., therefore, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF YAKIMA: The City Council hereby adopts the "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy", a copy of which is attached hereto and by reference made a part hereof. (J ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL this ..R 4 t day 1983. ATTEST: City Clerk Yakima Regional WWfP Boiler Replacement 26 OAANQAOJ Mayor BID SET 1-27-12, Page 41 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 42 of 440 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN The bidders, contractors and subcontractors will not be eligible for award of a contract under this Advertisement for Bids unless it certifies as prescribed, that it adopts the minimum goals and timetable of minority and women workforce utilization and specific affirmative action steps as set forth by the City of Yakima, This is directed at increasing minority and women workforce utilization by means of applying good faith efforts to carrying out such steps However, no contractor or subcontractor shall be found to be in noncompliance solely on account of its failure to meet its goals within its timetables, but such contractor shall be given the opportunity to demonstrate that it has instituted all of the specific affirmative action steps specified by the City of Yakima, and has made every good faith effort to make these steps work toward the attainment of its goals, all to the purpose of expanding minority and women workforce utilization on all of its projects in the City of Yakima, Washington In all cases, the compliance of a bidder, contractor or subcontractor will be determined in accordance with its respective obligations under the terms of these Bid Conditions. All bidders and all contractors and subcontractors performing or to perform work on projects subject to these Bid Conditions hereby agree to inform their subcontractors of their respective obligations under the terms and requirements of these Bid Conditions, including the provisions relating to goals of minority and women employment and training Specific Affirmative Action Steps Bidders, contractors and subcontractors subject to this contract must engage in affirmative action directed at increasing minority and women workforce utilization, which is at least as extensive and as specific as the following steps a The contractor shall notify community organizations that the contractor has employment opportunities available and shall maintain records of the organizations' response b The contractor shall maintain a file of the names and addresses of each minority and women worker referred to him and what action was taken with respect to each such referred worker, and if the worker was not employed, the reasons therefore If such worker was not sent to the union hiring hall for referral or if such worker was not employed by the contractor, the contractor's file shall document this and the reasons therefore. c The contractor shall promptly notify the City of Yakima Engineering Division an Contract Compliance Officer when the union or unions with whom the contractor has collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the contractor a minority or woman worker sent by the contractor or the contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded him in his efforts to meet his goal d. The contractor shall participate in training programs in the area, especially those funded by the Department of Labor. e The contractor shall disseminate his EEO policy within his own organization by including it in any policy manual, by publicizing it in company newspapers, annual reports, etc., by conducting staff, employee and union representatives' meetings to explain and discuss the policy; by posting of the policy, and by specific review of the policy with minority employees f The contractor shall disseminate his EEO policy externally by informing and discussing it with all recruitment sources; by advertising in news media, specifically including minority news media, and by notifying and discussing it with all subcontractors and suppliers. Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 27 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 43 of 440 1 g The contractor shall make specific efforts and constant personal (both written and oral) recruitment efforts directed at all minority or women organizations, schools with minority 1 students, minority recruitment organizations and minority training organizations, within the contractor's recruitment areas h The contractor shall make specific efforts to encourage present minority employees to recruit their friends and relatives i The contractor shall validate all man specifications, selection requirements, tests, etc j The contractor shall make every effort to promote after school, summer and vacation employment to minority youth. k. The contractor shall develop on-the-job training opportunities and participate and assist in any association or employer group training programs relevant to the contractor's employee needs consistent with its obligations under this bid I The contractor shall continually inventory and evaluate all minority and women personnel 1 for promotion opportunities and encourage minority and women employees to seek such opportunities m The contractor shall make sure that seniority practices, job classifications, etc , do not have a discriminatory effect. n The contractor shall make certain that all facilities and company activities are non- 1 segregated o The contractor shall continually monitor all personnel activities to ensure that his EEO , policy is being carried out. p The contractor shall solicit bids for subcontracts from available minority and women r subcontractors, engaged in the trades covered by these Bid Conditions, including circulation of minority and women contractor associations q Non cooperation In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor with a reasonable flow of minority and women referrals within the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreements, the contractor shall, through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin, making full efforts to obtain qualified and/or qualifiable minorities and women (The U S. Department of Labor has held that it shall be no excuse that the union with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority or women employees) In the event the union referral practice prevents the contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246 and 23 CFR Part 230 as amended, and the Standard Specifications, such contractor shall immediately notify the City of Yakima Engineering Department or the City of Yakima Compliance Officer. Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 28 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 44 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 BIDDER CERTIFICATION A bidder will not be eligible for award of a contract under this invitation forbids unless such bidder has submitted as a part of its bid the following certification, which will be deemed a part of the resulting contract: 1 JA r! n Q4f.S74-7 4 / CAI /et. ChscS certifies that: (BIDDER) 1 It intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under the contract 1 P I P s +�-� . 6,1 -/,_dc,t „Co epeftetic ' and, as to those trades for which it is required by these Bid Conditions to comply with these Bid Conditions, it adopts the minimum minority and women workforce utilization goals and the specific affirmative action steps for all construction work (both federal and non-federal) in the Yakima, Washington area subject to these Bid Conditions, those trades being: A-1/ above, 1- 1 and; 2 It will obtain from each of its subcontractors and submit to the contracting or administering agency prior to the award of any sub -contract under this contract the Subcontractor Certification required by these Bid Conditions 1 1 1 (Signature of Authorized Representative of Bidder) Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 29 ' BID SET 1-27-12, Page 45 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SUBCONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION Subcontractors' Certification is not required at the time of bid. This Certification must be completed by each subcontractor prior to award of any subcontract. certifies that: (SUBCONTRACTOR) 1 It intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under the subcontract and, As to those trades for which it is required by these Bid Conditions to comply with these Bid Conditions, it adopts the minimum minority and women workforce utilization goals and the specific affirmative action steps for all construction work (both federal and non-federal) in Yakima, Washington, subject to these Bid Condition, those trades being and, 2. It will obtain from each of its subcontractors prior to the award of any subcontract under this subcontract the Subcontractor Certification required by these Bid conditions (Signature of Authorized Representative of Subcontractor) Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 30 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 47 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 48 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MATERIALLY AND RESPONSIVENESS The certification required to be made by the bidder pursuant to these Bid Conditions is material, and will govern the bidder's performance on the project and will be made a part of his bid Failure to submit the certification will render the bid non responsive Compliance and Enforcement Contractors are responsible for informing their subcontractor (regardless of tier) as to their respective obligations under the conditions of the contract here (as applicable) Bidders, contractors and subcontractors hereby agree to refrain from entering into any contract or contract modification subject to Executive Order 11246, as amended on September 24, 1965, with a contractor debarred from, or who is determined not to be a responsible' bidder for, government contracts and federally assisted construction contracts pursuant to Executive Order. The bidder, contractor or subcontractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of the equal opportunity clause including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered by the administering agency, the contracting agency or the Office of Federal Contract Compliance pursuant to the Executive Order Any bidder, or contractor or subcontractor who shall fail to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be deemed to be in non-compliance with these Bid Conditions and Executive Order 11246, as amended. Nothing herein is intended to relieve any contractor or subcontractor during the term of its contract on this project ' from compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended, and the Equal Opportunity Clause of its contract. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Violation of any substantial requirement in the affirmative action plan by a contractor or subcontractor covered by these Bid Conditions including the failure of such contractor or subcontractor to make a good faith effort to meet it fair share of the trade's goals of minority and women workforce utilization, and shall be grounds for imposition of the sanctions and penalties provided at Section 209 (a) of Executive Order 11246, as amended. Each agency shall review its contractors' and subcontractors' employment practices during the performance of the contract. If the agency determines that the affirmative action plan no longer represents effective affirmative action, it shall so notify the Office of Federal Contract Compliance which shall be solely responsible for any final determination of that question and the Consequences thereof In regard to these conditions, if the contractor or subcontractor meets its goals or if the contractor or subcontractor can demonstrate that it has made every good faith effort to meet those goals, the contractor of the subcontractor shall be presumed to be in compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended, the implementing regulations and its obligations under these Bid Conditions and no formal sanctions or proceedings leading toward sanctions shall be instituted unless the agency otherwise determines that the contractor or subcontractor is not providing equal employment opportunities. In judging whether a contractor or subcontractor has met its goals, the agency will consider each contractors or subcontractor's minority and women workforce utilization and will not take into consideration the minority and women workforce utilization of its subcontractors. Where the agency finds that the contractor or subcontractor has failed to comply with the requirement of Executive Order 11246, as amended, the implementing regulations and its obligations under these Bid Conditions, the agency shall take such action and impose such sanctions as may be appropriate under Executive Order and the regulations. When the agency proceeds with such formal action, it has the burden of proving that the contractor has not met the requirements of these Bid Conditions, but the contractor's failure to meet his goals shall shift to him the requirement to come forward with evidence to show that he has met the "good faith" requirements of these Bid Conditions by instituting at least the Specific Affirmative Action steps listed above and by making every good faith effort to make those steps work toward the attainment of its goals within its timetables. The pendency of such formal proceedings shall be taken into consideration by Federal agencies in determining whether such contractor or Subcontractor can comply with the requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and is therefore a "responsible prospective contractor" within the meaning of the Federal Procurement Regulations. Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 31 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 49 of 440 It shall be no excuse that the union with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority and women employees. The procedures set forth in these conditions shall not apply to any contract when the head of the contracting or administering agency determines that such contract is essential to the national security and that its award without following such procedures is necessary to the national security Upon making such a determination, the agency head will notify, in writing, the Director of the Office of Federal Contractor Compliance within thirty days. Requests for exemptions from these Bid Conditions must be made in writing, with justification, to the. Director Office of Federal Contractor Compliance U.S Department of Labor Washington, D.C. 20210 and shall be forwarded through and with the endorsement of the agency head. Contractors and subcontractors must keep such records and file such reports relating to the provisions of these Bid Conditions as shall be required by the contracting or administering agency or the Office of Federal Contractor Compliance Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 32 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 50 of 440 CITY OF YAKIMA Yakima Regional Wastewater Treatment Plant Boiler Replacement City Project No. 2307A The bidder is hereby advised that by signature of this proposal he/she is deemed to have acknowledged all requirements and signed all certificates contained herein A proposal guaranty in an amount of five percent (5%) of the total bid, based upon the approximate estimate of quantities at the above prices and in the form as indicated below, is attached hereto CASH CASHIER'S CHECK CERTIFIED CHECK PROPOSAL BOND 0 IN THE AMOUNT OF 0 DOLLARS ($ ) PAYABLE TO THE STATE TREASURER IN THE AMOUNT OF 5% OF THE BID ** Receipt is hereby acknowledged of addendum(s) No.(s) ' , 3 SIGN RE F A277/ORIZE FFICIAL(s) °G��o FIRM NAME S:y,,,nrainN,1rv4 —tt ci( Lan 5�11, co?' (ADDRESS) -D $ Dr. 3 V6 c,219 76\c" --- ?.o3 Cater c l� I c�r:e . , L D a' 3 g/ () PHONE NUMBER STATE OF WASHINGTON CONTRACTORS,LICENSE NUMBER S 4A f) ^J= G ®93(o 'O P FEDERAL 1, 1(.1 1017 k' i3 [ f l / WA STATE EMPLOYMENT SECURITY REFERENCE NO. o-'! I!e 9 'Zbo l`) Note: (1) This proposal form is not transferable and any alteration of the firm's name entered hereon without prior permission from the Secretary of Transportation will be cause for considering the proposal irregular and subsequent rejection of the bid. (2) Please refer to section 1-02.6 of the standard specifications, re: "Preparation of Proposal," or "Article 4" of the Instructions to Bidders for building construction jobs. Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 33 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 51 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BIDDER'S CHECK LIST The bidder's attention is especially called to the following forms, which must be executed, as required, and submitted on the form purchased from the City and bound in the Contract Documents. A. PROPOSAL The base bid and any alternate prices, extensions and total amounts bid must be shown in the spaces provided Proposer is required to submit this entire contract packet (pages 1-32) for the Project Bid. B. BID BOND ACCOMPANYING BID This Bid Bond form is to be executed by the bidder and the surety company unless bid is accompanied by a certified check. The amount of this bond shall be not less than 5% of the total amount bid and may be shown in dollars or on a percentage basis C. SUBCONTRACTOR LIST The form must be filled in for the specific trades listed Failure to provide a complete subcontractor list at time of bid WILL NOT render the bid non-responsive, except for specific trades listed D. BIDDER'S CERTIFICATION E. PROPOSAL SIGNATURE SHEET Must be filled in and signed by the bidder. The following forms are to be executed after the contract is awarded. A. CONTRACT This agreement is to be executed by the successful bidder B. PERFORMANCE BOND To be executed by the successful bidder and his/her surety company C. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Refer to attached Informational Certificate of Insurance and Additional Insured Endorsement. Also refer to Section 1-07 18 (APWA) of the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions D. E -VERIFIED COMPLIANCE DECLARATION A signed E -Verify Compliance Declaration must be submitted or on file with the City Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 34 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 53 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 54 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Environmental Protection Agency Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A / page 28 OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved. 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form BID/PROPOSAL NO. %� PROJECT NAME )/c, KA rrlal/s/�✓1-7/ G4.1 t..�-17-) © 1ler- A/Gc�, i 0-4 NAME OF PRIME BIDDER/PROPOSER 6) 4 nm TANNA 1 Lei-trc cors T E-MAIL ADDRESS acim)ri eS'A.0Yel 4 z- 0°4✓,'5, 17 el ADDRESS VI) L 0A 3i Ft. Coc.ur csi:Ale .rte. , ..fib ?369) 6 TELEPHONE NO. )08' _ 76,..S7—,2 yD3 FAX NO. of 02 _ , 6, s- X73 The following subcontractorsi will be used on this project: COMPANY NAME, ADDRESS, PHONE NUMBER, AND E-MAIL ADDRESS TYPE OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED ESTIMATE D DOLLAR AMOUNT CURRENTLY CERTIFIED AS AN MBE OR WBE? NA I certify under penalty of perjury that the replacement of a subcontractor, I will adhere Sectio 3.302(c). forgoing statements are true and correct. In the event of a to the replacement requirements set forth in 40 CFR Part 33 Signature of rime Contractor Date • 61 /Ia 1,--44.3-- fre 6; ems, --i- 7 Print Name Title 'Subcontractor is defined as a company, firm, joint venture, or individual who enters into an agreement with a contractor to provide services pursuant to an EPA award of financial,assistance. EPA FORM 6100-4 (DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form) Environmental Protection Agency Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A /page 29 OMB Control No• 2090-0030 Approved: 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average fifteen (15) minutes. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain, or disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time needed to review instructions; develop, acquire, install, and utilize technology and systems for the purposes of collecting, validating, and verifying information, processing and maintaining information, and disclosing and providing information; adjust the existing ways to comply with any previously applicable instructions and requirements, train personnel to be able to respond to a collection of information; search data sources; complete and review the collection of information; and transmit or otherwise disclose the information. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. Send comments on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy of the provided burden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, including the use of automated collection techniques to the Director, Collection Strategies Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2822), 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, D C. 20460. Include the OMB control number in any correspondence. Do not send the completed EPA DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form to this address. EPA FORM 6100-4 (DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Environmental Protection Agency Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A /page 26 OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved: 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Performance Form NAME OF SUBCONTRACTORS PROJECT NAME )(elk/ / n -►G.. P-12-51 6r14 COW % P /ter P-0----.0 AO ce'.7-l�� ____48,01 ADDRESS BID/PROPOSAL NO. c,./.3&74 TELEPHONE NO. E-MAIL ADDRESS PRIME CONTRACTOR NAME 61,4 on i-. A' 1€41 6-(4./AL- S CONTRACT ITEM NO. ITEM OF WORK OR DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES BID TO PRIME PRICE OF WORK SUBMITTED TO PRIME CONTRACTOR Currently certified Prime Contractor Date as an MBE or WBE under EPA's DBE Print Name Title Program? Yes No Signature of Signature of Subcontractor Date Print Name Title 'Subcontractor is defined as a company, firm, joint venture, or individual who enters into an agreement with a contractor to provide servicespursuant to an EPA award of financial assistance. EPA FORM 6100-3 (DBE Subcontractor Performance Form) Environmental Protection Agency Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A /page 27 OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved. 05/ 01/ 2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Performance Form The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average fifteen (15) minutes. Burden means the total time; effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain, or disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time needed to review instructions; develop, acquire, install, and utilize technology and systems for the purposes of collecting, validating, and verifying information, processing and maintaining information, and disclosing and providing information; adjust the existing ways to comply with any previously applicable instructions and requirements; train personnel to be able to respond to a collection of information; search data sources; complete and review the collection of information; and transmit or otherwise disclose the information. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. Send comments on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy of the provided burden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, including the use of automated collection techniques to the Director, Collection Strategies Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2822), 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB control number in any correspondence. Do not send the completed EPA DBE Subcontractor Performance Form to this address. EPA FORM 6100-3 (DBE Subcontractor Performance Form) Exhibit A - Yakima Boiler Replacement Addendum 1 Page - Exhibit A /page 22 ATTACHMENT 3 CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES (Applicable to federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the Equal Opportunity clause.) The federally assisted construction contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor certified, further that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work • area; rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and,bther storage or dressing areas, parking Lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas; transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or area, in fact, segregated on the basis of race, creed, color, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed contractors for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause, and that he will retain such, certification in this file. Sib ature Name 'and title of signer (please type) [THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED IN FULL AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL] Bidders List Yakima Boiler Replacement Bid Date: February 28, 2012 Name: 5pect&J, PP Address: /RO 6oX /5502/(0 pekese %ilex , bin 990215 Contact Name: KP iriii 3 aRiek.50v) Phone:'�jbq 902 ? - b3p2 fA Email: /4% Currently Certified as an MBE or WBE Yes No Name: t X,Ln.cr14e C C7c ivy Address: P. () 60y //$'-1 Pcci (00, g9361 Contact Name: 50, (.&.) rz i G K Phone: Email: '309 eszi5 05-7 41®@ Eci - 5_3 Currently Certified as an MBE or WBE tYes No Name: 0.jr lA Pal/11:1'41f Address: 1,4911 la ? M b 1-H3 filo() 2U e ) (,Ori 9 9 A-42 " 876G Contact Name: / yl(;c(-1 j [(k Phone: 4425- 3 `f q- (n c 0 3 Email: ,kJ14 Currently Certified as an MBE or WBE Yes /No Name: J 't^ S Ma5oirve, 2c� Address: 70 ,©j b ��j YA-K t 97)9 0(i -co ({)5 Contact Name: 30k_v&e.5 L., 3oG‘on'o f1 Phone: i©V � 17- 3? VI Email: AM" /No Currently Certified as an MBE or WBE Yes Dated Notice to Proceed Project: City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Contract: Boiler Replacement Project Owner: City of Yakima Owner's Contract No 2307A Engineer's Project No 10309 Contractor Contractor's Address You are notified that the Contract Times under the above contract will commence to run on . On or before that date, you are to start performing your obligations under the Contract Documents In accordance with Article 4 of the Agreement, the date of Substantial Completion is , and the date of readiness for final payment is Before you may start any Work at the Site, Paragraph 2 01 B of the General Conditions provides that you and Owner must each deliver to the other (with copies to Engineer and other identified additional insureds) certificates of insurance which each is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with the Contract Documents Also, before you may start any Work at the Site, you must . None Copy to Engineer City of Yakima Owner Authorized Signature Mayor Title Date Yakima Regional WWTP Boiler Replacement 35 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 55 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 56 of 440 EN r UN 1 M MI In M-- I 1 NM E MIN 111111 111111 Contractor's Application For Payment No. APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT Change Order Summary Approved Change Orders Number Additions Deductions TOTALS NET CHANGE BY CHANGE ORDERS CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION The undersigned Contractor certifies that: (1) all previous progress payments received from Owner on account of Work done under the Contract have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations incurred in connection with Work covered by prior Applications for Payment; (2) title of all Work, materials and equipment incorporated in said Work or otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment will pass to Owner at time of payment free and clear of all Liens, security interests and encumbrances (except such as are covered by a Bond acceptable to Owner indemnifying Owner against any such Liens, security interest or encumbrances), and (3) all Work covered by this Application for Payment is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not defective. By Date 1. ORIGINAL CONTRACT PRICE $ 2. Net change by Change Orders $ 3. CURRENT CONTRACT PRICE (Line 1 ± 2) $ 4. TOTAL COMPLETED AND STORED TO DATE (Column F on Progress Estimate) 5. RETAINAGE: a. % x $ Work Completed $ b. % x $ Stored Material $ c. Total Retainage (Line 5a + Line 5b) $ 6. AMOUNT ELIGIBLE TO DATE (Line 4 - Line 5c) $ 7. LESS PREVIOUS PAYMENTS (Line 6 from prior Application) $ 8. AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION $ 9. BALANCE TO FINISH, PLUS RETAINAGE (Column G on Progress Estimate + Line 5 above) $ Payment of. $ (Line 8 or other - attach explanation of other amount) is recommended by (Engineer) (Date) Payment of. $ (Line 8 or other - attach explanation of other amount) is approved by (Owner) (Date) Contractor's Application for Payment Page 2 of 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 57 of 440 Application Period. Application Date To (Owner): City of Yakima From (Contractor) Via (Engineer) Project: City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Contract: Boiler Replacement project Owner's Contract No. 2307A Contractor's Project No. Engineer's Project No 10309 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT Change Order Summary Approved Change Orders Number Additions Deductions TOTALS NET CHANGE BY CHANGE ORDERS CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION The undersigned Contractor certifies that: (1) all previous progress payments received from Owner on account of Work done under the Contract have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations incurred in connection with Work covered by prior Applications for Payment; (2) title of all Work, materials and equipment incorporated in said Work or otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment will pass to Owner at time of payment free and clear of all Liens, security interests and encumbrances (except such as are covered by a Bond acceptable to Owner indemnifying Owner against any such Liens, security interest or encumbrances), and (3) all Work covered by this Application for Payment is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not defective. By Date 1. ORIGINAL CONTRACT PRICE $ 2. Net change by Change Orders $ 3. CURRENT CONTRACT PRICE (Line 1 ± 2) $ 4. TOTAL COMPLETED AND STORED TO DATE (Column F on Progress Estimate) 5. RETAINAGE: a. % x $ Work Completed $ b. % x $ Stored Material $ c. Total Retainage (Line 5a + Line 5b) $ 6. AMOUNT ELIGIBLE TO DATE (Line 4 - Line 5c) $ 7. LESS PREVIOUS PAYMENTS (Line 6 from prior Application) $ 8. AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION $ 9. BALANCE TO FINISH, PLUS RETAINAGE (Column G on Progress Estimate + Line 5 above) $ Payment of. $ (Line 8 or other - attach explanation of other amount) is recommended by (Engineer) (Date) Payment of. $ (Line 8 or other - attach explanation of other amount) is approved by (Owner) (Date) Contractor's Application for Payment Page 2 of 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 57 of 440 Progress Estimate Contractor's Application For (contract) Boiler Replacement Project Application Number Application Period. Application Date A B Work Completed E F G Item Scheduled Value C D Materials Presently Stored (not in C or D) Total Completed and Stored to Date (C + D + E) % (E) B Balance to Finish (B - F) Specification Section No. Description From Previous Application (C + D) This Period Totals Contractor's Application for Payment Page 2 of 3 ® ®am ® IN1 NM ME ® ® ® ® dT 1 la ', Pa ii of 4 IIIIIII MN MI O O O O O EN O O O O O O FM O O O Stored Material Summary Contractor's Application For (contract) Boiler Replacement Project Application Number Application Period Application Date. A B C D E F G Invoice No Shop Drawing Transmittal No Materials Description Stored Previously Stored this Month Incorporated in Work Materials Remaining in Storage ($) (D + E - F) Date (Month/Year) Amount ($) Amount ($) Subtotal Date (Month/Year) Amount ($) Totals Contractor's Application for Payment Page 3 of 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 59 of 440 CS sit, Jo wed ' MI 6 iiMili Q GM iNiii IRE ® v 0 NM 0 ® ® MI A MEM IME Certificate of Substantial Completion Project: City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Owner City of Yakima Contract: Boiler Replacement Project Owner's Contract No 2307A Date of Contract Contractor' Engineer's Project No. 10309 This Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to: All Work under the Contract Documents ❑ The following specified portions: Date of Substantial Completion The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of Owner, Contractor and Engineer, and found to be substantially complete The Date of Substantial Completion of the Project or portion thereof designated above is hereby declared and is also the date of commencement of applicable warranties required by the Contract Documents, except as stated below A [tentative] [revised tentative] [definitive] list of items to be completed or corrected, is attached hereto This list may not be all- inclusive, and the failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The responsibilities between OWNER and CONTRACTOR for security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties shall be as provided in the Contract Documents except as amended as follows: ❑ Amended Responsibilities o Not Amended Owner's Amended Responsibilities. Contractor's Amended Responsibilities: The following documents are attached to and made part of this Certificate. This Certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents nor is it a release of Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Executed by Engineer Date Accepted by Contractor Date Accepted by Owner Date Certificate of Substantial Completion Page 1 of 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 61 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 62 of 440 Change Order Date of Issuance Effective Date No. Project: City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Contract' Boiler Replacement Project Owner City of Yakima Owner's Contract No 2307A Date of Contract: Contractor Engineer's Project No 10309 The Contract Documents are modified as follows upon execution of this Change Order: Description: Attachments: (List documents supporting change) CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE: CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIMES: Original Contract Price. Original Contract Times: ❑ Working days ❑ Calendar days Substantial completion (days or date) $ Ready for final payment (days or date): [Increase] [Decrease] from previously approved Change [Increase] [Decrease] from previously approved Change Orders Orders No to No No to No. Substantial completion (days): $ Ready for final payment (days) Contract Price prior to this Change Order Contract Times prior to this Change Order• Substantial completion (days or date) $ Ready for final payment (days or date). [Increase] [Decrease] of this Change Order [Increase] [Decrease] of this Change Order Substantial completion (days or date). $ Ready for final payment (days or date). Contract Price incorporating this Change Order Contract Times with all approved Change Orders. Substantial completion (days or date): $ Ready for final payment (days or date). RECOMMENDED• ACCEPTED. ACCEPTED By' By' By' Engineer (Authorized Signature) Owner (Authorized Signature) Contractor (Authorized Signature) Change Order Page 1 of 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 63 of 440 Change Order Instructions A. GENERAL INFORMATION This document was developed to provide a uniform format for handling contract changes that affect Contract Price or Contract Times Changes that have been initiated by a Work Change Directive must be incorporated into a subsequent Change Order if they affect Price or Times. Changes that affect Contract Price or Contract Times should be promptly covered by a Change Order The practice of accumulating Change Orders to reduce the administrative burden may lead to unnecessary disputes If Milestones have been listed in the Agreement, any effect of a Change Order thereon should be addressed. For supplemental instructions and minor changes not involving a change in the Contract Price or Contract Times, a Field Order should be used B. COMPLETING THE CHANGE ORDER FORM Engineer normally initiates the form, including a description of the changes involved and attachments based upon documents and proposals submitted by Contractor, or requests from Owner, or both Once Engineer has completed and signed the form, all copies should be sent to Owner or Contractor for approval, depending on whether the Change Order is a true order to the Contractor or the formalization of a negotiated agreement for a previously performed change After approval by one contracting party, all copies should be sent to the other party for approval Engineer should make distribution of executed copies after approval by both parties. If a change only applies to price or to times, cross out the part of the tabulation that does not apply Change Order Page 2 of 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 64 of 440 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and Issued and Published Jointly By ACEC Abn.Rtcds' COUNCIL OP ENGINI:F.RING COMPANIES National Society of Professional Engineers Professional Engineers in Private Practice ASCE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN COUNCIL OF ENGINEERING COMPANIES AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America leil Knowledge for Creating and Sustaining the Built Environment Construction Specifications Institute American Society of Civil Engineers EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 65 of 440 Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 American Council of Engmeering Companies 1015 15th Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400 These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Suggested Forms of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Nos C-520 or C-525 (2002 Editions) Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the EJCDC Construction Documents, General and Instructions (No C-001) (2002 Edition) For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No C-800) (2002 Edition) EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright CO 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 4 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 66 of 440 11 11 11 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 5 1.01 Defined Terms. 5 1.02 Terminology . 7 ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 8 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance ....... 8 2.02 Copies of Documents 8 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times, Notice to Proceed ... 8 2 04 Starting the Work. 8 2.05 Before Starting Construction 8 2.06 Preconstruction Conference 8 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules • 8 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE ......................................... .....9 3.01 Intent. 9 3.02 Reference Standards 9 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies 9 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents.................................................................... 10 3 05 Reuse of Documents 10 3.06 Electronic Data 10 ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS ..........10 4.01 Availability of Lands .10 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 11 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions 11 4.04 Underground Facilities .12 4.05 Reference Points 12 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site .12 ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 13 5 01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds 13 5 02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers 14 5.03 Certificates of Insurance . 14 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance .14 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance 15 5 06 Property Insurance . ..15 5 07 Waiver of Rights . 16 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds .16 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance, Option to Replace 16 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer... 17 ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES........ 17 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence . 17 6.02 Labor, Working Hours ............................................. .. 17 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment 17 6.04 Progress Schedule 17 6.05 Substitutes and "Or -Equals" 18 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others 19 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties 20 6 08 Permits ... 20 6.09 Laws and Regulations 20 6.10 Taxes 21 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas 21 6.12 Record Documents....................................................21 EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 67 of 440 6.13 Safety and Protection. 21 6.14 Safety Representative ............................... 22 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs 22 6.16 Emergencies . ..22 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples ... ... ......... 22 6 18 Continuing the Work .23 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee . ...23 6.20 Indemnification 23 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services ............... 24 ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK AT THE SITE ...... 24 7 01 Related Work at Site .. .... 24 7.02 Coordination 25 7.03 Legal Relationships .25 ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 25 8.01 Communications to Contractor 25 8.02 Replacement of Engineer .... .25 8.03 Furnish Data.. . . . ................................. ..... . . . . ......................................... . . .... 25 8.04 Pay When Due . ... 25 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests... 25 8.06 Insurance 25 8.07 Change Orders 25 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals..... .. .. 25 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities ... .26 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ........ . 26 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements 26 ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION ....26 9.01 Owner's Representative 26 9.02 Visits to Site 26 9 03 Project Representative .....26 9 04 Authorized Variations in Work ... 26 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work 26 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments .27 9 07 Determinations for Unit Price Work 27 9 08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work .27 9 09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities ................................ ..............27 ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS 27 10 01 Authorized Changes in the Work . . .......27 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work 28 10.03 Execution of Change Orders .... .................... ...................... .......... ....28 10.04 Notification to Surety ....28 10.05 Claims ........28 ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK, ALLOWANCES, UNIT PRICE WORK..... .29 11 01 Cost of the Work .... ...... 29 11.02 Allowances .30 11.03 Unit Price Work . 30 ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES . . 31 12.01 Change of Contract Price 31 12.02 Change of Contract Times 32 12 03 Delays ........................ 32 ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ... 32 13 01 Notice of Defects .32 13.02 Access to Work.... 32 13.03 Tests and Inspections . 32 13.04 Uncovering Work 33 13 05 Owner May Stop the Work 33 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work 33 13.07 Correction Period . .33 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work 34 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work.................................................................... 34 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION . 35 14 01 Schedule of Values 35 EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 6 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 68 of 440 14.02 Progress Payments 35 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title .... 36 14 04 Substantial Completion . 36 14.05 Partial Utilization. ...37 14 06 Final Inspection . 37 14 07 Final Payment .... 37 14 08 Final Completion Delayed.......... 38 14.09 Waiver of Claims 38 ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 38 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work ..................................... 38 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause 38 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience 39 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate. .39 ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION . 40 16.01 Methods and Procedures ............ 40 ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS 40 17.01 Giving Notice ... 40 17.02 Computation of Times... 40 17.03 Cumulative Remedies 40 17.04 Survival of Obligations . 40 17.05 Controlling Law ..................... 40 17.06 Headings 40 EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 7 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 69 of 440 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents and printed with initial capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda --Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2 Agreement --The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment --The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos --Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5 Bid --The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 6. Bidder --The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to Owner. 7. Bidding Documents --The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda). 8. Bidding Requirements --The Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements. 9 Change Order --A document recommended by Engineer which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 10 Claim --A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 11 Contract --The entire and integrated written agreement between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral 12. Contract Documents-- Those items so designated in the Agreement. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents Approved Shop Drawings, other Contractor's submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 70 of 440 13 Contract Price --The moneys payable by Owner to Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 14. Contract Times --The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to• (i) achieve Milestones, if any, (ii) achieve Substantial Completion; and (iii) complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by Engineer's written recommendation of final payment. 15. Contractor --The individual or entity with whom Owner has entered into the Agreement. 16. Cost of the Work --See Paragraph 11.01.A for definition. 17. Drawings --That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Shop Drawings and other Contractor submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 18. Effective Date of the Agreement --The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is mdicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 19 Engineer --The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 20. Field Order --A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 21. General Requirements --Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. The General Requirements pertain to all sections of the Specifications. 22. Hazardous Environmental Condition --The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work. 23. Hazardous Waste --The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 24. Laws and Regulations, Laws or Regulations --Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinanc- es, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 25. Liens --Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 26. Milestone --A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate comple- tion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 27. Notice of Award --The written notice by Owner to the Successful Bidder statmg that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, Owner will sign and deliver the Agreement. 28. Notice to Proceed --A written notice given by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Con- tract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents. 29 Owner --The individual or entity with whom Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 30. PCBs --Polychlorinated biphenyls. 31. Petroleum --Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 71 of 440 petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 32. Progress Schedule --A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 33 Project --The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part. 34. Project Manual --The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents. 35. Radioactive Material --Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq) as amended from time to time. 36 Related Entity -- An officer, director, partner, employee, agent, consultant, or subcontractor. 37 Resident Project Representative --The authorized representative of Engineer who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof. 38 Samples --Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 39 Schedule of Submittals --A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 40. Schedule of Values --A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 41. Shop Drawings --All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 42. Site --Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor 43. Specifications --That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. 44. Subcontractor --An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 45. Substantial Completion --The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 46. Successful Bidder --The Bidder submitting a responsive Bid to whom Owner makes an award. 47. Supplementary Conditions --That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 72 of 440 48 Supplier --A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or any Subcontractor. 49 Underground Facilities --All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 50. Unit Price Work --Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 51. Work --The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 52. Work Change Directive --A written statement to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface or physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 1.02 Terminology A. The following words or terms are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the following meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives 1 The Contract Documents include the terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered", "as directed" or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicatmg otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Paragraph 9 09 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. C. Day 1. The word "day" means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. Defective 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents, or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 4 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 73 of 440 c. has been damaged prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 14.04 or 14.05) E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide 1 The word "furnish," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word "install," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use 3. The words "perform" or "provide," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said, services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide" is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of Contractor, "provide" is implied. F Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish. B. Evidence of Insurance Before any Work at the Site is started, Contractor and Owner shall each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insur- ance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which Contractor and Owner respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5 2.02 Copies of Documents A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor up to ten printed or hard copies of the Drawings and Project Manual. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 74 of 440 2.04 Starting the Work A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. 2.05 Before Starting Construction A. Preliminary Schedules Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: 1. a preliminary Progress Schedule, indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.06 Preconstruction Conference A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2 05.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. At least 10 days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to Engineer as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with Paragraph 2.05.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer 1 The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefor. 2 Contractor's Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. Contractor's Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 6 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 75 of 440 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equip- ment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be provided whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to Owner C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by Engineer as provided in Article 9 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the stan- dard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual or code, or any instruction of a Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner, or Engineer, or any of, their Related Entities, any duty or author- ity to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies 1. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therem and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. 2 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any standard, specification, manual or code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3 04 EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 7 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 76 of 440 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence m resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by either a Change Order or a Work Change Directive. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 1. A Field Order; 2. Engineer's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; (Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6 17.D.3), or 3 Engineer's written interpretation or clarification. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other individual or entity performing or furnishing all of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor, shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or Engineer's consultants, including electronic media editions; or 2. reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaption by Engineer. B. The prohibition of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. 3.06 Electronic Data A. Copies of data furnished by Owner or Engineer to Contractor or Contractor to Owner or Engineer that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies (also known as hard copies). Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user's sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 8 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 77 of 440 B. Because data stored in electronic media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently or otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within 60 days, after which the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the 60 -day acceptance period will be corrected by the transferring party . C When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transfen-mg party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data's creator ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. Owner will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If Contractor and Owner are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in Owner's furnishing the Site or a part thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and Owner's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1 those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents; and 2 those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) that Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized. Contractor may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their Related Entities with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 9 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 78 of 440 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3 any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site that is uncovered or revealed either: I. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work m connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so B. Engineer's Review: After receipt of written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A, Engineer will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of Owner's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto, and advise Owner m writing (with a copy to Contractor) of Engineer's findings and conclusions. C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments 1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 4.03.A, and b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 9.07 and 11.03. 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if a. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a fmal commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas required by the Bid- ding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor's making such fmal commitment; or c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 10 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 79 of 440 3. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10 05. However, Owner and Engineer, and any of their Related Entities shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.04 Underground Facilities A. Shown or Indicated. The information and data shown or indicated .in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1 Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for• a. reviewing and checking all such information and data, b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated m the Contract Documents, c coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, during construction, and d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated 1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, prompt- ly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except m an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), identify the owner of such Under- ground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility 2. If Engineer concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and document such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, Owner or Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 4.05 Reference Points A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 11 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 80 of 440 Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site A. Reports and Drawings Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any, that have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized. Contractor may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contamed in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their Related Entities with respect to• 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated m Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible. D If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), and (iii) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work m connection with such condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to Contractor written notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10 05. F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 12 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 81 of 440 limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition. (i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (ii) was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06. G shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negli- gence. H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.H shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. I. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified in Paragraph 13.07, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. B All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the agent's authority to act. C. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated m any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 5 01.B, Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01.B and 5.02. 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers A. All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 13 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 82 of 440 5.03 Certificates of Insurance A. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. B. Owner shall deliver to Contractor, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Contractor or any other additional insured) which Owner is required to purchase and maintain. 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance A. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts, 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; tained: 4 claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sus - a. by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or b. by any other person for any other reason; 5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. B. The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 5.04 shall: 1. with respect to insurance required by Paragraphs 5 04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion regarding professional liability) Owner and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater; 3. include completed operations insurance; 4. include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations under Paragraphs 6 11 and 6.20; EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 14 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 83 of 440 5. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified m the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor pursuant to Paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 6 remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.07; and 7. with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims -made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment. a. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 5.04, Owner, at Owner's option, may purchase and maintain at Owner's expense Owner's own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. 5.06 Property Insurance A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 1 include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured; 2 be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss. fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, (other than caused by flood) and such other perils or causes of Toss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects), 4. cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to m writing by Owner prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by Engineer; 5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner; 6. mclude testing and startup; and 7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner, Contractor, and Engineer with 30 days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 15 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 84 of 440 B Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insur- ance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with Paragraph 5.07. D. Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance specified in this Paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within such identified deductible amount will be borne by Contractor, Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. E. If Contractor requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under Paragraph 5 06, Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to Contractor by appropriate Change Order. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, Owner shall in writing advise Contractor whether or not such other insurance has been procured by Owner. 5.07 Waiver of Rights A. Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in. the Supple- mentary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) m such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recov- ery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to. Owner's property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other perils whether or not insured by Owner; and 2 loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner durmg partial utilization pursuant to Paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 14.04, or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 14.07. C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in Paragraph 5.07.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 16 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 85 of 440 consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, or Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them. 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by Paragraph 5.06 will be adjusted with Owner and made payable to Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of Paragraph 5 08.B Owner shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order B Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to Owner's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, Owner as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties m interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, Owner as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, Owner as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties. 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace A. If either Owner or Contractor has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by Paragraph 2.01.B Owner and Contractor shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent bonds or insurance to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer A. If Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 14 05, no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to Paragraph 5 06 have acknowledged notice thereof and m writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 17 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 86 of 440 procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of Owner or Engineer in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident superin- tendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications given to or received from the superintendent shall be binding on Contractor 6.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed durmg regular working hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner's written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) given after prior written notice to Engineer. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. C All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 6.04 Progress Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. Such adjustments will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 2 Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Times may only be made by a Change Order. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright C 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. AU rights reserved. 00700 - 18 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 87 of 440 6.05 Substitutes and "Or -Equals" A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or -equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to Engineer for review under the circumstances described below. 1. "Or -Equal" Items If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer as an "or -equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in Engineers sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole, 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work. 1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times, and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items a. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or -equal" item under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. b Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor c. The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as supplemented in the General Requirements and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. d. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application: 1) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, b) be similar in substance to that specified, and c) be suited to the same use as that specified; 2) will state: EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 19 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 88 of 440 a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice Contractor's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, b) whether or not use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; and c) whether or not incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; 3) will identify: a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified , and b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; 4) and shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change, B Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by Engineer Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow Engineer, m Engineer's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The requirements for review by Engineer will be similar to those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2. C. Engineer's Evaluation: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.B. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until Engineer's review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal." Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. D Special Guarantee. Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. E. Engineer's Cost Reimbursement: Engineer will record Engineer's costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the charges of Engmeer for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. F Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or -equal" at Contractor's expense 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those acceptable to Owner as indicated in Paragraph 6 06.B), whether initially or as a replacement, against whom Owner may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to be submitted to Owner in advance for acceptance by Owner by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if Contractor has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supple- EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 20 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 89 of 440 mentary Conditions, Owner's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued . No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of any right of Owner or Engineer to refect defective Work. C. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contrac- tual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity, nor 2 shall anything in the Contract Documents create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. D. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor E. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with Engineer through Contractor. F The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. G All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in Paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, and Engineer„ and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, Contractor will obtain the same. 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 21 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 90 of 440 performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work. 6.09 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3 03 C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work shall be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 6.10 Taxes A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 22 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 91 of 440 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engmeers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C Cleaning Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading Structures Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.12 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to Engineer for Owner. 6.13 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1 all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or , or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. ' 00700 - 23 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 92 of 440 for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, m whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly em- ployed by any of them). D. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 14 07 B that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.14 Safety Representative A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 6.16 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor m response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples A. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may. require. 1 Shop Drawings a. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements. b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D. 2. Samples Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. a. Submit number of Samples specified in the Specifications. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 24 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 93 of 440 b Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engnieer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6 17 D B. Where a Shop Drawmg or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals , any related Work performed prior to Engineer's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. Submittal Procedures 1 Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified. a. all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; b. the suitability of all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; c. all information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; and d. shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. 3 With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations, that the Shop Drawmg or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be both a written communication separate from the Shop Drawing's or Sample Submittal; and, in addition, by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing or Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. D Engineer's Review 1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of con- struction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated m or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.1. E. Resubmittal Procedures 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 25 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 94 of 440 direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. 6.18 Continuing the Work A. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by Paragraph 15 04 or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective Engineer and its Related Entities shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by. 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Sub- contractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: Owner; 1 observations by Engineer; 2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner; 5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of accept- ability by Engineer; 6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 7. any correction of defective Work by Owner. 6.20 Indemnification A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resultmg therefrom but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 26 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 95 of 440 indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable B. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, partners, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. C. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of: 1 the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve, maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. B If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to Engineer. C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.21, Engineer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.17.D 1 E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 27 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 96 of 440 ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 7.01 Related Work at Site A. Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with Owner's employees, or via other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Con- tract Documents, then: 1 written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and 2. if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10 05 B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with Owner's employees, proper and safe access to the Site, a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this Paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. C If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.02 Coordination A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions 1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. B Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. 7.03 Legal Relationships A. Paragraphs 7.01.A and 7.02 are not applicable for utilities not under the control of Owner. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 28 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 97 of 440 B. Each other direct contract of Owner under Paragraph 7 01.A shall provide that the other contractor is liable to Owner and Contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by Contractor as a result of the other contractor's actions or inactions. C Contractor shall be liable to Owner and any other contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by such other contractor as a result of Contractor's action or inactions. ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. 8.02 Replacement of Engineer A. In case of termination of the employment of Engineer, Owner shall appoint an engineer to whom Contractor makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Engineer. 8.03 Furnish Data A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents. 8.04 Pay When Due A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in Paragraphs 14.02 C and 1407 C. 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4 02 refers to Owner's identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by Engineer in preparmg the Contract Documents. 8.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities, if any, in respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insur- ance are set forth in Article 5. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 29 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 98 of 440 8.07 Change Orders A. Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in Paragraph 10.03 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. Owner's responsibility in respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03.B. 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. Owner's responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 4.06. 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. If and to the extent Owner has agreed to furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents, Owner's responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 Owner's Representative A. Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative durmg construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and will not be changed without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.02 Visits to Site A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer's efforts will be directed EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 30 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 99 of 440 toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. B Engineer's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer's authority and responsibility set forth m Paragraph 9 09. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of Engineer's visits or observations of Contractor's Work Engineer will not supervise; direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 9.03 Project Representative A. If Owner and Engmeer agree, Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist Engineer in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in Paragraph 9.09 If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not Engineer's consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work A. Engineer may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Owner or Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, and the parties are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment , a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10 05. 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work A. Engineer will have authority to reject Work which Engineer believes to be defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments A. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see Paragraph 6.17 B. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any, see Paragraph 6.21 C. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. D In connection with Engineer's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14 EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 31 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 100 of 440 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise) Engineer's written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10 05. 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. All matters m question and other matters between Owner and Contractor arising prior to the date final payment is due relating to the acceptability of the Work, and the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, will be referred initially to Engineer in writing within 30 days of the event giving rise to the question B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written decision on the issue referred. If Owner or Contractor believe that any such decision entitles them to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both, a Claim may be made under Paragraph 10.05. The date of Engineer's decision shall be the date of the event giving rise to the issues referenced for the purposes of Paragraph 10.05.B C. Engmeer's written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. D. When functioning as interpreter and judge under this Paragraph 9.08, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities A. Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performmg any of the Work. D. Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 9 09 shall also apply to, the Resident Project Representative, if any, and assistants, if any. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 32 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 101 of 440 ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work by a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). B If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A.Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3 04, except in the case of an emergency as provided m Paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04.B 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by Engineer covering. 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 10 01.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08.A or Owner's correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties, 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and 3 changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to Paragraph 10 05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule as provided in Paragraph 6 18.A. 10.04 Notification to Surety A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. 10.05 Claims EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 33 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 102 of 440 A. Engineer's Decision Required- All Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the Engineer for decision. A decision by Engineer shall be required as a condition precedent to any ' exercise by Owner or Contractor of any rights or remedies either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Claims. B. Notice- Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim, shall be delivered by the claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.01.B A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.02.B. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's ' written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). ' C Engineer's Action: Engineer will review each Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any, take one of the following actions in ' writing: 1 deny the Claim in whole or in part, ' • 2. approve the Claim, or 3. notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Claim if, in the Engineer's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Engineer to do so For purposes of further resolution of the Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial. D. In the event that Engineer does not take action on a Claim within said 30 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. E. Engineer's written action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10 05.C.3 or ' 10.05.D will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such action or denial. F. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times will be valid if not submitted in 1 accordance with this Paragraph 10.05. ' ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 1 11.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded m Paragraph 11.01.B, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental ' costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in ' Paragraph 11 01.B. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 34 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 103 of 440 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time at the Site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to Engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5 Supplemental costs including the following a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not con- sumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph 5.06.D), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor's fee. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 35 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 104 of 440 h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, expresses, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11 01.B. C Contractor's Fee When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.O1.C. D. Documentation. Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.B, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.02 Allowances A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. B. Cash Allowances 1 Contractor agrees that: a. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and b Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation , overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C Contingency Allowance EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 36 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 105 of 440 I Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.07 C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D Owner or Contractor may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 10.05 if• 1 the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2 there is no corresponding adjustment with respect any other item of Work; and 3 Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10 05. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows. 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03), or EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 37 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 106 of 440 2 where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.01 C.2); or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agree- ment to a lump sum is not reached under Paragraph 12.01.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determmed as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C). C Contractor's Fee. The Contractor's fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2, the Contractor's fee shall be 15 percent; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.01.A.3, the Contractor's fee shall be five percent; c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraph 12.01.C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11 01.A.4, 11.01.A.5, and 11.01.B; e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 12.01.C.2.a through 12.01 C.2.e, inclusive. 12.02 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10 05 B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times covered by a Change Order or any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12 12.03 Delays A. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Times will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in Paragraph 12 02.A. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by Owner, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 38 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 107 of 440 B. If Owner, Engineer, or other contractors or utility owners performing other work for Owner as contemplated by Article 7, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times , or both. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C If Contractor is delayed in the performance or progress of the Work by fire, flood, epidemic, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, acts or failures to act of utility owners not under the control of Owner, or other causes not the fault of and beyond control of Owner and Contractor, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times, if such adjustment is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described In this Paragraph 12 03 C D Owner, Engineer and the Related Entities of each of them shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of Engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. E. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays within the control of Contractor Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice of Defects A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 13.02 Access to Work A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor's Site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. Owner shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 1 for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by Paragraphs 13 03.0 and 13.03.D below; EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 39 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 108 of 440 2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to Paragraph 13.04.B shall be paid as provided in said Paragraph 13 04 C; and 3 as otherwise specifically provided m the Contract Documents. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation m the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to Owner and Engineer. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. B. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. C. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. D If, the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10 05 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 40 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 109 of 440 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). B When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13 07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 13.07 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents) or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by Owner or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 6.11.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions: 1. repair such defective land or areas, or 2. correct such defective Work; or 3 if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4 satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relatmg to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications . D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resultmg therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. E. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition 1:o any other obligation or warranty The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 41 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 110 of 440 A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner (and, prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, Engineer) prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness) and the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to Owner 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. D Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09. ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 Schedule of Values A. The Schedule of Values established as provided in Paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 42 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 111 of 440 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments 1 At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such sup- porting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other docu- mentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. 2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. B. Review of Applications 1. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. Engineer's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer's observations on the Site of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on Engineer's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer's knowledge, information and belief: a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for m the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifica- tions for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 9 07, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommenda- tion); and c. the conditions precedent to Contractor's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer's responsibility to observe the Work. 3 By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents; or b. that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. 4. Neither Engineer's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer: a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. I 00700 - 43 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 112 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 b for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or c. for Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work, or d. to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or e. to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens. 5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner stated in Paragraph 14.02.B.2 Engineer may also refuse to recommend any such payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment recommendation previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from loss because: a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or replacement; b the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or d. Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.02 D) become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor. D. Reduction in Payment 1. Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer because: a. claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work; b Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; c. there are other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or d. Owner has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs I4.02.B.5.a through 14 02.B.5.c or Paragraph 15 02.A. 2. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer, Owner will give Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 3. If it is subsequently determined that Owner's refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 14.02.C.1 EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright CO 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 44 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 113 of 440 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. 14.04 Substantial Completion A. When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by Contractor as incomplete) and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. B. Promptly after Contractor's notification, , Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to Owner notify Contractor in writing, stating the reasons therefor If, after consideration of Owner's objections, Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will within said 14 days execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. D. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer will deliver to Owner and Contractor a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between Owner and Contractor with respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing and so inform Engineer in writing prior to Engineer's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on Owner and Contractor until final payment. E Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. 14.05 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following conditions. 1. Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 45 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 114 of 440 2. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 3. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance. 14.06 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.07 Final Payment A. Application for Payment 1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in Paragraph 6.12), and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5 04.B.7; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. a list of all Claims against Owner that Contractor believes are unsettled; and d. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 14 07.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien. B. Engineer's Review of Application and Acceptance 1. If, on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 46 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 115 of 440 under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final Applica- tion for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer's recommendation of payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Payment Becomes Due 1 Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the Application for Payment and accompanying docu- mentation, the amount recommended by Engineer, less any sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer's recommendation, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and , will be paid by Owner to Contractor. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed A. If, through no fault of Contractor, fmal completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for Payment (for Work fully completed and accepted) and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remainmg balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5 01, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. 14.09 Waiver of Claims A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 1. a waiver of all Claims by Owner against Contractor, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 2. a waiver of all Claims by Contractor against Owner other than those previously made in accordance with the requirements herein and expressly acknowledged by Owner in writing as still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to Contractor and Engineer which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be granted an adjust- ment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 47 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 116 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will justify termination for cause. 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule established under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04), 2. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. Contractor's disregard of the authority of Engineer; or 4. Contractor's violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15 02.A occur, Owner may, after giving Contractor (and surety ) seven days written notice of its intent to terminate the services of Contractor 1. exclude Contractor from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), 2. incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and 3. complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient. C. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 15.02.B, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Owner arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order When exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. D. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.B and 15.02.C, Contractor's services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. E. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. F If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 5.01.A, the termination procedures of that bond shall supersede the provisions of Paragraphs 15.02.B, and 15.02.C. 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 48 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 117 of 440 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses, 3. all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and 4. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. B Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (i) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or (ii) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (iii) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally deter- mined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 15 03 B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.04 are not intended to preclude Contractor from making a Claim under Paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping the Work as permitted by this Paragraph. ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either Owner or Contractor may request mediation of any Claim submitted to Engineer for a decision under Paragraph 10 05 before such decision becomes final and binding The mediation will be governed by the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect as of the Effective Date of the Agreement. The request for mediation shall be submitted in writing to the American Arbitration Association and the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.05.E. 13 Owner and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be concluded within 60 days of filing of the request. The date of termination of the mediation shall be determined by application of the mediation rules referenced above. C. If the Claim is not resolved by mediation, Engineer's action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10 05.C.3 or 10.05.D shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, Owner or Contractor 1. elects in writing to invoke any dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions, or EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 49 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 118 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 agrees with the other party to submit the Claim to another dispute resolution process, or 3. gives written notice to the other party of their intent to submit the Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: 1 delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the Last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 17.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply 17.04 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 17.05 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 50 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 119 of 440 17.06 Headings A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 51 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 120 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS BID SET 1-27-12, Page 121 of 440 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS ARTICLE PAGE NO. 1 Definitions and Terminology SC — 00800-1 2 Preliminary Matters SC — 00800-1 4 Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions, Reference Points SC — 00800-2 5 Bonds and Insurance SC — 00800-2 6 Contractor's Responsibilities SC — 00800-5 7 Not Used 8 Not Used 9 Engineer's Status During Construction SC — 00800-7 10 Changes in the Work; Claims SC — 00800-7 11 Cost of Work; Cash Allowances; Unit Price Work SC — 00800-8 12 Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Time SC — 00800-8 14 Payments to Contractor and Completion SC — 00800-12 15 Suspension of Work and Termination SC — 00800-12 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS BID SET 1-27-12, Page 122 of 440 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS GENERAL These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC No 1910-8, 1996 Edition) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings indicated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SC - 1.01 Add the following language at the end of paragraph 1.01.A.19 : "Whenever the word ARCHITECT is used in the Specifications, it shall have the same meaning as the word ENGINEER as defined." ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS SC - 2.02 Delete paragraph 2 02.A. in its entirety and insert the following in its place. "OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR five copies of the Contract Documents with full-scale Drawings. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction." SC - 2.03 Delete the last sentence of paragraph 2.03.A. in its entirety and insert the following in its place "In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the 60th day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS BID SET 1-27-12, Page 123 of 440 ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE SC — 5.01 Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5.01 C. "In addition, OWNER will make no further progress payments under the Agreement until CONTRACTOR complies with the provisions of this paragraph." SC - 5.02 Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5.02.A.. "Surety or insurance companies shall have an A.M Best rating of A- or better." SC - 5.04 Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph 5 04 B. C CONTRACTOR'S liability insurance shall contain an endorsement on the general liability policy that will provide full policy limits on a "per project" basis. D The limits of liability for the insurance required by paragraph 5 04 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations: 1 Worker's Compensation, and related coverages under paragraphs 5.04.A.1. and A.2 of the General Conditions: a. State Statutory b Applicable Federal (e.g., USL&H/Jones Act)• Statutory c. Employer's Liability• Statutory 2. Comprehensive General Liability under paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through A.6. of the General Conditions which shall include completed operations and product liability coverages and eliminate the exclusion with respect to property under the care, custody and control of Contractor a. General Aggregate $2,000,000 b. Products — Completed Operations Aggregate $2,000,000 c. Personal and Advertising Injury $2,000,000 d. Each Occurrence (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) $2,000,000 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS BID SET 1-27-12, Page 124 of 440 e. Property Damage Liability insurance will provide Explosion, Collapse, and Underground coverages where applicable. f. Excess or Umbrella Liability 1) General Aggregate $2,000,000 2) Each Occurrence $2,000,000 3) Retention $2,000,000 3. Automobile Liability under paragraph 5.04.A.6. of the General Conditions. a. Combined Single Limit of $1,000,000 b. Non -owned and Hired Automobile Liability $1,000,000 4. In addition to those identified in the General Conditions, the following persons or entities shall be listed as additional insured: a. City of Yakima b. Pharmer Engineering S.C. - 5.06 Delete paragraph 5.06.A. in its entirety and insert the following in its place. A. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any deductible or self-insured retention. The deductible or self-insured retention shall not exceed $100,000. The policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance with this paragraph SC -5.06 shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 5.06.C. of the General Conditions. This insurance shall. I. include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S consultants and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and other consultants and subcontractors of any of them each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured; 2 be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss and damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment in transit and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS BID SET 1-27-12, Page 125 of 440 4. cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by ENGINEER; and 5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by OWNER, 6. include testing and startup, and 7 be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER with 30 days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of msurance has been issued. Delete paragraph 5.06.B. in its entirely. Delete paragraph 5 06.D in its entirety. Delete paragraph 5.06.E in its entirety. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC - 6.05 Delete the second sentence of Paragraph 6 05.A. in its entirety and insert the following m its place. "Where the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may not be submitted to ENGINEER for review. Where the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading "or equal", other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other suppliers may be submitted to ENGINEER for review under the circumstances described below for "or equal" items. Where the specification or description does not contain or is not followed by words reading "or equal" or no substitution permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other suppliers may be submitted to ENGINEER for review under the circumstances described for "substitute" items below." Delete subparagraph 6.05.A.1 m its entirety and replace with the following: 1. "Or Equal" Items: If in ENGINEER'S sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named, equal in material and constructed quality, and sufficiently similar so that no change m related Work will be required, it may be considered by ENGINEER as an "or equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, m ENGINEER'S sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items." Delete subparagraphs 6 05.A.1.a. and 6.05.A.1 b. in their entirety. Add the following new subparagraph immediately after paragraph 6.05.A.2.d.: SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS BID SET 1-27-12, Page 126 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 e. "The application for review of a substitute shall be on the CONTRACTOR'S Request For Substitution form provided in the Appendix of the Contract Documents and included with the submittal. The Installation List included with the Request shall include only installations of the proposed substitute in applications of approximately the same size and complexity, and the same design as those to be furnished for this Project. Include in the Installation List, as a minimum, the owner's name, address, and telephone number; engineer's name, address and telephone number; location and name of project; installation date, startup date, and date of final acceptance by owner; and application of material or equipment. If the experience indicated by the Installation List does not demonstrate at least 5 years of successful operation of the proposed substitute item, OWNER may require CONTRACTOR and Supplier to furnish, at CONTRACTOR'S expense, a special performance guarantee with surety bond as required by paragraph 6.05 D of the General Conditions with respect to the substitute. Only the time period between final approval of the proposed material or equipment on the referenced project and the Bid date for this Project will count towards the required satisfactory experience of the proposed substitute item. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability of experience, time credited, and whether the special performance guarantee will be required for a substitute item. ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR which proposed substitute(s) will require a special performance guarantee with surety bond." Delete Paragraph 6.05.E. in its entirety and insert the following in its place: E. "ENGINEER'S Cost Reimbursement. ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) occasioned thereby." Add the following new subparagraph immediately after paragraph 6 05.E: 1. "If a substitute item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR is approved by ENGINEER, and the substitution requires a change in any of the Contract Documents to adapt the design to the proposed substitute, CONTRACTOR shall notify ENGINEER of the changes and be responsible for the costs involved to revise the design and to make modifications or changes to the construction, including the costs associated with the Work of other contractors due to such variance in design or space requirements. ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants will prepare redesign and drawing revisions. CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S Consultants for redesign and drawing preparation. Reimbursement of ENGINEER shall be based on ENGINEER'S and ENGINEER's Consultants direct labor costs, indirect labor costs, profit on total labor, and any direct non -labor expenses such as travel and per diem." SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS BID SET 1-27-12, Page 127 of 440 SC — 6.06 In paragraph 6 06.B delete the words "Supplementary Conditions" in two places and insert the words "Instructions to Bidders" in their place SC -6.10 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 6 10.A.: B "The CONTRACTOR shall complete and submit a Public Works Contract Report within thirty (30) days of issuance of the Notice of Award. Such report will be submitted (on Form WH -5) to the Idaho State Tax Commission in compliance with Idaho Code Sections 54-1904-A and 63-3624 (I)." SC — 6.16 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 6.16.A.. B. "In emergencies affectmg the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and CONTRACTOR cannot be reached, OWNER may act to attempt to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. OWNER will give CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER prompt written notice of such action and the cost of the correction or rernedy shall be charged against CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result therof. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by OWNER in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued." SC -6.17 Add the following new subparagraph immediately after subparagraph 6.17.E.1. 2. "After ENGINEER has reviewed and approved a Shop Drawing or Sample, CONTRACTOR shall provide the material or equipment approved. ENGINEER will not review subsequent submittals of a different manufacturer or Supplier unless CONTRACTOR provides sufficient information to ENGINEER that the approved material or equipment is unavailable, time of delivery will delay the construction progress, or OWNER requests a different manufacturer or Supplier." ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS BID SET 1-27-12, Page 128 of 440 SC - 9.9 Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 9.9 E • F. "When ENGINEER is on the Project site to perform the duties and responsibilities as set forth in the Contract Documents, ENGINEER will comply with CONTRACTOR'S safety plans, programs, and procedures. In the event ENGINEER determines that CONTRACTOR'S safety plans, programs, and procedures do not provide adequate protection for ENGINEER, ENGINEER may direct its employees to leave the Project site or implement additional safeguards for ENGINEER'S protection. If taken, these actions will be in furtherance of ENGINEER'S responsibility to its own employees only, and ENGINEER will not assume any responsibility for protection of any other persons affected by the Work. In the event ENGINEER observes situations which appear to have potential for immediate and serious injury to persons, ENGINEER may warn the persons who appear to be affected by such situations. Such warnings, if issued, shall be given based on general humanitarian concerns, and ENGINEER will not, by the issuance of any such warning, assume any responsibility to issue future warnings or any general responsibility for protection of persons affected by the Work." ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS SC — 10.03 Add the following new paragraph immediately after subparagraph 10.03.A.3 : 4. "Change Orders will be prepared on the form included in the Contract Documents of this Project Manual." SC — 10.05 Add the following new subparagraph immediately after paragraph 10 05.A.: 1. Notice of the amount or extent of the claim shall include the following certification.: "CONTRACTOR certifies that this claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data are accurate and complete to the best of CONTRACTOR'S knowledge and belief, and that the amount or time requested accurately reflects the Contract adjustment for which CONTRACTOR believes OWNER is liable." ARTICLE 11 - COST OF WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK SC— 11.03 Delete Paragraph 11.03.0 in its entirety and insert the following in its place SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS BID SET 1-27-12, Page 129 of 440 C "The unit price of an item of Unit Price Work shall be subject to reevaluation and adjustment under the following conditions: 1. if the total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 5% or more of the Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of lJnit Price Work performed by Contractor differs by more than 25% from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. if there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 3 if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR has incurred additional expense as a result thereof; or if OWNER believes that the quantity variation entitles OWNER to an adjustment in the unit price, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 10 if the parties are unable to agree as to the effect of any such variations in the quantity of Unit Price Work performed." ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES SC - 12.01 Delete paragraph 12.01.B.2. in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 2 "where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum which includes an allowance for overhead and profit in accordance with Paragraph 12 01 C.2., or" SC - 12.02 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 12.02.B; C. "Time extensions provided under paragraphs 12.03 of the General Conditions will only be allowed for controlling items of Work (critical path) " SC - 12.06 Delete paragraph 12.03.B. in its entirety and insert the following in its place. B. "Except as provided for m paragraph 15.01., CONTRACTOR shall make no claim for damages for delay in the performance of the Work occasioned by acts or neglect by OWNER or any of its representatives, including ENGINEER, or ENGINEER's Consultants, or because of any injunction which may be brought against OWNER or its representative, including ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultants, and agrees that any such claim shall be fully compensated for by an extension of time m SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS BID SET 1-27-12, Page 130 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay, and that such time extension shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay " ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION SC — 14.02 Amend the first sentence of subparagraph 14 02.A.1. by striking out the words "20 days" and inserting the words "30 days" in their place. Amend the first sentence of paragraph 14.02.0 by striking out the words "Ten days" and inserting the words "Twenty days" in their place. SC — 14.04 Add the following new subparagraph immediately after paragraph 14.04.A.: 1 "CONTRACTOR'S request for issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion shall occur after CONTRACTOR has, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, satisfactorily completed the systems demonstrations, and delivered all guarantees, operation and maintenance data, certificates of installation services, certificates of instructional services, record documents as specified in Division 1, General Requirements, and other documents. ENGINEER will not prepare a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion until systems demonstrations are satisfactorily completed in accordance with Section 01820, Systems Demonstrations, and all operation and maintenance data has been submitted and approved in accordance with Section 01785, Operation and Maintenance Data." SC — 14.10 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 14.09.A.2.: 14.10 "Additional Engineering Costs. A. In addition to the liquidated damages set forth in the Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall be liable for all additional costs for ENGINEER'S services beyond Substantial and Final Completion dates. OWNER will deduct these costs from any monies due or that may become due CONTRACTOR or Surety and pay ENGINEER for said services." ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION SC — 15.04 Amend paragraph 15.04.A and 15 04.B by striking out the words "30 days" in four places and inserting the words "60 days" in their place and by striking out the words "seven days" in two places and inserting the words "ten days" m their place. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS BID SET 1-27-12, Page 131 of 440 ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS SC — 17.01 Delete Paragraphs 17.01.A, 17 01.A.1, 17.01.B.2 m their entirety and insert the following in its place A. "Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of a written notice or the delivery of any Bond, Agreement, Certificate of Insurance or any other item, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual, to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt), postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the article " SC — 17.07 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 17.06• 17 07 "Lien Waivers: A. OWNER may at any time require CONTRACTOR to furnish lien waivers for labor and materials covered by specified Applications for Payment." SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS BID SET 1-27-12, Page 132 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01110 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 — GENERAL 101 SUMMARY The Work of this Contract is generally described as follows A. Boiler Replacement: Retrofit of an existing dual fuel (digester gas & diesel) hot water boiler to be fueled with diesel or natural gas only Replacement of the second existing hot water boiler with a new 125hp dual fuel (digester gas & natural gas) hot water boiler Installation of a third, new 125hp dual fuel (digester gas & natural gas) hot water boiler Both new boilers are owner furnished B Replacement of the existing hot water circulation pumps and associated mechanical piping and valves in the boiler room C Replacement of the existing compressor and mechanical equipment in the compressor room with two new compressors and associated mechanical and electrical equipment. B Furnish and installation of two new hot water pumps, blending valve and associated mechanical and electrical equipment in the primary digester building 1 02 WORK SEQUENCE A. Construct Work in accordance with following requirements and to accommodate operation of existing facilities during construction period Coordinate construction progress schedule and operations with ENGINEER and OWNER. OWNER reserves right to place facilities taken out of service by CONTRACTOR back into service on emergency basis upon 24-hour notification to CONTRACTOR B The CONTRACTOR shall meet the project milestones as set forth in the Agreement. 1 03 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A. Conduct operations to ensure least inconvenience to OWNER and operation of existing facility Cooperate with OWNER during construction operations to minimize conflict and to facilitate OWNER'S operations B Employees of CONTRACTOR and Subcontractors involved in Work shall wear identifying button or badge when working in facilities occupied by OWNER C At the Contractor's option, the Contractor may obtain and pay for use of additional storage or Work areas needed for operations at no additional cost to OWNER 1 04 OWNER OCCUPANCY OF PREMISES A. OWNER will occupy site and existing facilities during entire construction period for conduct of normal operations B OWNER reserves right to partially occupy and to place and install equipment in completed areas of facilities, prior to Substantial Completion, provided that such occupancy does not City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project SUMMARY OF WORK 01110-1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 133 of 440 interfere with completion of Work. Such placing of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the Work. C Prior to partial OWNER occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational Required inspections and tests shall have been successfully completed Upon partial occupancy OWNER will provide operation and maintenance of mechanical and electrical systems in occupied portions of the facility D Partial occupancy shall conform to requirements of General Conditions PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION SUMMARY OF WORK 01110-2 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 134 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 — GENERAL 101 SUMMARY A. Requirements for Work-related (non -administrative) submittals including Substitutes and "Or - Equal" items, Shop Drawings, product data, Samples, test results, operating and maintenance data, and other miscellaneous Work-related submittals B Administrative Submittals Procedures concerning items such as listing of manufacturers, Suppliers, Subcontractors, Construction Progress Schedule, bonds, payment applications, insurance certificates, schedule of values, and photographs are specified elsewhere C Work—Related Submittals 1 Substitute and "Or -Equal" Items a. Includes material or equipment described in Paragraph 6 05 of General Conditions and Article 6 of the Supplementary Conditions 2 Shop Drawings a. As defined in Paragraph 1 01 A.41 of the General Conditions, and in particular includes technical data and drawings specifically prepared for this Project, including fabrication and installation drawings, diagrams, data sheets, schedules, templates, patterns, reports, instructions, design mix formulas, measurements, and similar information not in standard printed form 3 Product Data. a. Includes standard catalog type printed information on manufactured materials, equipment and systems that has not been specifically prepared for this Project, including manufactures' product specifications, catalog cut sheets, standard wiring diagrams, printed performance curves, mill reports, and standard color charts. In addition, provide sufficient information to demonstrate compliance with Contract Document requirements 4 Samples. a. As defined in Paragraph 1 01.A.38 of the General Conditions, and in particular includes fabricated and manufactured physical examples of materials, products, and units of Work, including complete units, partial cuts of manufactured or fabricated Work, swatches showing color, texture, and pattern, and units of Work to be used for independent inspection and testing b Mock-ups are special forms of Samples too large or otherwise inconvenient for handling in manner specified for transmittal of Sample submittals. 5 Test Results. a. Includes source and field quality inspection and test reports, actual performance curves, and certifications of results prepared specifically for equipment, material, and systems provided for this Project. City of Yakima SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Boiler Replacement Project 01330-1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 135 of 440 6 Operating and Maintenance Data. a. Includes information and directions for operating and maintaining equipment provided and installed for this Project. May be standard for equipment or prepared specifically for this Project. 7 Miscellaneous Submittals a. Work-related submittals that do not fit in previous categories, including schedules, guarantees, warranties, certifications, maintenance agreements, workmanship bonds, survey data and reports, physical work records, copies of industry standards, field measurements, extra materials, keys, and similar information, devices, and materials applicable to Work. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit four (4) copies of each submittal to the ENGINEER for review B Scheduling 1 Provide preliminary and final submittal schedule in accordance with the General Conditions indicating time requirements for coordination of submittals with performance of Work. 2. Adjust submittal schedule to reflect revisions to Construction Progress Schedule C Coordination 1 Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of Work. Coordinate each submittal with other submittals and related activities such as substitution requests, testing, purchasing, fabrication, delivery, and similar activities 2. Coordinate submission of different units of interrelated Work so submittal will not be delayed by ENGINEER'S need to review related submittal ENGINEER may withhold action on submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are provided 3 Prepare and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of scheduled performance of related Work and other applicable activities. D Submittal Preparation. 1 Stamp and sign each submittal certifying to review and approval of submittal, verification of material and equipment, field measurements, field construction criteria, and coordination of information with Contract Documents in accordance with paragraph 6 17 of the General Conditions. 2. Transmittal Form Identify following a. Date b Transmittal and Submittal number c Project d Name and signature of CONTRACTOR. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES City of Yakima 01330-2 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 136 of 440 e If submittal is for substitute, identify as "Substitute" on transmittal f Specification section and/or Drawing numbers. g Description of submittal (i.e equipment identification numbers, motor numbers, etc ) h Variations from Contract Documents E Resubmittal Preparation 1 Comply with requirements for Submittal Preparation above, and in addition a. Identify on transmittal form submittal is a resubmission b Make corrections or changes in submittal required by ENGINEER'S notations on returned submittal c On transmittal or separate page, answer or acknowledge in writing notations or questions indicated on ENGINEER'S transmittal form of returned submittal 1) Identify each response by question or notation number established by ENGINEER. 2) If CONTRACTOR does not respond to each notation or question, resubmission will be returned without action by ENGINEER until CONTRACTIOR provides written response d CONTRACTOR -initiated revisions or variations 1) On transmittal form, identify variations or revisions from previously reviewed submittal. 3 02 SPECIFIC SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1 Comply with requirements specified below for each indicated type of submittal Specific submittal requirements for individual units of work are specified in applicable Specification section 2. If ENGINEER has responded to Written Clarification/Interpretation/Request submitted by CONTRACTOR, include ENGINEER'S response with submittal B Requests for Substitutes 1 Collect data for items to be submitted for review as Substitute into one submittal for each item of material or equipment in accordance with paragraph 6 05 of the General and Supplementary Conditions. 2. Include completed CONTRACTOR'S REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION form as required by Supplementary Conditions Use the form included in the Appendix. 3 Submit with other scheduled submittals for material and equipment allowing time for ENGINEER to evaluate additional information required to be submitted 4 If CONTRACTOR requests to substitute for materials or equipment specified, but not identified in Specification as requiring submittal, CONTRACTOR shall indicate substitution in Submittal Schedule C Shop Drawings. 1 Maximum size 22 in by 34 in 2 Submit graphic information at accurate scale with name of preparer indicated 3 Show dimensions and note which are based on field measurements. 4 Indicate compliance with standards and notation of coordination requirements City of Yakima SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Boiler Replacement Project 01330-3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 137 of 440 5 Highlight, encircle or otherwise indicate variation from Contract documents or previous submittals and revisions on resubmittals 6 Do not use ENGINEER'S Drawings as Shop Drawings 7 Provide blank space for CONTRACTOR stamps 8 Provide 4 -in by 8 -in blank space for ENGINEER stamps D Product Data. 1 Collect required data into single submittal for each unit of Work or system Where product data includes information on several similar materials or equipment, some of which are not required for use in Project, mark copies to show which items are not applicable to Project. 2 Submit 4 copies. E Samples. 1 Provide Samples physically identical with proposed materials and equipment to be incorporated into work. Where variations in color, pattern, and texture are inherent in product, submit multiple units (not less than 3) showing approximate limit of variations. 2 Provide full set of option Samples where selection by OWNER or ENGINEER is required 3 Include information with Sample to show generic description, source, product name, manufacturer, limitations, and compliance with standards 4 Submit Samples with other related elements of work. 5 Submit 3 sets of Samples where Specifications indicate ENGINEER'S selection of color, pattern, texture or similar characteristics from manufacturer's range of standard choices is necessary For other submittals, submit a single set of Samples One set of Samples will be returned with ENGINEER'S action noted 6 Maintain returned set of Samples at Project site, in suitable condition and available for quality control comparisons throughout course of Work. F Test Results 1 Identify each test by Specification section and type of test. 2 Submittal is to confirm that results of tests verify materials, products, and systems comply with Contract Documents and are not for approval 3 Unless otherwise required in Specifications, test results shall be submitted to ENGINEER'S field office 4 Submit 3 copies. G Operating and Maintenance (O&M) Data. 1 Organize operating and maintenance information into suitable sets of manageable size, and bind into individual binders properly identified and indexed Include emergency instructions, spare parts list, copies of warranties, wiring diagrams, recommended "turn -around" cycles, inspection procedures, Shop Drawings, product data, and similar applicable information 2. Binders shall be heavy duty 2 -in , 3 ring, vinyl covered, with pocket folders for folded sheet material 3 Submit after equipment submittal has been returned "Approved" or "Approved as Noted" 4 Submit 5 identical copies. H Miscellaneous 1 Guarantees, Warranties, Maintenance Agreements, and Workmanship Bonds. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES City of Yakima 01330-4 Boiler Replacement Project I BID SET 1-27-12, Page 138 of 440 a. Refer to Specification sections for requirements b Provide 2 executed copies Provide 2 additional copies where required for operation and maintenance data. 2. Certifications a. Refer to Specification sections for requirements b Submit 6 copies 3 Closeout Submittals, a. Refer to Specification sections for requirements of spare parts, extra and overrun stock, maintenance tools and devices, keys, and similar units to be submitted 3 03 ACTION ON SUBMITTALS A. General 1 Except for submittals for record and similar purposes, where action and return is not required or requested, ENGINEER will review each submittal, mark the appropriate action, and return 2 Where submittal must be held for coordination, ENGINEER will so advise CONTRACTOR without delay 3 ENGINEER will stamp each submittal with uniform, self-explanatory action stamp, appropriately marked with submittal action B Notification of Insufficient Information 1 If information submitted is not sufficient to complete review of submittal, ENGINEER will send transmittal to CONTRACTOR notifying CONTRACTOR that additional information is required 2. Submittal will be placed "on hold" and not returned until CONTRACTOR provides the additional information C Unsolicited Submittals 1 ENGINEER will return unsolicited submittals without reviewing. D Action Stamp 1 Marking "Approved" a. Work covered by submittal may proceed provided it complies with Contract Documents. Acceptance of Work depends on that compliance 2. Marking "Approved As Noted" a. Work covered by submittal may proceed provided it complies with ENGINEER'S notations or corrections on submittal and with Contract Documents. Acceptance of work depends on that compliance Resubmittal not required 3 Marking "Revise and Resubmit" a. Do not proceed with Work covered by submittal b Revise submittal or prepare new submittal in accordance with ENGINEER'S notations City of Yakima SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Boiler Replacement Project 01330-5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 139 of 440 4 Marking "Not Approved" a. Work covered by submittal does not comply with Contract Documents Do not proceed with Work covered by submittal b Prepare new submittal complying with Contract Documents E General Distribution 1 Unless required elsewhere, provide distribution of submittals to Subcontractors, Suppliers, governing authorities, and others as necessary for performance of Work. 2. Provide copies of submittals bearing ENGINEER'S action stamp to a. Job site file b Record documents file END OF SECTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES City of Yakima 01330-6 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 140 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01505 MOBILIZATION PART 1—GENERAL 101 GENERAL A. Mobilization shall include the obtaining of all permits, moving onto the site of all plant and equipment; furnishing and erecting plants, temporary buildings, and other construction facilities, and implementing security requirements, all as required for the proper performance and completion of the WORK. Mobilization shall include the following principal items 1 Moving on to the site of all CONTRACTOR'S plant and equipment required for first month operations 2 Installing temporary construction power, wiring, and lighting facilities 3 Establishing fire protection system 4 Providing field office trailers for the CONTRACTOR. 5 Providing on-site sanitary facilities and potable water facilities 6 Arranging for and erection of CONTRACTOR'S work and storage yard 7 Constructing and implementing security features and requirements complying with Section 01520 8 Obtaining all required permits. 9 Having all OSHA required notices and establishment of safety programs. 10 Having the CONTRACTOR'S superintendent at the job site full time 11 Completion of submittals on all buried piping, concrete, and critical items identified in the 60 -day schedule 1 02. PAYMENT FOR MOBILIZATION A. The CONTRACTOR'S attention is directed to the condition that no payment for mobilization, or any part thereof, will be approved for payment under the Contract until all mobilization items listed above have been completed as specified PART 2—PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3—EXECUTION (NOT USED) - END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Mobilization 01505 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 141 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 142 of 440 SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 101 SUMMARY A. Temporary construction facilities required for the Work, including, but not limited to 1 Utilities including lighting and electricity, heat, telephone service, and water 2 Sanitary facilities 3 Fire protection 4 Enclosures 5 Field office for CONTRACTOR'S personnel B Maintain temporary facilities in proper and safe condition throughout progress of Work. C Comply with federal, state, and local codes and regulations, and utility company requirements 1 02 LAYOUT OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Before starting Work, submit to OWNER and ENGINEER, for approval, proposed layout of temporary facilities PART 2- PRODUCTS 2 01 TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND ELECTRICITY A. General 1 Temporary lighting shall be sufficient to enable CONTRACTOR and Subcontractors to complete Work and enable ENGINEER and OWNER to observe Work. Illumination shall meet or exceed state code requirements 2. CONTRACTOR is responsible to implement temporary power 3 No charge will be made for electricity obtained from OWNER'S electrical system and used for construction If CONTRACTOR or utility company changes location of power which changes meter location, any costs for reworking temporary power or meter relocation shall be by the CONTRACTOR 4 Provide electrical protection to prevent disruption of plant power from over -current, ground faults, and short circuits 5 If CONTRACTOR requires more than OWNER'S available supply, CONTRACTOR shall provide generator power and pay all costs associated with such power B CONTRACTOR'S responsibilities 1 Provide, maintain, and remove temporary electric service facilities 2 Provide temporary electric systems and components in conformance with requirements of National Electric Code and local authorities 3 Facilities exposed to weather shall be weatherproof type 4 Enclosures shall be locked to prevent unauthorized access 5 Provide lamps, wiring, switches, sockets, and similar equipment required for temporary lighting and power tools 6 Provide electric service to temporary offices City of Yakima Construction Facilities Boiler Replacement Project 01520-1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 143 of 440 2 02 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION A. CONTRACTOR is responsible for providing water for construction 2 03 SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide temporary sanitary facilities conforming to state and local regulations, in sufficient numbers for use of CONTRACTOR'S and Subcontractor's employees B Maintain in sanitary condition and properly supply with toilet paper 2.04 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION A. Provide and maintain fire extinguishers and other fire protection equipment and devices as would be reasonably effective in extinguishing fires during early stages by personnel at Site 2 05 TEMPORARY SITE AND OTHER ROADS A. Maintain existing roads used during construction free from accumulation of dirt, mud and construction debris B CONTRACTOR shall repair or replace existing roads to original or better condition prior to Final Completion Survey and record condition of existing roads prior to construction 2.06 CONTRACTOR'S STAGING AND WORK AREA A. Staging area Provide minimum of 2 -inches crushed stone surface to access trailers and sanitary facilities B Work Area. 1 Limit construction operations and storage of equipment and materials to areas shown on Drawings and as determined by OWNER 2 Except as provided herein, no private property, or other area adjacent to Site shall be used for storage of CONTRACTOR'S equipment and materials unless prior written approval is obtained from legal owner of the respective locations 3 Contractor shall maintain staging areas during construction in a manner that will not obstruct operations of existing facilities Work shall proceed in an orderly manner, maintaining construction Site and staging area free of debris and unnecessary equipment or materials 2 07 SECURITY A. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for loss or injury to persons or property where Work is involved, and shall provide security and take precautionary measures to protect CONTRACTOR'S and OWNER'S interests B Provide and maintain temporary fencing of design and type needed to prevent entry into active construction areas 2 08 ENCLOSURES CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES City of Yakima 01520-2 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 144 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A. Provide and maintain all enclosures, scaffolds, tarpaulins, canopies, warning signs, steps, platforms, bridges, and other temporary construction necessary for proper completion of Work. 2.09 PARKING A. Staging area and designated areas within construction limits may be used for parking of construction personnel's private vehicles and CONTRACTOR'S lightweight vehicles B Make arrangements for additional parking off site as required 2 10 CONTRACTOR'S FIELD OFFICES AND BUILDINGS A. If required by CONTRACTOR, erect where designated by OWNER, and maintain temporary field office and tool and storage buildings for CONTRACTOR'S use B Buildings or trailers shall be neat and well constructed, surfaced with plywood, siding, masonite, or other similar material, well painted and void of advertisements 2 11 PROJECT SIGN A. CONTRACTOR shall provide and mount a 4' x 8' sign Coordinate sign design (content) and placement with ENGINEER and OWNER. PART 3 — EXECUTION 101 GENERAL A. Maintain and operate systems to ensure continuous service for duration of construction B Modify and extend systems, as Work progress requires 102 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials, equipment, signs, and structures when no longer required B In unfinished areas, clean and repair damaged caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities, restore drainage, and evenly grade, seed or plant as necessary to provide appearance equal to or better than original C In finished areas, restore existing or permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified, or original condition 1 03 DAMAGE TO EXISTING PROPERTY A. CONTRACTOR is responsible for replacing or repairing damage to existing buildings, structures, sidewalks, roads, parking areas, and other existing assets B CONTRACTOR shall have option of having OWNER contract for such Work and have cost deducted from Contract Price 3 04 OWNER'S USE City of Yakima Construction Facilities Boiler Replacement Project 01520-3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 145 of 440 A. Upon acceptance of Work, or portion of work defined and certified as Substantially Complete by ENGINEER, and OWNER commences full-time successful operation of facility or portion thereof, OWNER will pay cost for utilities used for OWNER'S operation CONTRACTOR shall continue to pay for utilities used until final acceptance of Work, except as provided herein However, heat for building as required for construction purposes shall still be paid by CONTRACTOR unless, due to occupancy by OWNER, more heat shall be required due to increased temperature or lengthened duration, in which case OWNER will bear difference in cost. END OF SECTION CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES City of Yakima 01520-4 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 146 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01550 SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE PART 1—GENERAL 1 01 HIGHWAY LIMITATIONS A. The CONTRACTOR shall make its own investigation of the condition of available public and private roads and of clearances, restrictions, bridge load limits, and other limitations affecting transportation and ingress and egress to the site of the WORK. It shall be the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to construct and maintain any haul roads required for its construction operations 1 02 TEMPORARY CROSSINGS A. General Continuous, unobstructed, safe, and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided to fire hydrants. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with parties involved in the delivery of mail and removal of trash and garbage so as to maintain existing schedules for such services B Street Use Nothing herein shall be construed to entitle the CONTRACTOR to the exclusive use of any public street, alleyway, or parking area during the performance of the WORK hereunder, and it shall so conduct its operations as not to interfere unnecessarily with the authorized work of utility companies or other agencies in such streets, alleyways, or parking areas No access road shall be closed to the public without first obtaining permission of the OWNER, and proper governmental authority Fire hydrants on or adjacent to the WORK shall be kept accessible to fire -fighting equipment at all times Temporary provisions shall be made by the CONTRACTOR to assure the use of sidewalks and the proper functioning of all gutters, storm drain inlets, and other drainage facilities 1 03 SITE ACCESS A. CONTRACTOR and SUPPLIERS shall use the available plant access road It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to maintain the road during construction and repair it after project completion as specified in the contract documents 1 04 CONTRACTOR'S WORK AND STORAGE AREA A. The CONTRACTOR shall make its own arrangements for any necessary off-site storage or shop areas necessary for the proper execution of the WORK. B Should the CONTRACTOR find it necessary to use any additional land for storage or for other purposes during the construction of the WORK, it shall provide for the use of such lands at its own expense C All hazardous materials which are delivered in containers shall be stored in the original containers until use Hazardous materials which are delivered in bulk shall be stored in containers which meet the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction 105 PARKING The CONTRACTOR shall A. Direct its employees to park in areas as directed by the OWNER. B Maintain traffic and parking areas in a sound condition, free of excavated material, construction equipment, mud, and construction materials The CONTRACTOR shall repair breaks, potholes, low areas which collect standing water, and other deficiencies. City of Yakima Site Access and Storage Boiler Replacement Project 01550 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 147 of 440 PART 2—PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3—EXECUTION (NOT USED) -ENDOFSECTION- Site Access and Storage City of Yakima 01550 - 2 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 148 of 440 SECTION 01575 ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 101 SUMMARY A. General requirements pertaining to abatement and control of environmental pollution arising from activities of Contractor and Subcontractors in performance of the Work of the Contract. B Contractor, in executing Work, shall maintain work areas free from environmental pollution that would be in violation of federal, state or local regulations PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 01 GENERAL A. The land resources within boundaries of the Project, but outside the limits of permanent Work performed under this Contract shall be preserved in their present condition or be restored to a condition after completion of construction that will appear to be natural and not detract from the appearance of the Project. B Insofar as possible, confine activities to pertinent areas defined on the Drawings or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1 Return construction areas to their preconstruction elevations except where surface elevations are otherwise noted to be changed 2 Maintain natural drainage patterns 3 Conduct construction activities in such a manner that ponding of stagnant water conducive to mosquito breeding habitat will not occur at any time C Land resources 1 Do not remove, cut, deface, injure, or destroy trees or other vegetation outside the Work area limits 2 Do not remove, cut, deface, injure, or destroy trees or other vegetation inside the Work area limits, designated to be preserved, except as permitted by OWNER 3 Land resources damaged by CONTRACTOR shall be promptly replaced or repaired to the approval of OWNER at CONTRACTOR'S expense 3 02 ARCHAEOLOGICAL FINDS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. There are no known archaeological remains at the Project site If discovered, discontinue work immediately and contact OWNER and ENGINEER 3 03 PROTECTION OF STORM SEWERS A. Prevent construction materials, concrete, earth or other debris from entering existing storm sewers or sewer construction 3 04 PROTECTION OF WATERWAYS City of Yakima Environment Protection Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Hage 149 of 440 A. Observe rules and regulations of State of Washington and agencies of U S government prohibiting pollution of lakes, streams, rivers or wetlands by dumping of refuse, rubbish, dredge material or debris B Disposal of materials into waters of state must conform to requirements of Washington DOE Permits will be obtained by OWNER and provided to CONTRACTOR for posting on site 1 Other permits shall be obtained by CONTRACTOR. C Provide holding ponds or approved method to divert flows, including storm flows and flows created by construction activity, to prevent excessive silting of waterways and flooding of Site B Comply with procedures outlined in U S EPA manuals entitled "Guidelines for Erosion and Sedimentation Control Planning and Implementation", Manual EPA -72-015 and "Processes, Procedures, and Methods to Control Pollution Resulting from All Construction Activity", Manual EPA -43019-73-007 3 05 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED AND OTHER WASTE MATERIALS A. Excess excavated material not required or suitable for backfill and other waste material shall be disposed of in accordance with local regulations B Provide watertight conveyance of liquid, semi-liquid or saturated materials which tend to bleed during transport. Liquid loss from transported materials is not permitted, whether being delivered to construction site or hauled away for disposal C All permitting and sighting requirements will be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. 3 06 PROTECTION OF AIR QUALITY A. Minimize air pollution by requiring use of properly operating combustion emission control devices on construction vehicles and equipment and encourage shutdown of motorized equipment not in use B Do not burn trash on Site C If temporary heating devices are necessary for protection of Work, they shall not cause air pollution 3 07 USE OF CHEMICALS A. Chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation, whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant or of other classification, shall be approved by U S EPA or U S Department of Agriculture or any other applicable regulatory agency B Use and disposal of chemicals and residues shall comply with manufacture's instructions 3 08 NOISE CONTROL A. Conduct operations to cause least annoyance to residents in vicinity of Work, and comply with applicable local ordinances ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION City of Yakima 01575-2 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 150 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B Equip construction equipment and other apparatus with mechanical devices necessary to minimize noise C Equip compressors with silencers on intake lines D Equip gasoline or oil -powered equipment with silencers or mufflers on exhaust lines E. Line storage bins and hoppers with material that will deaden sounds F Route vehicles carrying rock, concrete, or other material over such streets as will cause least annoyance to public and do not operate on public streets between hours of 7 00 pm and 7 30 am, nor on legal holidays, unless approved by OWNER. 3 10 DUST CONTROL A. Take special care in providing and maintaining OWNER'S existing roads, and public roads used during construction operations in clean, dust free condition B Comply with local regulations for dust control If CONTRACTOR'S dust control measures are considered inadequate by OWNER, OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to take additional dust control measures 3 11 FUELS AND LUBRICANTS A. Comply with local, state, and federal regulations concerning transportation and storage of fuels and lubricants B Fuel storage area location shall be approved by OWNER prior to installation C Report spills or leaks from fueling equipment or construction equipment to OWNER and cleanup as required D OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to remove damaged or leaking equipment from Site END OF SECTION City of Yakima Environment Protection Boiler Replacement Project 0575- BID SET 1-27-12, age 51 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 152 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01660 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND SYSTEM STARTUP PART 1—GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A. Equipment testing and startup is a requirement to satisfactorily fulfill the contract obligations and, therefore, shall be completed within the contract time B The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the OWNER all work necessary for the successful operation of all equipment, including owner furnished equipment. C During all equipment testing plant/facility startup period and acceptance test periods, the OWNER shall ensure that experienced, trained, and qualified personnel are onsite at all times to oversee and safeguard such testing and operations 102 SUBMITTALS A. Schedule The schedule for testing and startup shall be submitted to the OWNER and ENGINEER for review B Testing and Startup Plan. Not less than 60 Days prior to startup, the CONTRACTOR shall submit for review a detailed Testing and Startup Plan The Plan shall include schedules for equipment certifications, schedules for submitting final Owner's Manuals, schedule for training the OWNER's personnel, list of OWNER and CONTRACTOR furnished supplies, electrical testing, and detailed schedule of operations to achieve successful equipment testing, startup, performance and acceptance testing and activities to implement the 7 -day test. The Plan shall include test checklists and data forms for each item of equipment and shall address coordination with the OWNER's staff The CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall revise the Plan as necessary based on review comments C System Outage Requests Request for shutdown of on-line systems as necessary to test or start up the plant and equipment. Shutdown requests must be submitted at least two weeks prior to shutdown D Records and Documentation Submit documentation that the equipment has been properly installed, is in accurate alignment, is free from undue stresses from connecting piping and anchoring, and has operated satisfactorily under full load conditions E. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the following records during installation, testing and system startup and submit these said records prior to acceptance 1 Lubrication and service records for each item of mechanical/electrical equipment. 2 Hours of daily operation for each item of mechanical/electrical equipment. 3 Logs of electrical test and measurements 4 Instrumentation calibration and testing and check lists. 5 Manufacturer's certification of proper equipment installation 6 Testing and validation of all PLC inputs, outputs, logic functions, status indication, and alarms 7 Factory and field equipment settings. 8 Other records, logs, and check lists as required by the Contract Documents PART 2—PRODUCTS (NOT USED) City of Yakima Equipment Testing and System Startup Boiler Replacement Project 01660 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 153 of 440 PART 3—EXECUTION 3 01 GENERAL A. The CONTRACTOR shall be required to follow Start Up Plan B The CONTRACTOR shall provide the services of an experienced and authorized representative of each item of equipment who shall visit the site of the WORK and inspect, check, adjust if necessary, and approve the installation of equipment. In each case, the CONTRACTOR shall arrange to have the representative revisit the project as often as necessary until any and all trouble is corrected and the equipment installation and operation are satisfactory to the OWNER and ENGINEER. C The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the scheduling of all operations testing The CONTRACTOR is advised that the ENGINEER and the OWNER's operating personnel will witness operations testing and that the equipment supplier's representative shall be required to instruct the OWNER's operating personnel in correct operation and maintenance procedures D The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER and OWNER at least 3 days in advance for testing installed equipment. 3 02 EQUIPMENT TESTING A. The CONTRACTOR will coordinate with the VENDOR/MANUFACTURER of the equipment to provide the field services The CONTRACTOR and the VENDOR shall be required to schedule and coordinate proper field visits by said VENDOR/MANUFACTURER for Installation and Startup Assistance, according to the onsite time requirements B The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate directly with the Equipment VENDOR/MANUFACTURER to provide the services of an experienced and authorized representative of the manufacturer, who shall visit the site of the WORK and inspect, check, adjust if necessary, and approve the equipment installation C The CONTRACTOR shall arrange to have the manufacturer's representative revisit the job site as often as necessary until any and all trouble is corrected and the equipment installation and operation are satisfactory to the OWNER and ENGINEER. If more time is required than that which is required in Purchase Agreement, the OWNER shall pay for all additional services required of the VENDOR/MANUFACTURER. D The CONTRACTOR shall require that each Manufacturer's Representative furnish to the ENGINEER a written certification addressed to the OWNER certifying that the equipment has been properly installed and lubricated, is in accurate alignment, is free from any undue stress imposed by connecting piping or anchor bolts, and has been operated satisfactorily under full -load conditions 3 03 PROCESS SYSTEM TESTING A. In addition to individual equipment and subsystem testing, the CONTRACTOR shall perform testing of all process control, electrical and other systems, as listed below and/or in the Contract Documents, to demonstrate proper operation with equipment operating over full operating ranges and under actual operating conditions, in all of the automatic and manual modes as specified in the control strategies and control descriptions The CONTRACTOR shall repeat the system tests as necessary to demonstrate proper operation to the satisfaction of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall be back charged the cost of OWNER's personnel and ENGINEER's personnel for all tests beyond the second test. Prior to initiating the system testing, the CONTRACTOR shall submit the testing procedures to the ENGINEER for approval Systems to be tested and accepted prior to commencement of the 7 -day startup test include the following and other systems as indicated in the Contract Documents 1 Hot water boilers Equipment Testing and System Startup City of Yakima 01660 - 2 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 154 of 440 2 Hot water pumps 3 Biogas feed compressors 4 Boiler stacks 5 Expansion tanks 6 3 -way mixing valve 7 All flow, temperature and pressure transmitters and switches (including manufacturer's certificate of calibration) 8 Explosive gas level transmitter 9 Power Distribution and Motor Control Equipment 10 HVAC Exhaust / Intake Fans and Associated Equipment 11 Plumbing equipment 12 Other systems as specified in the Contract Documents B System testing in general shall involve demonstration that all controls, instrumentation loops, alarm/status indication, and all controls described in other specification section function properly In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate sustained equipment operation for a minimum of eight continuous hours when operated in conjunction with other system components The CONTRACTOR shall schedule, provide, and coordinate the services of all manufacturers, suppliers, subcontractors, the ENGINEER, and the OWNER for successful system testing C All system testing activities shall follow detailed test procedures, check lists, etc., previously developed and submitted by the CONTRACTOR which have been reviewed by the ENGINEER and OWNER. Completion of all system testing activities shall be documented by a certified report. Successful completion of the system testing is required prior to commencement of the 7 -day test and system startup specified below D The CONTRACTOR shall test and fully demonstrate proper operation of the utility, safety equipment, and other support systems before commencing the process system testing E. The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER and the OWNER written notice confirming the date of any system test at least (3) working days before the time the system is scheduled to be tested The OWNER'S staff will observe system's testing F Operational instruction for the controls and instrumentation shall occur before the 7 -day test. 3 04 7 -DAY TEST AND SYSTEM STARTUP A The OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall provide operating personnel for the duration of the startup B The startup shall not be commenced until all required equipment tests have been completed to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER and the OWNER. C All defects in materials or workmanship which appear during this test period shall be immediately corrected by the CONTRACTOR and/or OWNER. D During the startup, the OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall provide the services of authorized representative, in addition to those services required under operations testing, as necessary, to correct faulty equipment operation E 7 -Day Test: The CONTRACTOR shall be required to start up the system, operate it, and pass a 7 -day test prior to acceptance All equipment must properly run continuously 24 hours per day for the test period at rates, within the design criteria range, indicated by the ENGINEER. If any item malfunctions during the test, the item shall be repaired and the test restarted at day zero with no credit given for the operating time before the aforementioned malfunction City of Yakima Equipment Testing and System Startup Boiler Replacement Project 01660 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 155 of 440 1 The OWNER shall lubricate and maintain the equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations 2 Prerequisites The following shall be completed before testing and startup begins a. Furnish all OWNER's manuals information required by the Contract Documents b Provide all safety equipment, fire extinguishers, protective guards and shields, handrails, grating, safety signs, and valve and piping identification required by the Contract Documents. Devices and equipment shall be fully functional, adjusted and tested c Manufacturer's certification of proper installation has been accepted d Leakage tests, electrical tests, and adjustments have been completed e The ENGINEER and the OWNER have approved the testing and startup Plan f Functional verification of the individual instrumentation loops (analog, status, alarm, and control) g Adjustment of the pressure switches, timing relays, level switches, temperature switches, HMI monitors, and all other control devices to the settings determined by the ENGINEER and the OWNER or the equipment manufacturer h Functional verification of the individual interlocks between the field -mounted control devices and the motor control circuits, control circuits of variable -speed controllers, and packaged system controls 3 05 SUPPLIES A. The OWNER shall furnish all water, chemicals, fuel, and all other necessary equipment, facilities, and services required for conducting the tests 3 06 RECORDS OF TESTING AND STARTUP A. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the following during testing and startup and submit originals to ENGINEER prior to acceptance 1 Lubrication and service records for each mechanical and electrical equipment item 2 Hours of daily operation for each mechanical and electrical equipment item 3 Equipment alignment and vibration measurement records 4 Logs of electrical measurements and tests 5 Instrumentation calibration and testing logs 6 Testing and validation of status indications and alarms. 7 Factory and field equipment settings 8 Log of problems encountered and adjustments made 9 Other records, logs, and checklists as required by the Contract Documents 3 07 TRAINING A. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the training periods with the OWNER and MANUFACTURER's REPRESENTATIVES and shall submit a training schedule and detailed agenda for each piece of equipment or system for which training is to be provided Said training schedule and agenda shall be submitted not less than 14 calendar days prior to the time that the associated training is to be provided The CONTRACTOR shall confirm each training period a minimum of two days prior to scheduled time - END OF SECTION - Equipment Testing and System Startup City of Yakima 01660 - 4 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 156 of 440 SECTION 01740 CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 101 SUMMARY A. Perform cleaning throughout construction period and at completion of Work. B Refer to Specification sections for specific cleaning products or Work. C Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti -pollution laws PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Use only the cleaning materials and equipment which are compatible with the surface being cleaned, as recommended by the manufacturer of the material B Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to property and persons PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 01 DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Comply with general Conditions B Provide on-site containers for collection and removal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish in accordance with applicable regulations C As required preparatory to installation of succeeding materials, clean the structures or perti- nent portions thereof to the degree of cleanliness recommended by the manufacturer of the succeeding material, using equipment and materials required to achieve the necessary clean- liness 3 02 FINAL CLEANING A. Broom clean interior hard surface floors and exterior paved surfaces. Rake clean other surfaces of grounds B Prior to Final Completion or OWNER occupancy, CONTRACTOR, with OWNER, shall conduct inspection of exposed interior and exterior surfaces and work areas to verify Work and Site is clean 3 03 CLEANING DURING OWNER'S OCCUPANCY A. Should the OWNER occupy the Work or any portion thereof prior to its completion by the CONTRACTOR and acceptance by the OWNER, responsibilities for interim and final cleaning shall be as determined by OWNER in accordance with the General Conditions —END OF SECTION— City of Yakima Cleaning Boiler Replacement Project 01740-1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 157 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 158 of 440 SECTION 01815 TESTING PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 — GENERAL 101 SUMMARY A. Hydrostatic pressure testing, low pressure air testing, and high pressure air testing of piping systems B Systems to be tested, type of test to be performed, and test pressure shall be as specified in other sections of Specifications 102 SUBMITTALS A. Test report for each piping system tested Include following 1 Date of test. 2 Description and identification of piping system tested 3 Type of test performed 4 Test fluid 5 Test pressure 6 Type and location of leaks detected. 7 Corrective action taken to repair leaks. 8 Results of retesting PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 GENERAL A. Test in presence of OWNER B OWNER shall provide water for testing specified herein C Provide tanks, pumps and piping required to bring water to point of use D Provide air supply E Provide test pressure equipment, meters, pressure gauges, and other equipment, materials, and facilities necessary to perform specified tests F Provide bulkheads, flanges, valves, bracing, blocking, or other temporary sectionalizing devices that may be required G Remove temporary devices after tests complete H Perform tests on exposed piping after completely installed, including supports, hangers, and anchors. I Perform tests on piping before insulation installed City of Yakima Testing Piping Systems Boiler Replacement Project 01815-1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 159 of 440 J Perform tests on piping that is clean and free of dirt, sand or other foreign material K. Plug pipe outlets with test plugs Brace each plug securely to prevent blowouts L. Add test fluid slowly M Include regulator set to avoid overpressurizing and damaging piping N Perform pressure testing in accordance with local, state, and federal requirements O Correct leaks or defects and retest at no additional cost to OWNER. 3 02 HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TESTING A. Perform hydrostatic pressure testing for piping systems identified in the plans Test pressure shall be as specified in the pipe schedule B Open vents at high points to purge air pockets while piping system is filling Venting may also be provided by loosening flanges or with equipment vents C Testing 1 After section of piping to be tested has been filled with water, apply test pressure by means of force pump of such design and capacity that required pressure can be applied and maintained without interruption for duration of test. 2 Measure test pressure by means of tested and properly calibrated pressure gauge acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER 3 Maintain test pressure for sufficient length of time to permit OWNER to observe piping under test but not less than 2 hours D With exception of buried piping with mechanical joints or push -on joints, piping systems shall show no visual evidence of weeping or leaking If leakage is evident, make appropriate repairs and retest. E Maximum allowable leakage for buried piping with mechanical joints or push -on joints is as follows If leakage is excessive, make appropriate repairs and retest. L _ NDP"2 7,400 Where L = Leakage, gallons per hr N = Number of joints under test D = Nominal diameter of piping, in P = Average pressure during test, lbs per sq in 3 03 HIGH PRESSURE AIR TESTING FOR BIOGAS AND NATURAL GAS PIPING A. All testing shall be pneumatic B Pressure in the pipeline will be measured by a calibrated pressure gauge capable to operate at the specified test pressure in the pipe schedule C Compressed air shall be added to slowly increase pressure in the pipeline to obtain the test pressure specified in the pipe schedule The pipeline shall remain pressurized for 4 hours TESTING PIPING SYSTEMS City of Yakima 01815-2 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 160 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D E. F G H J K. L. prior to starting the pressure test. The pressure in the pipe shall be adjusted up or down to maintain the target test pressure during the 4 -hour hold time Temperature in the pipe will be monitored with a temperature gauge Prior to starting the test, the air compressor shall be disconnected and the connections shall be capped Record the pressure from the calibrated test pressure gauge and the time to initiate the test. Record the pressure at the end of the two (2) hour test period During the test the pipe connections at the purge stations, instrumentations and valves shall be soap tested and visually inspected for leaks Observations or corrective actions taken during the sop test shall be documented No test medium shall be added or removed during the test. The test shall be concluded 2 hours following the start of the test at which time the pressure and time shall be recorded The pipe shall pass if test pressure does not drop more than 1 psi Following acceptance of pipe, Contractor shall purge the pipe with nitrogen gas to reduce oxygen level below the lower explosion level (LEL) for combustible gas and valve off the pipe -END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Testing Piping Systems Boiler Replacement Project 01815-3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 161 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 162 of 440 SECTION 03200 REINFORCING STEEL PART 1 —GENERAL 101 SUMMARY A. Provide concrete reinforcement where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation 102 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings. 1 Conform to ACI SP -66 showing bending diagrams, assembly diagrams, location diagrams, splicing and laps of bars, shapes, dimensions, and details for reinforcing, and stirrup spacing, accessories, and additional reinforcing at openings B Product Data 1 Dowel Bar Splicer System, Reinforcing Bar Splicer, and Dowel Adhesive manufacturer's product data. 2. Epoxy coating material certificates C Miscellaneous Submittals 1 Welder's certification in accordance with AWS D1 4 prior to welding when welding indicated, specified, or approved by ENGINEER. 1 03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver reinforcement to site bundled and tagged B Use necessary precautions to maintain identification after bundles are broken C Store in a manner to prevent excessive rusting and fouling with dirt, grease, and other bond - breaking coatings. D Equipment for handling epoxy coated reinforcement shall have protective contact areas Lift bundles at multiple points to minimize bar -to -bar abrasion Do not drop or drag epoxy coated reinforcement. E Store epoxy coated reinforcement on protective cribbing F Repair damaged areas larger than 0 1 sq in in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A775 Maximum amount of coating damage shall not exceed 2% of the surface area of the bar PART 2 —PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES A. Deformed Steel Bars. ASTM A615, Grade 60 Bars to be welded shall conform to ASTM A706 low alloy B Smooth Dowels Plastic or epoxy coated plain steel bars, ASTM A615, Grade 60 C Welded Wire Fabric (WWF) ASTM A185 D Welding Electrodes. AWS A5 1, low hydrogen, E70 series E. Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcement in place City of Yakima Reinforcing Steel Boiler Replacement Project 03200 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 163 of 440 1 Comply with CRSI recommendations 2 For slabs on grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs 3 Exterior exposed surfaces, surfaces in contact with earth or liquid, and interior exposed surfaces in humid areas shall have all plastic or stainless steel supports 4 Interior exposed surfaces in dry areas shall have all plastic, stainless steel, or plastic tipped steel supports 5 Supports, bar clips, and spreaders for epoxy coated reinforcement shall be all plastic supports. Tie wire shall be nylon, epoxy, or plastic coated 6 When supports bear directly on the ground and it is not practical to use steel or plastic supports, solid precast concrete blocks may be used to support only the bottom mat of reinforcement. Precast blocks must be of equal or greater strength than the concrete being placed F Reinforcing Bar Splicers 1 Develop minimum 125% of yield capacity of bars spliced in tension when tested as assembly in accordance with ASTM A370 and ASTM A615 2 Manufacturers a. Cadweld or Lenton Rebar Splicers by Erico Products, Inc b Dayton Barsplice by Dayton Superior, Inc. G Dowel Bar Splicer Systems. 1 Develop minimum 125% of yield capacity of dowels when tested as assembly in accordance with ASTM A370 and ASTM A615 2 Manufacturers. a. DB -SAE Splicer System by Richmond Screw Anchor Co, Inc b C2D Rebar Flange Coupler by Williams Form Engineering Corp c. Lenton Form Saver by Erico Products, Inc. H Dowel Adhesive 1 Epoxy adhesive 2 Manufacturers a. Anchor-lt Fastening System by Adhesive Technology Corp b HSE 2411 System by Hilti Corp c Power -Fast Epoxy Injection Gel System by Rawl/Sika d Five Star RS Anchor Gel by Five Star Products, Inc. e Inject-Tite Two -Part Epoxy by Ankr-Tite Fastening Systems f ET or SET Epoxy Adhesive System by Simpson Strong -Tie Co , Inc. I Epoxy Coated Reinforcement: 1 Deformed steel bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60, with epoxy coating in accordance with ASTM A775 Reinforcing Steel City of Yakima 03200 - 2 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 164 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to the required shapes and dimensions and in accordance with ACI 318 and CRSI Manual B In case of fabricating errors, do not straighten or re -bend reinforcement in a manner that will weaken or injure the material C Reinforcement with any of the following defects will not be acceptable 1 Bar lengths, depths, and/or bends exceeding the specified fabrication tolerances 2. Bends or kinks not shown on the Drawings 3 Bars with reduced cross-section due to excessive rusting or other causes D Epoxy coated reinforcement shall be shop bent before coating PART 3 —EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 INSTALLATION A. Clean reinforcement to remove loose rust and mill scale, earth, and other materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete B Position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, and concrete placing operations C Correct displacement of reinforcement prior to and during concrete placement. Maintain clear cover as noted on Drawings. Tolerances shall be in accordance with ACI 117 and ACI 318, unless noted otherwise D The minimum reinforcing for all concrete walls and slabs shall be as follows. Thickness Reinforcing Each Way Location 8" #4@12" Centered 8" #5@12" Centered 10" #4@12" Each Face 12" #5@12" Each Face 1 Provide larger sizes and more reinforcing in all sections of concrete where required by the details on the Drawings E. Clearance for reinforcement bars, unless shown otherwise, shall be 1 When placed on ground – 3 inches 2 All other concrete surfaces. a. #5 bar or smaller – 1 1/2 inches b #6 bar or larger – 2 inches F Support reinforcing steel in accordance with CRSI "Placing Reinforcing Bars" with max spacing of 4 ft. G Tie reinforcing steel at intersections in accordance with CRSI "Placing Reinforcing Bars" 1 Spacing for Footings, Walls, and Columns Every third intersection, 3 ft max. City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Reinforcing Steel 03200 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 165 of 440 2 Spacing for Slabs and Other Work: Every fourth intersection, 3 ft max. 3 Tie each dowel in-place H Reinforcement shall be continuous through construction joints I Reinforcement may be sliced at construction joints provided that the entire lap is placed within only 1 pour J Vertical wall bars shall be lapped with dowels from base slabs and extended into the top face of roof slabs and lapped with top slab reinforcement. For hydraulic structures, provide a minimum of two full height vertical bars with matching dowels at wall ends, corners and intersections with size to match typical vertical reinforcing steel shown on drawings or listed above K. Unless shown otherwise, place WWF between upper third point and midpoint of slab WWF placement on sub grade and pulling up during concrete placement not allowed L. Do not field bend bars, including bars partially embedded in concrete unless indicated All bends, unless otherwise shown, shall be a 90 degree standard hook as defined in the latest edition of ACI 318 M Tack welding of, or to, reinforcement prohibited N Placement of reinforcement shall be approved by ENGINEER and OWNER before placing concrete O Anchor dowels into drilled holes with epoxy dowel adhesive where noted Conform to details shown M Do not field cut epoxy coated reinforcement. 3 03 SPLICES A. Lap reinforcing at splices Tie securely to prevent displacement of splices during placement of concrete B Dowel Bar Splicer Systems may be substituted for dowels at CONTRACTOR'S option when approved by ENGINEER and OWNER C Reinforcing Bar Splicers may be substituted for lapped splices at CONTRACTOR'S option when approved by ENGINEER and OWNER. Stagger splices D Extend WWF to within 2 in of edges of section Lap sheets at least 12 in at ends and edges and wire together Stagger laps E. Welding of reinforcing bars permitted only where noted and when approved by ENGINEER and OWNER. Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1 4 -END OF SECTION - Reinforcing Steel City of Yakima 03200 - 4 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 166 of 440 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 —GENERAL 101 SUMMARY A. Provide cast -in-place concrete where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation 102 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1 Verification of Mix Design a. Proposed mix design for each class of concrete to be used as specified using designations indicated Provide dry weight of cement, saturated dry weight of coarse and fine aggregate, brand name and quantities of admixtures when applicable, fly ash when applicable, gallons of water required for 1 cubic yard of concrete, and chloride ion content. b Source and material certificates of cement and fine and coarse aggregate, including sieve analysis, which will be used in each class of concrete c Admixture product data. d Source and test reports of flyash e Test data supporting proportions of design mixes (excluding Class AA) based on laboratory trial batches or past field experience in accordance with ACI 318 f NRMCA certification or letter stating plant and equipment complies with NRMCA requirements g Mix design shall be approved by ENGINEER before concrete delivered to site B Product Data 1 Waterstop Samples of material and manufacturer's literature 2 Curing Compound, Floor Hardener, Floor Sealer, and Evaporation Retardant: Proposed rate of coverage and manufacturer's literature 3 Finishing Grout manufacturer's literature 4 Bonding Agent manufacturer's literature 5 Control Joint manufacturer's literature 6 Epoxy Joint Filler manufacturer's literature 7 Fiber Reinforcement manufacturer's literature 8 Patching Mortar manufacturer's literature C Test Results 1 Concrete test results. 2 Concrete delivery tickets. With each load of concrete delivered, provide duplicate tickets, one for CONTRACTOR, one for OWNER, with following information a. Serial number of ticket. b Date and truck number City of Yakima Cast -in Place Concrete Boiler Replacement Project 03300 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 167 of 440 c Name of supplier d Class of concrete e Type of cement and cement content in bags/cu yd f Admixture brand names g Aggregate size h Time loaded i Amount of concrete in load Gallons of water added at site and slump of concrete after addition of water k. Temperature of concrete at delivery I Time unloaded 1 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Plant Certification Plant or concrete supplier shall comply with requirements of National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA) certification plan as regards material storage and handling, batching equipment, central mixer, truck mixers with counters, agitators, nonagitating units, and ticketing system B Do not commence placement of concrete until mix designs have been reviewed and approved by OWNER. C Concrete Testing Testing shall be provided by CONTRACTOR in accordance with this Section 1 Conduct tests on sample material in accordance with methods listed below. a. Slump ASTM 0143 b Air -Entrainment: ASTM C231 c Compressive Strength ASTM C31 and ASTM C39 1 04 PROJECT / SITE CONDITIONS A. Hot Weather 1 Comply with ACI 305R 2 Concrete temperature shall not exceed 90°F 3 At air temperatures of 80°F or above, keep concrete as cool as possible during placement and curing 4 When concrete temperature exceeds 80°F, water reducing, set -retarding admixtures shall be used B Cold Weather 1 Comply with ACI 306R. 2 Temperature of reinforcement, forms, fillers, and other material in contact with concrete at time of placement shall not be less than 35°F Preheat if temperature below 35°F 3 Maintain air and forms in contact with concrete sections having minimum dimension less than 12 in at temperature above 50°F for at least 3 days and at temperature above 32°F for remainder of specified curing period 4 Maintain air and forms in contact with concrete in more massive sections at temperature above 40°F for at least 3 days and at temperature above 32°F for remainder of specified curing period Cast -in Place Concrete City of Yakima 03300 - 2 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 168 of 440 PART 2 —PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIALS A. Cement: 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150 2 Type I or II except tricalcium aluminate (C3A) content of Type I shall not exceed 8% If this type of Type I not available, Type I with C3A content less than 12% shall be used in combination with fly ash 3 Type III may be substituted for Type I when approved by ENGINEER and OWNER and additional requirements for Type I are met. 4 When aggregates determined to be deleteriously reactive, as defined by ASTM C33, alkali content of cement defined by ASTM C150 shall not exceed 0 60% B Fly Ash 1 ASTM C618, Class C or F including requirements of Table 1A. 2 Supplemental Requirements a. Loss on Ignition (max)• 3% b Water Requirement (max) 100% (as percent of control) c Fineness (max retained on No 325 sieve) 25% d CaO(%)-5 (R -factor) (max) 3 0 Fe203(%) C Aggregates 1 ASTM C33, modified as follows. a Fine aggregate Natural sand b Coarse aggregate Crushed gravel, crushed stone or gravel, 3/4 in max. 2 Potential reactivity of aggregates shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C33 D Admixtures 1 Air -Entraining ASTM C260 2 Chemical Admixtures ASTM C494, non -corrosive and chloride free 3 Shrinkage Reducing Admixture a. Ipanex by IPA. b Eclipse by Grace c Dosage Min 1`)/0 of weight of cement and flyash E. Water Potable F Premolded Joint Filler 1 ASTM D 1751 2. ASTM D1752, Type I, II, or III 3 Closed cell polyethylene G Waterstop City of Yakima Cast -in Place Concrete Boiler Replacement Project 03300 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 169 of 440 1 Virgin polyvinyl chloride (PVC) waterstop conforming to CRD C572, with hog rings or grommets at 12 to 18 in oc 2 Construction Joints Dumbbell or serrated type, 6 in wide by 3/8 in thick, at center 4 in wide by 3/16 in thick only where noted 3 Expansion Joints Arctic grade, dumbbell or serrated type, 9 in wide by 3/8 in thick, at center, with 3/4 in inside dia hollow center bulb for joints less than 2 in wide and 1-1/2 in inside dia hollow center bulb for joints 2 in wide or wider 4 Provide prefabricated tees, crosses, and other configurations as required. 5 Gasket Type Waterstop CJ Type Hydrotite by Greenstreak. H Vapor Barrier Polyethylene film min 10 mills thick. Clear Floor Hardener 1 Manufacturers a. Flouhard by L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. b Saniseal by Master Builders Co c. Day -Chem Hardener J-15 by Dayton Superior 2 Colorless, aqueous solution of zinc or magnesium flousilicate 3 Each gallon of flousilicate solution shall contain not less than 2 lbs of crystals J Floor Sealer 1 Manufacturers a Dress and Seal 18 by L&M Construction Materials, Inc b Tuf-Seal J-35 by Dayton Superior K. Membrane Forming Curing Compound 1 Manufacturers a Dress and Seal 30 by L&M Construction Materials, Inc. b Master Cure by Master Builders Co 2 ASTM C309, and compatible with scheduled finishes and coatings, except permeability shall not exceed 0 39 kg/m2/72hrs L. Finishing Grout 1 Manufacturers a. Thoroseal with Acryl 60 by Thoro b Concrete Finisher with AKKRO-7T by Tamms Industries Co c. SikaTop Seal 107 by Sika Corp M Cement Grout: Mixture of cement and fine sand in proportions used in concrete being finished N Epoxy Bonding Agent: 1 Manufacturers. a. Sikadur 32 Hi -Mod by Sika Corp b Epoxtite 2362 by A.0 Horn c Resi-Bond J-58 by Dayton Superior Cast -in Place Concrete City of Yakima 03300 - 4 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 170 of 440 d Epobond by L&M Construction Materials, Inc e Five Star Bonding Adhesive by Five Star Products, Inc 2 Use when joining new to existing concrete 3 Conforming to ASTM C881 O Non -Epoxy Bonding Agent: 1 Manufacturers a. Weld -Crete by Larsen Products Corp b Acryl 60 by Thoro c. Acrylset by Master Builders Co d Everbond by L&M Construction Materials, Inc. 2 Use when joining new to existing concrete when bonding agent cannot be placed immediately prior to placement of new concrete 3 Comforming to ASTM C1059 Type II P Preformed Control Joint Strips 1 Manufacturers. a. Kold-Seal Zip -Per Strip by Kold-Seal Vinylex Corp b Stresslock by H Compton Co c. Quick Strip by Schlegel Corp 2 Plastic joint former with locking tabs 3 Depth 1/4 of slab thickness Q Epoxy Joint Filler. 1 Manufacturers a. Sikadur 51 or Sikadur CJR by Sika Corp b MM80 by Metzger/McGuire c. Epoflex or Everjoint by L&M Construction Materials, Inc. d Poxy-Fil J-52 by Dayton Superior 2. Min Shore Hardness of 70 R Evaporation Retardant: 1 Manufacturers. a. Econ by L&M Construction Materials, Inc. b Confilm by Master Builders Co c Sikafilm by Sika Corp S Fiber Reinforcement: 1 Manufacturers a. W R. Grace & Co b Fibermesh Co c. Euclid Chemical Co City of Yakima Cast -in Place Concrete Boiler Replacement Project 03300 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 171 of 440 2 1/2 in to 3/4 in collated fibrillated virgin polypropylene fibers 3 ASTM C1116 Type III T Patching Mortar 1 Manufacturers a. Sikatop by Sika Corp b Duratop by L&M Construction Materials, Inc c EMACO R by Master Builders 2 Polymer modified cementitious fast setting mortar for repair of concrete surfaces Consisting of polymer and selected Portland cements, aggregates, accelerator, admixtures for controlling set, water reducers for workability, and corrosion inhibitor Shall contain no chlorides, nitrates, gypsum, or lime Shall not produce vapor barrier Shall be thermally compatible with concrete and shall be freeze -thaw resistant. a. Concrete gray b 5000 psi min compressive strength c 400 psi min bond strength 2 02 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Concrete Mix: Measure and combine cement, aggregate, water, and admixtures in accordance with ASTM C94 and ACI 211 1 1 Cement: When used in exposed concrete shall be one brand from one source Do not mix different cements in same element of Work. 2 Water -Cement Ratio (if fly ash used, water -cement plus fly ash ratio) 0 45 max for Class A concrete, 0 50 max for Class B concrete 3 Air -Entrainment: Air -entrain concrete exposed to exterior or exposed to liquids 4 Chemical Admixtures Use is optional to aid concrete properties and allow for efficient placement. Manner of use and amount shall be in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations and as approved by ENGINEER and OWNER. Do not use admixtures that increase early shrinkage or negatively affect finishing 5 Fly Ash Use is optional unless otherwise noted Combine fly ash with cement at rate of 1.25 to 1 5 lbs fly ash for each Ib reduction of cement. Amount of fly ash shall not be less than 15% or more than 25% of weight of cement plus fly ash When fly ash used, minimum amount of cement designated may be proportionately reduced 6 Concrete for interior slabs reinforced with WWF and fillets in tanks shall be fiber reinforced a. Dosage Rate 1-1/2 lbs/cu yd min b Superplastizer admixture required c. Use in strict accordance with manufacturer's written recommendation and ASTM C94 7 Use no admixtures other than specified, unless approved by ENGINEER and OWNER. B Class of Concrete 1 Furnish in accordance with table Cement contents listed are minimum values and shall be increased as required to attain other specified characteristics Cast -in Place Concrete City of Yakima 03300 - 6 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 172 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2. Slumps listed are maximum, except when high range water reducer is used Maximum slump when high -range water reducer is used, 10 in 3 Chloride ion content shall not exceed values listed in ACI 318, Table 4 4 1 4 Class AA shall have a maximum fine aggregate 50 percent by weight of aggregate Class 28 -Day Compressive Strength (psi) Coarse Aggregate (Max size) Minimum Cement Content (bags/cu yd) Air Content (%) Slump (in.) AA 4000 3/8" 8 0 8±2 6 max A2 4000 3/4" 6 0 5±1 5 3±1 B 3000 3/4" 5 5 5±1 5 3±1 C 2000 3/4" 2.25 --- --- C Concrete Usage 1 Class AA. Bottom 6 in lift of walls and at horizontal joints in walls caused by interruption of pour in water holding structures. Thin sections and areas with congested reinforcing, at the CONTRACTOR'S option and with the written approval of the ENGINEER and OWNER for the specific location 2 Class A2 All locations, except where Class AA, B, and C specified 3 Class B Exterior footings for stairs and canopy supports, fence post piers, and where specifically noted 4 Class C Mud slabs and backfill below and around structures where noted 2 03 MIXING AND DELIVERY A. Use ready mixed concrete conforming to ASTM C94 B Deliver and complete discharge within 1-1/2 hrs of commencing of mixing Limitations may be waived by ENGINEER and OWNER if concrete slump, after 1-1/2 hrs, is sufficient so that concrete can be placed without addition of water In hot weather, time criteria may be reduced by ENGINEER and OWNER. C Do not add water on-site unless slump and water -cement ratio, after addition of water, is below max allowed D Deliver concrete to site having temperature not less than 50°F nor greater than 90°F PART 3 —EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 FORMS A. Formwork design, detailing, and installation shall be CONTRACTOR'S responsibility and shall conform to ACI 347R. B Type of forms used is CONTRACTOR'S option, except as otherwise indicated or shown Plywood and other wood surfaces shall have smooth, level surfaces treated with formoil or sealer to produce clean release of concrete from forms City of Yakima Cast -in Place Concrete Boiler Replacement Project 03300 - 7 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 173 of 440 1 Where walls remain exposed use plywood, prefabricated metal or wood forms, do not use boards 2 Form ties shall be plastic cone snap ties Cone shall be min 3/4 in dia by 1 in deep Ties for liquid holding structures or dry structures below grade shall have integral waterstop Taper tie through -bolt form ties may be used as an alternate to plastic cone snap ties, conform to details shown Do not use wire ties on exposed concrete 3 Removal of ties shall leave holes clean cut and without appreciable spalling at face of concrete 4 Provide 3/4 in chamfer on external corners of exposed concrete walls, beams, columns, equipment bases and exposed edges of construction joints Do not chamfer edges flush with masonry walls. 5 Provide openings at base of vertical forms as access for cleaning and inspection of forms and reinforcing prior to depositing concrete C Coat plywood and wood forms with non -staining form release agent. Apply release agent before reinforcement is placed D Clean, patch, and repair form material before reuse E Formwork shall prevent leakage of mortar, shall not deflect under weight of concrete and workmen, and shall withstand fluid pressure of concrete F Conform to tolerances as specified in ACI 117 3 03 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Subgrade and bedding shall be compacted and free of frost. If placement occurs at temperatures below freezing, provide temporary heat and protection to remove frost. Do not place concrete on frozen material B Provide mud slabs where noted, where necessary, and when required by ENGINEER to obtain dry and stable working platform for placement of concrete Unless otherwise approved by ENGINEER, 2 in thick mud slabs shall be provided between free -draining fill and concrete as detailed C Provide vapor barrier between subgrade and building floor slabs where noted, overlap joints min 6 in D Remove standing water, ice, mud, and foreign matter before placing concrete 3 04 PLACING CONCRETE A. Notify OWNER 24 hrs in advance of placing operations B Place concrete, except as modified herein, in accordance with ACI 304R C Concrete will not be allowed to drop freely where reinforcing will cause segregation of mix. 1 Superplasticized Concrete 10 ft max drop 2 Other Concrete 5 ft max drop D If pumping used, do not use aluminum piping for delivery system E. When placing concrete temporarily halted or delayed, provide construction joints as shown and as specified F Place in lifts not exceeding 24 in and compact with internal mechanical vibrator equipment. G Minimum of 2 hrs shall elapse after depositing concrete in columns or walls before depositing concrete in adjoining beams or slabs Cast -in Place Concrete City of Yakima 03300 - 8 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 174 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 H If in process of pouring wall, pour is stopped unexpectedly, leave surface of joint level but rough Roughened surface shall have amplitude of 1/4 in min Before depositing new concrete against hardened concrete, retighten forms and place 2 in layer of Class AA concrete I Provide bonding agent between new and hardened or existing concrete where shown J When hot and/or wind conditions will result in evaporation of 0 2 lb/sf/hr or more, evaporation retardant shall be used in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations to minimize plastic shrinkage cracking 3 05 JOINTS A. Joints not shown on Drawings shall be approved by ENGINEER and OWNER. Locate to miss splices in reinforcement. B Limit size of concrete pours Max length of wall and slab pours shall not exceed 40 ft. C Before concrete placed, construction joints shall be sand blasted, cleaned, laitance removed, and surface wetted Remove standing water D Construction joints in non -water bearing concrete shall have keys Construction joints in water bearing slabs and walls shall have waterstop E. Install premolded joint filler where noted in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations Joint filler shall be compatible with sealant and suitable for intended purpose 3 06 WATERSTOP A. Provide waterstop in construction joints in 1 Walls and slabs separating dry interior from earth or liquid 2 Exterior walls of liquid holding tanks from 6 in below top of wall to 4 ft below grade 3 Slabs above occupied areas 4 Other locations shown on Drawings B Secure in place Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C Splice joints in waterstop to form continuous watertight diaphragm Splice in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations Spark test joints as required by ENGINEER D Use gasket type waterstop only where noted Gasket type waterstop shall be glued and nailed to substrate 3 07 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Cast pipe and other embedded items into concrete as placement progresses Do not provide blockouts B Following restrictions shall be adhered to, unless otherwise noted 1 No duct, conduit, pipe, or fitting placed vertically shall be larger in cross-sectional area than 4% of column into which it is placed 2 Duct, conduit, pipe, and fittings, when placed within slabs or walls, shall not be larger than 1/3 thickness of slab or wall nor placed closer than 3 outside dia clear from each other 3 Reinforcing steel shall be in place before embedded items placed and reinforcing cut or removed shall be replaced with additional reinforcing as indicated 4 Do not pass sleeves through columns without ENGINEER'S approval. City of Yakima Cast -in Place Concrete Boiler Replacement Project 03300 - 9 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 175 of 440 C Do not place ducts, conduit, and pipes in slabs on grade Place min 4 in below slab D Set items such as bolts, anchors, piping, and frames in concrete as shown E Place items constructed of dissimilar metals to avoid physical contact with reinforcing Secure item and reinforcing to ensure they will not shift and come into contact during concrete placement. Contact between reinforcing steel and other metal, other than bare, coated, or plated carbon steel not permitted 3 08 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS A. General 1 Prior to starting repair work, obtain ENGINEER's and OWNER's approval of proposed repair techniques and mixes 2 Develop patching techniques and mixes on portion of as -cast surface selected by OWNER Dress surface of patches remaining exposed to view shall match color and texture of adjacent surfaces 3 Prepare surfaces, apply materials, and cure as recommended by material manufacturers. B Tie Holes. Fill plastic cone snap tie holes with Patching Mortar Fill taper tie through -bolt form tie holes with Non -Shrink Grout. C Defective Areas 1 Remove honeycombing, stone pockets, spalls, and other defective concrete down to sound concrete If chipping required, make edges perpendicular to surface Do not feather edges 2 Fill defective area with Patching Mortar D Leaks or Wet Spots 1 Patch and repair areas where leaks or wet spots have occurred inside dry structures 2 Patch and repair areas where leaks or wet spots have occurred in wet wells, basins, tanks, and other structures which are to hold water in accordance with Section 01812 3 09 FINISHING SLABS AND FLATWORK A. Slab Finishes Description Concrete Finish Surfaces to Receive Grout or Topping Float Submerged and Buried Slabs Float Slabs with Floor Coverings 1 Troweling Sealer Applied Floors and Slabs 3 Trowelings Exterior Exposed Slabs Float and Broom Finish Exterior Stairs and Walks Float and Broom Finish Interior Stairs I Troweling and Broom Finish B After placement, screed concrete with straightedges, power strike -offs or vibrating screeds C After screeding, bull float or darby surfaces to eliminate ridges and to fill in voids left by screeding D Float: 1 Use magnesium or aluminum hand floats or power floats with slip on float shoes 2. Float finish shall result in uniform smooth granular texture Cast -in Place Concrete 03300 - 10 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 176 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 E. Trowel 1 Use steel trowels 2 Use power or hand troweling 3 Final troweling shall be by hand and continue until concrete surface consolidated to uniform, smooth, dense surface free of trowel marks and irregularities F Broom Finish Use fine, soft -bristled broom and broom at right angles to direction of traffic to give nonskid finish approved by OWNER. G Clear Floor Hardener Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions where shown in room finish schedule H Floor Sealer 1 Apply in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Apply first cost after final troweling, surface water glaze has dissipated, and when surface is hard enough to sustain foot traffic on same day as pour. 3 When floor has been water cured, apply first coat after curing has been completed Apply within one day of floor being dry enough for application 4 Apply second coat after Work completed and ready for occupancy I For special coatings or finishes, see room finish schedule J Tolerances 1 Concrete slabs shall be within 3/16 in of 10 ft straightedge in all directions except where slabs are dished for drains Deviations from elevation indicated shall not exceed 3/4 in 2 Pitch floor to floor drains min 1/8 in./ft or as shown Pitch bottom of slab or beam to match top slope to maintain thickness or depth indicated As an alternate, bottom of slab or beam may be placed level provided that min thickness or depth is maintained 3 10 FINISHING FORMED CONCRETE A. As -Formed Finish Finish resulting directly from formwork for surfaces which will be hidden from view by earth, submergence in water, or subsequent construction 1 Repair surface defects as specified herein 2 Where joint marks or fins on submerged surfaces exceed 1/4 in , grind smooth B Smooth Finish Interior concrete surfaces permanently exposed to view and concrete surfaces scheduled to be painted 1 Repair surface defects as specified herein 2 Grind joint marks and fins smooth with adjacent surface Remove stains and rinse 3 Dampen concrete and paint entire surface with Cement Grout. Work grout into surface with suitable float. When grout has set to where it will not be pulled out of holes or depressions, brush off surface with burlap or carpet. 4 Prepare surface to be painted in accordance with paint manufacturer's recommendations C Rubbed Finish Exterior concrete surfaces permanently exposed to view extending to 6 in below finished grade or liquid level 1 Repair surface defects as specified herein 2 Grind joint marks and fins smooth with adjacent surface Remove stains and rinse City of Yakima Cast -in Place Concrete Boiler Replacement Project 03300 - 11 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 177 of 440 3 Apply heavy coat of Finishing Grout. After first coat has set, apply second coat. When second coat has set, float to uniform texture 4 Follow manufacturer's written recommendations 5 Finish color shall be gray 3 11 PROTECTION AND CURING A. Protect concrete from frost and keep moist for min curing period of 7 days after placement in accordance with ACI 308 B Formed Surfaces 1 Wet cure by spraying surfaces as frequently as drying conditions may require to keep concrete surfaces moist. 2 Surfaces may be cured by leaving forms in-place For vertical surfaces, apply water to run down inside of forms, if necessary, to keep concrete moist. 3 After forms are removed, wet cure for remainder of curing period or apply curing compound 4 Do not use curing compound where mortar, grout, concrete, or other coatings or adhesives will be applied C Flatwork: 1 Cure using curing compound or wet cure 2 Do not use curing compound where mortar, grout, concrete, or other coatings or adhesives will be applied 3 Cure bottom slab of tanks and basins by ponding water on slab D Curing Compound 1 Apply curing compound at uniform rate sufficient to comply with requirements for water retention as specified and as measured in accordance with ASTM C156 2 Cover areas subjected to direct sunlight with ambient temperature expected to exceed 80°F with white pigmented compound, other surfaces may be covered with fugitive dye compound E. Protect from damaging mechanical disturbances, load stresses, heavy shock, and excessive vibration F Protect finished concrete surfaces from damage caused by construction equipment, materials, and methods, and from rain or running water G Do not load self-supporting structures to overstress concrete 3 12 REMOVAL OF FORMING AND SHORING A. Do not remove forming or shoring until member supported has acquired sufficient strength to safely support own weight and any imposed loads Forming shall remain in place for at least min time recommended by ACI 347R. In addition, forming for horizontal members shall remain in place min 7 days. In no case shall forming for horizontal members be removed before concrete has reached 70% of specified design strength B Reshore areas as required to carry additional imposed loads Cast -in Place Concrete City of Yakima 03300 - 12 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 178 of 440 3 13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Obtain samples of concrete in accordance with ASTM C172 Place cylinders on-site where they can be stored under conditions similar to concrete they represent without being disturbed for first 24 hrs B Make slump tests daily and when requested by OWNER, in accordance with ASTM C143 Make slump tests from same load from which strength tests are made C Make air content tests daily and when requested by OWNER, in accordance with ASTM C231 Make air content tests from same load from which strength tests are made D If measured slump or air content falls outside specified limits, make check test immediately on another portion of same sample In event of second failure, concrete shall be considered to have failed to meet requirements of Specifications and will be rejected E. Make strength test for each of the following conditions for each class of concrete 1 Each day's pour 2 Each change of source 3 Each 100 cu yds poured F Strength test for each class of concrete consists of 4 cured standard cylinders made from composite samples secured from same load of concrete in accordance with ASTM C172 Make compressive strength tests on 1 cylinder at 7 days and 2 cylinders at 28 days. Test results at 28 days shall be average strength of 2 specimens as determined in accordance with ASTM C39 Test remaining cylinder if needed 1 When temperatures are expected to fall below 45°F within 48 hrs after concrete placement, make 2 additional cylinders and cure in the field under conditions similar to concrete they represent. Test 1 cylinder at 7 days and the other at 28 days G Strength of concrete considered satisfactory if following requirements met. 1 Average of all sets of 3 consecutive strength tests equal or exceed specified 28 -day compressive strength 2 No individual strength test falls below specified 28 -day compressive strength by more than 500 psi H If analyses of strength tests indicate above requirements are not being met, make immediate adjustments to mix design and make additional tests as required by ENGINEER and OWNER to determine strength of concrete in-place in portion of structure represented by deficient cylinders. If tests verify Work in-place is not in conformance with Specifications, ENGINEER will determine if Work in-place is adequate for intended use If Work in-place is determined to be inadequate, CONTRACTOR shall follow such remedial or replacement measures which ENGINEER and OWNER may require CONTRACTOR shall bear costs associated with testing, engineering analysis, remedial work, and replacement required under terms of this paragraph -END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Cast -in Place Concrete Boiler Replacement Project 03300 - 13 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 179 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 180 of 440 SECTION 04220 CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT PART 1 —GENERAL 101 SUMMARY A. Provide concrete unit masonry where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation 102 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1 Source, material certificates, and proportions by weight of cement, fine and coarse aggregates, and admixtures for mortar and masonry grout. 2 Bar reinforcement shop drawings B Product Data. 1 Block mix design 2 Wall reinforcing and anchors manufacturer's literature 3 Mortar 4 Flashing C Test Results 1 Block test results 2 Mortar test results D Miscellaneous Submittals 1 Material certification for masonry units Test data shall not be more than 1 yr old E. Submit in accordance with Section 01330 1 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing 1 Testing shall be provided by CONTRACTOR in accordance with Section 01455 and this section 2. Before construction starts, tests shall be made on laboratory prepared mortar using job materials and proportions Results shall conform to ASTM C270 3 Before construction starts, test job -mixed mortar in accordance with ASTM C780 and correlate results with laboratory prepared mortar Perform consistency, water -content, air - content, and compressive strength tests 4 During construction, test mortar weekly in accordance with ASTM C780 B Provide special inspection for masonry construction indicated 1 For all masonry at steel beam seat areas, embed areas, roof level bond beams, piers, columns and pilasters, and unique detail areas 2 As noted for any part or portion of each individual structure City of Yakima Concrete Masonry Unit Boiler Replacement Project 04220 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 181 of 440 1 04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store masonry units above ground on level platforms which allow air circulation under the stacked units. B Cover and protect against wetting prior to use C Deliver decorative units packaged in manner to prevent damage 1 05 PROJECT / SITE CONDITIONS A. Cold Weather Protection 1 Temperature of masonry units shall not be less than 32°F when laid 2 When air temperature falls below 40°F or when temperature of masonry units is below 40°F a. Remove visible ice on masonry units before unit is laid b Heat mortar sand or mixing water to produce mortar temperature between 40°F and 120°F c. When air temperature is between 25°F and 40°F, completely cover masonry by covering with weather resistant membrane for 24 hrs after construction d When air temperature is between 20°F and 25°F, use heat sources, install wind breaks when wind velocity exceeds 15 mph, and completely cover masonry with insulating blankets for 24 hrs after construction e When air temperature is below 20°F, provide enclosure and use heat source to maintain temperature within enclosure above 32°F for 24 hrs after construction B Hot Weather Protection 1 When air temperature exceeds 100°F, or 90°F with wind velocity greater than 8 mph a. Do not spread mortar more than 4 ft ahead of masonry b Set units within 1 minute of spreading mortar PART 2 —PRODUCTS 2 01 MORTAR AND GROUT A. Materials 1 Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I 2 Masonry Cement: ASTM C91, Type S 3 Lime Hydrated lime, ASTM C207, Type S 4 Aggregates a. Mortar ASTM C144, acceptable in color, 10% passing No 100 sieve b Masonry Grout: ASTM C404 5 Water Repellant Admixture a. Dry -Block by W R Grace & Co 6 Water Potable 7 Coloring Pigments. Commercial iron oxide, manganese dioxide, or chromium oxide of color selected by ENGINEER. 8 Do not use antifreeze compounds Concrete Masonry Unit City of Yakima 04220 - 2 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 182 of 440 1 1 B Proportions 1 Mortar ASTM C270, property specification Type S (1800 psi) 2. Masonry Grout: ASTM C476 (2000 psi min) 3 The design fm of the finished assembly shall be 1500 psi 4 Use water repellant admixture in mortar for units exposed to earth or weather in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations Do not use water repellant admixture for brick masonry 2 02 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Hollow Lightweight Concrete Block: ASTM C90, moisture controlled units, meeting requirements of Type I at time of manufacture B Hollow Standard Weight Concrete Block: ASTM C90, moisture controlled units, meeting requirements of Type I at time of manufacture C Solid Block: ASTM C90, standard weight, moisture controlled units, meeting requirements of Type I at time of manufacture D Provide fire rated units where noted E. Provide special block for corners, control joints, jambs, sills, lintels, bond beams, etc. Joints at outside corners are not acceptable F Provide bull nose edges where shown and at all interior exposed vertical corners, including door and window openings 2.03 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORS A. Horizontal Joint Reinforcement: 1 Truss, Ladur, Ladur Tri -Rod, CRT, Dur -o -Tab, adjustable CRT, adjustable Dur -o -Tab by Dur -O -Wall, Inc. 2. 2 or 3 longitudinal 9 gauge galvanized rods welded to 9 gauge cross rods at 16 in oc, conforming to ASTM A82 3 Provide special manufactured corner and wall intersection pieces 4 Zinc coated a. Interior walls ASTM A641, Class I b Exterior walls ASTM A153, Class B2 B Reinforcing Bars. Conform to requirements of Section 03200 and structural notes C Dovetail Anchor Slots and Anchors. 1 20 gauge galvanized dovetail foam filled anchor slots compatible with anchors 2 16 gauge by 1 in galvanized corrugated, dovetailed metal anchor straps. Where heavy duty anchors are called for, provide 3/16 in thick anchor straps 3 Zinc coated in accordance with ASTM A153, Class B2 2 04 WEEPHOLE MATERIAL A. 1/4 in dia plastic or rubber tube B. Cotton sash cord. 2 05 FLASHING A. Rubberized asphalt sheet flashing with metal drip edge City of Yakima Concrete Masonry Unit Boiler Replacement Project 04220 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 183 of 440 B Sheet Flashing 1 Perm -A -Barrier as manufactured by W R. Grace & Co 2 Dur -O -Barrier as manufactured by Dur -O -wall 3 A self-sealing, self -healing, fully adhered composite flexible, self-adhesive, cold applied sheet consisting of a minimum of 32 mils of rubberized asphalt bonded to an 8 mil high density cross laminated polyethylene film C Metal drip edge shall be 24 gauge, G-90 galvanized commercial quality prefinished steel sheet, coated with a high performance fluoropolymer coating (Kynar 500) Color as selected by OWNER Drip edge shall be minimum 2 '/ inches wide with 5/8 inch 135 degree drip and minimum 1/4 inch hem along outside edge D Accessories Primer, conditioner, adhesive, and mastic compatible with the sheet flashing as recommended by the sheet flashing manufacturer 2 06 INSULATION A. Foundation wall insulation shall be extruded polystyrene form, ASTM C578, Type IV, with a flame spread less than 25 when tested per ASTM E84-91, thickness of 2 inches and as manufactured by Dow Chemical Co , Styrofoam SM, or Equal PART 3 —EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. General 1 Use lightweight block or standard weight block for interior partitions or backing for exterior walls 2 Use standard weight block with water repellant admixture where exposed to earth or weather 3 Lay only dry masonry units 4 Use masonry saws to cut and fit masonry units 5 Set units plumb, true to line, and with level courses accurately spaced 6 Clean the top surface of foundation free from dirt and debris prior to start of installing first course 7 Accurately fit the units to plumbing, ducts, openings, and other interfaces, neatly patching all holes. 8 Keep the walls continually clean, preventing grout and mortar stains If grout does run over, clean immediately B Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, provide running bond with vertical joints located at center of masonry units in the alternate course below Acoustic block shall be laid stack bond C Do not use chipped or broken units If such units are discovered in the finished wall, ENGINEER or OWNER may require their removal and replacement with new units at no additional cost to the OWNER. D Laying up Concrete Masonry Unit City of Yakima 04220 - 4 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 184 of 440 1 Place units in mortar with full bed and head joints where cells are to be filled with mortar or masonry grout. Other masonry shall have face -shell bedding 2 Align vertical cells of hollow units to maintain a clear and unobstructed system of flues 3 Reinforce walls with continuous horizontal joint reinforcement spaced at 16 in oc Reinforce parapets with continuous horizontal joint reinforcement spaced at 8 in oc. Lap reinforcement min of 8 in , and stagger laps min of 32 in 4 Bond intersections of walls with horizontal joint reinforcement, conform to details shown 5 Tie / reinforce cavity walls with horizontal joint reinforcement. 6 Where block laid against cast -in-place or precast concrete, provide vertical dovetail anchor slots at 2 ft oc, with dovetail anchors at 16 in oc E Bar Reinforcement: 1 Provide reinforcement as shown on the Drawings 2. Provide required metal accessories to ensure adequate alignment of steel during grout filling operations 3 Unless otherwise shown, provide continuous bond beam around top of buildings at roof bearing elevation Reinforce with 2 No 5 bars 4 At building walls, lap vertical reinforcing 48 bar diameter with dowels but all other vertical bar labs shall be 72 bar diameters All laps in cantilever construction shall be 72 bar diameters Stagger all adjacent lap splices, separated by 3 inches or less, by 24 inches. 5 Provide two full height typical vertical bars at edges of all openings and full height typical vertical bars in 3 cells at all corners. Provide matching dowels for all vertical bars Provide reinforced lintels above and reinforced bond beams below all openings Provide horizontal corner bars with minimum 2 -foot legs at all corners. F Tooling 1 Tool joints to a dense, smooth surface 2. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, provide joints of "concave" pattern throughout. 3 Brush with soft brush to remove projecting mortar 4. Cut mortar flush with surface on concealed surfaces. G Provide control joints where shown Conform to details shown H Flashing 1 Clean surface of masonry smooth and free from projections which might puncture or otherwise damage flashing 2. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to provide continuous flashing system 3 Provide end dam at each end of flashing to funnel flow out of wall 4 Turn up sheet flashing a minimum of 8 inches and fully adhere to substrate. 5 Fully adhere sheet flashing to top of metal drip edge and cut off sheet flashing '/ inch back from exterior face 6 In cold or wet weather when flashing will not fully adhere to substrate, provide termination bar mechanically anchored to substrate at top of flashing to secure flashing in place I Provide weephole tubes or sash cord at base of flashings Space not over 32 in oc with a min of 1 weephole between openings Keep weepholes and area above flashings free of mortar City of Yakima Concrete Masonry Unit Boiler Replacement Project 04220 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 185 of 440 J Build into masonry rough frames, metal frames, lintels, anchors, anchor bolts, inserts, sleeves, brackets, bearing plates, etc K. Install insulation into cavities of exterior walls L. Tolerances Conform to requirements of ACI 350 1 3 03 GROUTING A. Perform grouting in strict accordance with the provisions of ACI 350 1 1 Spaces to be grouted shall be free of mortar droppings, debris, and loose aggregate 2 Provide cleanouts at the bottom of each cell containing vertical reinforcement when pour height exceeds 4 ft. 3 Grout only cells with reinforcing where rebar spacing is 32 -inches on center or greater each way 4 Solid grout all CMU in walls for rebar spacing 24 -inches on center or less, either way 5 Do not solid grout walls unless so indicated on the Drawings. 6 Solid grout all piers, columns, headers, and bond beams Solid grout any additional masonry areas specifically indicated on the drawings. 7 Solid grout all retaining walls and any masonry in wet areas of hydraulic basins 8 Grout any and all cells containing reinforcing or where specifically indicated 9 Fill all cells not grouted with masonry fill insulation on exterior walls and where shown on Drawings 3 04 PROTECTION A. Protect masonry from damage B Cover freshly laid masonry and walls not being worked on to prevent rapid drying and to exclude rain and snow C Brace walls until roof or floor system in-place D Do not apply superimposed loads until completed masonry reaches design strength 3 05 CLEANING A. Clean as units are set, daily, and upon completion. Acid shall not be used B Remove surplus mortar and leave surface clean and finished C Clean acoustical block, decorative block, and glass block in accordance with manufacturer's instructions 3 06 SEALER A. Apply 1 coat of exterior masonry sealer to exposed surfaces of concrete masonry B Protect windows, doors, louvers, light fixtures, etc. during application C Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations - END OF SECTION - Concrete Masonry Unit City of Yakima 04220 - 6 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 186 of 440 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 11 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1 Structural steel and grout. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Structural Steel: Elements of structural -steel frame, as classified by AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges " 1 3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Connections* Provide details of simple shear connections required by Contract Documents to be selected or completed by structural -steel fabricator to withstand loads indicated on the drawings or use the maximum steel beam end reaction load and comply with other information and restrictions indicated. 1 Select and complete connections using schematic details indicated and AISC 360 2 Use ASD; data are given at service -load level 1 4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings Show fabrication of structural -steel components Furnish templates for bolt installation Submit mill test reports or as required by Architect. 1 Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 2. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld Show backing bars that are to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain. 3 Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts Identify high-strength bolted slip -critical, direct -tension, or tensioned shear/bearing connections 4 Identify members and connections of the seismic -load -resisting system 5 Indicate locations and dimensions of protected zones 6. Identify demand critical welds 7 For structural -steel connections indicated to comply with design loads, include structural design data and Shop Drawings signed and sealed by qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation 8 Provide Pick -point locations and handling instructions for those items that may be damaged or improperly stressed by improper handling on site. B Welding certificates City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Structural Steel 05120 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 187 of 440 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications Qualified fabricator that participates in AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC Certified Plant, Category STD B. Installer Qualifications Qualified installer who participates in AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC Certified Erector, Category CSE C Welding Qualifications. Qualify procedures and personnel per AWS D1 1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code —Steel" and AWS D1 3/D1 3M, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel " 1 Welders and welding operators performing work on bottom -flange, demand - critical welds shall pass the supplemental welder qualification testing, as required by AWS D1 8. FCAW-S and FCAW-G shall be considered separate processes for welding personnel qualification D. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents. 1 AISC 303. 2 AISC 360. 3. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts " E. Pre -Installation Meeting Conduct meeting at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01310 — Project Management and Coordination PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL MATERIALS A. W -Shapes ASTM A992/A992M 1. Fy = 50 ksi minimum. B Channels, Angles, M, S -Shapes ASTM A36/A. 1 Fy = 36 ksi minimum C. Plate and Bar: ASTM A36/A36M 1 Fy = 36 ksi minimum D Cold -Formed Hollow Structural Sections. ASTM A500, Grade B, structural tubing 1 Fy = 46 ksi minimum E Steel Pipe ASTM A53/A53M, Type E or S, Grade B, standard weight class 1 Fy = 35 ksi minimum F Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements, E70xx. 2 2 BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS A. High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A325, Type 1, heavy -hex steel structural bolts, ASTM A563, Grade C, heavy -hex carbon -steel nuts, and ASTM F436, Type 1, hardened carbon -steel washers, with plain finish 1 Direct -Tension Indicators ASTM F959, Type 325, compressible -washer type with plain finish. City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Structural Steel 05120 - 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 188 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B Zinc -Coated High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers' ASTM A325, Type 1, heavy -hex steel structural bolts, ASTM A563, Grade DH heavy -hex carbon -steel nuts, and ASTM F436, Type 1, hardened carbon -steel washers. 1 Finish Hot -dip or mechanically deposited zinc coating 2 Direct -Tension Indicators- ASTM F959, Type 325, compressible -washer type with mechanically deposited zinc coating, baked epoxy -coated finish C Tension -Control, High -Strength Bolt -Nut -Washer Assemblies. ASTM F 1852, Type 1, heavy -hex head assemblies consisting of steel structural bolts with splined ends, heavy -hex carbon -steel nuts, and hardened carbon -steel washers 1. Finish: Plain D. Shear Connectors: ASTM A108, Grades 1015 through 1020, headed -stud type, cold - finished carbon steel, AWS D1 1/D1 1M, Type B E Unheaded Anchor Rods. ASTM F1554, Grade 36 1 Configuration: Straight. 2 Finish Plain. F Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F1554, Grade 36, straight. 1 Finish Plain. G Threaded Rods ASTM A36/A36M 1 Finish: Plain H. Expansion Anchors 1. Concrete Hilti HSL or HSL -3 Heavy Duty Sleeve Anchor or Hilti Kwik Bolt 3 or Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor (high seismic). 2 Hollow Core Concrete: Hilti HDI -P Drop -In Anchors. 3. Grout Filled Concrete Block: Hilti Kwik Bolt 3 or Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4 Ungrouted Concrete Block: Hilti HLC Sleeve Anchor 2.3 PRIMER A. Primer Comply with Section 09960 — Paints and Coatings B Primer Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate -free, nonasphaltic, rust -inhibiting primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. 2.4 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage -Resistant Grout: ASTM 01107, factory -packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive and nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30 -minute working time. 1 Acceptable Products. a. Masterflow 713 Plus by BASF Building Systems b Crystex by L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc c 1107 Advantage Grout by Dayton Superior. City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Structural Steel 05120 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 189 of 440 2 5 FABRICATION A. Structural Steel Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible Fabricate per AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and AISC 360 B Shear Connectors Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed -stud shear connectors per AWS D1 1/D1 1M and manufacturer's written instructions. 2 6 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High -Strength Bolts Shop install high-strength bolts per RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified 1 Joint Type Snug tightened unless another method is indicated B Weld Connections Comply with AWS D1 1/D1 1M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding Work. 2.7 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches 2 Surfaces to be field welded. 3 Surfaces to be high-strength bolted with slip -critical connections 4 Surfaces to receive sprayed fire -resistive materials (applied fireproofing). 5. Galvanized surfaces. B Surface Preparation' 1. Clean surfaces to be painted 2 Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits 3 Prepare surfaces per to the following specifications and standards as may be required for exposed architectural finish 4 SSPC-SP-1, Solvent Cleaning. 5 SSPC-SP 2, Hand Tool Cleaning 6 SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning. 7 SSPC-SP 7, Brush -Off Blast Cleaning. Perform this Work prior to erection and placement of structural member 8 SSPC-SP 10, Near -White Blast Cleaning. Perform this Work prior to erection and placement of structural member C Priming Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer per manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces 1 Provide gray primer if at no additional cost to red primer 2 Provide gray primer in areas to be painted white City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Structural Steel 05120 - 4 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 190 of 440 PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Verify, with steel Erector present, elevations of concrete- and masonry -bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements B Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3 2 PREPARATION A. Prior to erection of Work of this Section, verify that Work of other trades is sufficiently complete to allow this installation to proceed and verify that such Work enables Work of this Section to be completed per Drawings and Specifications Do not proceed with erection until satisfactory conditions have been corrected In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify Architect and proceed as directed B. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated 1 Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until cast -in-place concrete has attained its design compressive strength 3 3 ERECTION A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and per AISC 303 and AISC 360. 13 Base Plates Clean concrete- and masonry -bearing surfaces of bond -reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates Clean bottom surface of plates. 1 Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required 2. Weld plate washers to top of baseplate 3. Snug -tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout. 4 Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage -resistant grouts. C Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges " Tolerances for anchor bolts and concrete. 1. Elevation of concrete surfaces Plus or minus 3/8 inch. 2. Elevation top of anchor bolts Plus 1 inch, minus 3/8 inch. 3 Out of position of anchor bolts. Plus or minus 1/8 inch. D. Align and adjust various members that form part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact with members Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Structural Steel 05120 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 191 of 440 2 Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature when structure is completed and in service E Splice members only where indicated on Drawings or as approved in writing by Architect. F Do not use thermal cutting during erection unless approved by Architect. Finish thermally cut sections within smoothness limits in AWS D1 1/D1.1M. G Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts H Shear Connectors Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors Use automatic end welding of headed -stud shear connectors per AWS D1 1/D1.1M and manufacturer's written instructions. 3 4 FIELD CONNECTIONS A. High -Strength Bolts. Install high-strength bolts per RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened. B Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1 1/D1 1M and Contract Documents for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding Work. Perform welding by one of the following methods 1 Shielded Arc welding 2. Flux -cored process 3 Granular Flux process. 4 Comply with AISC 303 and AISC 360 for bearing, alignment, adequacy of temporary connections, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 3 5 PROTECTION A. Galvanized Surfaces Clean areas where galvanizing is damaged or missing and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780 B. Touchup Painting Immediately after erection, clean exposed areas where primer is damaged or missing and paint with same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop -painted surfaces 1 Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand -tool cleaning or SSPC-SP 3 power -tool cleaning C Touchup Painting Cleaning and touchup painting are specified in Section 09900 — Paints and Coatings D Protect structural members when stored and erected to maintain design load capabilities. -END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Structural Steel 05120 - 6 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 192 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 05300 METAL DECKING PART 1—GENERAL 101 SUMMARY A. Provide metal decking where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation 102 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1 Shop Drawings showing layout of decking, with details of materials, gages, accessories, openings, finishes, welds, and other pertinent conditions B Product Data 1 Manufacturer's product data. 2. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures C Submit in accordance with Section 01330 1 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications. Member of the Steel Deck Institute B Codes and Standards Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications 1 American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) 2 American Welding Society (ANSI/AWS D1 3 Structural Welding Code/Sheet Steel) 3 Steel Deck Institute (SDI) C Each welder shall have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved, and if applicable, shall have undergone recertification D When the materials of this Section are used as part of an assembly indicated on the Drawings in which fire -resistive construction ratings are required, demonstrate approval by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. and the governmental agencies having jurisdiction 1 04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect steel deck from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage and handling B If ground storage is needed, store deck bundles off the ground, with one end elevated to provide drainage Protect bundles against condensation with a ventilated waterproof covering Stack bundles so there is no danger of tipping, sliding, rolling, shifting or material damage Check bundles periodically for tightness, and retighten as necessary so wind cannot loosen sheets C Place deck bundles on the building frame near a main supporting beam, at a column or wall Do not place bundles on unbolted frames or on unattached or unbridged joists Ensure that the structural frame is properly braced to receive the bundles. City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Metal Decking 05300 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 193 of 440 PART 2—PRODUCTS 2 01 METAL DECK UNITS A. Design the units in accordance with AISC Specification for Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members, with appropriate steel fiber stress limitations and appropriate maximum live load deflection limitations. B Steel Roof Deck: Provide the following deck type with depth, design thickness, and design configuration in accordance with the requirements of the SDI 1 Intermediate rib (Type F) 2 Wide rib (Type B) 3 Deep rib (Type N) 4 Long span (Types J and H) 5 Depth 1 5 in 6 Design thickness 20 gage 7 Depth and gage As indicated on the drawings C Sheet Steel for Galvanized Roof Deck and Accessories ASTM A653 Structural Quality, Grade 33 or higher Galvanizing ASTM A924 with a minimum coating class of G60 as defined in ASTM A653 D Sheet steel for prime -painted roof deck and accessories shall conform to ASTM A611 with minimum yield strength of 33 ksi Steel deck shall have a coat of manufacturer's standard shop primer paint. E. Where fire resistance rated assemblies are required, provide UL -listed units Identify steel deck bundles with labels bearing the UL mark. 1 UL Design Number As indicated on the drawings 2 02 ACCESSORIES A. Provide accessories specifically designed to be used with the metal deck units supplied to the Work, and as normal to the uses shown on the Drawings B Furnish ridge and valley plates, flat plates at change of deck direction, and sump pans, as shown on plans to provide a finished surface for the application of roof insulation and roof covering C Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation PART 3—EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 PREPARATION A. Place deck in accordance with approved placement plans. B Locate deck bundles to prevent overloading of support members Metal Decking 05300 - 2 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 194 of 440 3 03 INSTALLATION A. Do not use deck units as a working platform or storage area until units are permanently attached in position B Do not impose construction loads that exceed load carrying capacity of deck. C Install deck panels and accessories according to SDI specifications and recommendations, SDI Manual of Construction with Steel Deck, and in accordance with the placement plans and requirements of this Section D Place deck panels on structural supports and adjust to final position with ends lapped min of 3 in over structural supports with a min end bearing of 1 5 in Attach the deck panels firmly to the supports immediately after placement in order to form a safe working platform E. Cut and neatly fit deck and accessories at skew conditions, around openings, and at other work projecting through or adjacent to the decking Install accessory items in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended installation procedures F Do not cut unscheduled openings through the deck without the approval of ENGINEER and OWNER, reinforce openings as shown 3 04 ATTACHMENT A. Anchor deck units to steel supporting members by arc spot puddle welds or approved mechanical fasteners. 1 Arc spot puddle welds shall be 5/8 in min visible diameter at 12 in max intervals, or with the attachment pattern shown on placement drawings 2 Mechanical fasteners, either powder actuated, pneumatically driven, or self -drilling screws may be used in lieu of welding, provided product data has been submitted and approved B Side lap attachment: Fasten side laps of deck units with spans greater than 5 feet at mid span or max 36 in intervals, whichever distance is smaller, or as shown on design drawings using one of the following methods. 1 #10 self -drilling screws 2. Arc spot puddle welds 5/8 in min visible diameter or 1 in long arc seam or fillet weld C Perimeter Edge Attachment: Fasten perimeter edges of deck units at max 36 in intervals or as shown on design drawings using one of the following methods 1 Arc spot puddle welds 5/8 in min visible diameter or 1 in long arc seam or fillet weld 2. Mechanical fasteners, either powder actuated, pneumatically driven or self -drilling screws may be used in lieu of welding, provided product data has been submitted and approved D Anchor accessories to supporting members by arc spot welds or self -drilling screws at 12 in max intervals or as shown on design drawings 3 05 TOUCHUP A. Upon completion of installation, and before placement of roof insulation and roof covering, visually inspect each item installed under this Section and locate surfaces where finish was damaged 1 Inspect the deck for tears, dents, or other damage that may prevent the deck from action as a structural roof base 2 Repair tears, dents, or other damage 3 Touchup galvanized surfaces with zinc -rich primer or other galvanize repair paint approved by the ENGINEER and OWNER. City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Metal Decking 05300 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 195 of 440 4 Touchup other damaged surfaces as required to return the surfaces to condition commensurate with the services required - END OF SECTION - Metal Decking 05300 - 4 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 196 of 440 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 11 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1 Miscellaneous steel framing and supports 2 Miscellaneous steel trim 3 Metal grates 4 Floor drains 5 Threaded rods 6 Handrails and Guardrails 7 Electrical equipment stanchions 8 Electrical equipment supports B Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section 1 Steel pipe sleeves, slotted -channel inserts, and wedge -type inserts indicated to be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Thermal Movements Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. 1 Temperature Change. 120 degrees F, ambient; 180 degrees F, material surfaces 13 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For the following 1 Metal nosings and treads 2 Paint products 3 Grout. B Shop Drawings Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabrications 1 Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections Show anchorage and accessory items. 2 Indicate welded connections and lengths using AWS Standard welding symbols C Delegated -Design Submittal: For installed products indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation D Qualification Data. For qualified professional engineer E. Welder's Certificates. Certification verifying AWS qualification within previous 12 months for welders employed on Project. F Paint Compatibility Certificates From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing metal fabrications similar to those indicated for this Project. City of Yakima Metal Fabrications Boiler Replacement Project 05500 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 197 of 440 B Welding Qualifications Qualify procedures and personnel per the following 1 AWS D1 1/D1 1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel " 2 AWS D1 6, "Structural Welding Code - Stainless Steel " PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 1 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes 2 2 FERROUS METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars ASTM A36/A36M B Stainless -Steel Bars and Shapes ASTM A276, Type 304 C Rolled -Steel Floor Plate ASTM A786/A786M, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A36/A36M or ASTM A283/A283M, Grade C or D D Steel Tubing ASTM A500, cold -formed steel tubing E. Steel Pipe ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated 23 FASTENERS A. General Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc -plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B633 or ASTM F1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls 1 Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening stainless steel B Cast -in -Place Anchors in Concrete Either threaded type or wedge type unless otherwise indicated, galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron or ASTM A27/A27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all hot -dip galvanized per ASTM F2329 C Post -Installed Anchors Torque -controlled expansion anchors 1 Material for Interior Locations Carbon -steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM 6633 or ASTM F1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated 2 Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel is Indicated Alloy Group 1 stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F593, and nuts, ASTM F594 D Expansion Bolts General. Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of the following 2 items will be capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 6 times load imposed when installed in CMU and equal to 4 times load imposed when installed in concrete 1 Concrete Anchorage Device Wedge type expansion bolt, zinc coated or stainless steel, installed per manufacturer's recommendations. a Acceptable Products 1) HILTI Corporation Kwik Bolt 3 or TZ (high seismic zones) 2) Wej-It Corporation Wej-It Wedge Anchors 2 Masonry Anchor Device Sleeve anchor type, zinc coated or stainless steel, installed per manufacturer's recommendations a. Acceptable Products 1) Powers Fasteners Lok -Bolt. 2) HILTI Corporation HLC Sleeve Anchor E. Toggle Bolt: Spring wing type, Type 1, Class 1, and Style 1, zinc coated or stainless steel, installed per manufacturer's recommendations City of Yakima Metal Fabrications Boiler Replacement Project 05500 - 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 198 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes Select per AWS specifications for metal alloy welded B Shop Primers Provide primers that comply with Section 09900 — Paints and Coatings C Universal Shop Primer Fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. D Galvanizing Repair Paint: High -zinc -dust -content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it. E Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D1187 F Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory -packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C1107 Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for heavy-duty loading applications 1 Acceptable Products a. BASF Building Systems Masterflow 713 Plus b L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc Crystex. c. Dayton Superior 1107 Advantage Grout. G Concrete Comply with requirements in Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete for normal - weight, air -entrained, concrete with a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 4000 psi 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly. Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces B Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces C Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following 1 Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals 2 Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap 3 Remove welding flux immediately 4 At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended D Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible Locate joints where least conspicuous E. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water Provide weep holes where water may accumulate F Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors not less than 24 inches on center 2 6 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. B Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction City of Yakima Metal Fabrications Boiler Replacement Project 05500 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 199 of 440 2 7 METAL FLOOR PLATE A. Fabricate from rolled-steel floor plate in thickness indicated B Provide steel angle supports as indicated 2 8 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible B Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work. C Galvanize exterior miscellaneous steel trim D Prime exterior miscellaneous steel trim with zinc -rich primer 2 9 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items supported from concrete construction as needed to complete Work. Provide each unit with no fewer than 2 integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete 2 10 FLOOR DRAINS A. Trench Floor Drain Cast Iron welded or wedged bars with perimeter frame cast into concrete floor 1 Size 6 inch wide by 60 inch long sections flush to frame top 2 11 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes B Finish metal fabrications after assembly 2 12 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanizing Hot -dip galvanized items as indicated to comply with ASTM A153/A153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A123/A123M for other steel and iron products B Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be embedded in concrete, sprayed -on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated 1 Shop prime with universal shop primer unless zinc -rich primer is indicated C Preparation for Shop Priming Prepare surfaces to comply with requirements indicated below. 1 Exterior Items SSPC-SP 6/NACE No 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning " 2 Items Indicated to Receive Zinc -Rich Primer. SSPC-SP 6/NACE No 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning " 3 Other Items SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning " D Shop Priming Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No 1 Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting City of Yakima Metal Fabrications Boiler Replacement Project 05500 - 4 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 200 of 440 1 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels B Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. C Field Welding Comply with the following requirements 1 Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2 Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap 3 Remove welding flux immediately 4 At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended D Fastening to In -Place Construction Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction 3.2 INSTALLING PIPE GUARDS A. Provide pipe guards at exposed vertical pipes where not protected by curbs or other barriers Install by bolting to wall or column with expansion anchors Provide four 3/4 inch bolts at each pipe guard. Mount pipe guards with top edge 26 inches above driving surface 3 3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop -painted surfaces 1 Apply by brush or spray for minimum of 2 0 dry film thickness. B Galvanized Surfaces Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780 -END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Metal Fabrications Boiler Replacement Project 05500 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 201 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 202 of 440 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION PART 1—GENERAL 101 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1 Foam -plastic board insulation 2. Glass -fiber board insulation 3 Glass -fiber blanket insulation. 4 Vapor retarders 102 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For each type of product indicated B Product test reports C Research/evaluation reports. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2 01 FOAM -PLASTIC BOARD INSULATION A. Extruded -Polystyrene Board Insulation ASTM C 578, with maximum flame -spread and smoke -developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E 84 1 Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following a DiversiFoam Products. b Dow Chemical Company (The). c. Owens Corning d Pactiv Building Products 2 Type IV, 25 psi (173 kPa) 2 02 GLASS -FIBER BLANKET INSULATION A. Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following 1 CertainTeed Corporation 2 Guardian Building Products, Inc 3 Johns Manville 4 Knauf Insulation 5 Owens Corning B Kraft -Faced, Glass -Fiber Blanket Insulation ASTM C 665, Type II (non -reflective faced), Class C (faced surface not rated for flame propagation), Category 1 (membrane is a vapor barrier) C Eave Ventilation Troughs. Preformed, rigid fiberboard or plastic sheets designed and sized to fit between roof framing members and to provide cross ventilation between insulated attic spaces and vented eaves. City of Yakima Building Insulation Boiler Replacement Project 07210 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 203 of 440 PART 3—EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications indicated B Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time C Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation Remove projections that interfere with placement. D Provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from Manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths Apply single layer of insulation units to produce thickness indicated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness 3 02 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION FOR FRAMED CONSTRUCTION A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. B Glass -Fiber or Mineral -Wool Blanket Insulation Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements 1 Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends 2 Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members 3 Maintain 3 -inch (76 -mm) clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not rated for or protected from contact with insulation 4 Install eave ventilation troughs between roof framing members in insulated attic spaces at vented eaves 5 For wood -framed construction, install blankets according to ASTM C 1320 and as follows. a With faced blankets having stapling flanges, secure insulation by inset, stapling flanges to sides of framing members C Miscellaneous Voids Install insulation in miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where required to prevent gaps in insulation using the following materials 1 Loose -Fill Insulation Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a density of approximately 2 5 Ib/cu ft. (40 kg/cu m) 2 Spray Polyurethane Insulation Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions -END OF SECTION - Building Insulation City of Yakima 07210 - 2 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 204 of 440 SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1—GENERAL 101 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1 Silicone joint sealants. 1 02 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing Submit to joint -sealant manufacturers eight samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants Use manufacturer's standard test method to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates B Preconstruction Field -Adhesion Testing Before installing sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates. Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field -Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521 103 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For each joint -sealant product indicated B Samples. For each kind and color of joint sealant required C Joint -Sealant Schedule Include the following information 1 Joint -sealant application, joint location, and designation 2. Joint -sealant manufacturer and product name 3 Joint -sealant formulation 4 Joint -sealant color D Product test reports E. Preconstruction compatibility and adhesion test reports F Preconstruction field -adhesion test reports G Field -adhesion test reports. H Warranties 104 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications Qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated B Preinstallation Conference Conduct conference at Project site 105 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty' Manufacturer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period 1 Warranty Period Two years from date of Substantial Completion City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Joint Sealants 07920 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 205 of 440 B Special Manufacturer's Warranty' Manufacturer's standard form in which joint -sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period 1 Warranty Period Manufacturer's standard warranty PART 2—PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Liquid -Applied Joint Sealants. Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid -applied joint sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates B Stain -Test -Response Characteristics Where sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. 2 02 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Neutral -Curing Silicone Joint Sealant SS -1 ASTM C 920 1 Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following a. BASF Building Systems b Dow Corning Corporation c GE Advanced Materials - Silicones. d May National Associates, Inc e Pecora Corporation f Polymeric Systems, Inc. g Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division h Tremco Incorporated 2 Type Single component (S) 3 Grade nonsag (NS) 4 Class. 50 5 Uses Related to Exposure Nontraffic (NT) 2 03 JOINT SEALANT BACKING A. Cylindrical Sealant Backings ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed -cell material with a surface skin) Type 0 (open -cell material) Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin) or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint -sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance B Bond -Breaker Tape Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer 2 04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer Material recommended by joint -sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint -sealant - substrate tests and field tests Joint Sealants 07920 - 2 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 206 of 440 B Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces. Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials C Masking Tape Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints PART 3—EXECUTION 3 01 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions 1 Remove laitance and form -release agents from concrete 2. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants B Joint Priming Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint -sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests or prior experience Apply primer to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions Confine primers to areas of joint - sealant bond, do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces C Masking Tape Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal 3 02 INSTALLATION A. Sealant Installation Standard Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated B Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability 1 Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2 Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings 3 Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials C Install bond -breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints D Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed 1 Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration 3 Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1 Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Joint Sealants 07920 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 207 of 440 2 Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces 3 Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated F Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur 3 03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field -Adhesion Testing Field test joint -sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows 1 Extent of Testing Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows a Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet (300 m) of joint length for each kind of sealant and joint substrate b Perform 1 test for each 1000 feet (300 m) of joint length thereafter or 1 test per each floor per elevation 2 Test Method Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field -Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521 B Evaluation of Field -Adhesion Test Results Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements 3 04 JOINT -SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Joint -Sealant Application Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces JS -1 1 Joint Locations a. Joints between plant -precast architectural concrete units b Control and expansion joints in unit masonry c. Joints between different materials listed above d Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors windows and louvers e Control and expansion joints in ceilings and other overhead surfaces f Other joints as indicated 2 Joint Sealant: Silicone 3 Joint Sealant: SS -1 4 Joint -Sealant Color As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors B Joint -Sealant Application Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces JS -2 1 Joint Locations. a. Isolation joints in cast -in-place concrete slabs 2 Joint Sealant: Urethane 3 Joint Sealant: Preformed foam 4 Joint Sealant: US -1 5 Joint -Sealant Color As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. Joint Sealants 07920 - 4 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 208 of 440 C Joint -Sealant Application Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces J S-3 1 Joint Locations a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls b Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated c. Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry concrete walls and partitions d Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors 2 Joint Sealant: Latex. 3 Joint Sealant: SS -1 4 Joint -Sealant Color As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors D Joint -Sealant Application Mildew -resistant interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces JS -4 1 Joint Sealant Location a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters b Tile control and expansion joints where indicated 2 Joint Sealant: Silicone 3 Joint Sealant: SS -1 4 Joint -Sealant Color As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors - END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Joint Sealants 07920 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 209 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 210 of 440 SECTION 09960 COATINGS PART 1 — GENERAL 101 SUMMARY A. Coating of surfaces as specified herein, including 1 New and existing surfaces described in Finish Schedules 2 Interior and exterior masonry wall surfaces 3 Interior Sheetrock wall surfaces 4 Exposed interior and exterior ferrous metal, ductile iron, or cast iron piping, regardless of factory -applied finish 5 Exterior and interior equipment, motors, and appurtenances. 6 Color -coded equipment and piping above ceilings 7 Copper piping and galvanized steel piping and conduit mounted to painted surfaces 8 Exposed interior and exterior galvanized steel conduit and supports 9 Steel doors and frames 10 Existing surfaces remodeled or damaged during construction which presently have a finish Refinish surrounding areas as required so touch-up not visible from 6 ft away 11 Existing surfaces exposed by removals where adjacent surface has a finish Finish areas as required so touch-up not visible from 6 ft away 12 Touchup and finish coatings on OWNER -furnished equipment, material, and appurtenant items B Do not coat the following unless specifically noted otherwise 1 Factory -finished electrical motor control panels (MCC), main instrument panels (MIP), flow indicators, and related equipment. 2 Moving parts of operating units, electrical parts, linkages, sensing devices, and motor shafts 3 Buried equipment and piping 4 Surfaces above ceilings 5 Factory -finished trim 6 Stainless steel, chrome plate, copper, bronze, galvanized surfaces, and similar finished materials 7 Aluminum ductwork or aluminum faced insulation 8 Aluminum louvers and trim 9 Plastic and FRP piping, equipment, and ductwork. C Do not coat over any code -required labels such as UL and Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name, or nomenclature plates D Equipment manufacturers are responsible for surface preparation and coating of equipment, motors, and appurtenances Equipment to be coated and coating system is identified in the equipment specification sections 102 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions as used in Finish Schedule and Coating Schedule included herein 1 Coatings Paint or heavy duty finishes for use on surfaces subject to interior and exterior exposure, submergence, high moisture, splash, or chemical environment, including primers, sealers, fillers, and intermediate and finished coats. City of Yakima Coatings Boiler Replacement Project 09960-1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 211 of 440 2 Submerged P Surfaces submerged in potable water plus 1 ft -6 in above high water level 3 Submerged NP- Surfaces submerged in non -potable liquid plus 1 ft -6 in above high liquid level 4 First Coat: Field primer, factory primer, or shop primer When only one coat is required, first coat is the finished coat. 5 Second, Third, or Intermediate Coats Successive finished coats applied over first coat. 6 DFT Dry film thickness (milsL oat) 7 sfpg Square feet per gallon (per coat) 103 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1 Manufacturers literature including application recommendations and generic makeup for each coating scheduled 2 Factory or shop -applied primer manufacturerliterature including application recommendations and generic makeup shall be submitted with all material and equipment submittals All primers shall conform to the requirements of this Section B Samples 1 Actual color samples available for each coating scheduled C Miscellaneous 1 Schedules. a. Schedule of proposed coating systems within 60 days after Notice to Proceed b Schedule of proposed coating systems shall contain all information as indicated in Coating Schedule included herein 2 Submit one copy of manufacturerS Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), for each type of coating, to OWNERS field office for information CONTRACTOR shall post copy of MSDS on Site at all times coating is in progress D Submit in accordance with Section 01330 1 04 ❑ UALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements 1 All coatings shall conform to OS❑A requirements for allowable exposure to lead and other hazardous substances Coatings shall meet burning characteristics as required by code and established by ASTM E84 2 All coatings in contact with potable water or within potable water reservoirs shall be NSF 61 approved B Applicator ❑ ualifications. 1 Engage an experienced applicator who has successfully completed coating system applications similar in material and extent to those indicated C Single-Scource Responsibility' 1 Provide coating material produced by same manufacturer for each system City of Yakima Coatings Boiler Replacement Project 09960-2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 212 of 440 1 05 DELI❑ERY, STORA❑E, AND ❑ANDLIN❑ A. Materials shall be delivered to site in original containers with labels intact and seals unbroken B Protect and heat or cool material storage location to maintain temperature ranges recommended by coating manufacturers, but not less than 55° F C Avoid danger of fire Oily rags and waste must be removed from buildings each night or kept in appropriate metal containers Provide fire extinguishers of type recommended by coating manufacturers in areas of storage and where finishing is occurring Allow no smoking or .open containers of solvent. D Empty containers shall have labels canceled and clearly marked as to use 1 06 PROLECT CSITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements. 1 Dry -heat and ventilate areas to obtain conditions recommended by coating manufacturer 2 Relative humidity conditions as specified by coating manufacturer shall be adhered to 3 No unprotected, unheated exterior coating shall be undertaken when cold, damp, foggy, or rainy weather appears probable, nor when the temperature of the substrate is below 55° F, unless approved in writing by coating manufacturer 4 Maintain manufacturerS environmental requirements until coating is fully cured 5 Apply no coating in areas where dust is being generated 6 Testing and disposal of any waste and coating shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR B Protection 1 Drop cloths shall be provided in all areas where coating is done to fully protect other surfaces 2. Remove hardware, accessories, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items or provide protection by masking Upon completion, replace items or remove protection and clean C It is the intent of this Section that all ferrous metal items scheduled for coating be shop - primed If items are not shop -primed, surfaces shall be prepared and coated in the field as specified D Upon Substantial Completion, remaining unused material will become property of OWNER. Seal material as required for storage, mark contents with color, type, location, and shelf life, and store on Site where required by OWNER. Provide minimum of two gallons of each system component and color used PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Sherwin-Williams B Tnemec C Or equal City of Yakima Coatings Boiler Replacement Project 09960-3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 213 of 440 2 02 MATERIALS A. Coatings shall meet surface burning characteristics as required by code and established by ASTM E84 B Coating products of Tnemec, listed in the Coating Schedule, are set as a standard of quality Coatings of substitute manufacturers shall meet or exceed the characteristics of the products listed 2 03 COLORS A. Color shall be formed of pigments free of lead, lead compounds, or other materials which might be affected by presence of hydrogen sulfide or other gases likely to be present at Site B Colors shall be as selected by OWNER Prior to beginning work, OWNER will provide color - coordinating schedule C Coat access doors of electrical distribution panels and grilles to match color of adjacent wall or ceiling surfaces D In areas scheduled for finishing, coat exposed piping, conduit, and ducts to match color of adjacent or near surfaces, except for color -coding E In areas where existing surfaces are finished, coat new exposed piping, conduit, and ducts to match color of adjacent or near surfaces, except for color -coding F Equipment Colors 1 Equipment includes equipment, motors, structural supports, and attached portions of electrical conduit. 2 Coat equipment same color as piping equipment serves. 2 04 T❑INNIN❑, MI❑IN❑, AND TINTIN❑ A. Where thinning is necessary, only the products of the manufacturer furnishing the coating will be allowed All such thinning shall be done in strict accordance with coating manufacturer recommendations B Mix in accordance with manufacturerg recommendations. C Each coat shall be slightly darker than preceding coat, unless otherwise noted Tint undercoats similar to finish coat. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 01 E❑AMINATION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which Work of this Section will be performed Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Materials removed and replaced to correct defects due to Work placed on unsuitable surfaces shall be at CONTRACTORS expense 3 02 SURFACE PREPARATION A. ❑eneral City of Yakima Coatings Boiler Replacement Project 09960-4 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 214 of 440 1 All surfaces to be coated shall be prepared as specified herein and in accordance with coating manufacturerS recommendations The object shall be to obtain a uniform, clean, and dry surface 2 Duality of surface preparation described herein is considered a minimum If coating manufacturer requires a higher degree of preparation, comply with coating manufacturer recommendations 3 Where surface dryness is questioned, test with dampness indicating instrument. Do not apply coatings over surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted by coating manufacturer 4 Workmanship for surface preparation shall conform to the following SSPC specifications. a Solvent Clean SP -1 b Land Tool Cleaning SP -2 c. Power Tool Cleaning SP -3 d White Metal Blast Cleaning SP -5 e Commercial Blast Cleaning SP -6 f Brush -Off Blast Cleaning SP -7 g Pickling SP -8 h Near -White Blast Cleaning SP -10 i. Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal SP -11 j Surface Preparation by Water Letting SP -12 B Ferrous Metal 1 Ferrous metal primed in the shop shall have all rust, dust, scale, and other foreign substances removed by abrasive cleaning conforming to SSPC SP -10 Cleaned metal shall be primed or pretreated immediately after cleaning to prevent new rusting 2 Ferrous metal not primed in the shop shall be abrasive blast cleaned in the field prior to application of primer, pretreatment, or coating " Blast cleaning shall conform to SSPC SP -10 for submerged service Blast cleaning shall conform to SSPC SP -6 for non - submerged service 3 Prior to finish coating, primed areas that are damaged shall be cleaned and spot primed C Concrete 1 Concrete must be at least 28 days old and shall pass the overnight visqueen test for dryness before applying coating 2 Remove fines and other protrusions by grinding 3 Repair surface defects ❑voids as recommended by coating manufacturer 4 Concrete surfaces, including precast concrete, to be coated shall be cleaned of all form oil, curing compound, laitenance, and other foreign substances. 5 Surfaces shall be brush-off abrasive blast cleaned in order to prepare the surface for adherence of the coating system Acid etching will be allowed only where brush blasting is impractical Resulting surface shall have a toothed or grainy texture 6 After cleaning, surfaces shall be washed and all dust, sand, and loose particles removed by vacuuming If CONTRACTOR elects to blow off the surfaces with air, it shall be oil - free air and the method shall conform to ()SEA requirements. 7 Buried and Partially buried structures where coating or lining is specified shall be the tested for leaks and must pass the leak test prior to coating or lining D ❑alvanized Metal - 1 Where galvanized metal items are not submerged or buried, they shall be abrasive sweep blast cleaned and then solvent cleaned in accordance with SSPC SP -1 E. Copper City of Yakima Coatings Boiler Replacement Project 09960-5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 215 of 440 1 Where copper piping is not submergerd or buried, it shall be lightly sanded and then solvent cleaned in accordance with SSPC SP -1 F Plastic and FRP 1 Where scheduled to coated, plastic and FRP shall be lightly sanded and then solvent cleaned in accordance with SSPC SP -1 ❑ Aluminum 1 Where scheduled to coated, aluminum shall be lightly sanded and then solvent cleaned in accordance with SSPC SP -1 ❑ Masonry 1 Remove loose grit and mortar 2 Remove grease, oil, dirt, salts, or other chemicals, or other foreign substances by solvent, detergent, or other suitable cleaning methods. I Wood 1 Wood surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and free of all foreign substances Cracks, nail holes, and other defects shall be properly filled and sanded 2 Wood trim shall be sanded to a fine finish and wiped clean of dust. ❑ ❑ypsum Board 1 Fill scratches, nicks, and uneven areas with spackling compound and sand smooth flush with adjacent surface ❑. Existing Surfaces 1 Remove and replace or mask attachments if attachments are not to be coated 2 Remove surface contamination such as oil, grease, loose or defective coatings, mill scale, dirt, rust, mold, mildew, mortar, efflorescence, and sealers to assure sound bonding to tightly adhered old coatings ❑lossy surfaces of old coatings shall be cleaned and dulled before overcoating 3 Sand surfaces and feather edges where chips have occurred 4 Cut out and fill cracks or other defects to match adjacent surface 5 Exact nature of existing coatings is not known Check compatibility of new coating by application to small area prior to starting coating If lifting or other problems occur, notify OWNER and EN❑!NEER for direction 6 Comply with new coating manufacturers recommendations for preparation of previously coated surfaces 7 Prepare surfaces subject to submerged service as specified for new surfaces. 3 03 APPLICATION A. Surfaces shall be dry at time of application B The minimum surface temperature shall be 55°F and rising C Apply in strict accordance with manufacturer8 recommendations by brush, roller, spray, or other application method The number of coats and thickness required is the same regardless of application method City of Yakima Coatings Boiler Replacement Project 09960-6 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 216 of 440 D Each coat shall be allowed to dry in accordance with manufacturerS requirements Drying time shall be construed to mean CUinder normal conditions❑ Where conditions other than normal exist, because of weather or because of confined space, longer times will be necessary Units shall not be put in service until coatings are thoroughly dry and cured E. Surfaces to be coated that will be inaccessible in the completed work shall receive the final coat before enclosure F Coatings shall be applied to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable Areas cut -in by brush prior to rolling shall have uniform appearance in comparison with adjoining surfaces ❑ Make edges of coating adjoining other materials or colors sharp and clean without overlapping ❑ Concrete block walls shall be back -rolled in conjunction with application of sprayed prime coat. I Crevices and other hard -to -apply areas shall be back-rolled[back-brushed in conjunction with application of field applied prime coat or intermediate coat. This includes, but is not limited to between pipe flanges, pipe flange[barrel joints, equipment fittings, and other narrow openings D Finish edges of doors as specified for faces Apply first finish coat on edges before fitting After doors fitted and hung apply second finish coat. O . Manufacturer -Applied Coatings 1 Repair abraded areas on factory -finished items in accordance with equipment manufacturers recommendations 2 Blend repaired areas into original finish 3 04 FIELD DUALITY CONTROL A. Examination of Work on Site by coating manufacturers representative shall be preformed when requested by OWNER. B Sampling of Materials 1 OWNER reserves the right to select unopened containers of materials furnished for the Project and have the materials tested at an independent laboratory OWNER will pay for first tests 2 Retests of rejected materials and tests of replacement materials shall be paid for by CONTRACTOR. 3 Remainder of contents of containers not required for testing will be returned to CONTRACTOR. C Coverage 1 Before beginning Work, finish one complete room, space, surface, and item of each color scheme required, showing selected colors, finished texture, material, and workmanship After approval, sample room, space, surface, and item shall serve as standard for similar Work. City of Yakima Coatings Boiler Replacement Project 09960-7 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 217 of 440 2 If coverage is not acceptable to OWNER, OWNER reserves the right to require additional application of coating at no extra cost to OWNER D Work at Site, where coat of material is to be applied, shall be observed by OWNER after surface has been prepared and before application of specified prime coat and each succeeding coat, otherwise no credit for applied coat will be given and CONTRACTOR automatically assumes responsibility to recoat Work in question Surfaces coated without such observation shall be abrasive blast cleaned, reprepared, and recoated at no addition cost to OWNER. Notify OWNER when surface preparation complete, coat applied, and when ready for inspection to comply with above 3 05 FINAL TOUCH-UP AND CLEANIN❑ A. Prior to Substantial completion, examine coated surfaces and retouch or refinish surfaces to leave in condition acceptable to OWNER B Remove masking, coatings, and other material from floors, glass, and other surfaces not scheduled to be coated 3 06 COATIND SCHEDULE A. Scheduled thickness or coverage rate is minimum as recommended Manufacturers recommendations shall be followed, but in no case shall the thickness or coverage rate be less than scheduled B Coatings shall conform to the following schedule and coating manufacturerS recommendations Examples of surfaces to be coated may not be all inclusive City of Yakima Coatings Boiler Replacement Project 09960-8 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 218 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 COATINGS SCHEDULE System No. Generic Type Application Coating 1 Acrylic Emulsion Exterior Concrete, Exterior Concrete Block Walls [Flat First Coat ❑Series 180 ❑ 90 sfpg, sprayed and backrolled Second Coat ❑ Series 180 ❑ 120 sfpg 2 Polyamidoamine Epoxy Interior Concrete Floors ❑ Satin First Coat ❑ Series N69, thinned 100 , ❑ 100 sfpg, hand broadcast anti-skid aggregate while still wet Second Coat ❑ Series N69 ❑ 160 sfpg 3 Polyamidoamine Epoxy Ferrous Metal, Cast Iron, Ductile Iron ❑ Interior Non- Submerged ❑ Submerged NP ❑Satin First Coat ❑ Series N69-1255 Beige ❑ 4 mils DFT, touch-up primer prior to second coat Second Coat ❑ Series N69 ❑ 5 mils DFT Third Coat ❑ Series N69 ❑ 5 mils DFT 4 Polyamidoamine Epoxy ❑Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane Ferrous Metal, Cast Iron, Ductile Iron ❑ Exterior Non- Submerged 00 loss First Coat ❑ Series N69-1255 Beige ❑ 4 mils DFT, touch-up primer prior to second coat Second Coat ❑ Series N69 ❑ 5 mils DFT Third Coat ❑Series 74 ❑ 3 mils DFT 5 Polyamide Epoxy ❑ Polyamidoamine Epoxy Doors, Frames, Motors and other Equipment with Non- Epoxy Primer ❑ Interior ❑Satin Lightly Eland Sand Solvent Clean SP -1 First Coat ❑ Series 27-1255 Beige ❑ 3 mils DFT Second Coat ❑ Series N69 ❑ 5 mils DFT 6 Polyamide Epoxy ❑Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane Doors, Frames, Motors and other Equipment with Non- Epoxy Primer ❑ Exterior ❑❑ loss Lightly Eland Sand Solvent Clean SP -1 First Coat ❑ Series 27-1255 Beige ❑ 3 mils DFT Second Coat ❑ Series 74 ❑ 3 mils DFT 7 Acrylic Emulsion Insulation on Piping and Ductwork LMatte First Coat ❑Series 6 ❑ 200 sfpg Second Coat ❑ Series 6 ❑ 200 sfpg 8 Alkyd Wood ❑❑alvanized Metal [Exposed ❑ Semi -0 loss First Coat ❑ Series 36 ❑ 240 sfpg Second Coat ❑ Series 23 ❑ 300 sfpg Third Coat ❑ Series 23 ❑ 300 sfpg 9 Polyamide Epoxy Coal Tar Dissimilar Metal Protection ❑Semi- [loss Scarify the Surface, SP -1 First Coat ❑ Series 460-413 ❑ 20 mils DFT City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project -END OF SECTION - Coatings 09960-9 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 219 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 220 of 440 SECTION 11005 INSTALLATION OF OWNER -FURNISHED EQUIPMENT PART 1 —GENERAL 1 01 SCOPE A. Work necessary to unload, inspect, assemble and install, and coordinate delivery, testing, complete and ready for operation, the Owner -furnished equipment (OFE) and appurtenances B CONTRACTOR to coordinate this work with Owner -furnished equipment manufacturer, including scheduling work and the installation and location of anchor bolts. C Equipment Specifications and Drawings are attached to this specification OWNER and EN❑!NEER, along with MANUFACTURER, will provide all available information defining equipment to be installed 102 DEFINITIONS A. Manufacturer Where Unanufacturer❑is referred to in this section, it refers to the party under separate Contract with the OWNER for furnishing the material or equipment products purchased by the OWNER. Such a party may be referred to as DEontractor for Owner - furnished products4 or COwner-furnished equipment Contractor❑in other sections B Transfer ETransfer❑of Owner -furnished products to the Contractor refers to the time when manufacturers instructions for unloading, handling, storage, and protection have been receivedLproducts have been delivered to the jobsite and jointly inspected Dany damage or loss has been reported in writing to OWNER and EN❑INEERDand OWNER has accepted such products as ready for unloading, storage, and protection by the CONTRACTOR. 1 03 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM A. CONTRACTOR shall have complete responsibility for unloading, handling, installing, adjusting, and maintaining, of Owner -furnished products The CONTRACTOR shall assist the manufacturer with the prestartup lubricating, testing, and operational startup of Owner - Furnished products Provide and coordinate the construction of interconnecting structures, equipment, piping, electrical and instrumentation work, and appurtenances to achieve installation and operation of the Owner -Furnished products as shown and specified and as required to provide a complete and functional system. CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER immediately of any damage, misalignment, or interconnection problems associated with Owner -furnished equipment. 1 04 MANUFACTURERS RESPONSIBILITY FOR PRODUCTS A. The manufacturer will be responsible for providing the following 1 Instruction manual, including installation and storage instructions 2. Certification of proper installation 3 Prestartup lubrication 4 Functional testing 5 Performance testing 6 Training of OWNERS personnel 1 05 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY FOR PRODUCTS A. The Owner will be responsible for sale and use taxes. City of Yakima Installation of Owner Furnished Equipment Boiler Replacement Project 11005 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 221 of 440 106 E❑UIPMENTDELI❑ERYSC❑EDULE A. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the manufacturer the delivery of the equipment specified herein. The OWNER and the EN❑INEER will be notified of the definite delivery dates as they become available, and will be informed of any scheduling changes that may occur during the construction process 1 07 INFORMATION FURNIS❑ED BY OWNER A. ❑eneral design requirements and a list of anticipated suppliers for each specific piece of equipment are provided in section 2 03 B Shop drawings from the Owner -Furnished products for CONTRACTORS use in performing the installation work under this section is attached at the back of these specifications C Manufacturer® installation, operation, and maintenance instruction for the Owner -Furnished products will be made available for CONTRACTORS use 1 08 INSURANCE A. The CONTRACTOR shall take ownership over the OWNER -furnished products and shall accept the terms of acceptance between the OWNER and each manufacturer B The CONTRACTOR shall include in the insurance for work under this Contract, sufficient coverage to protect the Owner -Furnished products against all losses during handling, protection, and installation and until final acceptance of the work by the OWNER. The OWNER and END INEER shall be named as additional insured(s) for this work. C For purposes of this insurance coverage, the estimated value of the Owner furnished products is estimated to be ❑500,000 PART 2 —PRODUCTS 2 01 ❑ ENERAL A. Provide products required to complete the work under this section Such products include, but are not limited to, foundations, anchor bolts, connecting piping and valves, hangers and supports, motor starters and wiring, and controls, unless specifically specified as EOwner- Furnished❑or shown in Supplier shop drawings and identified as COwner-Furnished❑ 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS A. ❑eneral Furnish incidental products, such as gaskets, supports, bolts, and miscellaneous lubricants, as shown and as required for proper operation of equipment installed under this section Products shall conform to applicable sections of these Specifications for the intended service B Equipment Pads Provide equipment pads for Owner -furnished equipment, as required by the equipment manufacturer Approximate pad sizes are shown on the Drawings CONTRACTOR shall verify exact dimensions and configuration of all pads, including penetrations, with the manufacturers shop drawings. C Anchor Bolts Anchor bolts, fasteners, washers, etc , needed for installation of Owner - furnished equipment will be specified by the manufacturer 1 Locate anchor bolts in accordance with manufacturers shop drawings and installation instructions. Templates or detailed drawings will be furnished by the manufacturer 2 03 OWNER FURNIS❑ED E❑UIPMENT LIST A. The equipment listed below is to be furnished by the OWNER. Installation of Owner Furnished Equipment City of Yakima 11005 - 2 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 222 of 440 1 Dot water fireturbe dryback boilers Owner will supply 2 (two) boiler units and associated controls and electrical components Equipment labels as shown in Plans WW1556 and WW1557 Manufacturer Cleaver Brooks. PART 3 —EXECUTION 3 01 ❑ENERAL A. Installation work shall conform with manufacturers recommended procedures, instructions, and shop drawings, as reviewed by the EN❑INEER. B Coordinate with each manufacturer the equipment delivery schedule C Unload, inspect, store, handle, and protect Owner -furnished products D Maintain complete inventory on all Owner -furnished products E. Install piping, valves, and miscellaneous fittings, in accordance with manufacturer[ instructions F Install and connect electrical equipment in accordance with equipment manufacturers instructions Install and connect control panels and local instruments in accordance with manufacturers instructions 3 02 INSTALLATION OF E❑UIPMENT A. Provide supervision, labor, tools, construction equipment, incidental materials, and necessary services required to install the Owner -furnished products. B Excavation, concrete, mechanical, and electrical work shall conform to applicable standards, final stamped and reviewed shop drawings, Specifications, and Plans included in these Contract Documents, including manufacturerS installation instructions C Install in accordance with reviewed manufacturers shop drawings and installation instructions as approved by EN❑INEER. D Adjust all components such that the interconnecting components are properly aligned, plumb, and level in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. Flexible couplings shall not be considered to compensate for misalignment. E. Equipment shall be properly aligned, plumb and level, with no stresses on connecting piping or conduit. F ❑erify direction of rotation of installed motors before starting equipment drives. ❑ ❑erify operability and safety of electrical system needed to operate the equipment. Check electrical system for continuity, phasing, grounding, and proper functions 3 03 MAINTENANCE A. Immediately after installation, assist manufacturer in applying prestartup lubricants in accordance with manufacturers instructions B Follow manufacturers instructions for maintenance during storage, after installation but prior to testing and startup, and after startup but prior to OWNERS acceptance C Notify OWNER and EN❑INEER immediately in event that manufacturerS spare parts and maintenance materials are not available. D Furnish incidental maintenance, labor, and supplies including lubricants, cleaning fluids, nuts and bolts, and similar products not furnished by manufacturer, as needed for maintaining the Owner -furnished products City of Yakima Installation of Owner Furnished Equipment Boiler Replacement Project 11005 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 223 of 440 3 04 FIELD TESTIN❑ A. ❑eneral ❑ ive full access to work by, and cooperate with, manufacturer(s) during testing to enable gathering of data and information necessary to evaluate performance and develop recommendations for acceptable operation and maintenance instructions 1 ❑erify that proper mechanical and electrical connections have been made 2. Performance testing of the Owner -furnished equipment will not take place until certification of proper installation from Supplier 3 Correct misalignment, vibration, excessive noise, or other evidence of improper setting obtained from short startup tests of drives Do not use flexible couplings to compensate for misalignment. 4 Correct defects in installation as required by manufacturers instructions and recommendations. 5 Manufacturer certification of proper installation for each equipment system must be received by OWNER and ENO INEER prior to starting performance testing B Performance Tests 1 Prior to plant startup, equipment shall be performance tested as specified in the applicable equipment specifications 2 Schedule tests in cooperation with the OWNER and manufacturer2 representative - END OF SECTION - Installation of Owner Furnished Equipment City of Yakima 11005 - 4 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 224 of 440 SECTION 11148 BIOGAS FEED COMPRESSORS WW1558 AND WW1559 PART 1—GENERAL 1 01 WORD INCLUDED A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide two motor driven regenerative compressors and appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents 102 SUBMITTALS A. Submit certifications and testing consistent with Section 01330 ❑ Submittal Procedures, and Section 01660 ❑ Equipment testing and Startup B At a minimum shop drawings shall include complete fabrication, assembly, wiring and installation drawings, together with detailed specifications and data covering materials used, parts, devices, supports and other accessories forming a part of the equipment. In addition, shop drawings shall include the following information 1 Compressor name, identification number, and specification Section number 2 Performance data curves showing head, capacity, horsepower, and efficiency Additionally, the manufacturer shall indicate the limits on the performance curves recommended for stable operation 3 Assembly and installation drawings including diaphragm material, anchor bolt plan, part nomenclature, material list, outline dimensions, and shipping weights. C Technical Manual The Technical Manual shall contain the required information for each compressor Section as specified in Section 01330 D Spare Parts List: A spare parts list shall contain the required information for each compressor Section E Factory Test Data. Signed, dated, and certified factory test data for each compressor system which requires factory testing, submitted before shipment of equipment. F Certifications 1 Manufacturer® certification of proper installation 2. CONTRACTORS certification of satisfactory field testing 3 UL certification for electrical components 1 03 ❑ UALITY CONTROL A. Factory Test Data. Signed, dated, and certified factory test data for each compressor system which requires factory testing, submitted before shipment of equipment. B Single Manufacturer Where 2 or more compressor systems of the same type or size are required, the units shall all be produced by the same manufacturer C Manufacturer® Experience The compressor and related equipment shall be the product of a manufacturer who has designed and manufactured similar equipment and has a record of at least 5 years of successful operation of this type of process. The SUPPLIER may be required to submit evidence to this effect together with a representative list of installations The compressor manufacturer shall maintain a permanent, local service department and a spare parts department. City of Yakima Biogas Feed Compressors Boiler Replacement Project 11148 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 225 of 440 D Warranty. Compressors, accessories and parts warranty shall be 1 year after startup or 18 months after delivery, whichever is of shorter duration, and shall cover the drive and compressor head assemblies for manufacturing defects on non -consumable components PART 2—PRODUCTS 2 01 ❑ ENERAL A. The compressor shall be sealed regenerative type, corrosion -resistant construction, and seals shall be a suitable material for the fluid indicated at maximum temperature of 250 degrees F The compressors shall be UL certified Each compressor shall be able to operate at a 4 1 turndown and shall be complete with double face carbon seal and pressure relief valve Size and characteristics of the compressors shall be as indicated B Compressor Schedule Table 1 – Compressor Schedule Fluid Unit Equipment Number Biogas 55-650 methane 18-280 CO2 2-3 ❑ 02 13-14 N2 1500-2500 ppm 02S WW1558 and WW1559 2.02 OPERATIN❑ CONDITIONS A. The work of this Section shall be suitable for long term operation under the conditions listed in Tables 2 and 3 Table 2 – Design Criteria Criteria Unit Value Maximum Flow Capacity (per compressor) scfm 150 Minimum Flow Capacity (per compressor) scfm 35 Maximum Discharge Pressure in ❑20 65 Average Discharge Pressure in 020 44 Inlet Pressure in 020 12-20 Duty Continuous Drive OFD Minimum Motor Size ❑p 7 5 Motor ❑oltage 3phA60 Motor Rating Explosion Proof Inverter Duty Biogas Feed Compressors 11148 - 2 Boiler Replacement Project City of Yakima BID SET 1-27-12, Page 226 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Table 3 — Operating Parameters Parameter WW1558 and WW1559 Ambient Environment Indoors Ambient Temperature (deg F) 30 to 100 Ambient Relative ❑umidity, (❑) 20 to 80 Fluid Service Biogas Fluid Temperature, (deg F) 80 to 100 F Fluid Relative ❑umidity 1000 saturated Specific ❑ ravity 0 85 Project Elevation, (ft) 1,007 ft A.S L. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION A. Type and range The compressors shall be sealed regenerative units with explosion proof, inverter duty (1600 Dolt windings insulation), chemical duty motors capable to operate at a 4 1 turndown ratio B Materials. 1 Two carbon face seals with mating ring, mounted in designed seal carrier equipped with O -rings. 2. ❑acuum impregnation and RT❑ sealant. 3 Chem tough ❑ Teflon Anodize inside and outside of housing, cover, impeller, and heavy duty cast manifold. 4 Nickel plated flanges and muffler retainers. 5 Metal to metal surfaces RT❑Cd and vacuum impregnated 6. Flange O -ringed to manifold 7 Inlet®utlet size: 40-8 NPSC female thread both ports. 8 Leakage rate ❑ 0 5 ccTnin. or less. 9 Sealed compressor assembly 10 Stainless steel hardware. 11 Stainless steel shafted motor with chemical resistant external epoxy 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Each compressor shall include an automatic pressure relief valve on the discharge B Nameplates Each compressor shall be equipped with a stainless steel nameplate indicating Tag ID (e g VVVV1558 or VWV1559), serial numbers, rated pressure and flow, compressor speed, motor horsepower, and Manufacturer® name and model number C Mounting and Connections Pipe connections to compressors shall be firmly supported from a floor -mounted, galvanized, structural steel frame, to avoid any stress on the compressor or on the piping system 2.05 SPARE PARTS A. Oil for double face carbon seals. 2 06 MANUFACTURERS OR E❑UAL A. Ametek Rotron EN808 (or approved equal by engineer) City of Yakima Biogas Feed Compressors Boiler Replacement Project 11148 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 227 of 440 PART 3—EXECUTION 301 E❑UIPMENTTESTIN❑ A. In addition to the requirements of Section 01660, provide the following 1 Factory test of at least four pressure -flow points One of the test conditions shall be the minimum flow condition (Table 2) One of the test conditions shall be the maximum flow condition (Table 2) The other two points shall be points in between the minimum flow and maximum flow conditions Provide at least one test point at 15 ❑ertz (motor branch frequency) and at least one test point at 60 ❑ertz (motor branch frequency) 2 Set test ambient conditions and power conditions to be similar to actual installation Use a power supply at 480 Dolts alternating current nominal, 60 ❑ertz nominal frequency Use a test gas of similar composition to the process gas (e g., Bio❑as) 3 Test points shall represent safe and normal operating conditions for the compressor The compressor shall be able to operate at all four points continuously without causing overheating or damage to the motors (The intent of the operating points is to generate an algorithm of normal operating points to detect abnormal conditions while in service ) 4 Record the inlet pressure, outlet pressure, inlet temperature, outlet temperature, outlet flow, motor speed, motor amperage, motor voltage, motor frequency, B Submit test reports in accordance with Section 01330 Provide test reports to Engineer prior to shipping motor to work site 3 02 DELI ❑ERY AND STORA❑ E A. All equipment delivered and placed in storage shall be stored with protection from the weather, humidity and temperature variations, dirt or dust, or other contaminants. B All part shall be properly lubricated and protected so that no damage or deterioration will occur even during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the compressors are ready for operation C Finished ferrous surfaces not painted shall be properly protected to prevent rust and corrosion D The finished surfaced of exposed flanges shall be protected by strong wooden blind flanges E Each compressor shall be properly crated to protect against damage during shipment. 3 03 INSTALLATION A. Contractor shall coordinate with Manufacturer to provide a total of two days on site, travel time excluded, for installation checkout and training of the staff on the proper operation and maintenance of the compressors. B Contractor shall coordinate with Manufacturer to provide a "CERTIFICATE OF PROPER INSTALLATION" to the Owner stating that the compressors have been installed and lubricated per the manufacturer2 requirements and that the warranty period is valid C Compressor systems shall be installed in accordance with accepted procedures submitted with the shop drawings and as indicated on the drawings, unless otherwise accepted D The compressor manufacturer shall provide the compressor, gear reducer and electric motor completely assembled ready for installation E Manuals The equipment supplier shall furnish three (3) copies of operation and maintenance manuals which will be retained at the installation site to assist plant operators. The manual shall include the supplier® installation and assembly recommendations and a complete list of recommended spare parts Biogas Feed Compressors City of Yakima 11148 - 4 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 228 of 440 - END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Biogas Feed Compressors Boiler Replacement Project 11148 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 229 of 440 Bhp SET 1-27-12, Page 23 SECTION 11149 HOT WATER PUMPS WW1563, WW1564, WW1565, WW1566, WW1567, WW1568, WW1951, WW1952 PART 1 -GENERAL 1 01 WORE INCLUDED A. Remove existing equipment and furnish and install new hot water pumping equipment, associated appurtenances and controls as specified herein and as shown on the drawings 102 SUBMITTALS A. ❑eneral Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01330 ❑ Submittals Procedures B Shop Drawings Shop Drawings shall contain the following information 1 Pump name, identification number, and specification Section number 2. Performance data curves showing head, capacity, horsepower, and hydraulic efficiency 3 The CONTRACTOR shall require the Manufacturer to indicate the limits on the performance curves recommended for stable operation without surge, cavitation, or excessive vibration The stable operating range shall be as wide as possible based on actual hydraulic and mechanical tests 4 Assembly, installation and control drawings including shaft size, seal, coupling, bearings, anchor bolt plan, part nomenclature, material list, outline dimensions, and shipping weights 5 Data, in accordance with Section 16010 ❑ ❑eneral Electrical Requirements, for the electric motor proposed for each pump C Owner® Manual The Owner® Manual shall contain the required information for each pump Section D Spare Parts List: A Spare Parts List shall contain the required information for each pump Section A recommended spare parts list shall be provided with the submittal E Factory Test Data. Signed, dated, and certified factory test data for each pump system which requires factory testing, submitted before shipment of equipment. F Certifications 1 Manufacturer® certification of proper installation 2. CONTRACTORS certification of satisfactory field testing 3 UL certification for electrical components 4 Manufacturer8 warranty (1 year minimum) 1 03 ❑ UALITY ASSURANCE A. Pump, motor and controls shall be coordinated by the Contractor to provide operable pumping systems as indicated by the drawings and specifications The motor horsepower shall not be exceeded when the pump is operating anywhere on its curve B Pump manufacturer shall have at least 5 years of experience in manufacturing pumping equipment similar to the one specified herein. C Warranty. The MANUFACTURER shall correct all defects in the pumping system upon notification from the OWNER within one (1) years from the date of Substantial Completion Corrections shall be completed within five (5) days after notification. City of Yakima ❑ot Water Pumps Boiler Replacement Project 11149 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 231 of 440 PART2-PRODUCTS 2 01 ❑ ENERAL All pump units provided under this specification shall be from the same manufacturer in order to achieve standardization of operation, maintenance, spare parts, manufacturerservice and warranty 2.02 DESI❑N CRITERIA 1 PRIMARY LOOP PUMPS Equipment Number WW1563 and WW1564 ❑ uantity 2 Location Boiler Room A. Performance Requirements Criteria Unit Value Design Flow Capacity (per pump) gpm 400 Design Flow Pump Dead, TD❑ ft 25 Design Flow Minimum Overall Efficiency [I 75 Maximum Flow Shutoff Dead ft 40 Maximum Net Positive Suction Dead Required ft 13 B Pump Construction and Dimensions Item Unit Value Pump Type Close -coupled Body Cast Iron Impeller Bronze Shaft Steel Seal Buna-carbon [Ceramic Suction iri 6 Discharge in 5 Flange Rating D 125 C Pump Motor Item Unit Value Size hp 5 ❑oltage 3ph [460 ❑ Frequency ❑.z 60 Speed rpm 1800 Duty Continuous Drive Constant speed Dot Water Pumps City of Yakima 11149 - 2 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 232 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Enclosure TEFC Service Factor 1 25 Rating Non -overloading D Operating conditions Item Unit Value Ambient Environment Location indoors Ambient Temperature Degrees F 50 to 80 Ambient Relative ❑umidity Percent 30 to 80 Fluid Service ft Dot water Fluid Temperature Degrees F 150-200 Fluid Specific ❑ravity Flange Rating 1 0 Project Site Elevation Feet 1007 2. INLINE UTILITY LOOP PUMPS: Admin/Lab/Influent buildings Equipment Number WW1567 ❑uantity 1 Location Boiler Room A. Performance Requirements Criteria Unit Value Design Flow Capacity (per pump) gpm 90 Design Flow Pump Dead, TDD ft 60 Design Flow Minimum Overall Efficiency ❑ 75 Maximum Flow Shutoff Dead ft 90 Maximum Net Positive Suction Dead Required ft 20 B Pump Construction and Dimensions Item Unit Value Pump Type In line Body Cast Iron Impeller Bronze Shaft Steel Seal Buna-carbonE eramic Suction in 2 Discharge in 2 Flange Rating ❑ 125 C Pump Motor Item Unit Value City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project 11149 - 3 Dot Water Pumps BID SET 1-27-12, Page 233 of 440 Size hp 3 ❑oltage 3phA60❑ Frequency ❑z 60 Speed rpm 1800 Duty Intermittent Drive Constant speed Enclosure TEFC D Operating conditions Item Unit Value Ambient Environment Location indoors Ambient Temperature Degrees F 50 to 80 Ambient Relative ❑umidity Percent 30 to 80 Fluid Service ft Dot water Fluid Temperature Degrees F 150-200 Fluid Specific ❑ravity 1 0 Project Site Elevation Feet 1007 3 INLINE UTILITY LOOP PUMPS: Sludge Transfer Building/Offices/Trickling filter/CI Equipment Number WW1568 ❑ uantity 1 Location Boiler Room A. Performance Requirements Criteria Unit Value Design Flow Capacity (per pump) gpm 85 Design Flow Pump Dead, TDD ft 48 Design Flow Minimum Overall Efficiency ❑ 75 Maximum Flow Shutoff Dead ft 65 Maximum Net Positive Suction Dead Required ft 15 B Pump Construction and Dimensions Item Unit Value Pump Type In line Body Cast Iron Impeller Bronze Shaft Steel Seal Buna-carbon Cderamic Suction in 2 Discharge in 2 Dot Water Pumps City of Yakima 11149 - 4 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 234 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Flange Rating ❑ 125 C Pump Motor Item Unit Value Size hp 3 ❑oltage 3ph04600 Frequency ❑z 60 Speed rpm 1800 Duty Intermittent Drive Constant speed Enclosure TEFC Service Factor 1 25 D Operating conditions Item Unit Value Ambient Environment Location indoors Ambient Temperature Degrees F 50 to 80 Ambient Relative ❑umidity Percent 30 to 80 Fluid Service ft Clot water Fluid Temperature Degrees F 150-200 Fluid Specific ❑ravity 1 0 Project Site Elevation Feet 1007 4 INLINE UTILITY LOOP PUMPS: Shop/Garage Equipment Number WW1565 ❑ uantity 1 Location Boiler Room A. Performance Requirements Criteria Unit Value Design Flow Capacity (per pump) gpm 55 Design Flow Pump Dead, TD❑ ft 12 Design Flow Minimum Overall Efficiency ❑ 75 Maximum Flow Shutoff Dead ft 20 Maximum Net Positive Suction Lead Required ft 5 B Pump Construction and Dimensions Item Unit Value Pump Type In line Body Cast Iron City of Yakima Clot Water Pumps Boiler Replacement Project 11149 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 235 of 440 Impeller Bronze Shaft Steel Seal Buna-carbonCteramic Suction in 2 Discharge in 2 Flange Rating ❑ 125 C Pump Motor Item Unit Value Size hp 13 Doltage 1 ph 0115 ❑ Frequency ❑z 60 Speed rpm 1800 Duty Intermittent Drive Constant speed Enclosure TEFC Service Factor 1 25 D Operating conditions Item Unit Value Ambient Environment Location indoors Ambient Temperature Degrees F 50 to 80 Ambient Relative ❑umidity Percent 30 to 80 Fluid Service Dot water Fluid Temperature Degrees F 150-200 Fluid Specific ❑ravity 1 0 Project Site Elevation Feet 1007 5 INLINE UTILITY LOOP PUMPS: Storage Building Equipment Number WW1566 ❑ uantity 1 Location Boiler Room A. Performance Requirements Criteria Unit Value Design Flow Capacity (per pump) gpm 35 Design Flow Pump Dead, TDD ft 42 Design Flow Minimum Overall Efficiency 11 75 Dot Water Pumps City of Yakima 11149 - 6 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 236 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Maximum Flow Shutoff Dead ft 60 Maximum Net Positive Suction Dead Required ft 15 B Pump Construction and Dimensions Item Unit Value Pump Type In line Body Cast Iron Impeller Bronze Shaft Steel Seal Buna-carbonXteramic Suction in 2 Discharge in 2 Flange Rating ❑ 125 C Pump Motor Item Unit Value Size hp 1 ❑oltage 3ph146011 Frequency ❑z 60 Speed rpm 1800 Duty Intermittent Drive Constant speed Enclosure TEFC Service Factor 1 25 D Operating conditions Item Unit Value Ambient Environment Location indoors Ambient Temperature Degrees F 50 to 80 Ambient Relative Dumidity Percent 30 to 80 Fluid Service Dot water Fluid Temperature Degrees F 150-200 Fluid Specific ❑ ravity 1 0 Project Site Elevation Feet 1007 6 SECONDARY LOOP - HEAT EXCHANGERS FEED PUMPS Equipment Number WW1951 and WW1952 ❑ uantity 2 Location Primary Digester Building City of Yakima Dot Water Pumps Boiler Replacement Project 11149 - 7 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 237 of 440 A. Performance Requirements Criteria Unit Value Design Flow Capacity (per pump) gpm 325 Design Flow Pump Dead, TDD ft 40 Design Flow Minimum Overall Efficiency CI 75 Maximum Flow Shutoff Dead ft 55 Maximum Net Positive Suction Dead Required ft 20 B Pump Construction and Dimensions Item Unit Value Pump Type Close -coupled Body Cast Iron Impeller Bronze Shaft Steel Seal Buna-carbon Cderamic Suction in 4 Discharge in 3 Flange Rating ❑ 125 C Pump Motor Item Unit Value Size hp 7 5 ❑oltage 3phIA60❑ Frequency ❑z 60 Speed rpm 1800 Duty Intermittent Drive Constant speed Enclosure TEFC Service Factor 1 25 Rating Non -overloading, Classl Div.1 D Operating conditions Item Unit Value Ambient Environment indoors Ambient Temperature Degrees F 50 to 80 Ambient Relative ❑umidity Percent 30 to 80 Fluid Service Dot water Dot Water Pumps 11149 - 8 Boiler Replacement Project City of Yakima BID SET 1-27-12, Page 238 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fluid Temperature Degrees F 150-200 Fluid Specific ❑ravity 1 0 Project Site Elevation Feet 1020 1 The CONTRACTOR shall ensure the pump vendor examines the site conditions, intended application, and operation of the pump system and recommend the pump which will best satisfy the indicated requirements 2. The pump and motor unit shall be suitable for continuous operation at full nameplate Toad while the motor is completely submerged, partially submerged or totally non -submerged The use of shower systems, secondary pumps or cooling fans to cool the motor shall not be acceptable 2 03 SPARE PARTS A. Parts to be furnished include. 1 One set of seals 2.04 NAMEPLATES Each pump shall be equipped with a stainless steel nameplate indicating serial numbers, rated head and flow, impeller size, pump speed, and manufacturer manufacturerS name and model number 2 05 MANUFACTURERS OR ELI UAL A. Bell ❑ ❑ossett B Or approved equal by engineer PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 01 DELI❑ERY AND STORA❑ E A. All equipment delivered and placed in storage shall be stored with protection from the weather, humidity and temperature variations, dirt or dust, or other contaminants. B All part shall be properly lubricated and protected so that no damage or deterioration will occur even during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the pumps are ready for operation C Finished ferrous surfaces not painted shall be properly protected to prevent rust and corrosion D The finished surfaced of exposed flanges shall be protected by strong wooden blind flanges E Each pump shall be properly crated to protect against damage during shipment. 3 02 INSTALLATION A. Install pump as shown in the drawings and as recommended by the pump manufacturer B The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that anchor bolts are set only after the discharge piping has been properly installed, to ensure exact fit with embedded piping components. 3 03 SER❑ICES OF MANUFACTURER A. Secure start-up service for the pump as specified below. Schedule of Field Service Representative on Site Time Service On Site Time Trips to Site City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Clot Water Pumps 11149 - 9 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 239 of 440 B A [Day on Site❑is defined as a conventional 8 -hour workday excluding travel time A LTrip to Site❑is defined as complete round trip travel from the Manufacturers factor All expenses including salary, local Cling distance travel, lodging, meals and any other per diem or miscellaneous expenses of the authorized service representative shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR C A factory representative of the pumping equipment shall be present to supervise start-up and ensure proper operation of all components under operation conditions specified herein The Contractor shall obtain and pay for the factory representative start-up service D Certification Upon completion of equipment checks, the MANUFACTURER shall submit to the OWNER written certification that all pumps and equipment associated with the pumps have been properly installed, are in good condition, are functioning properly, and are in accordance with the Contract Documents 3 04 TESTIN❑ A. Testing performed upon each pump shall include the following inspections. a. Impeller, motor rating and electrical connections shall be checked for compliance with this specification. b Prior to submergence, each pump shall be run dry to establish correct rotation c Each pump shall be run submerged in water d. Motor and cable insulation shall be tested for moisture content or insulation defects B Upon request, a written quality assurance record confirming the above testingGnspections shall be supplied with each pump at the time of shipment. C Each pump (when specified) shall be tested in accordance with the latest test code of the ❑ydraulic Institute (LI 1) at the manufacturer to determine head vs. capacity and kilowatt draw required Witness tests shall be available at the factory upon request. - END OF SECTION - Dot Water Pumps City of Yakima 11149 - 10 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 240 of 440 11 11 11 11 11 1 (Days) Equipment delivery verification and installation instruction 1 1 Installation verification, start-up and instruction of the OWNERS personnel 1 1 B A [Day on Site❑is defined as a conventional 8 -hour workday excluding travel time A LTrip to Site❑is defined as complete round trip travel from the Manufacturers factor All expenses including salary, local Cling distance travel, lodging, meals and any other per diem or miscellaneous expenses of the authorized service representative shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR C A factory representative of the pumping equipment shall be present to supervise start-up and ensure proper operation of all components under operation conditions specified herein The Contractor shall obtain and pay for the factory representative start-up service D Certification Upon completion of equipment checks, the MANUFACTURER shall submit to the OWNER written certification that all pumps and equipment associated with the pumps have been properly installed, are in good condition, are functioning properly, and are in accordance with the Contract Documents 3 04 TESTIN❑ A. Testing performed upon each pump shall include the following inspections. a. Impeller, motor rating and electrical connections shall be checked for compliance with this specification. b Prior to submergence, each pump shall be run dry to establish correct rotation c Each pump shall be run submerged in water d. Motor and cable insulation shall be tested for moisture content or insulation defects B Upon request, a written quality assurance record confirming the above testingGnspections shall be supplied with each pump at the time of shipment. C Each pump (when specified) shall be tested in accordance with the latest test code of the ❑ydraulic Institute (LI 1) at the manufacturer to determine head vs. capacity and kilowatt draw required Witness tests shall be available at the factory upon request. - END OF SECTION - Dot Water Pumps City of Yakima 11149 - 10 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 240 of 440 11 11 11 11 11 1 SECTION 11151 PRESSURIZED EXPANSION TANK PART 1—GENERAL 101 SUMMARY A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install one (1) expansion tanks as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. 102 REFERENCES A. ASME Section ❑III, Division 1 ❑American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure ❑essel Code 103 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01330 [Submittal Procedures. B Spare Parts List: The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the manufacturer and submit at the same time as Shop Drawings a list of suggested spare parts for each piece of equipment. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish the name, address, and telephone number of the nearest distributor for each piece of equipment. C Operation and Maintenance Manual Provide technical operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 01330 1 04 ❑ UALITY ASSURANCE A. Warranty' The tank shall be supplied with the manufacturerE 5 -year standard warranty PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 E❑PANSION TAN A. Tank shall be ASME certified B Tank shall be bladder design type C Bladder shall be heavy duty butyl D Tank shall be 48 inches in diameter and 120 inches tall (approx. 800 gallons) E. Tank shall be free-standing on integral welded ring base F Tank shall be factory pre -charged to 12 psig. ❑ Tank design pressure shall be 125 psi E Tank maximum operating temperature shall be 240 EF 1 Tank shall include a 20NPTF connection ❑ Tank shall include a sight glass and restraint option 2.02 MANUFACTURERS OR ED UAL A. Extol L Series B Or approved equal by engineer City of Yakima Pressurized Expansion Tank Boiler Replacement Project 11151 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 241 of 440 PART 3—EXECUTION 3 01 DELI ❑ERY AND STORA❑ E A. All equipment delivered and placed in storage shall be stored with protection from the weather, humidity and temperature variations, dirt or dust, or other contaminants B All part shall be properly lubricated and protected so that no damage or deterioration will occur even during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the pumps are ready for operation C Finished ferrous surfaces not painted shall be properly protected to prevent rust and corrosion D The finished surfaced of exposed flanges shall be protected by strong wooden blind flanges E Tank shall be properly crated to protect against damage during shipment. 3 02 INSTALLATION A. Install tank as shown in the drawings and as recommended by the tank manufacturer - END OF SECTION - Pressurized Expansion Tank City of Yakima 11151 - 2 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 242 of 440 SECTION 11161 DOUBLE WALL BOILER STACK PART 1—GENERAL 101 SUMMARY A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install two (2) double wall metal vent stacks and accessories for gas fired hot water boilers 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 11005 Owner Furnished Equipment 103 REFERENCES A. ANSI 095 1 (NFPA 31) ❑ Standard for the Installation of Oil Burning Equipment B ANSI ❑228 1 (NFPA 54) ❑The National Fuel Das Code C AS❑RAE ❑ Dandbook, equipment ❑olume, Chapter [Chimney, Das, Dent, and Fireplace Systems D NFPA 211 ❑ Standard for Chimneys, Fireplace, Dents, and Solid Fuel ❑ Burning Appliances E. SMACNA ❑ LILAC Duct Construction Standards ❑ Metal and flexible F UL 103 D Standard for Factory Built Low Deat Chimney ❑ AWS Comply with AWS Structural Welding Code for welderLL qualifications, welding details, and workmanship standards. 104 SUBMITTALS A. The contractor shall submit, in a timely manner, all submittals for approval by the engineer Under no circumstances shall the contractor install any materials until the engineer has made final approval on the submittals. B Submit the following in accordance with this section 1 Product Data. Submit product data including materials, dimensions, weights, and accessories. 2 Material List 3 Shop Drawings - Shop drawings shall be submitted to the engineer for approval and shall consist of a. Plan and elevation view of the venting system b Detailed layout shop drawings, plans and elevations, including required clearances, assembly, supports, etc. c Manufacturer Warranties ManufacturerS printed warranties, as specified hereinafter, shall be submitted prior to final acceptance by the engineer 4 Installation Manual 5 ManufacturerS Warranties 6 ❑ uality Control Submittals. a. Certificates When required - Submit certificates of materials compliance with specified ASTM, UL, and ASERAE requirements. City of Yakima Double Wall Boiler Stack Boiler Replacement Project 11161 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 243 of 440 b Certificates When required - Submit complete engineering report certifying that stacks meet the design wind and seismic loads C The engineer shall review and stamp submittals Work may proceed and equipment may be released for fabrication after contractor receives returned submittals stamped with ENO E❑CEPTIONS TA❑EN❑or [MA❑E CORRECTIONS AS NOTED] D The bidder must submit in writing to the engineer any request for a proposed deviation, omission, modification, or substitution to this specification for evaluation no later than ten (10) days prior to the bid date A request for any substitution shall be accompanied by technical data, drawings, product samples, and complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with these specifications No materials shall be deemed acceptable if not in strict and full compliance with these specifications All bidders must bid solely on the specified materials unless acceptance by the engineer of a deviation, omission, modification, or substitution is granted in writing to all bidders prior to the bid date 1 05 ❑ UALITY ASSURANCE A. The equipment shall, at a minimum, be in strict compliance with the requirements of this specification and shall be the manufacturer® standard commercial product unless specified otherwise Additional equipment features, details, accessories, appurtenances, etc. which are not specifically identified but which are a part of the manufacturer® standard commercial product, shall be included in the equipment being furnished. B The vent system shall be manufactured be a company with minimum 10 years experience in the design and fabrication of prefabricated metal combustion vent systems. C The equipment shall be of the type, design, and size that the manufacturer currently offers for sale and appears in the manufacturer® current catalog The equipment shall be new and fabricated from new materials and shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship D Welder® ❑ ualifications. All welders shall be certified in accordance with AWS Standard D9 1, Specifications for Welding Sheet Metal. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 DENT STAGE A. Double wall metal vents B All steel, positive pressure, double wall stack: 1 Manufacturers. subject to compliance with requirements, provide all steel, positive pressure double wall vents by the following manufacturers a. Cleaver -Brooks b Or approved equal by engineer C The factory built breeching system shall be made in accordance with NFPA 211 This stack system shall be designed and installed to be gas tight. It shall be UL Listed to withstand up to 60❑W C positive pressure This breeching system shall be designed to compensate for all flue gas induced thermal expansions Mineral Fiber insulation between inner and outer pipe shall be 2 inches thick. Clearances to combustible materials shall be per installation instructions and shall have been determined for a continuous operation at temperatures up to 1000 F D The joint assembly shall be a maleLfmale slip -type jointing with flange to flange and ❑-band assembly An internal sleeve serves for readily alignment as well as long term joint seal protection from condensate, water and flue gas temperature. Non -slip type joints are not acceptable Double Wall Boiler Stack City of Yakima 11161 - 2 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 244 of 440 E. The double wall stack has an inner gas carrying pipe of 20 gauge type 316L stainless steel The outer jacket shall be 24 gauge 304 stainless steel. The materials and construction of the modular sections and accessories shall be as specified by the terms of the products UL Listing F The entire stack system from each boiler to the termination, including accessories, shall be from one manufacturer ❑ Provide accessories each bearing factory applied UL Label 1 Boiler Adapter Flange Selected to mate tightly to the boiler 2 Inline Chimney Drain a. Install immediately above boiler adapter flange to prevent the entrance of condensate into the boiler b Install in long horizontal breeching sections Position to minimize the accumulation of condensate 3 Any transition to a vertical section of vent shall be made with a Boot Tee The base of the Boot Tee shall be fitted with a Tee Cover including a welded coupler for the attachment of a drain tube 4 Use adjustable length sections to fit stack and breeching to the required lengths in the field Adjustable length sections shall not be used to accommodate thermal expansion 5 ❑ariable length sections Provide for each vent. One at each change of direction or as suggested by manufacturers installation instructions to accommodate thermal expansion of the flue system Manufacturer to include support bands as required Anchoring shall be by the installer 6 Chimney Bottom Assembly. Consists of tee fitting, plate support assembly, and end cap with drain 7 Roof Penetration shall consist of the components indicated on the manufacturer® drawing 8 Exhaust Cone Provides a reduced diameter opening at the termination while sealing the interstitial space between the inner duct and the outer shell to prevent the entrance of rain 9 Other elbows, transitions, adapters and fittings as indicated on the manufacturer® drawing and material list or as may be required for a complete stack and breeching system ❑ When installed according to the manufacturers installation instructions, the stack and its supporting system shall resist side loads of at least 1 5 times the weight per foot of piping I The breeching and stack shall be warranted against functional failure due to defects in material and manufacturer® workmanship for a period of 10 years from the date of delivery ❑ Drawings showing the actual layout and drawn to scale shall be provided by the manufacturer The system shall be installed as designed by the manufacturer and in accordance with the terms of the manufacturerS 10 year warranty and in conjunction with sound engineering practice O. The inner diameter for breeching and stack shall be verified by the manufacturerE computations. The computation shall be technically sound, shall follow AS❑RAE calculation methods and incorporate the specific flow characteristics of the inner pipe L. Technical services support. The factory built modular stack system shall be furnished by a vendor organization which assures design, installation and service coordination and City of Yakima Double Wall Boiler Stack Boiler Replacement Project 11161 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 245 of 440 provides in -warranty and post warranty unified responsibility for owner 2.02 RAIN CAPS A. Contractor shall supply and install an inverted cone type weatherproof cap for rain protections on each vent stack. B Each cone shall be stainless steel with a 60❑to 75❑angle and shall include a stainless steel bird screen PART 3—EXECUTION 3 01 DELI EERY AND STORA❑ E A. All equipment delivered and placed in storage shall be stored with protection from the weather, humidity and temperature variations, dirt or dust, or other contaminants B All part shall be properly lubricated and protected so that no damage or deterioration will occur even during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the pumps are ready for operation C Finished ferrous surfaces not painted shall be properly protected to prevent rust and corrosion D The finished surfaced of exposed flanges shall be protected by strong wooden blind flanges E. Stacks shall be properly crated to protect against damage during shipment. 3 02 INSTALLATION OF DOUBLE WALL CONNECTORS, BREEC❑IN❑S, AND EENTS A. Install in accordance with manufacturerg instructions. B The joining of pipe sections must be made using the assembly band, the finishing band and the appropriate sealing material. C Roof penetrations shall be suitable for a combustible roof and shall be according to the manufacturerg detail drawings and installation instructions D Install in accordance with recommendations of AS❑RAE ❑ ❑andbook, Equipment ❑olume, Chapter CChimney, Das, ❑ent, and Fireplace Systems,❑and AND! r1223 1, (NFPA 54) E. Install breechings with minimum of joints Align accurately at connections with internal surfaces smooth F support breechings from building structure, rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers, and anchors to hold to shape and prevent buckling. Support as indicated in manufacturer® installation instructions Refer to SMACNA ❑ DAC duct Construction Standards 0 Metal and Flexible for equivalent duct support configuration and size ❑ Install concrete inserts for supporting vent in coordination with formwork. ❑ Pitch breechings with positive slope up from fuel -fired equipment to chimney or stack. Install inline drain fittings as recommended by the manufacturer to prevent rain and lir condensate from draining into the fuel -fired equipment. 1 Install corrosion resistant drain piping to an approved drain 2 Include drainable and cleanable P❑trap in drain line Ensure that trap is of suitable depth to prevent escape of flue gasses under the maximum anticipated flue gas pressure. ❑ Chimneys extending above roof surfaces must terminate as required by local code, or as required in NFPA 211 Double Wall Boiler Stack City of Yakima 11161 - 4 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 246 of 440 ❑. Test port sections must be installed and positioned in accordance with the requirements of the air quality enforcement agency andlbr the emissions testing contractor At a minimum, test port section(s) must be positioned to be reasonably and safely accessible by testing personnel. L. Clean breeching and chimney during installation, removing dust and debris M. At appliances, provide slip joints permitting removal of appliances without removal or dismantling of breechings or chimneys. N All parts exposed to the outer atmosphere that are fabricated from aluminized steel shall be protected by a minimum of one base coat and one finish coat of paint, such as series 4200- 4300 ❑eat Resistant paint manufactured by Rust-O-Leum Corporation, or equivalent. Paint to be supplied and applied by installing contractor -END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Double Wall Boiler Stack Boiler Replacement Project 11161 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 247 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 248 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 11170 BOILER MASTER CONTROL PANEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1 Boiler Process control system, including. (a) Hardware, installation, field testing, and training (b) Programming and Configuration of Boiler Master Control Panel "BMCP" PLC, Communications Adapters, and other devices B Related Sections include the following. 1 Section 16940 "Control Panels" for control panels housing PLC equipment." 2. Section 16921 "Requirements for SCADA Communications" 103 REFERENCES A. Referenced Standards. 1. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) (a) ICS 1, General Standards for Industrial Control and Systems (b) ICS 1.1, Safety Guidelines for the Application, Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Control (c) ICS 4, Terminal Blocks for Industrial Use (d) ICS 6, Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems (e) Publication No 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 V maximum) 2 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). (a) National Electric Code (NEC). 1 04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements 1 The system includes racks, central processing units (CPUs), input/output (I/O) modules, communication modules, power supplies, and associated accessory items to provide a complete and functional control system B The PLCs will function to monitor and control site operation and communicate with other locations via Ethernet. C. The Contractor shall download the provided PLC program into each PLC, and shall start up the PLC and equipment monitored and/or controlled by the PLC D Performance Requirements 1. The installed system performs the functional and operational algorithms required for control of the hot water boilers City of Yakima Boiler Master Control Panel Boiler Replacement 11170 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 249 of 440 2 Monitor BioGas compressors 3 Monitor hot water recirculation and hot water recirculation booster pumps 105 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1 Manufacturer's data sheets for each hardware component including specific model numbers for each device, and size of memory provided in the CPU 2 Manufacturer's installation manual, operation and maintenance manual(s) for each component and/or device 3 Manufacturer's installation manual, operation and maintenance manual(s) for Boiler Management System. 4 Register address, Tag Name, value type (e.g , discrete, float, integer, etc.) range of values, Engineering Units range B Shop Drawings 1 Drawings (a) See Specification Section 16940 for requirements 2 Schedule of system I/O including the following data (a) I/O point, with name, tag number, and indication of type and the characteristics of the I/O signal 3 Listing of spare parts provided with the system C Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1 See Section 01300 "Submittals". 2 Provide specific information including (a) Manufacturer's published operation and maintenance manual, and troubleshooting guide. (b) Information for obtaining assistance and troubleshooting, parts ordering information, and field service personnel requests 3 Include final system drawings, and final I/O lists. 1 06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1 7 Quality Assurance 107 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and material specified herein All costs for programmable logic controllers, as specified herein, shall be included in the appropriate lump sum bid items. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 201 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the requirements, Boiler Master Control Panel provided products by the following manufacturers. 1 Boiler Manufacturer (Cleaver -Brooks) or Boiler Manufacturer Representative Boiler Master Control Panel City of Yakima 11170 - 2 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 250 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B PLC Programming shall be by the following 1 Boiler Manufacturer (Cleaver -Brooks) or Boiler Manufacturer Representative 2 02 EQUIPMENT A. PLC System 1 Provide Allen-Bradley CompactLogix 1769-L32E (a) Set IP Addresses to be in the 192 168 128.x,with 2 < X < 255 (b) Default Gateway will be 192 168 128 1 (c) DNS servers (if needed) will be 192 168 1 10 and 192 168 4.3 2 Provide AIIen-Bradley CompactLogix I/O as follows (a) Discrete Input: 1769-IA8 (b) Discrete (relay) Output: 1769-0W8 (c) Analog Input: 1769-IF4 (d) Analog Output: 1769-0F2 3 Provide AIIen-Bradley Power Module 1679-PA2 B. Operator Interface 1 Provide AIIen-Bradley Panelview Plus 1000 (a) 640x480 color resolution touchscreen (b) 120 VAC, 60Hz, 1 phase power supply C Network Switch 1 Provide Ethernet network switch (a) At least one port be shall be 100 FX fiber Ethernet with duplex SC type port (b) At least 5 RJ45 (8 position, 8 connection), MDI/MDX 10/100TX fast Ethernet ports (c) DIN rail mountable with grounded metallic chassis (d) Manufacturer shall be. (i) Ntron (ii) Weidmuller (iii) B&B Electronics (iv) Or equal. D 24 VAC power Supply 1 Provide at least 2 amperes of power at 24 volts direct current. 2 Manufacturer shall be (a) Sola (b) Weidmuller (c) Allen Bradley (d) Or Equal E. Communications Modules 1. Serial port speaking Modbus/RTU. (a) Provide a RS -232 / RS -485 converter, B&B Electronics 485DRCI or equal to isolate RS -232 ports If the port is integral CPU module, it shall be configured to use RS -232 and a RS -232 / RS -485 converter shall be provided to isolate the port. 2. 10 Base T / 100 Base TX Ethernet port using one of the following protocols. (a) AB/Ethernet (also known as CSP) (b) Ethernet/IP (CIP) (c) Ethernet/IP (PCCC) City of Yakima Boiler Master Control Panel Boiler Replacement 11170 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 251 of 440 1 F Protocol bridges 1 1 shall bridge Modbus/RTU, DF1, Modbus/TCP, Ethernet/IP, and AB/Ethernet I 2 shall be DIN rail mounted 3 shall be suitable for use with 24 VDC power 4 shall have at least two serial ports 5 shall be capable of functioning as a serial device server I 6 shall be one of the following (a) Digi International DigiOne IAP (b) Cleaver Brooks Protocol Translator I (c) Red Lion CSMSTR (d) Modbus/TCP G I H Terminal Blocks, Fuses, Din Rail, and other accessories 1. Conform to Section 16940. 2 03 ACCESSORIES 1 A. Provide all accessories required, whether indicated or not, for a complete PLC control system to accomplish the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. 2 04 SOFTWARE A. Provide the most recent versions of software required to program Protocol Bridges, I Specialty (or Fieldbus) Converters, and serial device servers (as necessary) to the Owner Turn all licenses, software keys, activation codes, and any other digital usage rights identifier (including dongles, USB keys, etc) over to the Owner Register the Owner as the entity entitled to the use of the above software The Owner shall retain these rights to the software in perpetuity. Il 2.05 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide the following extra materials 1 1 Provide one spare processor module for each type of processor module furnished 2. Provide one spare I/O card for every 10 cards, or fraction thereof, of each i type of card installed. 3 Provide one spare power supply for each type of power supply furnished. 4 Provide one spare communications module for each type of module I furnished. 5 Provide two spare cables for each type of cable furnished 6 Provide a list of the manufacturer's recommended spares for maintenance I purposes Include in the list any special tools and test equipment necessary or recommended by the manufacturer for the maintenance of the complete system Provide any recommended spares not supplied I above along with the recommended special tools and test equipment. 7 Provide one spare chassis for each type of chassis furnished Boiler Master Control Panel City of Yakima 1 1 11170 - 4 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 252 of 440 I 11 11 11 11 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 06 CONTROL DESCRIPTION Three boilers supply the plant hot water for digester and for mechanical heating Boiler No 1 and Boiler No 2 are dual train, Digester Gas or Natural Gas trains and are able to automatically switch between fuel sources A third boiler, Boiler No 3 is a diesel fuel oil boiler or natural gas boiler and is not controlled by Master Control Panel Boiler No 3 will be manually enabled and then operate from local temperature switches Boiler No 1 and Boiler No 2 each have local programmable logic controller (PLC) based control systems to monitor the local boiler combustion and call the Digester Gas Blowers A Master Control Panel will house a PLC (Master PLC), monitor run statuses for hot water circulation pump, monitor local process instruments, and make available to the existing Plant SCADA system the boiler operating measurements and statistics as well as receive set -points, commands, and plant information from the existing Plant SCADA system SEQUENCE OF OPERATION The Master PLC will determine the lead and lag boiler assignments and configure the local boiler systems control set points. The Master PLC will adjust the Boiler firing rate from 25%- 200% of a single boiler (because there are two boilers with 25% to 100% capacity) TEMPERATURE The Boiler System will start when the primary water (return) temperature falls to or below the "Upper End Temperature". The Boilers will start at a low fire rate and will increase the firing rate to maintain the hot water primary loop supply temperature Table 1 Boiler Temperature Set Points Set Point Boiler Action Adjustment Lead Boiler Off Point (Rising Temperature) Boilers Off Operator Adjustable Lead Boiler On Point (Falling Temperature) Boilers Start, Low Fire Operator Adjustable Lower End Temperature (Falling Temperature) Boiler On, High Fire Not End User Adjustable FUEL SELECTION The Boiler system has both natural gas and Digester Gas available as fuel sources The natural gas is supplied by an offsite utility and is more expensive to operate than the Digester Gas, the Digester Gas is produced onsite as a by-product of the waste water treatment process. A flexible membrane system stores the Digester Gas (at the Secondary Digester tanks) and maintains a constant pressure through the use of pressurized air bladders City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Boiler Master Control Panel 11170 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 253 of 440 The Master PLC will monitor the Digester Gas Booster Suction pressure (in other words, the Digester Gas System Pressure), the Digester Gas storage status, and the Digester Gas Production and Consumption flow meters to ensure that sufficient Digester Gas is available, using the algorithm described below The Plant SCADA system sends to the boiler master control panel the current Digester Gas storage levels, Digester Gas production flow and Digester Gas waste flow via Ethernet/IP (PCCC) messages If communications between the Plant SCADA system and the Master PLC are interrupted, then the Master PLC will rely on the Digester Gas System (located at the suction of the Digester Gas Blowers) pressure transmitter only for indication of available Digester Gas. John, from Cole Industrial, indicated that the pressure should be measured as far from the blower suction as practical to avoid interference from the blowers This pressure measurement is available through the bus communications from the digester gas storage tanks. The pressure transmitter local to the blowers will be needed to allow the blowers to operate in the event that communications fail. The system (Master PLC) uses the Digester Gas preferentially to minimize the use of the natural gas (backup) fuel supply The Master PLC automatically switches the boiler to use natural gas under any of the following conditions • The Digester Gas storage falls below an Operator adjustable critically low storage level (e.g., 5% of total gas storage). • The Digester Gas Blower suction pressure falls below an Operator adjustable critically low pressure level (e.g., <12 in H2O). • The Operator selects natural gas override. In the scenario where the Digester Gas storage has fallen below a low level threshold (e g , 20% of total gas storage capacity), then the Digester Gas to the Boiler will be limited to the gas being produced by the Primary Digesters and UASB reactors If more heat capacity is needed than is available from the Digester Gas boiler, then the second boiler shall cycle and adjust to supplement the Digester Gas boiler using natural gas The available Digester Gas is determined by the Digester Gas that is produced from the Primary Digesters versus the Digester Gas that is consumed by the boilers and Waste Gas Flare The Boiler using the Digester Gas will reduce the firing rate as to not deplete the Digester Gas production For example, if gas production is limited to 120 SCFM, then the Digester Gas boiler firing rate will need to be limited to using 120 SCFM When the gas storage rises above an unrestricted threshold level (e g., 50% of total gas storage capacity) then the boilers resume normal operation If the Digester Gas storage level falls below some critically low level (e g., 5% of gas storage), then the boilers will switch over to natural gas until the gas storage has returned to a safe level (e g., 50% of gas storage) If communications are lost before the gas storage safe level is reached, then Operator intervention will be required to resume Digester Gas operation. Boiler Master Control Panel City of Yakima 11170 - 6 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 254 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 If the SCADA communications fails, then the Boiler system will be unable to determine the Digester Gas production or storage measurement. In this scenario, if the Digester Gas Blower suction pressure transmitter falls below a low pressure threshold, then both of the Boilers will need to switch over to natural gas until either the Operator requests Digester Gas or the communications resume and indicate sufficient gas capacity Table 2 Boiler Fuel Selection Set Points Set Point Description Unrestricted Digester Gas Storage Level When the Digester Gas Storage level rises above this point from below the "Low Digester Gas Storage Level", then both boilers are allowed to use Digester Gas for fuel Low Digester Gas Storage Level When the Digester Storage Gas level falls below this point, the boilers will be limited to using the Digester Gas at the same rate as the Digester Gas is produced Critically Low Digester Gas Storage Level When the Digester Storage Gas level falls below this level, the boilers will be switched to use natural gas to prevent damage to the digester gas holder membranes. Safe Digester Gas Pressure When the Digester Gas System Pressure (as measured at the Digester Gas Blower Suction) is above this level for some amount of time, then the boilers will be allowed to use Digester Gas after a Critically Low Digester Gas Pressure Alarm Critically Low Digester Gas Pressure When the Digester Gas System Pressure (as measured at the Digester Gas Blower Suction) falls below this pressure, the boilers will be switched to use natural gas to prevent damage to the digester gas holder membranes or the Digester Gas Blowers LEAD LAG SELECTION One of the boilers will be selected as lead, and the other boiler will be lag The lead boiler will be selected based upon the following criteria • The boiler connected to the Digester Gas will be the lead. • The boiler with the most recent failure or most recently brought online will be lag. • Operator selection. DIGESTER GAS BLOWERS The Digester Gas Blowers are controlled by a Variable Speed Controller (VSC) and allow at least a 4:1 turndown. The Blowers are configured one for each Boiler with a manual intertie for emergency operation. The intertie valve will be normally closed The Operator will need to set a special mode on the Master system for operating the blowers with the intertie open Each VSC is housed in a standalone enclosure with a dedicated power supply and control power The Master PLC is the PLC in the Boiler Master Control Panel Each Boiler has a City of Yakima Boiler Master Control Panel Boiler Replacement 11170 - 7 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 255 of 440 dedicated Boiler PLC in addition to the Master PLC Plant SCADA is available through the existing Plant Ethernet SCADA network. The following is a description of the parameters to monitor to ensure proper operation of the Digester Gas Blowers 1 • A motor windings thermostat (opens at 120°C) connected to the VSC and monitored by the Master PLC If motor windings thermostat opens during motor operation, the VSC will be disabled until manually reset at the control station adjacent to the blower • The VSC will fault or alarm and stop operating on high motor amperage at some level below the maximum motor amperage (11 amps at 460 VAC) • The Master PLC will monitor the motor amperage (from the VSC) and compare the measured amperage to the predicted amperage. The predicted amperage is interpolated from factory test data points with varied flow, pressure and temperature If the measured amperage is much more or less than the predicted amperage, the PLC will stop the call for the Blower VSC • A blower discharge temperature switch (opens at 120°C) is monitored by the VSC and will be monitored by the Master PLC (via relays in the VSC cabinet) If the blower discharge temperature switch opens during motor operation, the VSC will be disabled until manually reset at the control station The temperature switch is manually resetting (not automatically resetting) • A mass gas flow meter (thermal dispersion type) transmitter is mounted on the blower discharge The transmitter has a 4-20 mA analog output for flow to the Master PLC and a second 4-20 mA analog output (or bus connection) to the Master PLC for the temperature on the discharge pipe If the Master PLC detects a high temperature in the discharge line or insufficient flow while operating, the Master PLC will stop the call for the Blower VSC • A pressure transmitter with a 4-20 mA analog output is mounted on the discharge pipe If the PLC detects a high pressure, the Master PLC will stop the call for the Blower VSC • The automatic pressure relief valve is a mechanical device A flow switch detects if the high pressure relief valve opens and transmits the flow status to the Master PLC If the pressure relief valve opens during motor operation, the VSC will be disabled until manually reset at the control station (by a "reset" button) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 01 TESTING A. After control panel has been installed at the jobsite 1 Conduct a field test of the panel Testing shall be conducted by physically actuating signaling devices (where possible), installing temporary jumpers, or artificially imposing signals on the field wiring. The purpose of the test is to establish proper operation of the field devices, the integrity of the field wiring, and proper connection of field devices to the panel. The Contractor and/or Boiler manufacturer shall make ' The description is based upon the comments from Jay Jarboe, Rotron Application Engineer, in an email sent to Jodi Figueras, Pharmer Engineering, Inc. on Monday, November 14th. Boiler Master Control Panel City of Yakima 11170 - 8 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 256 of 440 corrections or repairs to the wiring and/or devices as necessary to provide proper operation of the system If testing indicates that field devices require modifications to connectors or contact action, the Contractor shall make the wiring or connection modifications as necessary to coordinate with the PLC program and contract documentation 2 If testing indicates that the equipment functions properly but that changes to the PLC program are required, the revise the program(s) and provide the new program(s) for installation in the PLC The Contractor shall be prepared to install up to 3 revised programs into each PLC during startup/commissioning without additional cost to the Owner 3. Submit the results of all tests in a formal document within two weeks following satisfactory performance of the test. The test results shall document all problems encountered in running the test, corrective action taken, and the detailed results of each phase of the test. 3 02 CONFIGURATION A. Configuration and programming of the Protocol Bridge 1. Configure the IP address and network setting to allow device to be used on network. This may include configuring device in a different VLAN range than the default. 2 Program Modbus/TCP register to other protocol value mappings. 3 Configure serial port parameters to match devices connected to serial port. Test serial parameters by issuing a command to the serial connected device and recording the request and response from the serial connected device 3 03 PLC PROGRAMMING Building Control and Instrumentation 1. Monitor two hot water recirculation pumps and four hot water recirculation booster pumps (a) Calculate motor start counts (b) Calculate motor runtime (c) Monitor motor running status (d) Monitor motor overload relay status 2. Monitor Explosive Gas Detector (a) Monitor three gas alarms See Table III, below (b) Monitor Explosive Gas Level transmitter trouble alarm See Table III, below (c) Allow method to acknowledge Explosive Gas Level transmitter alarm remotely (Voltage Level Sensor) See Table IV, below (d) Communicate with Explosive Gas Level transmitter via Modbus/RTU over RS -485 See Table VI, below 3 Monitor BioGas (Digester Gas) System and Compressor discharge pressures See Table V, below. 4 Monitor BioGas (Digester Gas) Compressor VFD Interlock Status. See Table III, below 5 Monitor BioGas (Digester Gas) Compressor discharge mass flow meter (a) Monitor Gas Flow See Table V and Table VI, below City of Yakima Boiler Master Control Panel Boiler Replacement 11170 - 9 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 257 of 440 (b) Monitor Gas Temperature See Table VI, below (c) Monitor Totalized Gas Flow See Table VI, below 6 Monitor BioGas (Digester Gas) Compressor No 1 and No 2 VFD (a) Monitor Motor Amperage See Table V and Table VI, below (b) Monitor VFD status See Table III and Table VI, below (i) Enabled, (ii) Ready, (iii) in Remote (Comm Port) (iv) Preset Speed Reference (v) Running (vi) Fault (vii) Fault Code (viii) Output Frequency Calculate motor runtime (c) 7 Monitor Boiler No 3 (WW1555) See Table III, below. (a) Boiler No 3 Running (b) Boiler No.3 Alarm. 8 Make available to the Plant SCADA system the monitored and calculated values (a) Parameters (see Tables I, II, III, IV, and V, below) will be made available to the Plant SCADA network. J Configure the PLC to monitor, coordinate, and control two boilers (Boiler No 1 WW1556 and Boiler No.2 WW1557) as specified in Section 11005, "Installation of Owner Furnished Equipment" (The existing Boiler No 3, WW1555, will be manually started and stopped Internal controls to Boiler No 3 control firing rate and diesel or natural gas fuel selection The Master Boiler Control Panel does not control Boiler No 3 ) The PLC shall provide the following boiler control and be approved by the Boiler Manufacturer for use with the Boiler systems: 1 Lead/Lag control for 2 boilers based on hot water temperature control. (a) A PID loop with main header (hot water supply) temperature transmitter as the process variable, the firing rate to all boilers is the control variable, and the loop is tuned by the manufacturer Lead boiler is commanded to come on first, the lag boiler is commanded to start if more heating is required Lag boiler is shutdown first if too rnuch hot water is produced. The lead boiler is shutdown if no more hot water is needed If a boiler becomes unavailable, the other boiler will become (or remain) the lead boiler 2. Warm-up routine for hot standby hot water unit. (a) A warm-up sequence is used to ensure a boiler provides warm water to the system. A boiler will be heated for a set amount of time before it supplies hot water to the heating system. 3 Unison Modulation control (a) Both boilers will modulate with the same firing rate when requested to prolong boiler life. (b) Unison modulation will be optional. 4. Ethernet/IP communications with individual boilers (a) Master Boiler Control Panel will communicate in a safe manner and not allow incompatible or dangerous configurations to be sent to the individual boilers (b) (c) (d) Boiler Master Control Panel 11170 - 10 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 258 of 440 5 Boiler parameters to the Plant SCADA system (see Table VIII, below) (a) Communications shall meet Specification 16921 requirements 6 Fuel Selection (between Natural Gas and BioGas) (a) Pefer to use the BioGas (Digester Gas) over Natural Gas (i) BioGas production, consumption, storage level, storage pressure will be messaged from Plant SCADA system See Table VII, below (ii) While the BioGas storage level is above a Sufficient Level Set Point, the Master Boiler Control Panel will use as much Digester Gas as needed for heating water (iii) If the BioGas storage level falls below a restricted level (%) set point, the Master Boiler Control Panel will restrict the BioGas to a single boiler and limit the consumption of BioGas to equal what is being produced The Lag boiler will start and stop using natural gas to maintain the hot water temperature if the BioGas is not sufficient. (iv) If the BioGas storage level falls below a Low (%) level, the Boiler Master Control Panel will switch both boiler to use Natural gas until an operator manually selects BioGas or the Plant SCDA system indicates the BioGas is above a Sufficient Level Set Point. (v) If Plant SCADA system is unavailable, utilize local pressure transmitter only If pressure falls below a low pressure set point, switch to Natural Gas only until an operator manually indicates BioGas is available or communications resumes and indicates a sufficient BioGas storage level (vi) See Table IX, below, for setpoints (b) Operator Selectable fuel (i) The Operator may override the BioGas selection and use Natural Gas indefinitely (ii) The Operator may select BioGas The Boiler Master Control Panel will use BioGas unless one of the conditions above occur. K. Configure the PLC to monitor, coordinate, and control two BioGas Compressors The Compressors are configured one for each Boiler, with a normally closed manual cross-over valve 1 In addition to the hardwired interlocks, the PLC will also determine based upon the flow meter, pressure transmitter, temperature transmitter, and the amperage from the VFD if the compressor is operating within acceptable bounds 3.04 OPERATOR INTERFACE PROGRAMMING A. Provide customized PanelView Plus 1000 operator interface program 1. Parameters available to control the Boiler system shall be made available on the Operator Interface 2 Provide a Boiler Overview Screen City of Yakima Boiler Master Control Panel Boiler Replacement 11170 - 11 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 259 of 440 (a) Screen shall display the IP address, status (Running, Idle, Warming Up, Unavailable), working sequence, entered sequence, and firing rate sommand for each boiler (b) Actual main header (hot water supply) temperature (c) Main header (hot water supply) temperature set point. Provide Set Point and Sequence screen (a) Display and allow adjustment of Set Points for the following 4. Provide Set (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (1) • Lead Boiler On • Lead Boiler Off • Operating Set Point • Low Set Point Limit • High Set Point Limit • Boiler Name • Boiler Sequence • Auto Rotation Days • Auto Rotation Enable/Disable • Low Water Temperature Alarm Up Screen(s) Lag Start Point Lag Start Delay Lag Stop Point Lag Stop Delay Shut Down Delay Boiler In Sequence (Yes or No) Warm -Up Boiler Off Delay Hold Timer Warm -Up Boiler On Delay Timer Warm -Up Boiler Off (On or Off) 5 Provide Firing Rate Screen (a) Water Temperature bar graph and numeric display (b) Set point temperature bar graph and numeric display (c) Firing rate to the Boiler bar graph and numeric display (d) Mode (Manual or Automatic) (e) Proportional, Integral, Derivative (PID) Control Parameters 6 Elapsed Time Screen (a) Boiler order (Lead or Lag) (b) Boiler Run Time (c) Boiler Status (Idle, Running, Warm-up, or Unavailable) 7 Alarm Screen (a) Alarm Date (b) Alarm Time (c) Alarm acknowledge date (d) Alarm acknowledge time (e) Alarm Name (Description) 8 Configuration (a) Password protected, use for startup and maintenance by trained personel. 9 Individual Boiler Overview Screen Boiler Master Control Panel 11170 - 12 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 260 of 440 (a) Information only screen, similar to 01 display provided with the Boilers 10 Gas Production Overview Screen (a) Show the BioGas Production, Consumption, and Storage Level and Pressure as reported by the Plant SCADA system 3.05 INSTALLATION A. Install PLC control system in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Test, verify and demonstrate access to and functionality of PLC system as per the requirements of Specification Section 16940. City of Yakima Boiler Master Control Panel Boiler Replacement 11170 - 13 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 261 of 440 Table III Discrete Inputs (110 VAC local panel reference voltae Device Description Type Status Meaning Tag ID Boiler No 3 (Backup) Boiler Running Dry Contact Boiler is running when closed VWV1555- Running Boiler No 3 (Backup) Boiler Alarm Dry Contact Boiler is in alarm when closed WW1555- Alarm Storage building inline pump Motor Running Dry Contact Motor Starter is supplying power to motor when closed VVW1566- M Storage building inline pump Motor Overload Dry Contact Motor Overload is in alarm when closed WW1566- OL Shop/garage inline pump Motor Running Dry Contact Motor Starter is supplying power to motor when closed VVW1565- M Shop/garage inline pump Motor Overload Dry Contact Motor Overload is in alarm when closed VVW1565- OL Admin/Lab/Influent buildings inline pump Motor Running Dry Contact Motor Starter is supplying power to motor when closed WW1567- M Admin/Lab/Influent buildings inline pump Motor Overload Dry Contact Motor Overload is in alarm when closed VVW1567- OL Offices/sludge transfer bldg/trickling filter/CI Motor Running Dry Contact Motor Starter is supplying power to motor when closed WW1568- M Offices/sludge transfer bldg/trickling filter/CI Motor Overload Dry Contact Motor Overload is in alarm when closed WW1568- OL Primary loop pump #1 Motor Running Dry Contact Motor Starter is supplying power to motor when closed VWV1563- M Primary loop pump #1 Motor Overload Dry Contact Motor Overload is in alarm when closed VVW1563- OL Primary loop pump #2 Motor Running Dry Contact Motor Starter is supplying power to motor when closed WW1564- M Primary loop pump #2 Motor Overload Dry Contact Motor Overload is in alarm when closed VVW1564- OL Compressor Building Explosive Gas High Level Alarm 1 Dry Contact Explosive Gas Level is too high, alarm when closed WW1950- AH1 Boiler Master Control Panel 11170 - 14 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 262 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Device Description Type Status Meaning Tag ID Compressor Building Explosive Gas High Level Alarm 2 Dry Contact Explosive Gas Level is too high, alarm when closed WW1950- AH2 Compressor Building Explosive Gas High Level Alarm 3 Dry Contact Explosive Gas Level is too high, alarm when closed WW1950- AH3 Compressor Building Explosive Gas Detector Trouble Dry Contact Explosive Gas Detector Trouble Warning WW1950- AH4 Biogas feed blower No 1 Control Station Status Dry Contact Status is OK when Selector Switch is in Auto, and Motor Disconnect Closed is closed, and VSC is "Ready" Blower is not available if this status is opened WW1558- CR2 Biogas feed blower No.1 VSC is Faulted Dry Contact Status is OK when open VSC is powered and in fault when closed WW1558- CR5 Biogas feed blower No 1 VSC is Ready Dry Contract Status is OK when closed. VSC is powered and not in fault. WW1558- CR6 Biogas feed blower No 1 Motor Windings High Temperature Thermostat Dry Contract Status is OK when closed. Motor disconnect opened or Motor Windings Thermostat High Temperature if opened WW1558- CR4 Biogas feed blower No.1 Blower Discharge High Temperature Thermostat Dry Contract Status is OK when closed Motor disconnect opened or Blower Discharge Thermostat High Temperature opened WW1558- CR1 Biogas feed blower No 1 Blower Discharge High Pressure Relief Valve Dry Contract Status is OK when closed Motor disconnect opened or Blower Discharge High Pressure Relief Valve opened WW1558- CR3 Biogas feed blower No 2 Control Station Status Dry Contact Status is OK when Selector Switch is in Auto, and Motor Disconnect Closed is closed, and VSC is "Ready" Blower is not available if this status is opened WW1559- CR2 Biogas feed blower No 2 VSC is Faulted Dry Contact Status is OK when open VSC is powered and in fault when closed WW1559- CR5 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Boiler Master Control Panel 11170 - 15 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 263 of 440 Device Description Type Status Meaning Tag ID Biogas feed blower No 2 VSC is Ready Dry Contract Status is OK when closed VSC is powered and not in fault. WW1559- CR6 Biogas feed blower No 2 Motor Windings High Temperature Thermostat Dry Contract Status is OK when closed Motor disconnect opened or Motor Windings Thermostat High Temperature if opened WW1559- CR4 Biogas feed blower No 2 Blower Discharge High Temperature Thermostat Dry Contract Status is OK when closed Motor disconnect opened or Blower Discharge Thermostat High Temperature opened WW1559- CR1 Biogas feed blower No 2 Blower Discharge High Pressure Relief Valve Dry Contract Status is OK when closed. Motor disconnect opened or Blower Discharge High Pressure Relief Valve opened WW1559- CR3 Table IV Discrete Outputs (Dry Contact) Description Type Tag ID Digester Gas Compressor Room Explosive Gas Detector DC Voltage Reference Close to reset alarms Table V Analog Inputs (4-20 mA DC current Description Range Tag ID Digester Gas System Pressure (Blower Suction) 0-20 inches H2O WW1948 BioGas Compressor No 1 VSC Motor Current 0-25 A WW1958 (VSC AO2) BioGas Compressor No 1 Blower Discharge Temperature Transmitter 0-150 scfm WW1561-TT BioGas Compressor No.1 Blower Discharge Pressure 0-80 in w c WW1947 BioGas Compressor No.1 Blower Discharge Flow 0-150 SCFM WW1561-FIT BioGas Compressor No 2 VSC Motor Current 0-25 A WW1959 (VSC AO2 BioGas Compressor No.2 Blower Discharge Temperature Transmitter 0-150 scfm WW1560-TT BioGas Compressor No 2 Blower Discharge Pressure 0-80 in w c WW1949 BioGas Compressor No 2 Blower Discharge Flow 0-150 SCFM WW1560-FIT Table VI Analog Inputs (Modbus/RTU over RS -485) Boiler Master Control Panel 11170 - 16 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 264 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description Modbus Device Address Modbus Register Address2 Compressor Building H2S LEL% Floating Point Holding Register(s) 7 16 Compressor Building Combustible LEL% Floating Point Holding Register(s) 7 14 Explosive Gas Detector Status Word(s) Integer Holding Registers 7 201 BioGas Compressor No 1 VSC Motor Control Word Integer Holding Registers 11 8192 BioGas Compressor No 1 Speed Reference Word Integer Holding Registers 11 8193 BioGas Compressor No.1 VSC Fault Code Integer Holding Registers 11 8449 BioGas Compressor No.1 VSC Status Registers Integer Holding Registers 11 8448 BioGas Compressor No.1 Discharge Flow Meter Gas Flow Rate Floating Point Holding Register(s) 12 TBD BioGas Compressor No 1 Discharge Flow Meter Totalized Gas Flow Long Integer Holding Register(s) 12 TBD BioGas Compressor No 1 Discharge Flow Meter Gas Temperature Floating Point Holding Register(s) 12 TBD BioGas Compressor No 2 VSC Motor Control Word Integer Holding Registers 21 TBD BioGas Compressor No.2 VSC Fault Code Integer Holding Registers 21 TBD BioGas Compressor No 2 VSC Status Registers Integer Holding Registers 21 TBD BioGas Compressor No 2 Discharge Flow Meter Gas Flow Rate Floating Point Holding Register(s) 22 TBD BioGas Compressor No 2 Discharge Flow Meter Totalized Gas Flow Long Integer Holding Register(s) 22 TBD 2 Modbus Register Address is listed with the first register at 0. Some Modbus masters require the first address to be 1. Adjust to the actual network provided City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Boiler Master Control Panel 11170 - 17 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 265 of 440 Description Modbus Device Address Modbus Register Address2 BioGas Compressor No 2 Discharge Flow Meter Gas Temperature Floating Point Holding Register(s) 22 TBD Table VII Analog Inputs (Ethernet/IP over Ethernet SCADA) Description Origin Local PLC Register Address UASB Reactor Communications Serial Number Integer Holding Registers (0 to 10000 Raw, Changes with each communication attempt) UASB_PLC TBD UASB Reactors Digester Gas Production Flow (SCFM) Integer Holding Registers (0.0 to 1000 0 SCFM) (0 to 10000 Raw) UASB_PLC TBD Primary Digester PLC Communications Serial Number Integer Holding Registers (0 to 10000 Raw, Changes with each communication attempt) PriDig_PLC TBD Primary Digester Digester Gas Production Flow (SCFM) Integer Holding Registers (0.0 to 1000 0 SCFM) (0 to 10000 Raw) PriDig_PLC TBD Waste Gas Flare Digester Gas Consumption Flow (SCFM) Integer Holding Registers (0 0 to 1000 0 SCFM) (0 to 10000 Raw) PriDig_PLC TBD Secondary Digester PLC Communications Serial Number Integer Holding Registers (0 to 10000 Raw, Changes with each communication attempt) SecDig_PLC TBD Secondary Digester Gas Storage Level (% Full) Integer Holding Registers (0 0% to 100.0% E U.) (0 to 1000 Raw) SecDig_PLC TBD 3 Values from Plant PLCs will be transmitted to the local PLC in accordance with Section 16921. Boiler Master Control Panel 11170 - 18 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 266 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description Origin Origin Local PLC Register Address Secondary Digester Gas Storage Pressure Integer Holding Registers (0 0% to 100 0% E U.) (0 to 1000 Raw) SecDig_PLC TBD Table VIII Analog Inputs (Ethernet/IP over Ethernet for Boiler System) Description Origin Data Type Units/Info Alarms Drive Fault Boiler 1 Boolean Modbus Com Error Boiler 1 Boolean Low Water Boiler 1 Boolean BC Alarm Boiler 1 Boolean Boiler Limits Open Boiler 1 Boolean High Stack Temp Alarm Boiler 1 Boolean High Stack Temp S.D. Boiler 1 Boolean External Interlock • Boiler 1 Boolean I/O module fault Boiler 1 Boolean Steam Sensor Fail Boiler 1 Boolean Boiler 1 Boolean Boiler 1 Boolean F/A Ratio Controller Fault Boiler 1 Boolean No Fuel Selected Boiler 1 Boolean Low Clogix Battery Boiler 1 Boolean Non Recycle Limit Relay Fail Boiler 1 Boolean Recyle Limit Relay Fail Boiler 1 Boolean Remote Modulation Signal Fail Boiler 1 Boolean Header Sensor Fail Boiler 1 Boolean TC Channel Fail Boiler 1 Boolean Low 02 Alarm Boiler 1 Boolean High Limit Alarm Boiler 1 Boolean ALWCO Boiler 1 Boolean Low Gas Pressure/Low Oil Temp Boiler 1 Boolean High Gas Pressure/High Oil Temp Boiler 1 Boolean Low Oil Pressure Boiler 1 Boolean High Oil Pressure Boiler 1 Boolean Oil Drawer Switch Not Made Boiler 1 Boolean Low Atomizing Air Pressure Boiler 1 Boolean Low Combustion Air Pressure Boiler 1 Boolean AUX Alarm 1 Boiler 1 Boolean AUX Alarm 2 Boiler 1 Boolean Status 4 Values from Plant PLCs will be transmitted to the local PLC in accordance with Section 16921. City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Boiler Master Control Panel 11170 - 19 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 267 of 440 Description Origin Data Type Units/Info Blower On Boiler 1 Boolean Purge Input Boiler 1 Boolean Release To modulate Input Boiler 1 Boolean Low Fire Switch Boiler 1 Boolean High Fire Switch Boiler 1 Boolean Ready to start/Limits Closed Boiler 1 Boolean External Start Interlock Boiler 1 Boolean ALFCO Boiler 1 Boolean Pilot Boiler 1 Boolean Main Fuel Valve Open Boiler 1 Boolean Fuel 1 Selected Boiler 1 Boolean Fuel 2 Selected Boiler 1 Boolean FSG Alarm Boiler 1 Boolean LWCO Shutdown Boiler 1 Boolean Remote enable input Boiler 1 Boolean Burner Switch Boiler 1 Boolean Recycle Limit Relay Boiler 1 Boolean External Device Start Boiler 1 Boolean Non Recycle Limit Relay Boiler 1 Boolean Drive to Low Fire (FARC) Boiler 1 Boolean Start Slave Blr (2 Blr LL) Boiler 1 Boolean Load Demand Output Boiler 1 Boolean Alarm Output Boiler 1 Boolean Boiler Ready (LL) Boiler 1 Boolean Boiler Load Demand Boiler 1 Boolean Firing Rate Remote/Llag Boiler 1 Boolean Firing Rate Manual Boiler 1 Boolean Firing Rate Auto Boiler 1 Boolean Hot Stand By Boiler 1 Boolean Warm Up Boiler 1 Boolean Fuel 3 Selected Boiler 1 Boolean Aux Alarm 3 Boiler 1 Boolean Configuration Steam or Hot Water Boiler 1 Boolean Level Master Present Boiler 1 Boolean Variable Speed Drive Present Boiler 1 Boolean Economizer Present Boiler 1 Boolean Combustion Air Temp Present Boiler 1 Boolean Oil Temp. Sensor Present Boiler 1 Boolean 02 Analyzer Present Boiler 1 Boolean Feedwater or Return Temp Present Boiler 1 Boolean Outdoor Reset Selected Boiler 1 Boolean Boiler 1 Boolean Two boiler lead lag master select Boiler 1 Boolean Two boiler lead lag slave select Boiler 1 Boolean Master panel select Boiler 1 Boolean Boiler Master Control Panel 11170 - 20 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 268 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description Origin Data Type Units/Info Hot stand by select Boiler 1 Boolean Dual setpoint select Boiler 1 Boolean Gas Flow Select Boiler 1 Boolean Oil Flow Select Boiler 1 Boolean Steam Flow Select Boiler 1 Boolean Water Flow Select Boiler 1 Boolean Honeywell or Fireye Boiler 1 Boolean Analog Values Flame Strength Honeywell Boiler 1 Real Combustion Air Fan Speed Boiler 1 Real Blower Motor Kw Boiler 1 Real Boiler Efficiency Boiler 1 Real Firing Rate Boiler 1 Real 02 Level Boiler 1 Real Set Point Steam Pressure/Water Temp Boiler 1 Real Water Level Boiler 1 Real Steam Pressure or HW Temp Boiler 1 Real Combustion Air Pressure Boiler 1 Real Stack Temperature Before Econ Boiler 1 Real Combustion Air Temperature Boiler 1 Real Water Temperature Shell/Outdoor Temp Boiler 1 Real Feedwater Temperature Boiler 1 Real Stack Temp. After Econ./Return HW Boiler 1 Real Oil Temperature Boiler 1 Real Gas Flow Boiler 1 Real Oil Flow Boiler 1 Real Steam Flow Boiler 1 Real Water Flow Boiler 1 Real Safety Valve Setting or Max Water Temp Boiler 1 Real Header Pressure or temp 2 Boiler LL Boiler 1 Real Set Point 2 Boiler LL Boiler 1 Real Boiler Off Point Boiler 1 Real Boiler On Point Boiler 1 Real Future Boiler 1 Real Future Boiler 1 Real Miscellaneous Burner Control Status Line 1 Honeywell Boiler 1 Integer Burner Control Status Line 2 Honeywell Boiler 1 Integer Burner Control Status Line 1 Fireye Boiler 1 Integer Burner Control Status Line 2 Fireye Boiler 1 Integer Flame Signal Fireye Boiler 1 Integer Fuel 1Type Boiler 1 Integer City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Boiler Master Control Panel 11170-21 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 269 of 440 Description Origin Data Type Units/Info Fuel 2 Type Boiler 1 Integer Fuel 3 Type Boiler 1 Integer Boiler ID Boiler 1 Integer Elapsed Time (First 16 Bits) Boiler 1 Integer Elapsed Time (Second 16 Bits) Boiler 1 Integer Number Of Cycles (First 16 Bits) Boiler 1 Integer Number Of Cycles (Second 16 Bits) Boiler 1 Integer Future Boiler 1 Integer Future Boiler 1 Integer Elapsed Time Boiler 1 Dbl Integer Number Of Cycles Boiler 1 Dbl Integer Alarms Drive Fault Boiler 2 Boolean Modbus Com Error Boiler 2 Boolean Low Water Boiler 2 Boolean BC Alarm Boiler 2 Boolean Boiler Limits Open Boiler 2 Boolean High Stack Temp Alarm Boiler 2 Boolean High Stack Temp S D Boiler 2 Boolean External Interlock Boiler 2 Boolean I/O module fault Boiler 2 Boolean Steam Sensor Fail Boiler 2 Boolean Boiler 2 Boolean Boiler 2 Boolean F/A Ratio Controller Fault Boiler 2 Boolean No Fuel Selected Boiler 2 Boolean Low Clogix Battery Boiler 2 Boolean Non Recycle Limit Relay Fail Boiler 2 Boolean Recyle Limit Relay Fail Boiler 2 Boolean Remote Modulation Signal Fail Boiler 2 Boolean Header Sensor Fail Boiler 2 Boolean TC Channel Fail Boiler 2 Boolean Low 02 Alarm Boiler 2 Boolean High Limit Alarm Boiler 2 Boolean ALWCO Boiler 2 Boolean Low Gas Pressure/Low Oil Temp Boiler 2 Boolean High Gas Pressure/High Oil Temp Boiler 2 Boolean Low Oil Pressure Boiler 2 Boolean High Oil Pressure Boiler 2 Boolean Oil Drawer Switch Not Made Boiler 2 Boolean Low Atomizing Air Pressure Boiler 2 Boolean Low Combustion Air Pressure Boiler 2 Boolean Boiler Master Control Panel 11170 - 22 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 270 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description Origin Data Type Units/Info AUX Alarm 1 Boiler 2 Boolean AUX Alarm 2 Boiler 2 Boolean Status Blower On Boiler 2 Boolean Purge Input Boiler 2 Boolean Release To modulate Input Boiler 2 Boolean Low Fire Switch Boiler 2 Boolean High Fire Switch Boiler 2 Boolean Ready to start/Limits Closed Boiler 2 Boolean External Start Interlock Boiler 2 Boolean ALFCO Boiler 2 Boolean Pilot Boiler 2 Boolean Main Fuel Valve Open Boiler 2 Boolean Fuel 1 Selected Boiler 2 Boolean Fuel 2 Selected Boiler 2 Boolean FSG Alarm Boiler 2 Boolean LWCO Shutdown Boiler 2 Boolean Remote enable input Boiler 2 Boolean Burner Switch Boiler 2 Boolean Recycle Limit Relay Boiler 2 Boolean External Device Start Boiler 2 Boolean Non Recycle Limit Relay Boiler 2 Boolean Drive to Low Fire (FARC) Boiler 2 Boolean Start Slave Blr (2 Blr LL) Boiler 2 Boolean Load Demand Output Boiler 2 Boolean Alarm Output Boiler 2 Boolean Boiler Ready (LL) Boiler 2 Boolean Boiler Load Demand Boiler 2 Boolean Firing Rate Remote/Llag Boiler 2 Boolean Firing Rate Manual Boiler 2 Boolean Firing Rate Auto Boiler 2 Boolean Hot Stand By Boiler 2 Boolean Warm Up Boiler 2 Boolean Fuel 3 Selected Boiler 2 Boolean Aux Alarm 3 Boiler 2 Boolean Configuration Steam or Hot Water Boiler 2 Boolean Level Master Present Boiler 2 Boolean Variable Speed Drive Present Boiler 2 Boolean Economizer Present Boiler 2 Boolean Combustion Air Temp. Present Boiler 2 Boolean Oil Temp Sensor Present Boiler 2 Boolean 02 Analyzer Present Boiler 2 Boolean Feedwater or Return Temp Present Boiler 2 Boolean Outdoor Reset Selected Boiler 2 Boolean Boiler 2 Boolean City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Boiler Master Control Panel 11170 - 23 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 271 of 440 Description Origin Data Type Units/Info Two boiler lead lag master select Boiler 2 Boolean Two boiler lead lag slave select Boiler 2 Boolean Master panel select Boiler 2 Boolean Hot stand by select Boiler 2 Boolean Dual setpoint select Boiler 2 Boolean Gas Flow Select Boiler 2 Boolean Oil Flow Select Boiler 2 Boolean Steam Flow Select Boiler 2 Boolean Water Flow Select Boiler 2 Boolean Honeywell or Fireye Boiler 2 Boolean Analog Values Flame Strength Honeywell Boiler 2 Real Combustion Air Fan Speed Boiler 2 Real Blower Motor Kw Boiler 2 Real Boiler Efficiency Boiler 2 Real Firing Rate Boiler 2 Real 02 Level Boiler 2 Real Set Point Steam Pressure/Water Temp Boiler 2 Real Water Level Boiler 2 Real Steam Pressure or HW Temp Boiler 2 Real Combustion Air Pressure Boiler 2 Real Stack Temperature Before Econ Boiler 2 Real Combustion Air Temperature Boiler 2 Real Water Temperature Shell/Outdoor Temp Boiler 2 Real Feedwater Temperature Boiler 2 Real Stack Temp After Econ'/Return HW Boiler 2 Real Oil Temperature Boiler 2 Real Gas Flow Boiler 2 Real Oil Flow Boiler 2 Real Steam Flow Boiler 2 Real Water Flow Boiler 2 Real Safety Valve Setting or Max Water Temp Boiler 2 Real Header Pressure or temp 2 Boiler LL Boiler 2 Real Set Point 2 Boiler LL Boiler 2 Real Boiler Off Point Boiler 2 Real Boiler On Point Boiler 2 Real Future Boiler 2 Real Future Boiler 2 Real Miscellaneous Burner Control Status Line 1 Honeywell Boiler 2 Integer Burner Control Status Line 2 Honeywell Boiler 2 Integer Burner Control Status Line 1 Fireye Boiler 2 Integer Boiler Master Control Panel 11170 - 24 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 272 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description Origin Data Type Units/Info Burner Control Status Line 2 Fireye Boiler 2 Integer Flame Signal Fireye Boiler 2 Integer Fuel 1Type Boiler 2 Integer Fuel 2 Type Boiler 2 Integer Fuel 3 Type Boiler 2 Integer Boiler ID Boiler 2 Integer Elapsed Time (First 16 Bits) Boiler 2 Integer Elapsed Time (Second 16 Bits) Boiler 2 Integer Number Of Cycles (First 16 Bits) Boiler 2 Integer Number Of Cycles (Second 16 Bits) Boiler 2 Integer Future Boiler 2 Integer Future Boiler 2 Integer Elapsed Time Boiler 2 Dbl Integer Number Of Cycles Boiler 2 Dbi Integer Alarms Boiler A Ethernet Comm Error Master Read Bool Boiler B Ethernet Comm Error Master Read Bool Steam/Water Sensor Fail Master Read Bool Low Steam Pressure Master Read Bool Boiler A Power Failure Master Read Bool Boiler B Power Failure Master Read Bool Boiler A Ready Master Read Bool Boiler B Ready Master Read Bool Power To Boiler A Master Read Bool Power To Boiler B Master Read Bool Boiler A Start Output Master Read Bool Boiler B Start Output Master Read Bool Unison Modulation Master Read Bool L/Lag Modulation Master Read Bool City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Boiler Master Control Panel 11170 - 25 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 273 of 440 Description Origin Data Type Units/Info English System Master Read Bool Metric System Master Read Bool Auto Rotation On Master Read Bool Number of units Master Read Integer Boiler A Sequence Status Master Read Integer 0=Idle, 1=Running, 2=Unavailable, 3=WarmUp Boiler B Sequence Status Master Read Integer 0=Idle, 1=Running, 2=Unavailable, 3=WarmUp Auto Sequence Rotation Days Set Master Read Integer Boiler A Run Time Since Last Rot Master Read Integer Days Boiler A Run Time Since Last Rot Master Read Integer Hours Boiler A Run Time Since Last Rot Master Read Integer Min Boiler B Run Time Since Last Rot Master Read Integer Days Boiler B Run Time Since Last Rot Master Read Integer Hours Boiler B Run Time Since Last Rot Master Read Integer Min Analog Values Maximum Pressure/Temperature Master Read Real PSI(Bar) or F(C) Lead Boiler On Point Master Read Real PSI(Bar) or F(C) Lead Boiler Off Point Master Read Real PSI(Bar) or F(C) Operating Pressure/Temperature Master Read Real PSI(Bar) or F(C) Low SP Limit Master Read Real PSI(Bar) or F(C) High SP Limit Master Read Real PSI(Bar) or F(C) Days Till Auto Seq Rotation Master Read Real Hours Till Auto Seq Rotation Master Read Real Minutes Till Auto Seq Rotation Master Read Real Seconds Till Auto Seq Rotation Master Read Real Boiler Master Control Panel 11170 - 26 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 274 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 ii 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description Origin Data Type Units/Info Set Point Master Write Real Lead Boiler Off Point(F or Psi) Restricted BioGas Level Set Point Equal or below this set point, restrict BioGas usage to the same amount produced Integer Percentage Low BioGas Level Set Point Master Write Integer Percentage Lag 1 Start Timer Set Master Write Integer 0-900 Sec Lag 1Start Point Master Write Integer 0-100 % Fire Rate / Demand Lag 1 Stop Point Master Write Integer 0-100 % Fire Rate / Demand Lag 1 Stop Timer Set Master Write Integer 0-600 Sec Lead Boiler Selection Master Write Integer 1-4 Lag 1 Boiler Selection Master Write Integer 1-4 Lag 2 Boiler Selection Master Write Integer 1-4 Write Point Enter Master Write Boolean Table IX Fuel Selection Setpoints Description Data Type Units/Info Sufficient BioGas Level Set Point Equal or above this set point, enough BioGas is available to use for all boilers Integer Percentage Restricted BioGas Level Set Point Equal or below this set point, restrict BioGas usage to the same amount produced Integer Percentage Low BioGas Level Set Point Equal or below this set point, Stop using BioGas until Operator selects or BioGas is reported above Sufficient BioGas Level Set Point Integer Percentage Secondary Digester Communication Time before Communications Time (seconds) without an updated Secondary Digester Communications Number Integer Seconds City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Boiler Master Control Panel 11170 - 27 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 275 of 440 Description Data Type Units/Info Failure Low BioGas Pressure Transmitter Equal or below this set point, Stop using BioGas until pressure is above set point level for 15 minutes Real Inches of Water Column Pressure END OF SECTION Boiler Master Control Panel City of Yakima 11170 - 28 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 276 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 13103 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER WW1947, WW1948 AND WW1949 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORD INCLUDED A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide pressure sensing equipment, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents 102 SUBMITTALS A. Complete description of all materials B Equipment installation, operation and maintenance information C Factory test data signed, dated, and certified factory test data D. Manufacturerwarranty 1.03 ❑ UALITY ASSURANCE A. Calibration: All pressure sensing equipment shall be shipped to the project site factory calibrated and accompanied with certificate of such B Warranty: All sensors shall be provided with manufacturer® standard one-year product warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 01 PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS A. Installation environment 1 Location: Indoors ❑ Class I Division 1 Explosive, Corrosive Area 2 Fluid: Digester [las B. Performance Requirements 1 Measurement Range: 0-100 inches of water column pressure 2 Accuracy: <_ 0 5171 Error 3. Calibration Units: inches of water column pressure (in 1120) 4 Output: 4-20 milli -Ampere (mA) nominal process range Superimposed (DART) Digital Signal Intrinsically Safe when used with Intrinsically Safe BarrierEPower Source City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Pressure Transmitter 13103 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 277 of 440 C Construction Requirements 1 Housing: NEMA 7 (Explosion Proof by FM), 316 Stainless Steel 2 Temperature Range: 32 to 250 degrees Fahrenheit 3 Low Pressure Process Connection. Female 1 l2 Inch NPT Thread 4 Diaphragm Seal: ❑astelloy 5 Display Interface: LCD, in [Calibration Units❑noted above 6 Power Connection: ❑ 24 Colts Direct Current, 03 5 mA draw Passive Loop Powered Device, Intrinsically Safe D Transmitter 1 The pressure transmitter shall provide a two -wire, loop powered, 4-20 mA signal proportional to the process differential pressure 2 The transmitter output shall be field selectable for pressure, level or flow applications without the need for a hand-held device 3 In addition to the analog signal, the transmitter shall also provide a simultaneous digital signal superimposed on the analog output (for example, ❑ART), but shall not affect this analog output. 4. The unit shall operate with 10 5 to 45 ❑DC in non -hazardous applications and 10 5to 30 CDC in FM approved installations E Sensor 1 The sensor shall incorporate all of the calibration and characterization data so as to be completely replaceable and interchangeable without the need for recalibration 2 The accuracy shall be maintained on the new interchanged sensor The electronics shall also be replaceable without the need for recalibration on the sensor. 3 The calibration shall be via external push buttons which will allow the transmitter to be re -ranged without the need for any pressure source or other external handheld devices 4. The single electronics board shall incorporate linear, square root, and linearization functions so as to be configurable in process engineering units F Manifold 1 A manifold shall be supplied with each pressure transmitter and shall be designed for mounting directly to the transmitter. 2. The manifold shall be constructed of 316 SST and contain two main block valves and an equalizing valve 3 Process connections shall be via ❑ ❑NPT connections 4 The manifold shall also be supplied with 2❑pipe mounting kit to support the manifold and differential pressure transmitter Nameplate 1. Provide stainless steel nameplate engraved with the instrument tag number and description. Affix nameplate to instrument. City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Pressure Transmitter 13103 - 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 278 of 440 11 11 11 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Tag ID Description WW1947 Boiler No 1 Digester Das Pressure WW1949 Boiler No 2 Digester LI as Pressure WW1948 Digester System ❑ as Pressure ❑ Manufacturers 1. Simens Sitrans DS III, 2 Or approved equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 01 ❑ENERAL All pressure sensing devices shall be mounted as shown on drawings and following the manufacturerS recommendations The CONTRACTOR shall verify installation requirements prior to mounting of similar level sensing devices City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project - END OF SECTION - Pressure Transmitter 13103 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 279 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 280 of 440 SECTION 13106 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER WW1953-TT PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide temperature sensing equipment, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 102 SUBMITTALS A. Complete description of all materials B Equipment installation, operation and maintenance information C Factory test data signed, dated, and certified factory test data D Manufacturer's warranty 1 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Calibration: All pressure sensing equipment shall be shipped to the project site factory calibrated and accompanied with certificate of such B. Warranty: All sensors shall be provided with manufacturer's standard one-year product warranty PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER A. Installation environment 1. Location: Indoors — Class I Division 1 Explosive, Corrosive Area 2 Fluid. Digester Gas B. Performance Requirements 1. Measurement Range: 60-220 degrees Fahrenheit 2. Accuracy: <_ 0 5% Error 3 Calibration Units: degrees Fahrenheit City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Temperature Transmitter 13106 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 281 of 440 4 Output: 4-20 milli -Ampere (mA) nominal process range Superimposed (HART) Digital Signal Intrinsically Safe when used with Intrinsically Safe Barrier/ Power Source C Construction Requirements 1 Housing: NEMA 7 (Explosion Proof by FM), 316 Stainless Steel 2 Temperature Range: 0 to 150 degrees Fahrenheit 3 Process Connection Female 1/2 Inch NPT Thread 4. Diaphragm Seal: Hastelloy 5. Display Interface: LCD, in "Calibration Units" noted above 6. Power Connection: < 24 Volts Direct Current, <3.5 mA draw Passive Loop Powered Device, Intrinsically Safe D. Transmitter 1 The pressure transmitter shall provide a two -wire, loop powered, 4-20 mA signal proportional to the process temperature 2 In addition to the analog signal, the transmitter shall also provide a simultaneous digital signal (HART) superimposed on the analog output but shall not affect this analog output. 3 The unit shall operate with 10 5 to 45 VDC in non -hazardous applications and 10.5to 30 VDC in FM approved installations. E Sensor 1. The sensor shall incorporate all of the calibration and characterization data so as to be completely replaceable and interchangeable withoutthe need for recalibration 2 The accuracy shall be maintained on the new interchanged sensor The electronics shall also be replaceable without the need for recalibration on the sensor 3 The calibration shall be via external push buttons which will allow the transmitter to be re -ranged without the need for any pressure source or other external handheld devices F Mounting Bracket 1 A mounting bracket shall be supplied with each transmitter and shall be designed for mounting directly to the transmitter. 2. The mounting bracket shall be constructed of 316 SST. 3. Process connections shall be via '/z' NPT connections 4 The mounting bracket shall also be supplied with a pipe mounting kit to support the manifold and differential pressure transmitter G Nameplate 1. Provide stainless steel nameplate engraved with the instrument tag number and description Affix nameplate to instrument. City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Temperature Transmitter 13106 - 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 282 of 440 Tag ID Description WW1953-TT Primary Digester HX Loop Temperature Transmitter H Manufacturers 1 Simens Sitrans TF, 2 Or approved equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 01 GENERAL A. All temperature sensing devices shall be mounted as shown on drawings and following the manufacturer's recommendations The CONTRACTOR shall verify installation requirements prior to mounting of similar level sensing devices - END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Temperature Transmitter 13106 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 283 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 284 of 440 SECTION 13107 MASS AIR FLOW METER WW1560 AND WW1561 PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide thermal dispersion mass air flow meter, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Complete description of all materials B Equipment installation, operation and maintenance information C Factory test data signed, dated, and certified factory test data D Manufacturer's warranty 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Calibration: All pressure sensing equipment shall be shipped to the project site factory calibrated and accompanied with certificate of such B Warranty: All sensors shall be provided with manufacturer's standard one-year product warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 01 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER A. Installation environment 1 Location: Indoors 2 Fluid Digester Gas B Performance Requirements 1 Measurement Range: 0-200 standard cubic feet per minute (SCFM) 50 to 150 degrees Fahrenheit 2. Accuracy: <_ 1% Flow Error, 3% Temperature Error 3 Calibration Units: standard cubic feet per minute (SCFM) and degrees Fahrenheit City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Mass Air Flow Meter 13107 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 285 of 440 4 Output: 2 (two) isolated 4-20 milli -Ampere (mA) nominal process range 1 (one) RS -485 Modbus/RTU digital communications signal Intrinsically Safe when used with Intrinsically Safe Barrier/ Power Source C Construction Requirements 1 Housing: NEMA 4X, 316 Stainless Steel 2 Temperature Range: 32 to 250 degrees Fahrenheit 3 Wetted Instrument Measurement Material: Hastelloy 4 Display Interface: LCD, in "Calibration Units" noted above 5 Power Connection: 120 Volt Alternating Current protected by 20 Ampere breaker D Transmitter 1 The transmitter shall provide a two -wire, self -powered, 4-20 mA signal proportional to the process flow and a two -wire, self -powered, 4-20 mA signal proportional to the process temperature. 2. In addition to the analog signal, the transmitter shall also provide a simultaneous digital signal RS -485 Modbus/RTU. Floating point Modbus holding registers shall make at least the following measurements available current flow rate (SCFM), total flow (SCF), process temperature (degrees Fahrenheit) E. Sensor 1 The sensor shall incorporate all of the calibration and characterization data so as to be completely replaceable and interchangeable without the need for recalibration. 2. The accuracy shall be maintained on the new interchanged sensor The electronics shall also be replaceable without the need for recalibration on the sensor. 3 The calibration shall be via external push buttons which will allow the transmitter to be re -ranged without the need for any pressure source or other external handheld devices F Flow Conditioner 1 A flow conditioner insert shall be supplied with each transmitter and shall be designed for installation within the process pipe 2 The flow conditioner shall be from the same manufacturer as the flow transmitter G Nameplate 1 Provide stainless steel nameplate engraved with the instrument tag number and description Affix nameplate to instrument. Tag ID Description WW1561 Biogas Feed Compressor No. 1 Flow Meter City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Mass Air Flow Meter 13107 - 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 286 of 440 WW 1560 Biogas Feed Compressor No 2 Flow Meter H Manufacturers 1 Fluid Components International, LLC. (FCI) ST100, 2 Or approved equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 01 GENERAL All temperature sensing devices shall be mounted as shown on drawings and following the manufacturer's recommendations. The CONTRACTOR shall verify installation requirements prior to mounting of similar level sensing devices - END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Mass Air Flow Meter 13107 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 287 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 288 of 440 SECTION 13108 EXPLOSIVE GAS DETECTOR PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide explosive gas detectors, transmitter, and notification devices , complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 102 SUBMITTALS A. Complete description of all materials B Equipment installation, operation and maintenance information C Factory test data signed, dated, and certified factory test data D Manufacturer's warranty 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Calibration: All pressure sensing equipment shall be shipped to the project site factory calibrated and accompanied with certificate of such B Warranty: All sensors shall be provided with manufacturer's standard one-year product warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 01 EXPLOSIVE GAS TRANSMITTER A. Installation environment 1. Location: Outdoors, Class I Division 1, Group D B Performance Requirements 1 Input: Voltage level sensing input, voltage source for resetting alarms 2 Output: 4 (four) C Form Dry Contacts 1 (one) RS -485 Modbus/RTU digital communications signal Intrinsically Safe when used with Intrinsically Safe Barrier/ Power Source 3. Sensors: Must be able to simultaneously monitor up to 3 sensors for gas concentration C. Construction Requirements 1. Housing: NEMA 7, 316 Stainless Steel Device shall be rated for installation in a Class I, Division 1, Group D environment. City of Yakima Explosive Gas Detector Boiler Replacement 13108 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 289 of 440 2 Temperature Range: -40 to 140 degrees Fahrenheit 3 Display Interface: LCD, in "Calibration Units" noted above 4 Power Connection: 120 Volt Alternating Current protected by 20 Ampere breaker D Nameplate 1 Provide stainless steel nameplate engraved with the instrument tag number and description Affix nameplate to instrument. Tag ID Description Biogas Feed Blower Room Explosive Gas Monitor E Manufacturers 1 Mine Safety Appliance Ultima X3 series 2 02 IR COMBUSTIBLE GAS SENSOR — METHANE — 0-100% LEL A. Installation environment 1 Location: Indoors, Class I Division 1, Group D B Performance Requirements 1 Measurement Range: 0-100% lower explosive limit (LEL) for methane combustible gas 2 Accuracy: <_ 1% Flow Error, 3% Temperature Error 3 Calibration Units: lower explosive limit (LEL) for methane combustible gas concentration 4 Input: Manufacturer specific interface 5 Sensors: Infrared air diffusion interface. C Construction Requirements 1 Housing: NEMA 7, 316 Stainless Steel Device shall be rated for installation in a Class I, Division 1, Group D environment. 2 Temperature Range: -40 to 140 degrees Fahrenheit 3 Interface: provide remote terminal, manufacturer recommended cabling as needed to provide remote monitoring capabilities D Nameplate 1 Provide stainless steel nameplate engraved with the instrument tag number and description. Affix nameplate to instrument. City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Tag ID Description Combustible Gas Sensor Explosive Gas Detector 13108 - 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 290 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 E. Manufacturers 1 Mine Safety Appliance Ultima XIR series 2 03 HYDROGEN SULFID GAS SENSOR-0-10PPM A. Installation environment 1 Location: Indoors, Class I Division 1, Group D B. Performance Requirements 1. Measurement Range: 0-10 parts per million (PPM) for Hydrogen Sulfide gas 2 Accuracy: <- 1% Flow Error, 3% Temperature Error 3. Calibration Units: lower explosive limit (LEL) for methane combustible gas concentration 4 Input: Manufacturer specific interface 5. Sensors: Infrared air diffusion interface C Construction Requirements 1 Housing: NEMA 7, 316 Stainless Steel Device shall be rated for installation in a Class I, Division 1, Group D environment. 2 Temperature Range: -40 to 140 degrees Fahrenheit 3 Interface: provide remote terminal, manufacturer recommended cabling as needed to provide remote monitoring capabilities D Nameplate 1 Provide stainless steel nameplate engraved with the instrument tag number and description. Affix nameplate to instrument. Tag ID Description H2S Gas Sensor E Manufacturers 1 Mine Safety Appliance Ultima X series 2 04 AUDIBLE NOTIFICATION DEVICE A. Installation environment 1 Location: Outdoors, Class I Division 1, Group D B. Performance Requirements 1 Output: Audible signal of 90 dB at 3 feet from horn. City of Yakima Explosive Gas Detector 13108 - 3 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 291 of 440 C Construction Requirements 1 Housing: NEMA 7 Device shall be rated for installation in a Class I, Division 1, Group D environment. 2. Power Connection: 120 Volt Alternating Current, less than 1 Ampere power consumed D Manufacturers 1 Mine Safety Appliance, 2. Or Equal 2 05 VISUAL NOTIFICATION DEVICE A. Installation environment 1 Location: Outdoors, Class I Division 1, Group D 2 Location: Indoors, Class I Division 1, Group D B Performance Requirements 1 Output: Red, 5 Joule Xenon Strobe C Construction Requirements 1 Housing: NEMA 4X Device shall be rated for installation in a Class I, Division 1, Group D environment. 2. Power Connection: 120 Volt Alternating Current, less than 1 Ampere power consumed D Manufacturers 1 Crouse -Hinds, 2 Or Equal 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PART 1 - EXECUTION 1.01 GENERAL A. All devices shall be mounted as shown on drawings and following the manufacturer's recommendations The CONTRACTOR shall verify installation requirements prior to mounting of similar level sensing devices. - END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Explosive Gas Detector Boiler Replacement 13108 - 4 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 292 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 13113 PRESSURE ACTUATED SWITCHES WW1558-PSH AND WW1559-PSH PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide Pressure Actuated Switches, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents 102 SUBMITTALS A. Complete description of all materials B Equipment installation, operation and maintenance information C Factory test data. signed, dated, and certified factory test data D Manufacturer's warranty 1 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Calibration' All level sensing equipment shall be shipped to the project site factory calibrated and accompanied with certificate of such B Warranty. All sensors shall be provided with manufacturer's standard one-year product warranty PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRESSURE ACTUATED SWITCH , A. Installation environment 1 Location: Indoors — Class I Division 1 Explosive, Corrosive Area 2 Fluid Digester Gas B. Performance Requirements 1. Adjustable Trip Range: 0-60 inches of water column pressure 2. Manually Reset 3. Deadband: Fixed deadband of 7 inches of water column or less City of Yakima Pressure Actuated Switches Boiler Replacement Project 13113 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 293 of 440 4 Output: Single Pole, Double Throw Dry Contact. Dry contacts switch capacity shall be at least 5A at 240 VAC, 2A at 30VDC Switch contacts shall be hermitically sealed C Connection Requirements 1 Housing: NEMA 4X, 316 Stainless Steel 2 Temperature Range: 32 to 250 degrees Fahrenheit 3 Process Isolation: Wetted material shall not contact the pressure actuator. Isolation system shall be suitable for use with a high concentration Hydrogen Sulfide gas 4 Repeatability. 10% of full range D Nameplate 1 Provide stainless steel nameplate engraved with the instrument tag number and description Affix nameplate to instrument. Tag ID Description WW1558-PSH Biogas Feed Compressor No. 1 Discharge High Pressure WW1559-PSH Biogas Feed Compressor No 2 Discharge High Pressure E Manufacturers 1. Ashcroft, 2 Or approved Equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 01 GENERAL A. All switches shall be mounted as shown on drawings and following the manufacturer's recommendations. The CONTRACTOR shall verify installation requirements prior to mounting of similar level sensing devices - END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Pressure Actuated Switches Boiler Replacement Project 13113 - 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 294 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 13116 TEMPERATURE ACTUATED SWITCHES ' WW1558-TSH AND WW1559-TSH PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED I A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide Temperature Actuated Switches, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents 102 SUBMITTALS A. Complete description of all materials I B Equipment installation, operation and maintenance information C. Factory test data signed, dated, and certified factory test data D. Manufacturer's warranty 11 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Calibration: All level sensing equipment shall be shipped to the project site factory calibrated and accompanied with certificate of such. B Warranty: All sensors shall be provided with manufacturer's standard one-year product warranty 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 01 PRESSURE ACTUATED SWITCH A. Installation environment 1 Location: Indoors — Class I Division 1 Explosive, Corrosive Area 2 Fluid. Digester Gas B Performance Requirements 1 Adjustable Trip Range: 175-260 degrees Fahrenheit 2 Manually Reset 3 Output: Single Pole, Double Throw Dry Contact. Dry contacts switch capacity shall be at least 5A at 240 VAC, 2A at 30VDC Switch contacts shall be hermitically sealed. 1 City of Yakima Temperature Actuated Switches Boiler Replacement Project 13116- 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 295 of 440 C Connection Requirements 1 Housing: NEMA 4X, 316 Stainless Steel 2 Temperature Range: 0 to 300 degrees Fahrenheit 3 Process Isolation: Sensor system shall be suitable for use with Hydrogen Sulfide gas 4 Repeatability. 3% of full range D Nameplate 1 Provide stainless steel nameplate engraved with the instrument tag number and description. Affix nameplate to instrument. Tag ID Description WW1558-TSH Biogas Feed Compressor No. 1 Discharge High Temperature WW1559-TSH Biogas Feed Compressor No 2 Discharge High Temperature E Manufacturers 1 Ashcroft, 2. Or approved Equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 01 GENERAL A. All switches shall be mounted as shown on drawings and following the manufacturer's recommendations. The CONTRACTOR shall verify installation requirements prior to mounting of similar level sensing devices - END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Temperature Actuated Switches Boiler Replacement Project 13116- 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 296 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 13117 MASS AIR FLOW SWITCH WW1558-FS AND WW1559-FS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide thermal dispersion mass air flow switch, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 102 SUBMITTALS A. Complete description of all materials B. Equipment installation, operation and maintenance information C. Factory test data: signed, dated, and certified factory test data D Manufacturer's warranty 1 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Calibration: All pressure sensing equipment shall be shipped to the project site factory calibrated and accompanied with certificate of such B. Warranty: All sensors shall be provided with manufacturer's standard one-year product warranty PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MASS FLOW SWITCH A. Installation environment 1 Location: Indoors — Class I Division 1 Explosive, Corrosive Area 2 Fluid Digester Gas B Performance Requirements 1 Adjustment Range: 50 SCFM to 400 SCFM 2 Deadband: <_ 1% of range City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Mass Air Flow Switch 13117 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 297 of 440 3 Output: Single Pole, Double Throw Dry Contact Dry contacts switch capacity shall be at least 5A at 240 VAC, 2A at 30VDC Switch contacts shall be hermitically sealed C Construction Requirements 1. Housing: NEMA 4X, Aluminum 2 Temperature Range: 32 to 250 degrees Fahrenheit 3 Wetted Instrument Measurement Material: Hastelloy 4 Power Connection: 120 Volt Alternating Current protected by 20 Ampere breaker D. Nameplate 1 Provide stainless steel nameplate engraved with the instrument: tag number and description. Affix nameplate to instrument. Tag ID Description WW1558-FS Biogas Feed Compressor No 1 Blow Off Valve Flow Switch WW1559-FS Biogas Feed Compressor No 2 Blow Off Valve Flow Switch E Manufacturers 1 Fluid Components International, LLC FLT93L, 2 Or approved equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 01 GENERAL A. All temperature sensing devices shall be mounted as shown on drawings and following the manufacturer's recommendations The CONTRACTOR shall verify installation requirements prior to mounting of similar level sensing devices - END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Mass Air Flow Switch 13117 - 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 298 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 15005 PIPING IDENTIFICATION SYSTEMS PART 1—GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide identification for exposed piping and valves, complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B All mechanical pipe systems shall have protective coatings applied in accordance with Section 09960 – Coatings 1 02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 10 -State Recommended Standards for Wastewater Facilities, 2004 Edition B ANSI A13 1 Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems 103 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings A list of suggested labels for each valve tag and pipe system prior to fabrication B The CONTRACTOR shall submit one sample of all types of identification devices to be used in the work. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2 01 IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING A. Except as indicated below for very short pipe lengths, identify exposed piping equal or larger than 1 -inch nominal size for the pipe contents and direction of flow Pipe identification shall be as manufactured by Brady, Seton, or equal approved by engineer B Marker Type Adhesive – Vinyl or polyester sheet with UV–resistant ink, shaped similar to pipe curvature and coated with pressure sensitive adhesive C Marker Area Sized per pipe size according to ANSI A13 1, color from the table below D Lettering Sized per pipe size according to ANSI Al 3 1, color from the table below E. Arrows. At least 2 arrows at each marker area, showing direction of flow F Pipe 2 -inches and smaller shall be identified by plastic plates made from laminated 3 -layer plastic with engraved black letters on white background G Standard Piping Colors Paint piping to be in accordance with Table 1 - Color Schedule and in accordance with the requirements of the Specifications for type and quality of paint as hereafter specified This schedule is to be used only for color and identification purposes. City of Yakima Piping Identification Systems Boiler Replacement Project 15005 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 299 of 440 Table 1—Mechanical Piping Color Schedule Piping Color Code ANSI Classification Typical Project Piping Pipe Color Letter Color Liquid or Liquid Mixture Utility Water Potable Water, Cold Hot Water Supply and Hot Water Return Biogas Natural Gas Drains Vents Light blue Dark Blue Light blue with a 6in red band spaced 30in Orange or Red Orange or Red with black bands Yellow Black Black Black Black Black Black Black White 2 03 IDENTIFICATION OF VALVES AND SHORT PIPE LENGTHS A. Identifying devices for valves and the sections of pipe that are too short to be identified with markers and arrows shall be identified with metal or plastic tags B Metal tags shall be stainless steel with embossed lettering Plastic tags shall be solid black plastic laminate with white embossed letters Tags shall be designed to be firmly attached to the valves or short pipes or to the structure immediately adjacent to such valves or short pipes PART 3—EXECUTION 3 01 GENERAL A. All markers and identification tags shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions, and shall be neat and uniform in appearance Tags and markers shall be readily visible from all normal working locations 3 02 VALVE TAGS A. Valve tags shall be permanently attached to the valve or structure by means of two (2) stainless steel bolts or screws. B Wording on the valve tags shall describe the exact function of each valve, e g , "HWR- BALANCING," "CLS THROTTLING", "PUMP SHUT-OFF," etc. 3 03 MARKER LOCATIONS A. Each pipe shall be marked at: 1 Intervals of 20 -feet in straight runs 2 At least one in every room 3 Within 2 -feet of turns, elbows, and valves 4 On the upstream side of tees, branches, and other distribution points. 5 On both sides of walls and floors through which the piping passes Piping Identification City of Yakima 15005 - 2 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 300 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Piping Identification Systems Boiler Replacement Project 15005 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 301 of 440 SECTION 15061 PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND ANCHORS PART 1—GENERAL 101 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1 System of pipe supports and anchors with necessary inserts, bolts, nuts, restraining and hanger rods, washers, miscellaneous steel, and other accessories. 1 02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements 1 Design, detail, and installation of pipe support system shall be responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. 2 Pipe support system components shall withstand dead loads imposed by weight of pipes filled with water plus insulation, plus live loads due to thermal expansion, vibration, internal test pressures, and have minimum safety factor of 5 3 CONTRACTOR is responsible for providing them throughout the plant, where a specific hanger detail does not apply This specification applies to pipe hangers, supports and anchors not shown on the drawings. 4 Supply design loading criteria to precast concrete manufacturer for piping supported from precast members. 103 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1 Pipe supporting system, including manufacturer's product data, dimensions, sizes, types, location, maximum loadings, thrust anchorage, and installation instructions PART 2—PRODUCTS 2 01 MANUFACTURER'S A. Manufacturer's products shall be in accordance with MSS standards 2.02 GENERAL A. MSS types indicated are typical of types and quality of standard pipe supports and hangers to be employed B Provide factory fabricated piping hangers and supports, clamps, hanger rod attachments, building attachments, saddles, and other miscellaneous products of MSS SP -69 type indicated, to comply with MSS SP -58 and manufacturer's published product information 2 03 MATERIALS A. Hangers, rods, clamps, metal framing, support components, and hanger accessories shall be galvanized unless otherwise noted B Hangers, rods, clamps, protective shields, metal framing, support components, and hanger accessories in wet wells, tanks, and channels shall be Type 304 stainless steel 2.04 HORIZONTAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Adjustable Swivel Split Ring Hanger MSS Type 6 City of Yakima Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Anchors Boiler Replacement Project 15061 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 303 of 440 B Adjustable Clevis Hanger MSS Type 1, fabricated from steel C Adjustable Band Hanger MSS Type 7, fabricated from steel D Adjustable Swivel -Band Hanger MSS Type 10 E Clamp MSS Type 4 F Steel Brackets Welded structural steel shapes complying with following 1 Light Duty MSS Type 31 2 Medium Duty- MSS Type 32 3 Heavy Duty- MSS Type 33 G Adjustable Saddle Support: 1 MSS Type 38, including saddle, pipe and reducer 2 Fabricate base support from steel pipe and include cast iron flange or welded steel plate H Stanchion Saddle Support: 1 MSS Type 37, including saddle and U -bolt. 2 Fabricate base support from steel pipe and include cast iron flange or welded steel plate I Strap or wire hangers not acceptable 2 05 VERTICAL PIPING CLAMPS A. 2 -Bolt Riser Clamp MSS Type 8, galvanized or plastic coated 2 06 HANGERS RODS AND ATTACHMENTS A. Hanger Rods 1 ASTM A36, threaded both ends or continuous thread 2 Rods shall conform to following sizes. Pipe Size Minimum Rod Dia (in.) 2 1/2 in and 3 in 3/8 4 in 1/2 6 in 5/8 8in to12in 3/4 Trapeze Hangers -As Required B Turnbuckles MSS Type 13 C Weldless Eye Nut: MSS Type 17 D Eye Socket: MSS Type 16 E. Clevis MSS Type 14 2 07 BUILDING ATTACHMENTS A. Individual Concrete Inserts 1 MSS Type 18, malleable iron 2 MSS Type 19, steel. 3 Minimum Safe Load 1,100 lbs B Continuous Concrete Inserts City of Yakima Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Anchors Boiler Replacement Project 15061 - 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 304 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Unistrut, P-3200 Series 2 B -Line 3 Grinnel 4 Superstrut. 5 Or approved equal C Top Beam C -Clamp MSS Type 19 D C -Clamps MSS Type 23, steel E. Single -Side Clamp MSS Type 25 F Top I -Beam Clamp MSS Type 25 G Side Beam Clamp MSS Type 20 H Concrete Anchors 1 Comply with Section 05500 2.08 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Metal Framing Systems 1 Unistrut, galvanized 2 B -Line, galvanized 3 Grinnell, galvanized 4 Or approved equal B Shop -Fabricated Anchors and Supports. 1 Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars. ASTM A36 2 Restraining Rods ASTM A307 PART 3—EXECUTION 3 01 GENERAL A. Proceed with installation of hangers, supports, and anchors after required building structural work is complete and concrete support structure has reached 28 -day compressive strength as of 3000 psi B Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments from building structure Comply with MSS SP 69 Group parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible C Install supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to ensure maximum pipe deflections allowed by ANSI B31 1 are not exceeded D Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs, install hangers and supports of same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping E. Do not support piping from other piping F Prevent contact between dissimilar metals Where concrete or metal pipe support is used, place 1/8 inch thick teflon, neoprene rubber or plastic strip under piping at point of bearing Cut to fit entire area of contact between pipe and support. G Prevent electrolysis in support of copper tubing by use of hangers and supports where are copper plated, plastic coated or by other recognized industry methods Electrician's tape not acceptable isolation method City of Yakima Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Anchors Boiler Replacement Project 15061 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 305 of 440 H Apply anti -seize compound to stainless steel nuts and bolts. 3 02 INSTALLATION OF BUILDING ATTACHMENTS A. Support piping from structural framing, unless otherwise noted B Concrete Inserts 3 03 1 Locate inserts so total load on insert does not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum load 2 Where necessary to anchor supports to hardened concrete or completed masonry, use concrete anchors. C Attach to structural steel with beam clamps. PIPE SUPPORT A. Spacing Type of Pipe Maximum Pipe Support Spacing (ft) Steel 10 in and over 22 8in 19 6in 17 5 in 16 4in 14 3 1/2 in 13 3 i 12 21/2 in 11 2in 10 11/2 in 9 1 in 7 3/4 in 6 1/2in 5 Copper 2 in 8 11/2 in 8 11/4 in 7 1 in 5 3/4 in 5 1/2 in 5 Plastic (Schedule 80 at 100°F) 2 in 6 1 1/2 in 5-1/2 1 in 5 3/4 in 4-1/2 1/2 in 4-1/2 Cast Iron and Ductile Iron 3 in and 4 i 10 6in 12 8in 12 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Anchors 15061 - 4 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 306 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B Where piping of various sizes is to be supported together, space supports for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller dia pipe C Where piping connects to equipment, support by pipe support and not by equipment. D Unless otherwise shown, place piping running parallel to walls approximately 1 1/2 -inch out from face of wall and at least 3 inches below ceiling E Pedestal pipe supports shall be adjustable with stanchion, saddle, and anchoring flange F Piping supports for vertical piping passing through floor sleeves shall be galvanized steel riser clamps. Modular mechanical seals shall be provided between the pump and head works at all locations G Piping passing through sleeves or openings in interior wall sleeves shall be carried by supports or hangers. Do not rest on wall H Support piping in manner preventing undue strain on valve, fitting or equipment. Provide pipe supports at changes in direction or elevation, adjacent to flexible couplings, adjacent to nonrigid joints, and where otherwise shown Do not install pipe supports and hangers in equipment access areas. I Install supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems, permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units J Stacked horizontal runs of piping along walls may be supported by metal framing system attached to concrete insert channels 3 04 INSULATING PIPING A. Attach clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through insulation, do not exceed allowable pipe stresses. B Where low compressive strength insulation or vapor barriers are indicated on cold or chilled water piping, install coated protective shields -END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Anchors Boiler Replacement Project 15061 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 307 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 308 of 440 SECTION 15182 TEMPERATURE GAUGES PART 1—GENERAL 101 THE'REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install temperature gauges as specified, complete, including all fittings, connections, gaskets, supports, and accessories in the locations shown or specified, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents PART 2—PRODUCTS 2 01 TEMPERATURE GAUGES A. General Temperature gauges shall be provided where indicated in the Plans and/or P&IDs Operating range shall be per Engineer's specifications indicated in the P&IDs B Gauge Construction Gauges shall be industrial quality type, bimetal thermometers, supplied with Type 316 stainless steel stepped shank threaded thermowell with 0 26 bore, 1/2 -inch threaded connection, 4 -1/2 -inch dial, and a shut-off valve Gauges shall be calibrated to read in applicable units, with an accuracy of ± 1 percent of the working temperature of the pipe or vessel to which they are connected All gauges shall be vibration and shock resistant. C Gauge Manufacturers, or Equal 1 Ashcroft Industrial Instruments, Model 20 2. Or approved equal by engineer PART 3—EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION A. All gauges shall be installed with the face in the vertical position, at the locations shown in the Contract Documents, and in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions Care shall be taken to minimize the effect of water hammer or vibrations on the gauges In extreme cases, the gauges may have to be mounted independently, with flexible connectors -END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Temperature Gauges Boiler Replacement Project 15182 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 309 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 310 of 440 SECTION 15183 PRESSURE GAUGES PART 1—GENERAL 1 01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install pressure and vacuum gauges as specified, complete, including all fittings, connections, gaskets, supports, and accessories in the locations shown or specified, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2 01 PRESSURE AND VACUUM GAUGES A. General Pressure gauges shall be provided on discharge connections to pumps, each side of pressure reducing valves, and where shown Operating range shall be per Engineer's specifications indicated in the P&IDs B Gage Construction Gauges shall be industrial quality type with Type 316 stainless steel movement and stainless steel or alloy case Unless otherwise shown or specified, gauges shall have a 4 -1/2 -inch dial, 1/2 -inch threaded connection, a Type 316 stainless steel snubber adapter, and a shut-off valve Gauges shall be calibrated to read in applicable units, with an accuracy of ± 1 percent of the working pressure or vacuum of the pipe or vessel to which they are connected All gauges shall be vibration and shock resistant. C Gauge Manufacturers, or Equal 1 Ashcroft Industrial Instruments, Type 1009 2 Or approved equal by engineer PART 3—EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION A. All gauges shall be installed with the face in the vertical position, at the locations shown in the Contract Documents, and in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions Care shall be taken to minimize the effect of water hammer or vibrations on the gauges. In extreme cases, the gauges may have to be mounted independently, with flexible connectors -END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Pressure Gauges Boiler Replacement Project 15183 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 311 of 440 SECTION 15184 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGES PART1—GENERAL 1 01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install differential pressure gauges as specified, complete, including all fittings, connections, gaskets, supports, and accessories in the locations shown or specified, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2 01 PRESSURE AND VACUUM GAUGES A. General Differential pressure gauges shall be provided in the boiler feed line, and where shown in the Plans and/or P&IDs Operating range shall be per Engineer's specifications indicated in the P&IDs B Gage Construction Gauges shall be industrial quality type with Type 316 stainless steel movement and stainless steel case and wetted parts Unless otherwise shown or specified, gauges shall have a 4 -inch dial, 1/2 -inch threaded connection, and a shut-off valve for each gauge connection Gauges shall be calibrated to read in applicable units, with an accuracy of ± 2 percent of the working pressure of the pipe or vessel to which they are connected All gauges shall be vibration and shock resistant. C Gauge Manufacturers, or Equal: 1 Ashcroft Industrial Instruments, Type 5503 2 Or approved equal by engineer PART 3—EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION A. All gauges shall be installed with the face in the vertical position, at the locations shown in the Contract Documents, and in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions Care shall be taken to minimize the effect of water hammer or vibrations on the gauges In extreme cases, the gauges may have to be mounted independently, with flexible connectors -END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Differential Pressure Gauges Boiler Replacement Project 15184 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 313 of 440 SECTION 15251 COUPLINGS AND SERVICE SADDLES PART 1—GENERAL 101 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1 Couplings, flanged coupling adapters, and service saddles required for piping connections Some products specified in this Section may not be required for this Contract. Refer to piping system specification section(s) and Drawings to determine particular products to be provided under this Contract. 102 SUBMITTALS A. General 1 Submit Product Data in sufficient detail to confirm compliance with requirements of this Section Submit Product Data in one complete submittal package Partial submittals are unacceptable B Product Data 1 Catalog cuts and product specifications for couplings, flanged coupling adapters, and service saddles. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 COUPLINGS A. Couplings for connecting plain -end steel or ductile iron pipe of same outside diameter 1 Dresser Style 38 2. Smith -Blair Product No 411 B Transition couplings for connecting plain -end steel or ductile iron pipe of different outside diameter 1 Dresser Style 162 2 Smith -Blair Product No 413 C Plastic couplings 1 Spears Union 2000 or equal D Insulating couplings for connecting plain -end steel or ductile iron pipe and stopping flow of electrical current: 1 Dresser Style 39 2 Smith -Blair Product No 416 E. Pressure rating shall be greater than test pressure of piping system F Materials. 1 Middle Ring and Gaskets As selected by manufacturer Suitable for fluid service and maximum operating temperature of piping system 2 Bolts and Nuts. Manufacturer's standard City of Yakima Couplings and Service Saddles Boiler Replacement Project 15251 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 315 of 440 2 02 FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTERS A. Flanged coupling adapters for connecting plain -end steel or ductile iron pipe to flanged pipe, fitting, valve, instrument, or equipment item 1 Dresser Style 128 2 Smith -Blair Product No 913 B Pressure rating shall be greater than test pressure of piping system C Materials 1 Flange Steel, faced and drilled to 150 Ib class in conformance with ANSI B16 5 2 Body. Steel 3 Follower Ductile iron or steel 4 Gasket: As selected by manufacturer Suitable for fluid service and maximum operating temperature of piping system 5 Bolts and Nuts 304SS 2 03 SERVICE SADDLES A. Service saddles for tapping pipe sizes 18 in and smaller shall be double strap design 1 Dresser Style 91 2 Smith -Blair Product No 313 C Materials. 1 Body. Malleable iron or ductile iron 2 Straps Steel. 3 Nuts and Washers Manufacturer's standard 4 Gasket: As selected by manufacturer Suitable for fluid service and maximum operating temperature of piping system 2 04 ANCHORS A. Provide anchors including, but not limited to, tie rods, lugs, harness assemblies, flanged spool pieces, friction collars and hardware for each coupling, and flanged coupling adapter Anchors shall restrain pipe to prevent movement out of each coupling and flanged coupling adapter B Design each anchor to sustain force developed by test pressure of piping system C Anchor studs placed perpendicular to longitudinal axis of pipe is unacceptable D Anchorage with welded attachments to ductile iron piping is unacceptable 2 05 COATINGS A. Coatings for couplings, flanged coupling adapters, and service saddles shall be same material as coatings for connected pipe Couplings and Service Saddles City of Yakima 15251 - 2 Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 316 of 440 PART 3—EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. - END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Couplings and Service Saddles Boiler Replacement Project 15251 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 317 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 318 of 440 SECTION 15300 HVAC PART 1—GENERAL 1 01 SCOPE A. This section covers the work necessary for the HVAC system 1 02 PERMITS AND FEES A. Pay all fees and obtain all permits necessary for completion and inspection of this work. Notify all interested authorities when this work is ready for any necessary inspection No extra charge will be paid for furnishing items required by the regulations, but not specified herein or on the Drawings 1 03 COORDINATION OF MECHANICAL WORK A. General: Refer to the Division 1 sections for general coordination requirements applicable to the entire work. It is recognized that the contract documents are diagrammatic in showing certain physical relationships which must be established within the mechanical work, and in its interface with other work including utilities and electrical work, and that such establishment is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor B Arrange mechanical work in a neat, well organized manner with piping and similar services running parallel with primary lines of the building construction, and with a minimum of 7 ft. 0 inches overhead clearance where possible Avoid tripping obstacles, too C Locate operating and control equipment properly to provide easy access, and arrange entire mechanical work with adequate access for operation and maintenance D Give right-of-way to piping which must slope for drainage E Advise other trades of requirements in their work for the subsequent move -in of large units of mechanical work (equipment) 104 STANDARDS A. General Refer to the Division 1 sections for general administrative/procedural requirements related to compliance with codes and standards Specifically, for the mechanical work (in addition to standards specified in individual work sections), the following standards are imposed, as applicable to the work in each instance 1 AGA. American Gas Assoc. 2 AWS American Welding Society 3 ANSI American National Standards Institute 4 AMCA. Air Moving and Conditioning Association 5 ARI Air -Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 6 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers 105 CODES A. Contractor shall perform all work in strict accordance with all current applicable Federal, State and Local Codes Specific codes are listed below. 1 IBC International Building Code 2. IMC• International Mechanical Code 3 UPC Uniform Plumbing Code 4 NFPA. National Fire Protection Association 5 NEC' National Electrical Code 6 UL. Underwriter's Laboratories City of Yakima Boiler Replacement project HVAC 15300 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 319 of 440 7 OSHA. Occupational Safety and Health Adm 1 06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Mechanical Sub -Contractor shall be regularly engaged in the installation of the systems described herein, and shall be fully familiar with the project conditions, and requirements of the applicable codes as they pertain to this project. The Contractor shall have been in business for a minimum of 5 years performing similar types of work, and its subcontractors must be licensed in the state of the project. B The Mechanical Sub -Contractor shall submit, in writing, a warranty that guarantees that the work he performed is free from defects in material and workrnanship for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance All repairs or replacements required due to defective materials or workmanship, or due to non-compliance with code, shall be provided by the Mechanical Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner The warranty letter shall be included in the Operations & Maintenance Manuals 107 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Equipment and materials that are specified by manufacturer and model number are listed to establish the quality desired All equipment and materials by other manufacturers that is not specifically specified, must receive approval by manufacturer=s name prior to bid before substitutions can be allowed (Refer to Bidding Requirements ) B Contractors that wish to have other equipment or materials allowed as a substitution, must submit complete catalog data to the Architect for evaluation Submittals must include sufficient data for comparison C Approval of submittals shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for deviations from the intent of the plans and specifications The drawings were based on specific equipment and materials The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any extra costs incurred by himself or any other Sub -Contractor, due to substitutions he has made Also, approval of submittals does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors in submitted shop drawings or catalog literature 108 SUBMITTALS A. General Refer to Division 1 Sections for general requirements concerning work-related submittals and for administrative submittals Quantity does not include copies required by governing authorities, or by Contractor for its own purposes. Submittals include Plumbing 15400 - 2 1 Shop Drawings 2. Product Data 3 Certifications 4 Test Reports 5 Warranties 6 Maintenance Manuals a. Maintenance Manuals shall include flow diagrams, maintenance instructions, operating instructions, parts listings, and copies of others submittals indicated for inclusion All equipment installed in the project shall be listed by model and serial numbers in the M & 0 Manuals. Organize each rnaintenance manual with index City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 320 of 440 and thumb -tab marker for each section of information, bind in a 3 -ring, vinyl -covered binder with pockets to contain folded sheets, properly labeled on spine and face of binder b Submittals will be reviewed twice at no additional charge The submitting Contractor will be charged hourly for subsequent reviews of submittals that are rejected after the second review 1 09 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in factory prepared, water resistant, rigid containers. Containers should protect the product during shipping and handling Inspect products for damage upon receipt. Do not accept damaged products. Return to supplier and replace with new at no cost to Owner Do not attempt to repair any damaged product. B Handle products carefully to avoid damage All damaged product must be removed from the site The Owner reserves the right to inspect all materials and may elect to reject any materials that are damaged C Store materials in a clean, dry place. Provide pallets or lumber to place materials on, so that they are kept above the ground Provide heavy duty plastic wrap over all materials that are stored outdoors Cover shall be tight in place to protect from dirt, fumes, water, and weather Locate storage areas away form traffic patterns to avoid accidental damage PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR COOLED HEAT PUMP SPLIT SYSTEM A. System Description 1 The variable capacity, heat pump air conditioning system shall be a Daikin Inverter Driven series (heat/cool model) split system. 2. The system shall consist of a high wall evaporator model FTXS15DVJU exclusively matched to outdoor model RXS15DVJU, and FTXS18DVJU exclusively matched to outdoor model RXS18DVJU, FTXS24DVJU exclusively matched to outdoor model RXS24DVJU direct expansion (DX), air-cooled, 3. It shall contain a Daikin rotary swing variable speed driven compressor using R410A refrigerant. 4 The outdoor unit is a horizontal discharge air variable speed condenser fan single phase power B Quality Assurance 1 The units shall be listed by Electrical Laboratories (ETL) and bear the ETL label 2. All wiring shall be in accordance with the National Electric Code (NEC) 3 The shall be rated in accordance with Air Conditioning Refrigeration Institute's (ARI) Standard 210 and bear the ARI label 4 The system will be produced in an ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 facility, which are standards set by the International Standard Organization (ISO) The system shall be factory tested for safety and function 5 The outdoor unit will be factory charged for a length of 33 feet of refrigerant with R410A refrigerant. 6 A dry air holding charge shall be provided in the evaporator 7 System efficiency shall meet or exceed the SEER ratings listed in the schedule City of Yakima Boiler Replacement project HVAC 15300 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 321 of 440 on the plans C Warranty 1 The units shall have a manufacturer's parts warranty for a period of five (5) years from date of installation 2 The units shall have a limited labor warranty for a period of one (1) year from date of installation 3 The compressor shall have a warranty of seven (7) years from date of installation During the stated period, should any part fail due to defects in material and workmanship, it shall be repaired or replaced at the discretion of Daikin AC (Americas), Inc. according to Daikin's Terms and Conditions D Performance 1 The system performance shall be in accordance with ARI 210/240 test conditions as shown in the performance table below 2 The cooling performance is based on 80°F DB / 67°F WB for the indoor unit and 95°F DB / 75°F WB for the outdoor unit and 25 feet of piping The heating performance is based on 70°F DB / 60°F WB for the indoor unit and 47°F DB / 43°F WB for the outdoor unit and 25 feet of piping. 3 The operating range in cooling will be 14°F DB — 115°F DB, and 0°F DB — 115°F DB when used with an optional wind baffle The system will stop functioning below -4°F DB 4 The operating range in heating will be. 0°F DB — 64°F DB 5 The system shall be capable of maximum refrigerant piping of 98 feet, with 66 feet maximum vertical difference, without any oil traps or additional equipment. E Indoor Unit 1 General The indoor unit shall be factory assembled and pre -wired with all necessary electronic and refrigerant controls. Both liquid and suction lines must be individually insulated between the outdoor and indoor units The unit shall have a self diagnostic function, 3 -minute time delay mechanism, and have a factory pre -charge of R410A adequate for 33 feet of total length F Unit Cabinet: Plumbing 15400 - 4 1 The indoor unit shall have a white, "flat screen" finish a. The drain and refrigerant piping shall be accessible from six (6) positions for flexible installation (right side, right back, and right bottom, and left side, left back, and left bottom b The cabinet shall be supplied with a mounting plate to be installed onto a wall for securely mounting the cabinet. c The cabinet includes an "intelligent -eye" motion sensor capable of setting back the set point temperature for energy savings. This feature may be disengaged on the wire City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1--27-12, Page 322 of 440 remote controller d Fan 1) The evaporator fan shall be an assembly consisting of a direct -driven fan by a single motor 2) The fan shall be statically and dynamically balance and operate on a motor with permanent lubricated bearings 3) An auto -swing louver for adjustable air flow both vertically and horizontally) is standard via the wireless remote control furnished with each system 4) The indoor fan shall offer a choice of three speeds, High, Medium, and Low G Filter 1 The return air filter provided will be a mildew proof, removable and washable filter Optional photo catalytic filters are available H Coil 1 The evaporator coil shall be a nonferrous, aluminum fin on copper tube heat exchanger 2. All tube joints shall be brazed with silver alloy or phoscopper 3 All coils will factory pressure tested 4 A condensate pan shall be provided under the coil with a drain connection I Electrical 1 The outdoor unit shall be powered with 208/230 volts, 1 phase, and 60 hertz power The indoor unit shall received 208/230 volt, 1 phase, 60 hertz power from the outdoor unit. 2 The allowable voltage range shall be 187 volts to 253 volts J Control 1 The unit shall have a wireless remote infra -red controller capable to operate the system It shall have Automatic Operation, Dry Operation and Fan Only Operation 2. The controller shall consist of an On/Off Power switch, Mode Selector, Silent Button (for outdoor unit), Fan Setting, Swing Louver, On/Off Timer Setting, Temperature Adjustment, "Intelligent Eye" sensor, Home Leave Operation, Powerful Operation a) On/Off switch power the system on or off mode b) Mode selector shall operate the system in auto, cool, heat, fan or dry operation c) Silent shall operation shall lower the sound level of the outdoor unit by slowing the inverter driven fan speed d) Fan setting shall provide high, medium or low fan speed e) Swing louver shall adjust the airflow (horizontal and vertical) blades 1) On/Off timer is used for automatically switching the unit on or off 2) Temperature adjustment allows for the increase or decrease of the desired temperature 3) Intelligent eye provides an infrared sensor which detects movement and adjusts the temperature by 3 6°F up or down depending on operating mode 4) Home leave operation allows you to record your favorite temperature and airflow setting and allow the system to set back by 3°F 5) Powerful operation allows quick cool down or heating up in the desired space to achieve maximum desired temperature in the shortest allowable time period 6) The remote control shall perform Fault Diagnostic functions which may be system related, indoor unit or outdoor unit related depending on the fault code Temperature range on the remote control shall be 64°F to 90°F in cooling mode and 50°F to 86°F in heating mode 7) The indoor unit microprocessor has the capability to receive and process commands via return air temperature and indoor coil temperature sensors enabled by commands from the remote control 8) The system has automatic restart capability after a power failure has occurred City of Yakima Boiler Replacement project HVAC 15300 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 323 of 440 K. Outdoor Unit 1 General The outdoor unit shall be specifically matched to the corresponding indoor unit size The outdoor unit shall be complete factory assembled and pre -wired with all necessary electronic and refrigerant controls 2 Unit Cabinet: The cabinet shall be Ivory White with a finished powder coated backed enamel paint. 3 Fan a) The fan shall be a direct drive, propeller type fan b) The motor shall be inverter drive, permanently lubricated type bearings, inherent. c) The fan shall be capable of operating in "silent operation" which lowers the outdoor fan speed in either cool, heat or auto modes d) A fan guard is provided on the outdoor unit to prevent contact with fan operation e) Airflow shall be horizontal discharge L. Coil 1 The outdoor coil shall be nonferrous construction with corrugated fin tube. 2. Refrigerant flow from the condenser will be controlled via a metering device M Compressor 1 The compressor shall be a Daikin rotary swing inverter -driven compressor 2 The outdoor unit shall have an accumulator, four-way reversing valve 3 The compressor shall have an internal thermal overload. 4 The outdoor unit can operate with a maximum vertical height difference of 49 feet and overall maximum length of 66 feet without any oil traps, liquid or suction line changes N Electrical 1 The electrical power requirement is 208/230 volt, 1 -phase, and 60 Hz power 2. The voltage range limitations shall be a minimum of 187 volts and a maximum of 253 volts 3 The outdoor shall be controlled by a microprocessor located in the outdoor and indoor units via commands from the infrared remote controller 4 Electrical power (208/230 volt) shall be provided to the indoor unit via the outdoor unit. PART 3—EXECUTION 3 01 EQUIPMENT LABELING A. All HVAC equipment and control devices shall be permanently labeled with the equipment label (as shown on plans) and the area served Labels shall be laminated two -layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color 3 02 SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION A. Preparation 1 Verify equipment has been inspected and put into operation. 2. Have copies of completed operational and maintenance manuals at hand for use in demonstrations and instructions B Demonstration and Instructions Plumbing 15400 - 6 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 324 of 440 1 Demonstrate operation and maintenance for equipment and systems to Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of final inspection For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform instructions for other seasons within six months. 2 Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis of instruction Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance 3 Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble -shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed-upon times, at equipment location 4 Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instructions 5 The Owners reserve the right to video tape any portion of instructional sessions for later training use C Time Allocated for Instructions 1 Allocate a minimum of 3 to 8 hours instructional time for demonstration of following systems. 2 Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems 3 Plumbing and piping system - END OF SECTION - City of Yakima Boiler Replacement project HVAC 15300 - 7 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 325 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 3` 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 15400 PLUMBING PART 1—GENERAL 1 01 SCOPE A. This section covers the work necessary for the plumbing system. 102 CODES A. The plumbing system shall be installed in accordance with the Uniform Plumbing Code, latest edition, International Fuel Gas Code, latest edition, and all local and State Codes. B Plumbing Fixture Standards. All plumbing fixtures shall meet or exceed the following standards. a. ANSI A112 6 1—Supports for Off -the Floor Plumbing Fixtures for Public Use b ANSI Z358 1—Emergency Eye Wash and Shower Equipment. c. ANSI A112 21 1—Floor Drains PART 2—PRODUCTS 2 01 DRAIN PIPE AND VENT A. See Pipe Schedule on sheet G0.9 2 02 TRENCH DRAIN A. See Fixture Schedule on sheet P1 0 2.03 TRAP PRIMER A. See Fixture Schedule on sheet P1 0 2.04 HANGER AND SUPPORTS A. Pipe hangers shall be provided to adequately support all piping systems. Hangers shall be vertically adjustable to provide for proper pitch and drainage Hangers shall allow for expansion and contraction of the piping system B Hangers for pipe sizes 1/2 to 6 inches shall be adjustable clevis type, or unistrut saddles with all -thread hanger rod C Vertical pipes shall be supported with steel riser clamps. Spacing interval requirements per "General Regulations" of the latest edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code PART 3—EXECUTION 3 01 WORKMANSHIP A. General 1 Install all piping, fixtures, equipment, and accessories as shown, and in strict accordance with the plumbing laws, rules, and regulations of the State and/or City All work shall be done in a neat and orderly fashion, and left in a condition satisfactory to the OWNER. B Piping 1 All piping shall be run parallel or perpendicular to established building lines Install piping so as to allow for expansion 2. Drain pipe installation shall comply with 2009 Uniform Plumbing Code City of Yakima Boiler Replacement project Plumbing 15400 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 327 of 440 C Fixtures 1 Install fixtures true and plumb with building walls Caulk all plumbing fixtures at joints along walls, countertops, and other intersecting surfaces Locate fixtures as shown and per manufacturer's instructions Furnish all required trim for fixtures to provide a complete and workable installation. - END OF SECTION - Plumbing 15400 - 2 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Project BID SET 1-27-12, Page 328 of 440 SECTION 16010 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMNTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes. 1. General requirements for electrical work. (a) Systems Descriptions (b) Area classifications (c) Submittals (d) Records (e) Coordination B Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1 General Conditions 2. Division 1 - General Technical Requirements 3. Division 2 - Site work. 4 Division 3 - Concrete 5 Division 11 - Equipment. 6 Division 13 - Special Construction 7 Division 14 - Conveying Systems 8 Division 15 - Mechanical C Installation of systems and equipment is subject to clarification as indicated in reviewed shop drawings and field coordination drawings. 1 03 WORK DESCRIPTION A. Provide the labor, materials, and equipment necessary to furnish, install, and place into operation the power, lighting, instrumentation, control, alarm, and associated electrical systems of this Contract. B Provide functioning systems in compliance with manufacturer's instructions, performance requirements specified or indicated, and modifications resulting from reviewed shop drawings and field coordinated drawings C Provide electrical connections to motors, instrumentation, controls, meters, and any other electrical device installed or provided as part of the project. D Test, adjust and calibrate equipment and start-up all electrical equipment, instrumentation equipment, and its associated mechanical attachments as necessary to place the project into operation E. Mark and identify circuits, equipment, and enclosures with wire numbers, nameplates, and warning signs Basic Electrical Requirements City of Yakima 16010 - 1 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 329 of 440 1 04 SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS A. Provide complete 480Y/277 and 208Y/120 volt power distribution systems including raceways, wiring, and power supply to equipment: B Provide complete interior lighting system including all lighting equipment, raceways, wiring, and switching/control equipment. C. Provide complete process control systems including instrumentation equipment, and associated raceways, wiring, control panels, enclosures, and similar items. D. Provide a complete communications system including raceways, conductors, cables (copper), fiber optic cables, and associated connections E. 1.05 AREA CLASSIFICATIONS A. Areas of the project are classified as "damp" or "wet" as defined in Article 100 - Definitions of the NEC. For the purposes of this specification, areas considered as damp under the NEC shall be considered wet. Areas are also classified as wet as listed below. 1. Areas outdoors or underground. 2. Areas in below grade vaults, manholes, or pullholes 3. Areas in buildings or structures that are below grade. B. Hazardous (Classified) Areas. Areas of the project may be classified as hazardous in accordance with NFPA standards Hazardous (Classified) locations are generally indicated on the drawings and/or noted in these specifications. 1. Hazardous areas are also considered corrosive 2. Compressor Building (adjacent to Boiler Building) 3. Compressor Room (2nd Floor, Primary Digester) C Corrosive Areas Corrosive areas are those areas where equipment or devices will be exposed to gases, fumes, vapors, liquids, or other agents that have a deteriorating effect on the device or equipment. Corrosive areas are generally indicated on the drawings and/or noted in these specifications 1. The following shall be considered Corrosive Locations (a) Outdoor areas (b) Areas below grade in vaults, structures, manholes, pullholes, junction boxes etc (c) Compressor Building (adjacent to Boiler Building) (d) Compressor Room (2nd Floor, Primary Digester) 2. Corrosive areas may also be considered hazardous D Process Areas 1 Boiler Building 2. Primary Digester, Gas Handling Room 106 DEFINITIONS A. Outdoor Areas 1 Those locations on the Project site where the equipment is normally exposed to wind, dust, rain, snow, or similar natural environmental conditions B Indoor Areas. Basic Electrical Requirements City of Yakima 16010 - 2 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 330 of 440 1 Those locations on the Project site where the equipment is normally protected from wind, dust, rain, snow, and similar natural environmental conditions by a building or structure with a complete floor-wall-roof/ceiling enclosure C Shop Fabricated 1. Manufactured or assembled equipment for which a NRTL test procedure has not been established D NRTL: Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory E. NEC National Electrical Code F NFPA: National Fire Protection Association G NECA: National Electrical Contractors Association 1 07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7, or a full member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA). 1 Testing Agency Field Supervision: Use persons currently certified by NETA or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies, or equal, to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3. 2 Comply with NEC for components and installation 3 Comply with WAC and RCW requirements B Listing and Labeling. Provide products specified in these specifications that are listed and labeled 1 The Terms "Listed and Labeled" As defined in the NEC, Article 100 2 Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7 3 Comply with WAC and RCW requirements C Electrical Component Standard: Provide components that comply with NFPA 70 D When a specific code or standard has not been cited, the applicable codes and standards of the following code -making authorities and standards organizations apply. 1 American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 3 American National Standard Institute (ANSI). 4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 5 ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc (ETL) 6. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) 7. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 8. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IES) 9. Instrument Society of America (ISA). 10. Joint Industrial Council (JIC) 11 Lightning Protection Institute (LPI). 12 National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 13. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 14 Occupational, Health and Safety Administration (OSHA). 15 Underwriters Laboratories, Inc (UL) Basic Electrical Requirements City of Yakima 16010 - 3 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 331 of 440 E In case of conflict or disagreement between codes, standards, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, plans and specifications, or within either document itself, the more stringent condition governs 108 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01330 B Make submittals as soon as practicable after the date of notice to proceed, but prior to purchase, fabrication, or installation of materials or equipment Make submittals as a single package for each specification section or group related sections in one submittal, with proposed products and materials grouped according to the sections specified in Division 16 Do not split submittals having a common bill of materials Group Division 16 submittals with Division 13 (Instrumentation) submittals where submittals have related items. C Submit short circuit report and coordination studies, and arc flash studies with or before the submittal information for motor control centers, panelboards, circuit breakers and similar items that may affect each study D Product Data: 1 Provide manufacturer's product technical data, including, but not limited to (a) Identification of the manufacturer (b) Manufacturer's product descriptive bulletin. (c) Current, voltage, nameplate, load, impedance, and other electrical data pertinent to the Project and necessary to assure compliance with the Specifications and Plans (d) Equipment weights and dimensions E Shop Drawings. Submit Shop Drawings containing detailed drawings, diagrams and instructions for installing, operating and maintaining the material and equipment proposed for installation in the electrical work. 1 See individual Division 16 sections for specific additional requirements 2 Prior to submittal, coordinate the electrical equipment (particularly motor control equipment, control panels, and instrumentation) and materials, with other applicable equipment and systems of the contract documents, particularly process equipment and systems Any modifications to the electrical equipment or other equipment, due to the use or submittal of process or other equipment which is different from that specified, shall be reflected in the submittal of the electrical equipment so affected (Refer also to section 01330 3.02 B Requests for Substitutes ) (a) Where electrical equipment submitted by the Contractor is a different size than the scaled dimensions shown on the plan, section or elevation drawings of the Contract Documents or requires clearance (for Code compliance, ventilation or other reasons), the Contractor shall mark and submit copies of the Contract Documents (or provide a modified AutoCAD drawing) showing the actual size of the proposed equipment, its placement drawn to scale in red pencil on the copies and any necessary clearances which demonstrate the suitability of the proposed equipment for the conditions of installation i.e. adequate space, clearance etc . Submittals which do not meet this requirement will be rejected as incomplete Basic Electrical Requirements City of Yakima 16010 - 4 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 332 of 440 (b) Where equipment dimensions, layout, conduit connection routing, or conductor and conduit quantities, sizes or types are required to be different than indicated on the contract drawings to accommodate the submitted equipment, the submittal shall clearly indicate the required changes (increased sizes, ratings of equipment or devices) and shall note that they are being provided to accommodate the submitted equipment without additional cost. The submittal shall indicate increased ratings, sizes. Submittals which do not meet this requirement will be rejected as incomplete 3 Provide technical drawings as follows (a) Provide diagrams and drawings similar to the contract plans and named in a similar fashion for all technical drawings submittals (b) Use diagrams and symbols for shop drawings that conform to Joint Industry Conference (JIC) Electrical Standards for Industrial Equipment and/or NEMA, Industrial Control Systems, ANSI and IEEE standards, latest revisions Prepare drawings on size A, B or D sheets in a format similar to the Contract Documents or other nationally recognized drawing standard (c) Provide electrical elementary wiring diagrams for the electrical control systems showing the wiring of electrical control items, such as starters, control systems, interlocks, switches, programmable controllers, microprocessor controllers, and relays (d) Provide scaled and dimensioned panel or enclosure face layout drawing, panel/subpanel material of construction, dimensions, and weight; conduit and wiring access locations; and material wiring and terminal block drawings for each control panel. F Clearly indicate on submittals that equipment or material is NRTL listed or is constructed utilizing listed or recognized components Where a NRTL standard has not been established clearly identify that no NRTL standard exists for that equipment. G Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1 See specific sections for information specific to each type of equipment which is to be included in O&M manuals 2 Provide preliminary manuals of each equipment item to the Owner for review no later than when the electrical equipment is submitted and final copies before the equipment is shipped to the job site Drawings and Bill of Materials included in final manuals shall show "as shipped" wiring and components. Provide updates to the final manuals with Record Drawings of the work upon completion of the work, folded and punched for insertion into the manual after they are reviewed by the Owner 3 Final manuals for the electrical system shall consist of 3 -post, expandable metal hinge binders labeled with the job name and the Contractor's name with tab dividers for each major type of equipment. Basic Electrical Requirements City of Yakima 16010 - 5 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 333 of 440 (a) Provide manufacturer's installation, operation, maintenance, and service information for each item of equipment furnished under Division 16 (b) Assemble and index each section listing the contents individually on the tab divider for that section (c) Compile a spare parts list and a suppliers index for each section and assemble in the section provided (d) Assemble records of tests, measurements, and calibration settings made for each device. Provide Record Drawings of the work upon completion of the work. Fold, punch, and insert these records into the manual after they are reviewed by the Owner H Certified short circuit report and coordination study for circuits affected by work in this project. 109 RECORDS A. Maintain and annotate on the job at all times a separate set of Record Drawings in accordance with the General Conditions Show changes from the Contract Documents plan drawings including routing of raceways, stub -ups, actual equipment and fixture locations, equipment sizes and dimensions and building or structure outline changes Review the drawings with the Owner as the work progresses whenever requested and provide color copies of record drawings when requested. At the end of the end of the project, forward to the Owner a complete set of drawings marked in red pencil in a manner consistent with the Contract Drawings, indicating the changes made on the job Equipment furnished under this Contract for use on future work and all concealed materials, including conduits, shall be dimensioned from visible and permanent building/structure features or drawn to scale on the record drawings. B Record voltage, current, and megohmeter and ground ohmer resistance test measurements made on the electrical work, the size, type and settings of trip units, fuses, and overload relay elements installed in the equipment. Record the setting of all pressure, temperature, level, and similar instrumentation and control devices When the project is operating, turn over these records to the Owner C Digital Record Photographs 1. Requirements for the Photographs (a) Digital photographs shall be at the native resolution of the camera. The file format of the photographs shall be JPEG using the modest compression (Where the compression levels are described, the typical description of the compression level might be "good" ) (b) JPEG files shall be stored so that the EXIF (Exchangeable Image File Format) data is maintained Prior to taking any photographs, the camera time should be set so that EXIF data includes the time and date of the photograph The JPEG files shall be stored so that the creation (or modification) time and date of the file also reflect the time and date of the photograph. (The EXIF data should be viewable under Windows 7 ) Basic Electrical Requirements City of Yakima 16010 - 6 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 334 of 440 (c) The camera shall have a native resolution of at least 3 3 megapixels (d) Photographs of signs, nameplates, or labels shall be taken using macro modes The photographs shall be taken so that text is legible If required, the photographs of reflective items may be taken at an angle to the item to reduce glare 2 Take photographs of electrical equipment possibly requiring coordination when the equipment arrives on site. The photographs shall include nameplates and labels, if available Take photographs of the equipment with the nameplate voltage, amperage, power factor, and other electrical ratings clearly visible and legible. The equipment shall include but not necessarily be limited to, the following (a) Motors (b) HVAC equipment (c) Motorized actuators (d) Control Panels 3 Take photographs of conduits prior to concealing them The photograph files shall be labeled with location or shall contain adequate context to determine location The photographs shall include the following: (a) Conduit placement prior to pouring concrete or backfilling (b) Conduit placement prior to covering walls (c) Stub up locations prior to placing equipment such as Switchgear, Switchboards or Motor Control Centers 4 Take photographs of electrical equipment following installation or modification The photographs shall include nameplates, labels, and similar identifiers The equipment shall include but not necessarily be limited to, the following (a) Motors and motor drive equipment. (b) Control Stations (c) HVAC equipment (d) Motorized actuators (e) Control Panels (f) Instrumentation providing electrical signals including transmitters, sensors, and switches. (g) Switchgear (h) Motor Control Centers (i) Panelboards (j) Safety Disconnect Switches 5 Photographs shall be supplied to the Owner at least once every two weeks Photographs shall be supplied to the Owner no later than one week after they are taken Photographs will be supplied on optical media (CD -R, DVD - R, or DVD+R) or by another method by prior arrangement with the Owner 110 COORDINATION A. Coordinate and schedule connecting electrical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies B Coordinate the interruption of electrical systems to any part of the facility in use by the Owner at least 48 hours before interruption of the system Basic Electrical Requirements City of Yakima 16010 - 7 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 335 of 440 C Coordinate the cutting of existing structures with the new and existing electrical systems. Identify, locate, and protect existing and underground, underslab or embedded conduits/cables where excavation or cutting of existing structures is to be performed D. Coordinate installing electrical identifying devices and markings prior to installing acoustical ceilings and similar finishes that conceal such items E Coordinate installing electrical identification after completion of finishing where identification is applied to field -finished surfaces F. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors where electrical items requiring access are concealed by finished surfaces G. Coordinate the electrical work with the requirements of equipment provided under other Divisions. Portions of the electrical design are based upon the equipment specified in other Divisions Where modifications to the specified electrical systems or equipment devices or materials are required to accommodate actual electrical requirements of equipment which is specified under other Divisions of the Contract but which has electrical requirements different from those specified under those Divisions for the equipment, make modifications to the electrical system or systems required to accommodate the equipment, and pay for all such changes No additional payment or "extras" are allowed for changes required to accommodate substitutions or changes proposed by the Contractor. H Coordinate the electrical work with the requirements of equipment provided under other Divisions Portions of the electrical design are based upon the equipment specified in other Divisions Where modifications to the specified electrical systems or equipment devices or materials are required to accommodate actual electrical requirements of equipment which is specified under other Divisions of the Contract but which has electrical requirements different from those specified under those Divisions for the equipment, make modifications to the electrical system or systems required to accommodate the equipment, and pay for all such changes No additional payment or "extras" are allowed for changes required to accommodate substitutions or changes proposed by the Contractor Where changes in the work, or substitutions in material or equipment specified under this Division are proposed, ensure that sizes, weights, openings, etc , are provided that do not require changes in the work outside this Division If changes to work outside this Division are required to accommodate substitutions or changes proposed by the Contractor, submit complete descriptions of these changes for approval by the Owner, and pay for all such changes No additional payment or "extras" are allowed for changes required to accommodate substitutions or changes proposed by the Contractor J Coordinate the installation of electrical equipment with other trades. 1 Arrange for the building -in of equipment and materials during structure construction Arrange for the building in of anchors, supports, sleeves, or other equipment and materials during concrete placement, framing, precasting or other structure construction Coordinate installing required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured -in-place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of concrete slabs and walls, except where core - drilled holes are used Install for cable and raceway penetrations of masonry and gypsum walls and of all other fire -rated floor and wall assemblies Install sleeves during erection of concrete and masonry walls Gypsum wall sleeves may be cut -in after erection if desired Basic Electrical Requirements City of Yakima 16010 - 8 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 336 of 440 2 Where equipment or materials cannot be built-in during construction, arrange for chases, slots, box -outs or other openings in the structure, as required to allow installation of equipment after structure construction is complete 3 Where penetration of completed or permanent construction elements such as walls, beams, ceilings, floors, etc. is required, obtain approval from Owner for penetration (drilling, cutting, shooting, punching) of structural components prior to penetrating the element or component. 4 Accurately locate panelboards, outlets, switches, control stations and similar devices with respect to equipment and the finished work of others. Verify dimensions and locations with the general, civil, structural, mechanical, process, architectural and other Contract plans as well as shop drawings/supplier's drawings and trades. 5. Coordinate installing large equipment requiring special access openings or positioning prior to closing in the building. K. Coordinate electrical work with work under other Divisions Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Cooperate in locating equipment to avoid interference with work of others, and plan this work to harmonize with the work of other trades so that all work may proceed as expeditiously as possible No extras are allowed because of moving work required to avoid interference with work of other trades or contractors L. Coordinate connecting electrical circuits to components furnished under other Divisions Coordinate the location of motors, switches, panel connections and other points of connection with the equipment manufacturers or vendors prior to conduit installation, and route circuits to the actual connection point. Remove and reinstall conduit, outlet boxes and other electrical connections, even if removal and reinstallation of building materials is necessary, where electrical connections are not made to the appropriate equipment location. 1 11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. See Section 01550 B Receive, handle, and store electrical materials and equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions C Protect materials and equipment from damage, corrosion, or disfiguring, protect nameplates on electrical equipment from defacing. Deliver equipment to their final locations in protective wrappings, containers, and other protection that will exclude dirt and moisture and prevent damage from construction operations Remove protection only after equipment is safe from such hazards Field repair of material or equipment made defective by improper storage or site construction damage by other trades is not acceptable D Repair, restore, or replace damaged, corroded and rejected items at no additional cost to the Owner E Provide dry, heated storage for materials and equipment intended to be installed indoors which is not protected by packaging suitable for outdoor storage by the manufacturer and for equipment that requires an electrical connection or heater to mitigate water condensation and like hazards. F Keep electrical equipment rooms clean and vacuumed after each day when work is performed in the area Do not place electrical equipment rated for indoor installation into its final location until this location is weathertight and heated with Basic Electrical Requirements City of Yakima 16010 - 9 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 337 of 440 openings to the outside closed with temporary weather barriers or with the installation of permanent doors, fans, and ducts (The final location shall be the electrical equipment location shown on the Contract Plans or otherwise described in the Contract Documents ) G Ensure that equipment is not used as steps, ladders, scaffolds, platforms, or for storage - either inside or on top of enclosures H Protect nameplates on electrical equipment from defacing Repair, restore, or replace damaged, corroded and rejected items at no additional cost to the Owner 112 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and material specified herein. All costs for basic electrical requirements, as specified herein, shall be included in the appropriate lump sum bid items. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Refer to individual Division 16 sections 1. Provide equipment, which is of a similar type, made by one manufacturer throughout the project unless otherwise noted in the Specifications B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01330 2 02 MATERIALS A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide new materials and equipment which are standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such equipment. Provide similar items of equipment of the same manufacturer and quality. Where systems are specified, provide components of the system from one manufacturer B Trade names and catalog numbers may be used in the Drawings or Specifications to establish quality standards and basis of design 1 Other listed manufacturers in the applicable specification sections with equal equipment may be acceptable 2 If no other manufacturer is listed then any manufacturer of equal equipment may be acceptable. C Provide material or equipment approved and labeled for the purpose for which it is to be used by a nationally recognized electrical testing laboratory (NRTL) or other organization acceptable to the State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries 1 Where NRTL test procedures have been established for the product type, provide electrical equipment approved under that procedure and bearing the NRTL label D. Where voltage, current, power, temperature or other ratings are specified that do not correspond to standard ratings of the manufacturer selected by the Contractor, furnish the next rating level which increases the capacity of the device or material in question E. Furnish materials, devices, equipment or supplies of materials that are inherently non -corrosive or are coated or covered in a manner, acceptable to the Owner, Basic Electrical Requirements City of Yakima 16010 - 10 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 338 of 440 which renders them non -corrosive Do not provide materials which contain polychlorinated biphenyls, asbestos or other hazardous or detrimental materials. Do not install materials in a manner, location or construction that produces galvanic action or any other materials corroding or eroding action Material that may cause rusting or streaking on a building/structure surface shall not be used F Fabricate equipment or devices in the field equivalent in every respect to manufactured items used for the same purpose Where cutting, drilling, grinding, or similar actions are performed on galvanized or painted metal, regalvanize or repaint, respectively, to match original finish G When equipment is shop fabricated for the Project, use electrical devices and enclosures which are NRTL listed and labeled or recognized. 2.03 SHORT CIRCUIT AND COORDINATION REPORT, AND ARC FLASH STUDY A. Create reports for new and modified electrical distribution equipment. B Short circuit report and coordination studies, and arc flash studies shall be stamped and signed by an electrical engineer registered in the State of Washington C. As a minimum, include the following in the report: 1. Utility source information including primary system & service transformer impedance, X/R ratio, symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents for 3 phase, line -to -line and Zine -to -neutral faults. Equipment manufacturer's information used to prepare the study. 2 Assumptions made during the study 3 Short circuit calculations listing short circuit levels at each bus 4 Evaluation of the electrical power system and the model numbers and settings of the protective devices associated with the system. 5. Time -current curves including the instrument transformer ratios, model numbers of the protective relays or trip devices, and the relay or trip device settings associated with each breaker 6 Comparison of short circuit duties of each bus to the interrupting capacity of the equipment connected to that bus. 7 Elements and calculations from reports more recent than 5 years shall be acceptable for the purposes of this project. D Elements of Short Circuit Study 1 One -line Diagram (a) Location and function of each protective device in the system, such as relays, direct -acting trips, fuses, etc (b) Type designation, current rating, range or adjustment manufacturer's style and catalog transformers. (c) Power, voltage ratings, impedance, primary and secondary connections of all transformers (d) Nameplate ratings of all motors and generator with their subtransient reactances (e) Transient reactances of generator and synchronous reactances of generator (f) Sources of short circuit elements such as utility ties, generators, and induction motors (g) All significant circuit elements such as transformers, cables, breakers, fuses, reactors, etc. Basic Electrical Requirements City of Yakima 16010 - 11 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 339 of 440 (h) Standby as well as normal switching conditions 2 Impedance Diagram (a) Available MVA or impedance from the utility company (b) Bus impedance (c) Transformer and/or reactor impedances. (d) Cable impedances (e) Equipment impedances (f) System voltages (g) Grounding scheme (resistance grounding, solid grounding or no grounding) 3 Calculations (a) Determine the paths and situations where short circuit currents are the greatest. Assume bolted faults and calculate the 3-phase and line -to -ground short circuits of each case (b) Calculate the maximum and minimum ground -fault currents E Coordination Study 1 Provide an evaluation of the electrical power system and the model numbers and recommended settings of the protective devices associated with the system 2 As a minimum, include the following on 5 -cycle, log -log graph paper (a) Time -current curve for each protective relay or fuse showing graphically that the settings will allow protection and selectively within Industry standards Identify each curve and specify the tap and time dial setting (b) Time -current curves for each device to be positioned for maximum selectivity to minimize system disturbances during fault clearing Where selectivity cannot be achieved, notify the Project Representative as to the cause. (c) Time -current curves and points for cable and equipment damage (d) Circuit interrupting device operating and interrupting times (e) Indicate maximum fault values on the graph (f) Sketch of bus and breaker arrangement. F Arc Flash Study 1. Prepare a report summarizing the arc flash study and conclusions or recommendations which may affect the integrity of the electric power distribution system 2 Determine the incident energy, arc flash boundary, and minimum PPE requirements for locations throughout the studied portions of the power system Arc flash warning labels are to be produced and attached to the electrical equipment. These labels must indicate approach boundaries, incident energy level, and the minimum PPE that is required when servicing the equipment within the arc flash boundary 3 As a minimum, include the following in the report: (a) Assumptions made during the study (b) Reduced copy of the one line drawing. (c) Arc flash evaluations summary spreadsheet (i) Bus name Basic Electrical Requirements City of Yakima 16010 - 12 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 340 of 440 (ii) Upstream protective device name, type, settings (iii) Bus line to line voltage (iv) Bus bolted fault. (v) Protective device bolted fault current. (vi) Arcing fault current. (vii) Protective device trip/delay time (viii) Breaker opening time (ix) Solidly grounded column (x) Equipment type. (xi) Gap. (xii) Arc flash boundary (xiii) Working distance. (xiv) Incident energy (xv) Required protective fire rated clothing type and class (d) Arc flash warning labels printed in color on adhesive backed labels (Refer to NFPA 70E label design requirements ) G Previous Electrical System Study 1. A copy of the previous study, Short Circuit, Protective Device Coordination and Arc Flash Hazard Analysis Study for Yakima Regional WWTP Digester Cover Replacement Yakima, WA by M. McKee, Eaton Electrical Services and Systems, dated December 2009 will be made available to the Contractor from the Owner by request. (Eaton Electrical Services & • Systems General Order Number SKW0112211, Report Number: TQSISKW112211.1) 2. Information contained in the report, including calculations for devices upstream of the Boiler Motor Control Center, may cite the previous electrical system study provided the Contractor verifies the existing conditions (including breaker settings, conductor sizes and materials, and device types) match those values listed in the report. If the values do not match, the Contractor shall provide PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION A. Make arrangements for and pay for necessary permits, licenses, and inspections. B. Equipment shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the National Electrical Code, National Electrical Safety Code, and applicable state and local regulations and ordinances C Install equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the NECA "NEIS" (National Electric Installation Standards). D Provide on-site testing as listed in individual specification sections. Test results shall be in writing E Equipment Dimensions and Clearances 1 Dimensions indicated for electrical equipment and dimensions indicated for the installation of electrical equipment are restrictive dimensions Verify that equipment will fit within the indicated locations and spaces Do not use Basic Electrical Requirements City of Yakima 16010 - 13 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 341 of 440 equipment that impinges upon the required clearance, reduces actual clearance, or exceeds the indicated dimensions (a) Except as approved in writing by the Owner 2 Do not use arrangements of equipment that impinge upon the required clearance, reduce actual clearances or exceed the space allocation F Equipment Access 1 Install equipment so it is readily accessible for operation and maintenance 2 Access to equipment shall not be blocked or concealed by conduits, supporting devices, boxes, or other items 3 Do not install electrical equipment such that it interferes with normal maintenance requirements of other equipment. G. Install materials and equipment in a manner, location and construction that does not produce galvanic action or any other materials corroding or eroding action Equipment fabricated from aluminum shall not be placed in direct contact with earth or concrete H Screen or seal all raceways and openings into equipment to prevent the entrance of moisture, rodents and insects. Plans indicate the approximate location and arrangement of electrical equipment and the approximate location of other equipment requiring electrical work. The general arrangement of panelboards, outlets and other equipment is diagrammatic and approximate as to locations To avoid interference with structural members and equipment of other trades, it may be necessary to adjust the intended location of electrical equipment. Where minor changes are required because of structural or finish conditions or for the convenience of the Owner, provide such changes without additional expense to the Owner. Unless specifically dimensioned or detailed, the Contractor may, at his discretion, make minor adjustments in equipment location without obtaining the Owner's approval. Minor adjustments are defined as a distance not to exceed 1 1 FT at grade, floor and roof level in any direction in the horizontal plane 2 1 FT for equipment other than lighting at ceiling level in any direction in the horizontal plane 3 1 FT for lighting fixtures at ceiling level in any direction in the horizontal plane 4 1 FT on walls in a horizontal direction within the vertical plane 5 Changes in equipment location exceeding those defined above require the Owner's approval 6 Particular attention shall be paid to door swings, piping, radiation, ductwork, and structural steel (a) In general, waste and vent lines and Targe pipe mains and ductwork shall be given priority for the locations and space shown. (b) Electrical lighting fixtures shall, in general, be given priority for ceiling space (c) No additional compensation will be allowed for the moving of misplaced outlets, wiring, or equipment 3 02 BREAKER CONFIGURATION A. Apply the recommended trip settings, if any, to every molded case circuit breaker, motor circuit protector, or steel frame breaker as recommended by the Short Basic Electrical Requirements City of Yakima 16010 - 14 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 342 of 440 Circuit Coordination report from infinite time to 0.1 Seconds or to the short circuit coordination level (for example, 0 1 seconds) required by the local authority having jurisdiction 3.03 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate equipment in accordance with Section 01660 B. Demonstrate to the Owner that the electrical installation is working by operating all electrical systems and equipment. Simulate control and emergency conditions, artificially where necessary, for complete system tests Adjust installed equipment for proper operation of all electrical and mechanical components. 3 04 ASSISTANCE A. Provide assistance to the Owner during the demonstration or testing of equipment by operating devices and equipment, during construction observation by opening enclosures for inspection, checking record drawing information, and similar tasks, as necessary, in the Owner's judgment to verify all work provided. END OF SECTION Basic Electrical Requirements City of Yakima 16010 - 15 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 343 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 344 of 440 SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 102 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1 Supporting devices. 2 Electrical identification. 3 Electrical demolition 4. Cutting and patching 5 Cleaning and finish touchup painting. 6 Testing 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General. Submit each item in this section according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Test reports 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to Section 16010 paragraph 1 7 Quality Assurance 105 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and material specified herein All costs for basic electrical materials and methods, as specified herein, shall be included in the appropriate lump sum bid items PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Provide tubing, channel and angle support systems, hangers, sleeves, brackets, fabricated items, and fasteners for secure support of electrical equipment, devices, components and materials: 1. Material. (a) Wet locations (including outdoors and in below -grade structures). Stainless steel or hot -dipped galvanized (b) Class I Hazardous locations and/or Corrosive areas' 304 stainless steel or 40 mil PVC coated galvanized steel. (c) Other locations Steel, except as otherwise indicated, protected from corrosion with zinc coating, cadmium City of Yakima Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Boiler Replacement 16050 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 345 of 440 plating, or with treatment of equivalent corrosion resistance using approved alternative finish or inherent material characteristics B Conduit clamps one hole or beam clamps 1 Rigid Steel Conduit: cast iron hot dipped galvanized clamps with cast iron hot dipped galvanized clamp back (AKA foot or spacer) 2 PRMC. cast iron PVC coated or stainless steel clamps with cast iron PVC coated or stainless steel clamp back (AKA foot or spacer) 3 EMT. stamped steel clamps — cad plated or galvanized C Anchors stainless steel in wet, hazardous or corrosive areas; cadmium plated or galvanized steel in dry areas 1 lag screws or Type A tapping screws for wood 2 Toggle bolts with springhead for light Toads in masonry 3 thru-bolt with fender washers for loads in masonry. 4 toggle bolts with springhead for hollow partitions 5 epoxy set or self drilling anchors with threaded studs for concrete. 6 clamps or U -bolts for structural steel 7 Epoxy set or self drilling anchors with extension rods for hollow tile over concrete. 8 hanger rods. 1/4 -inch diameter or larger threaded steel, except as otherwise indicated. D Sleeves 1 Wet, hazardous or corrosive areas (a) ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, hot dipped galvanized steel, plain ends. (b) Hot dipped galvanized cast iron, with weep rings 2 Dry Areas: (a) PVC, schedule 40. (b) 0 0276 -inch or heavier galvanized sheet steel, round tube, closed with welded longitudinal joint. 2 02 ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURES A. Enclosures for use with Electrical Equipment: 1 Standards (a) NEMA ICS -6, Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems (b) UL 508, Industrial Control Equipment. (c) UL 698, Industrial Control Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations. 2. Provide NEMA enclosure types as indicated on the Contract Documents Where the enclosure type is not indicated by the Contract Documents provide enclosures as follows (a) NEMA 1 Use in electrical rooms and in dry indoor finished areas (b) NEMA 12 Use in unclassified (non -hazardous and non- corrosive) indoor locations which are neither wet nor damp (c) NEMA 4X: Use in all non -hazardous wet or corrosive locations. (d) NEMA 7 Use in all hazardous locations B Shop or Factory Finishes Basic Electrical Materials and Methods City of Yakima 16050 - 2 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 346 of 440 1 Exteriors of painted enclosures shall be ANSI gray 2 Interiors of painted enclosures shall be either white or light gray 2 03 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Manufacturer's Standard Products Where more than one type is listed for a specified application, selection is Contractor's option, but provide single type for each application category Use colors prescribed by ANSI Al 3 1, NEC and these Specifications B Colored Adhesive Marking Tape for Raceways, Wires, and Cables* Self-adhesive vinyl tape not Tess than 3 mils thick by 1 inch wide C. Underground Line Warning Tape: Permanent, bright -colored, continuous -printed, vinyl tape with the following features. 1 Size Not less than 4 mils thick by 6 inches wide. 2. Compounded for permanent direct -burial service. D. Tape Markers Vinyl or vinyl -cloth, self-adhesive, wraparound type with preprinted numbers and letters. E Color -Coding Cable Ties Type 6/6 nylon, self-locking type Colors to suit coding scheme F Engraved, Plastic -Laminated Labels, Signs, and Instruction Plates Engraving stock, melamine plastic laminate punched for mechanical fasteners 1/16 inch minimum thick for signs up to 20 sq in , 1/8 inch thick for larger sizes Engraved legend in white letters on black face G. Fasteners for Plastic -Laminated and Metal Signs Self -tapping stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel No 10/32 machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers H Wire markers. machine printed, black ink, alpha -numerical identifiers on yellow polyolefin shrink tubing Kroy K4350 Shrink Tube, or approved equal. 2 04 TOUCHUP PAINT A. For Equipment: Provided by equipment manufacturer and selected to match equipment finish B. For Non -equipment Surfaces Matching type and color of undamaged, adjacent finish. C For Galvanized Surfaces Zinc -rich paint recommended by item manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA's "Standard of Installation." B Install the equipment and materials in a neat and workmanlike manner employing workmen skilled in the particular trade and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and industry standards. Maintain adequate supervision of the work by a person in charge at the site during any time that work under this division is in process or when necessary for coordination with other work. C Install components and equipment to provide the maximum possible headroom where mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated. Mount enclosures for individual units at fifty-four inches above floors to centerline of controls City of Yakima Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Boiler Replacement 16050 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 347 of 440 D Install items level, plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, except where otherwise indicated E Install equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference with other installations. F Give right of way to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope G Make all penetrations of electrical work through floors, walls and roofs water, rodent, insect and weather -tight. H Firestopping Apply to cable and raceway penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies Perform firestopping as specified in Division 7 Section "Firestopping" to reestablish the original fire -resistance rating of the assembly at the penetration. 3 02 ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING METHODS A. Support electrical equipment, devices and materials from framing members or structure with sufficient clearance for maintaining and servicing. 1 Provide backing plates, and/or framing material to support equipment, devices and materials which are located between the framing members which are part of the building or facility structure 2. Provide metal structure fabricated of structural shapes such as C -channel or square tubing (not strut channels, unistrut, b -line, etc) for mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnects, control enclosures, pull boxes, junction boxes, transformers, and other equipment and devices except where components are mounted directly to structural features of adequate strength B. Fastening and Supports Unless otherwise indicated, securely fasten electrical items and their supporting hardware to the building/structure/support. 1. Use supports as detailed on the Drawings and as specified. (a) Where not detailed on the Drawings or specified, use supports and anchoring devices rated for the equipment load and as recommended by the manufacturer. 2 Attach enclosures mounted on equipment with machine screws or clamps as required Do not drill equipment frames or sheets without permission of the equipment supplier/manufacturer and the Engineer. Do not mount safety switches or external equipment to other equipment enclosures, unless enclosure mounting surface is adequately reinforced structurally to accept mounting of external equipment. 3 Base rating and size of supports and anchoring devices on dimensions and weights verified from approved equipment submittals Attach wall mounted enclosures with a minimum of three fasteners, and more if the manufacturer so recommends 4 Stand-off outdoor wall -mounted equipment and indoor equipment mounted on earth or water bearing walls a minimum of one-quarter inch where enclosures are mounted on walls in wet areas (outdoors, below grades, etc) Use corrosion resistant spacers such as neoprene, or fiberglass or plastic shim washers to maintain % inch separation between the equipment and the wall 5. Do not cut, or weld to, building structural members withoutpermission of the engineer. Welding to steel structure may be used only for threaded studs, not for conduits, pipe straps, or any other items. Basic Electrical Materials and Methods City of Yakima 16050 - 4 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 348 of 440 6 Select fasteners so the Toad applied to any fastener does not exceed 25 percent of the proof -test load C Raceway Supports Comply with NEC and the following requirements 1 Conform to manufacturer's recommendations for selecting and installing supports 2 Install individual and multiple raceway hangers and riser clamps to support raceways Provide U bolts, clamps, attachments and other hardware necessary for hanger assembly and for securing hanger rods and conduits 3 Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze- or bracket -type hangers 4 Spare Capacity: Size supports for multiple conduits so capacity can be increased by a 25 percent minimum in the future 5 Support individual horizontal raceways with separate, malleable iron pipe hangers or clamps 6 In vertical runs, arrange support so the Toad produced by the weight of the raceway and the enclosed conductors is carried entirely by the conduit supports, with no weight Toad on raceway terminals. 7 Use double nuts or jam nuts with regular nuts on threaded rods and bolts. 8. Trim rod ends to within 1/4 inch after installation of last nut, clamp or similar hardware, smooth cut ends or install cap nut. D Provide concrete foundations or pads required for electrical equipment: 1 Floor -mounted equipment shall be mounted on a concrete base except the concrete base shall be shortened in height by the thickness of the channel base when the equipment is provided with channel bases such as can be provided with control panels, motor control centers and switchboards Pad shall be poured on top of the finished floor or slab 2 Install concrete pads and bases according to requirements of Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" and per structural drawings and specifications. E. Install hangers, inserts, supports, and anchors prior to installation of fireproofing F. Cable supports - provide cable ties and straps for clamping, tying, securing and banding wires and cables in all junction boxes, panelboards and terminal cabinets Support each circuit independently; group phases of three phase circuits 3.03 IDENTIFICATION A. Install labels where indicated and at locations for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. B Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other designations used for electrical identification with corresponding designations indicated on the Contract Documents or required by codes and standards Use consistent designations throughout the Project. C Self -Adhesive Identification Products Clean surfaces of dust, loose material, and oily films before applying. D. Tag or label power circuits in enclosures using tags or adhesive marking tape Identify source and circuit numbers in each cabinet, pull box, pull hole, vault, maintenance hole, junction box, and outlet box. Color coding may be used for voltage and phase indication. E. Identify Paths of Underground Electrical Lines' During trench backfilling, for exterior underground power, control, signal, and communication lines, install continuous underground plastic line marker located directly above power and City of Yakima Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Boiler Replacement 16050 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 349 of 440 communication lines Where multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope do not exceed an overall width of 16 inches, use a single line marker F Provide engraved phenolic name plates (white with black background) on equipment enclosures giving the name and circuit identification (Panel/MCC/Enclosure served from and circuit location or ID) of the enclosed device/equipment in one-quarter inch letters G For panelboards, provide framed, typed circuit schedules with explicit description and identification of items controlled by each individual breaker H Provide electrical danger, caution, warning or safety instruction signs including arc flash signs in accordance with Section 16010 3 04 DEMOLITION A. Demolish all existing electrical devices and circuits which are noted for demolition. Demolition includes, but is not limited to 1 Remove all conduit, conductors, fittings, device boxes, hangers, panels, devices, etc., which are not concealed in the building structure or below grade/slab. B Do not remove or damage fireproofing materials Repair or replace fireproofing removed or damaged C Locate, identify, and protect electrical equipment and materials to remain Where existing work to remain is damaged in the course of the work, remove damaged portions and install new products of equal capacity, quality, and functionality at no additional cost to the Owner. D Remove existing conductors from conduits or other enclosures, unless otherwise indicated, where existing work is to be abandoned in place Cut and remove buried cable or raceway indicated to be abandoned in place at the point where it stubs up or emerges from burial 12 inches below the surface of adjacent grade or construction, cap and patch surface to match existing finish E Remove demolished material from the Project site and legally dispose of demolished material by wastehaul to approved landfill or recycling facility F Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect, and make operational components indicated for relocation and/or reconnection Coordinate the process, mechanical, HVAC, and other equipment scheduled to be relocated and/or reused with other Divisions, and disconnect the equipment from and reconnect the equipment to the electrical systems 3.05 SALVAGE A. Coordinate with Owner to accept salvaged equipment. Transport the equipment to the Owner's onsite storage facility. Protect the equipment per section 01557 3 06 TEMPORARY POWER A. Provide temporary power to existing branch circuit panels, branch circuits, and/or directly to electrical devices as required to keep all portions of the existing facility, which are occupied by the Owner, or required for facility operation, in operation at all times Obtain approval by all appropriate code authorities, including the Department of Labor & Industries Electrical Inspection Department, for any temporary connections provided Basic Electrical Materials and Methods City of Yakima 16050 - 6 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1••27-12, Page 350 of 440 3 07 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces necessary for electrical installations Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of the trades involved B Repair disturbed surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed surfaces 3.08 CLEANING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING A. Clean dirt and debris from all surfaces. Thoroughly vacuum the interior of enclosures to remove dirt and debris. B Replace nameplates damaged during installation. C. Apply touch-up paint as required to repair scratches, etc. Field paint in accordance with Section 09960 Thoroughly clean damaged areas and provide primer, intermediate, and finish coats to suit the degree of damage at each location. Follow paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation and for timing and application of successive coats. 3 09 TESTING A. Testing shall be performed by a person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association. B. Additional testing requirements specific to other sections are specified in those sections C. Test electrical equipment as described in individual specification sections after installation but before it is energized and placed in service All equipment shall be tested as recommended by the manufacturer Report all test results in writing Where tests disclose a defect in the work, rework or repair equipment which performs unsatisfactorily during or as a result of system testing at no additional expense to the Owner and retest to confirm the rework or repair until retesting confirms that the defect has been corrected Test in accordance with the manufacturer's installation and testing instructions and the applicable electrical standards (i.e , NEMA, IEEE, ISA, ANSI, or other) for the class of equipment. If equipment or system fails retest, replace it with products which conform with Contract Documents Continue remedial measures and retests until satisfactory results are obtained Remedial measures and retests will be done at no cost to the Owner D. Test motor driven equipment motors before energization Insulation test shall consist of megohmeter check phase—to—ground, per IEEE Standard 43, and polarization index test manufacturer's recommendations 1 Perform load tests of each motor and prepare a written report of the findings showing the following (a) Nameplate Ratings (horsepower), (speed), (voltage), (phase), (ampere rating of motor at full load) (b) Measured Load in amperes on each phase at full speed 2 For load tests for each pump/blower/ process equipment motor* (a) Note the operating conditions at the time of the test. (b) Note the suction and discharge conditions (pressure, water level, temperature, humidity, where such conditions affect load) City of Yakima Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Boiler Replacement 16050 - 7 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 351 of 440 310 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate equipment in accordance with Section 16010 END OF SECTION Basic Electrical Materials and Methods City of Yakima 16050 - 8 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 352 of 440 SECTION 16060 GROUNDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes grounding of electrical systems and equipment and basic requirements for grounding for protection of life, equipment, circuits, and systems Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented in other Sections of these Specifications. B. Related Sections. The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section 1 Section 16120 "Conductors and Cables" for requirements for grounding conductors 103 SUBMITTALS A. General Submit each item in this Section according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections 1. Field tests and observation reports certified by the testing organization and indicating and interpreting the test reports for compliance with performance requirements. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1.7 Quality Assurance B. Comply with UL 467, "Grounding and Bonding Equipment" 105 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and material specified herein All costs for grounding, as specified herein, shall be included in the appropriate lump sum bid items. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2 01 GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS A. Governing Requirements. Where types, sizes, ratings, and quantities indicated are in excess of NEC requirements, the more stringent requirements and the greater size, rating, and quantity indications govern City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Grounding 16060 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 353 of 440 2 02 WIRE AND CABLE GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A. Comply with Division 16 Section "Wires and Cables." Conform to NEC Table 8 (Conductor Properties), except as otherwise indicated, for conductor properties, including stranding B. Equipment Grounding Conductors Insulated with green color insulation C Grounding -Electrode Conductors Stranded cable, bare or varnish coated D Ground Rods 3/4 inch diameter, 10 foot long, copper clad steel E Manufacturers shall be 1 Bentonite, 2. XIT, 3 Or equal 2 03 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS A. Pressure Connectors. High -conductivity -plated units B Bolted Clamps Heavy-duty type C. Exothermic -Welded Connections Provided in kit form and selected per manufacturer's written instructions for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and connected items D Manufcatures shall be 1 Burndy, 2 Thermoweld, 3 Cadweld PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION A. Equipment Grounding Conductors Comply with NEC Article 250 for types, sizes, and quantities of equipment grounding conductors, except where specific types, larger sizes, or more conductors than required by NEC are indicated 1. Install insulated equipment grounding conductor with circuit conductors for the items below (a) Service and Feeders (i) Bond the conductor full size to the equipment to which the circuit connects and to any portion of the raceway where it is metallic. Provide boxes or fittings suitable for connecting equipment grounding conductors where metallic conduit transitions to non-metallic. (b) Single or three-phase motor or appliance branch circuits. (c) Flexible raceway runs 2 Nonmetallic Raceways Install an equipment grounding conductor in nonmetallic raceways unless they are designated for telephone or data cables Bond the conductor at each end of non-metallic raceway to grounded metallic raceway or equipment. 3 Provide boxes or fittings suitable for connecting equipment grounding conductors where metallic conduit transitions to non-metallic. Grounding 16060 - 2 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 354 of 440 B Separately Derived Systems Where NEC requires grounding, ground according to NEC Paragraph 250-30 3 02 INSTALLATION A. General. Ground electrical systems and equipment according to NEC requirements, except where Drawings or Specifications exceed NEC requirements B Ground the secondary electrical system to the building structure, metallic piping systems and supplemental grounding electrodes Coordinate grounding connections made to the water system with the mechanical work and install bonding jumpers wherever deemed necessary 3.03 CONNECTIONS A. General. Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is minimized Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible. 1. Use electroplated or hot -tin -coated materials to assure high conductivity and to make contact points closer in order of galvanic series. 2 Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. 3 Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces B Exothermic -Welded Connections. Use for connections to structural steel and for underground connections, except those at test wells Comply with manufacturer's written instructions Clean all varnish, oxide, scale, concrete, etc from conductors before firing joints Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable. C. Equipment Grounding -Wire Terminations- Make the grounding conductor connections to motors or equipment ten horsepower and above, or twenty amperes and above, with conductor termination and a 5/16 inch minimum bolt tapped to the motor frame or equipment housing. Ground connection to smaller motors and equipment may be made by fastening the conductor termination to a connection box. D. Noncontact Metal Raceway Terminations Where metallic raceways terminate at metal electrical enclosures without mechanical and electrical connection to electrical enclosures, terminate each conduit with a metallic, insulating grounding bushing. Connect grounding bushings with a bare grounding conductor to grounding bus or terminal in electrical enclosures Bond electrically noncontinuous conduits at both entrances and exits with grounding bushings and bare grounding conductors, except as otherwise indicated E Connect discontinuous sections of metallic raceway using grounding (bonding) connections at each end of metallic raceway with equipment grounding conductor in the non-metallic portion of the raceway F Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values Where these requirements are not available, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B G Compression -Type Connections. Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct circumferential pressure for compression connectors Use tools and dies recommended by manufacturer of connectors. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on grounding conductor City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Grounding 16060 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 355 of 440 3 04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Independent Testing Agency. Engage an independent electrical testing organization to perform acceptance tests described below B Acceptance Tests 1 Procedures. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7 13 Certify compliance with test parameters Maximum grounding resistance value shall be 3 ohms 2. Measure ground resistance not less than 2 full days after the last trace of precipitation, and without the soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance 3 Measure resistance of equipment grounding connections for service, feeder and motor circuits to ground at the load end with a Biddle ground ohmmeter. C Excessive Ground Resistance Where resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Engineer. Check connections of affected equipment and conductors Replace, repair, or correct defective connections or conductors Provide additional ground rods or larger grounding electrode where the grounding electrode resistance is higher than specified Revise and retest until resistance is within specifications D. Report: Prepare test reports, certified by the testing organization, of ground resistance at each test location Include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results END OF SECTION Grounding 16060 - 4 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 356 of 440 SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 102 SUMMARY A. This Section includes building wires and cables and associated connectors, splices, and terminations for wiring systems rated 600 V and less. 103 SUBMITTALS A. General Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections 1 Field Test Reports* Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1.7 Quality Assurance. 1.05 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and material specified herein All costs for conductors and cables, as specified herein, shall be included in the appropriate lump sum bid items PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 BUILDING WIRES AND CABLES A. UL -listed building wires and cables with conductor material, insulation type, cable construction, and rating as specified in Part 3 'Wire and Insulation Applications" Article B. Thermoplastic Insulation Material- Comply with NEMA WC 5. C Cross -Linked Polyethylene Insulation Material Comply with NEMA WC 7 D Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 8 E Conductor Material: Copper F. Stranding 1. Class B for power applications 2 Class C for control applications G. Size and Type. 1. Solid or stranded conductor for No. 10 AWG and smaller gauge 120 VAC branch power circuits; City of Yakima Conductors and Cables Boiler Replacement 16120 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 357 of 440 2 Stranded conductor for 277 or 480 VAC power circuits, and for any power circuit larger than No 10 AWG 3 Stranded conductors for control circuits 4 Grounding conductors. solid conductor in sizes No. 6 AWG and smaller gauge, stranded in No 4 AWG and larger gauge H. Cords: Type SO, size No 14 AWG or larger 2 02 INSTRUMENTATION AND SPECIALTY WIRE A. Low voltage instrument cable 600 volt rated, multi -conductor cable with overall neoprene or PVC jacket. Individual conductors PVC or polyethylene insulated, with or without nylon overcoat. 1 Unshielded instrument cable Belden 9486 (18 gauge), 9488 (14 gauge) or equal, Alpha or NEC 2 Shielded single pair instrument cable (2/C#18) Belden 9341 or equal, Alpha or NEC. 3 Shielded three conductor instrument cable (3/C#18) Belden 1121A or equal, Alpha or NEC 4 Shielded multi -pair (#18 gauge) instrument cable Belden 1048 (2 pair), 1049 (4 pair), 1050 (8 pair), 1051 (12 pair) or equal, Alpha or NEC B VFD Cable Low voltage, shielded power cable. Three conductor copper cable rated 600 volt, with cross linked thermosetting polyethylene insulation on each conductor, three bare grounding conductors (one in each interstice), with a corrugated copper shield and overall PVC jacket. Cables shall have the following maximum nominal outer diameter (OD) and largest minimum bend radius - Conductor Size Nominal OD (Inches) Minimum Bend Radius #16 40 4.0 #14 45 4.5 #12 .50 5 0 #10 .60 6 0 #8 .70 7.0 #6 .80 8 0 #4 .90 9 0 #2 1 05 105 #1 1 20 12.0 #1/0 1 3 13.0 #2/0 1 4 14 0 #3/0 1 55 15.5 #410 1 7 17.0 1 VFD cables with nominal outer diameters and minimum bend radiuses that are greater than shown in the above table will be rejected 2 Belden VFD Power Cable Model numbers 29520 through 29532 (depending on cable size) C SCADA communications wire Coordinate the with the actual Remote I/O protocols being used. 1 RS485 (also known as EIA -485, EIA/TIA-485, Modbus/RTU RS -485). 2/C#22TP+1/C#22, Overall shield with drain. Characteristic impedance on the twisted pair wires shall be 1202 nominal. Terminate both ends of Conductors and Cables City of Yakima 16120 - 2 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 358 of 440 network twisted pair with 1210(±5%), % Watt capacity resistor Provide Belden 3106A or equal 2 Cat5e (also known as Cat5) 8/C#24UTP, non -plenum rated communications cable Terminate both ends with 8 position, 8 conductor plugs (also known as RJ45 plugs) Cable shall support IEEE 802 3 Gigabit Ethernet speeds after terminated Cable shall meet or exceed TIA/EIA-568- B.2 standards Provide Belden 1583A or equal 3 Fiber Optic Communications Cable shall be 6 strand, ISO 11801 0M3 grade multimode, Outside Plant (OSP) cable Terminate both ends with SC -Duplex ensuring cross-over within pairs (For example, one end will have Blue -Orange strands and the other will have Orange -Blue strands ) Provide Belden M9C152 or equal D Specialty wire: As specified in the section describing the system it serves 2 03 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Provide UL -listed, factory -fabricated wiring connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. B Conductor Connections, Splices or Taps 1. Solid Conductors size 18 through 10 AWG Twist on insulated spring connectors 2 Stranded Conductors size 18 through 6 AWG: insulated, solid barrel, crimp type plated copper alloy connectors 3 Conductors size 4 AWG and larger: plated copper alloy compression splicing sleeves installed by high pressure compression tools and insulated with heat shrink Raychem sleeves 4 Outdoors or wet areas wire splice kits, epoxy resin, hardener, and mold 3M Scotchcast or equal. 5 Motor connections insulated, solid barrel, crimp type, ring tongue plated copper alloy. C Terminations. suitable for 75 degree Celsius rated copper conductor 1. Service and feeder circuits compression indent barrel connectors with one or two hole spade lug ends 2. Conductor size 18 through 10 AWG insulated, solid copper barrel, crimp type, plated copper alloy spade tongue terminal, made for the wire size and terminal on which they are installed and crimped with an approved plier or tool for the connector 3 Conductor size 8 AWG and larger compression, indent, solid copper barrel, one or two hole lugs D Motor connections insulated, solid barrel, crimp type, ring tongue plated copper alloy 2 04 INSULATING MATERIALS A. Fillers Scotchfill, or equal B. Tape 7 mil vinyl plastic tape, logo bearing, Scotch 33+, or equal. City of Yakima Conductors and Cables Boiler Replacement 16120 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 359 of 440 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 01 EXAMINATION A. Examine raceways and building finishes to receive wires and cables for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of wires and cables. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 WIRE AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS A. Service/Feeders Type USE/RHW/RHH insulated, stranded conductors, in raceway B Branch circuits Type USE/RHW/RHH insulated, stranded conductors, in raceway except Type THHN/THWN insulated, solid or stranded conductors, may be used indoors, above grade only, for 120 volt lighting and receptacle branch circuits in sizes #12 AWG and #10 AWG. C. Equipment Grounding Conductors Same type insulation and conductor as the circuit conductors supplying the equipment to be grounded D Grounding Conductors (other than equipment grounding conductors): bare copper with varnish coat. E. Class 1 and 2 Control Circuits Type USE/RHW/RHH, size #14 AWG or larger, in raceway; Type MTWITHWN, size #14 AWG or larger, in raceway may be used indoors above grade or above above grade in weatherproof enclosures F Instrumentation Circuits Shielded or unshielded instrument cable, as indicated on the Contract Documents 3 03 INSTALLATION A. Install wires and cables in raceway system, according to manufacturer's written instructions and NECA's "Standard of Installation", after raceway system is complete, and following "Examination" article of this section. B Provide individual neutral conductors for each 120 volt or 277 volt circuit. Common neutral conductors for multi branch circuits are not permitted unless specifically noted and shown on the drawings C Install service, feeder, motor, control, instrumentation, communication and signaling circuits continuously without splices from equipment terminal to equipment terminal or motor lead 120 and 277 volt single phase branch circuits may be spliced or connected at taps or connection for outlet devices Do not splice circuits at other locations without written permission from the Engineer D Color code conductors as follows 1. Grounding conductors Green 2. 480/277 volt, three phase systems (a) Phase A - brown (b) Phase B - orange (c) Phase C - yellow (d) Neutral - gray Conductors and Cables City of Yakima 16120 - 4 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 360 of 440 3 208Y/120, three phase systems (a) Phase A - black (b) Phase B - red (c) Phase C - blue (d) Neutral - white 4 Use control wiring of colors different than power wiring or supplied with a trace of color in addition to the basic color of the insulation Number control wiring individually to match equipment number and /or terminal numbering or use wires of different colors for each node or different function in each circuit but use the same color scheme throughout each system for any control or signal wires performing the same function 5 Use wire with insulation of required color for conductors of No 8 AWG and smaller. For wire larger than No.8 AWG which is not available in specified colors, use self-adhesive, wrap-around cloth type markers of solid colors to code the conductors When conductors are marked in this manner, mark each conductor at all accessible locations such as panelboards, junction boxes, pullboxes, pullholes, auxiliary gutters, outlets, switches, and control centers. 6 Do not use white, gray, or green color for any power, lighting, or control conductor not intended for neutral or grounding purposes (a) low voltage control circuits, or 18 AWG or smaller control conductors, may use gray, green or white singly or as part of a trace color in addition to the base color. 7 Connect power circuit conductors of the same color to the same phase throughout the installation. Viewing all equipment from the front, make connections so phase color sequence is in the same order as that for panelboards, switchboards, motor control centers, etc. If the phase order of the wires must be reversed to accommodate motor rotation, the adjustment shall be made at the motor terminal box or for cord connected equipment only, at the load side of the safety disconnect switch Reversing the phase order at the motor controller or disconnect switch is not acceptable E. Install wiring to equipment neutral and grounding blocks on the bottom or furthest back row first. Leave unconnected blocks accessible for future neutral or grounding connections F Leave six inches or more of free conductor at each connected device or equipment terminal and nine inches of free conductors at each unconnected outlet. Tape free ends of conductors at unconnected outlets and coil neatly in outlet box. G Install wires neatly in enclosures Bend or form wires in neat runs from conduits to terminals Arrange wires so that they may be grouped by conduit or function in the enclosure Install cable ties and straps to support and bundle wires in enclosures Arrange wires to allow wire tags and numbers to be easily read without bending or flexing wiring. H. Install grounding conductors according to Section 16060 Grounding Pulling Conductors 1 Make all cable pulls by hand. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave wire/cable grips, or wrapping extra conductor into an eye, that will not damage cables or raceway 2 Use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions City of Yakima Conductors and Cables Boiler Replacement 16120 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 361 of 440 and sidewall pressure values Install pullboxes or pull fittings where necessary to prevent exceeding manufacturer's recommendations 3 Cut cable or conductor ends off after pulling and clean all lubricant and/or pulling compound from conductors before terminating J Support cables according to Section 16050 "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods " K. Seal around cables penetrating fire -rated elements according to Division 7 Section "Firestopping " with approved fire -stopping materials. L. Identify wires and cables according to Section 16050 "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods and as follows 1 For power circuits (a) At each connection, except at motors, tag for phase rotation and circuit number (b) At each motor tag for winding lead numbers Make all phase rotation changes for motor direction changes at the motor to maintain correct color phase sequence in equipment. (c) In each enclosure or box where more than one ungrounded power conductor is spliced or connected, tag for panelboard identification and pole number 2 For control circuits (a) Tag at ends of wire (b) Use cables with a light blue jacket for intrinsically safe control circuits Mark the conduits carrying intrinsically safe circuits with light blue paint at least once every feet of exposed conduit. Mark all junction boxes and conduit bodies with light blue paint. 3 04 CONNECTIONS A. Use the proper high pressure compression tool for terminating indent type compression connectors or terminations on conductors of size #8 AWG or larger gauge. Use an approved pliers or tool for crimping connectors for conductors of size #10 AWG or smaller gauge B. Make splices or tap connections with filler, and tape that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than conductors being connected. Insulate to same thickness as connectors being spliced or connected C. Connect outlets and components to wiring and to ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer, and in compliance with other Sections of Division 16 D Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B 3 05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform field quality -control testing. B. Test installation of wires and cables before electrical circuitry has been energized. 1 Test wire and cable installation, when complete and seventy-two hours prior to energization of the system Conductors and Cables City of Yakima 16120 - 6 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 362 of 440 2 Procedures Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7 3.2 Certify compliance with test parameters. 3 Remove and replace conductors with visible damage on conductor insulation ends due to installation in an incomplete or damaged conduit system such as, but not limited to, missing bushings or burrs on conduit ends C Correct malfunctioning conductors, cables, and connections at Project site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance, otherwise, remove and replace with new materials and retest. END OF SECTION City of Yakima Conductors and Cables Boiler Replacement 16120 - 7 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 363 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 364 of 440 SECTION 16130 RACEWAYS AND BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 102 SUMMARY A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring 1. Raceways include the following (a) RMC (b) PRMC (c) EMT (d) FMC. (e) LFMC (f) PVC (g) RTRC (h) Wireways (i) Surface raceways 2 Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets include the following: (a) Device boxes. (b) Outlet boxes. (c) Pull and junction boxes (d) Cabinets and hinged -cover enclosures B Related Sections include the following 1 Section 16050 "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for raceway and box supports. 2 Section 16120 "Conductors and Cables" for conductors installed in raceways and boxes 3 Section 16140 "Wiring Devices" for devices installed in boxes 103 DEFINITIONS A. EMT Electrical metallic tubing. B FMC Flexible metal conduit. C LFMC• Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. D RMC Rigid metal conduit. E. PRMC. PVC coated rigid metal conduit. F PVC. Rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit. G RTRC. Reinforced thermosetting Resin Conduit (Fiberglass) H. NPT National Pipe Thread NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association J ANSI. American National Standards Institute City of Yakima Raceways and Boxes Boiler Replacement 16130 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 365 of 440 104 SUBMITTALS A. General- Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1 7 Quality Assurance 106 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of raceways and boxes with other construction elements to ensure adequate headroom, working clearance, and access. B Coordinate conduit stub up locations with approved equipment shop drawing submittals prior to locating conduit stub ups in the slab. Locate conduit stub ups per equipment manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications 107 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and material specified herein. All costs for raceways and boxes, as specified herein, shall be included in the appropriate lump sum bid items PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 01 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A. RMC. 1 Conduit: Hot dipped galvanized steel with threaded ends meeting ANSI C80 1 2 Couplings: unsplit, NPT threaded steel cylinders with galvanizing equal to the conduit. 3 Nipples. same as conduit, factory made through eight inches, no running threads B PRMC (PVC -Coated Rigid Steel Conduit and Fittings): NEMA RN 1. 1 Minimum 40 mil exterior PVC coating, and 2 mil interior urethane coating 2 Manufacturers shall be (a) RobRoy Industries (b) Thomas & Betts Ocal (c) KorKap C LFMC. 1 Conduit: flexible, galvanized steel convolutions forming a continuous raceway, covered by a liquid tight PVC layer Electri-Flex Type LA or American Sealtite, Type UA. The use of thinwall conduit is not permitted 2 Connectors' Hot -Dip galvanized steel or hot -dip galvanized malleable iron, screw in ferrule which covers the end of the conduit inside and out, insulated throat, approved for grounding Provide with gland nut with integral ground lug for connectors to motors rated 10 horsepower and larger 3. Manufacturers shall be Raceways and Boxes City of Yakima 16130 - 2 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 366 of 440 (a) O-Z/Gedney Type 4Q series, (b) or approved equal 2 02 RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT (RNC) A. Rigid nonmetallic conduit (RNC) includes PVC and RTRC per NEC Article 352 (Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride Conduit: Type PVC) and NEC Article 355 (Reinforced thermosetting Resin Conduit: Type RTRC) and as follows 1 PVC (a) NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 or 80 PVC (b) Fittings NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or conduit/tubing type and material 2 RTRC. (a) NEMA TC 14 (b) UL 1684 2.03 OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES A. Concealed in dry indoor locations: Stamped steel, deep drawn one piece (without welds or tab connections), galvanized, with knockouts for conduit or connector entrance, meeting NEMA OS 1, and with plaster or extension rings to suit construction and application. B. Exposed outdoors, below grade, wet locations, or exposed in indoor locations which are not hazardous galvanized, cast iron alloy box, one piece, with threaded holes or hubs, integral mounting Tugs and with neoprene gaskets and galvanized cast iron alloy cover (covers shall be of the same material and finish as the device box). C. Exposed corrosive locations PVC coated cast iron or stainless steel boxes with threaded hubs, integral mounting lugs and PVC coated covers. Covers shall be of the same material and finish as the device box. D Exposed hazardous locations (whether dry, wet, or corrosive) explosion proof, galvanized, cast iron alloy box, one piece, with threaded holes or hubs, integral mounting lugs and with neoprene gaskets and galvanized cast iron alloy cover Covers shall be of the same material and finish as the device box. 2.04 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Exposed dry locations- Stamped steel, deep drawn one piece (without welds or tab connections), galvanized, with knockouts for conduit or connector entrance, meeting NEMA OS 1 Boxes 6"x6"x4" or larger may be code gauge fabricated steel continuously welded at seams and painted after fabrication Covers shall be of the same material and finish as the device box. B Exposed wet locations, outdoors, or below grade Cast -Metal Boxes meeting NEMA FB 1, with gasketed screw down cover Boxes 6"x6"x4" or larger may be code gauge fabricated stainless steel continuously welded at seams and with rubber gasketed covers Hoffman or equal Covers shall be of the same material and finish as the device box. C. Exposed corrosive locations PVC coated cast iron or stainless steel boxes with threaded hubs, integral mounting lugs and PVC coated covers D. Exposed hazardous Locations locations (whether dry, wet, or corrosive) explosion proof, galvanized, cast iron alloy box, one piece, with threaded holes or hubs, City of Yakima Raceways and Boxes Boiler Replacement 16130 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 367 of 440 integral mounting lugs and with neoprene gaskets and galvanized cast iron alloy cover. Covers shall be of the same material and finish as the device box. E Underground circuits In accordance with the Washington State Department of Transportation's Standard Plan No J-11 a, Design B F Communication circuits (Cable provided under Specification Section 16740) Conduit bodies are not permitted Junction boxes shall be sized as follows Maximum Trade Size of Conduit Width Box Size Length Depth For Each Additional Conduit Increase Width 1" 4" 16" 3" 2" 1-%" 6" 20" 3" 3" 1-1/2" 8" 27" 4" 4" 2" 8" 36" 4" 5" 2 05 MAINTENANCE/PULL HOLES A. Precast concrete structures with preformed knockout holes for conduit entrance. 1 One-piece, reinforced cast cement concrete with minimum compressive strength of 6,000 psi and suitable reinforcing for the size and construction 2. Minimum wall thickness 3 inches 3 Access provided by cast iron round covers traffic rated for H2O loading. 2 06 MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS A. NEMA FB 1, compatible with conduit/tubing materials B Deep socket PVC coupling for connecting RTRC to PVC conduit runs C. Conduit bodies shall be cast or malleable iron, hot dipped galvanized. Covers shall be of the same material and finish as the fitting. Manufacturers shall be 1 Appleton, 2. Crouse Hinds, 3 OZ Gedney, 4 or equal D Conduit bushings shall be malleable iron Locknuts and sealing Iocknuts in sizes smaller than 2 1/2" shall be steel Locknuts and sealing Iocknuts in sizes 2 1/2" and larger shall be malleable iron Manufacturers shall be• 1 Appleton, 2 Cooper Crouse Hinds, 3 OZ Gedney, 4 Thomas Betts , 5 or equal E Conduit sealing bushings shall be OZ Gedney Type CSM series Cabinet sealing bushing Manufacturer shall be• Raceways and Boxes City of Yakima 16130 - 4 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 368 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. OZ Gedney Type GRK. F Conduit sealing fittings, drains and breathers Manufacturer shall be 1 OZ Gedney Type EY and DB, 2 Equal from Appleton, 3 Equal from Crouse Hinds G. Through wall and floor seals Manufacturer shall be 1. OZ Gedney FS and WS series H Cord grip connectors Manufacturer shall be 1 OZ Gedney CGA, 2 Equal from Appleton, 3 Equal from Crouse Hinds External Cable Grip (Kellum's Grip). Woven wire mesh type made of high-strength galvanized or stainless steel wire strand and matched to cable diameter and with attachment provision designed for the corresponding connector Manufacturer shall be 1. Hubble Kellums wiring device, 2 Or equal. J. Conduit spacers for direct buried or encased in concrete raceways shall be 1. Underground Devices, Inc. "Wunpeece Spacers" 2 Or equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and spaces to receive raceways, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of raceway installation Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3.02 WIRING METHODS A. Where the manufacturer of equipment provided by the Contractor recommends or requires RMC for circuits associated with the equipment, provide RMC or PRMC for the entire circuit, even if other conduit types would otherwise be permitted under these specifications. B Indoors. Use the following wiring methods. 1 Exposed raceway runs in non -process areas which are dry and above grade. EMT or RMC 2 Exposed in process areas RMC or PRMC 3 Exposed Wet or below grade Locations RMC or PRMC. 4 Concealed (a) in masonry walls RNC or RMC (b) In dry accessible building spaces (i.e. above dropped ceilings). RMC (c) in concrete slab or walls or ceilings surrounded by dry areas. PRMC, RMC, or RNC. (d) in concrete slab floors, walls or ceilings in contact with earth, water containing tank walls or corrosive areas PRMC or RNC (e) below slab -on -grade floors. PRMC or RNC City of Yakima Raceways and Boxes Boiler Replacement 16130 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 369 of 440 5 Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment) FMC; except where RMC (or PRMC) is used, use LFMC. Do not use flexible conduit in place of elbows, offsets, or fittings to attach to equipment. See below for further requirements for the installation of raceway terminations and connections using flexible connections C Outdoors Use the following wiring methods 1 Exposed RMC or PRMC 2. Concealed in concrete slab RNC or PRMC 3 Below slab -on -grade, or in earth (backfill) RNC, RMC or PRMC (a) Use PRMC where metal conduit (RMC) is indicated on the Contract Documents for underground circuits (b) At stub up locations and at entrances to buildings or other locations where the raceway changes from buried to exposed conditions, transition conduit as described in 3 3 Installation 4 Connection to Vibrating Equipment: LFMC Do not use flexible conduit in place of elbows, offsets, or fittings to attach to equipment. See below for further requirements for the installation of raceway terminations and connections using flexible connections D. Concrete encased ductbank: RNC, or PRMC 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install raceways, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions. Provide a raceway for each circuit indicated. Do not gang raceway into wireways, pullboxes, junction boxes, etc., without specific approval Do not group home runs or circuits without approval of the Engineer. B Minimum Raceway Size. 1 inch trade size for underground or imbedded circuits, 1 inch trade size for communications circuits, 3/4 inch trade size for other circuits C Install RMC or PRMC unless other raceways are shown on the Contract Documents, are required by Code, or are permitted under these specifications. RNC may be used for straight runs embedded in concrete or run underground or under concrete slabs, except where RMC or PRMC is indicated on the Contract Documents drawings for these runs Provide PRMC or RTRC elbows for all RNC runs Provide long radius elbows (sweeps) for conduit runs containing VFD cables (sweeps shall also meet minimum bend radius requirements of VFD cables). Where RTRC is used in PVC runs, provide elbows with factory attached socket PVC couplings. D Install conduit as a complete, continuous system without wires, mechanically secure and electrically connected to all metal boxes, fittings and equipment. Blank off all unused openings using factory made knockout seals. E. Install conduit exposed unless shown otherwise on the drawings Do not install raceway in the slab or below grade/slab unless specifically shown on the Contract Document drawings as being installed in the slab or below grade/slab F Run parallel or banked raceways together, on common supports where practical Use factory elbows where elbows can be installed parallel, otherwise, provide field bends for banked raceways Make bends in parallel or banked runs from same centerline to make bends parallel Raceways and Boxes City of Yakima 16130 - 6 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 370 of 440 G Wherever practical, route conduit with adjacent ductwork or piping and support on common racks Base required strength of racks, hangers, and anchors on combined weights of conduit and piping H Exposed Conduit Installation 1 Install exposed raceways in lines parallel or perpendicular to the building or structural members or the structure lines except where the structure is not level Follow the surface contours as much as practical Do not install crossovers or offsets that can be avoided by installing the raceway in a different sequence or a uniform line Provide adequate headroom 2 Where several circuits follow a common route, stagger pullboxes or fittings, or if shown grouped in one box, individually fireproof each conduit. 3 Support exposed raceways as specified in Section 16050 "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." (a) Provide anchors, hangers, supports, clamps, etc. to support the raceways from the structures in or on which they are installed Do not space supports further apart than ten feet. (b) Provide sufficient clearance to allow conduit to be added to racks, hangers etc in the future. (c) Support raceway within three feet of every outlet box, junction box, gutter, panel, fitting, etc. (d) Raceway in "wet" areas shall have clamp backs (spacers) or other appropriate spacers to hold them a minimum of inch off the surface. Horizontal runs on the roof surface shall be blocked at every 5 feet to hold them a minimum of 2 inches above roof surface. Raceway concealed above ceilings, in furred spaces, under slab, embedded in slab etc., which are normally inaccessible may be run at angles not parallel to the building lines. J Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot- water pipes or other heat sources operating at temperatures above 40° C (104° Fahrenheit) Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping K. Where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints, use suitable sliding or offsetting expansion fittings. Unless specifically approved for bonding, use a suitable bonding jumper For sizes one inch and smaller, a half -loop of flexible conduit between boxes or fittings may be used L. Install concealed raceway in wall or ceiling construction and/or place below the slab in a shallow trench Do not install conduit in slab unless shown to be installed in slab on Contract Document drawings. The top of conduits installed in the shallow trench shall be at least 3 inches below the bottom of the slab Do not run conduit just below the slab or at the edge of the slab Embed raceway in masonry in the hollow core. Horizontal runs in the joint are not permitted M Where conduit is shown or called for to be embedded or run in concrete walls, embed conduit in concrete walls or slabs a minimum of two inches from the exterior of the concrete and between steel reinforcing mats or to the center of the concrete with respect to the concrete 1. Do not place conduit in concrete Tess than five inches thick. 2. Sizes larger than one inch are not permitted embedded in concrete unless shown otherwise on the plans 3. Conduit embedded in concrete may run at angles to the structure or slab line City of Yakima Raceways and Boxes Boiler Replacement 16130 - 7 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 371 of 440 4 Crossovers in concrete are not permitted unless otherwise noted on the plans N Underground raceway runs 1 Install direct buried RNC or PRMC where underground runs are shown on the drawings or are described in the Specifications RMC may only be used for underground runs where specifically called out as permitted on the Contract Document drawings 2 Run as straight as practicable Make changes in direction and/or grade of sufficient length to allow a gradual change (three foot radius minimum) Make slight offsets with five degree couplings 3 Run trench true, and clear of stones or soft spots. Place three inches of fine sand in the trench bottom and tamp into place Provide preformed plastic spacers on top of sand spaced five feet on center where more than one conduit is placed in a trench After the raceway is placed in the trench, backfill to six inches above top of conduits with sand, then with native earth backfill passing a No 8 sieve, free of stones Do not tamp on top of the conduit until the final backfill is placed. Tamp or water settle the final backfill to finish the grade Compact the backfill as specified under Division 2 "Earthwork" 4 Mark direct buried conduit by an underground line warning tape as described in Section 16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 5 Clean underground and embedded conduit two-inch size and above with a wire brush or swab, followed by a mandrel not less than twelve inches long and approximately one-quarter inch smaller in diameter than the conduit internal diameter. 0 Where raceway exits from grade or concrete, provide the following. 1 For runs exiting from grade, slabs or encasement, transition to one of the following for a minimum of 24" inches of raceway (including elbows) before exiting and for vertical runs, a minimum of 3" beyond the exiting point: (i) PRMC (ii) RMC taped with a half lapped wrap of Scotchrap No 51 plastic tape (40 mil total thickness) The conduit shall be wrapped a minimum of 3" above the exiting point and at least 24" of raceway below the exiting point (at a minimum, the rigid steel elbow and conduit located at/above the exiting point shall be fully wrapped) (iii) RMC coated with Kopper's Bitumastic No 505 (iv) RTRC 2 For equipment to be moved into place at a later date, install a coupling flush with the floor slab and a threaded flush plug. (a) Do not extend plastic conduit (PVC or RTRC) above grade, into buildings, or equipment. P. Stub -ups 1 Coordinate conduit stub up locations with approved equipment shop drawing submittals prior to locating conduit stub ups in the slab Locate conduit stub ups per equipment manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. Raceways and Boxes City of Yakima 16130 - 8 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 372 of 440 2 Where conduits are stubbed up into switchgear, motor control centers, floor standing switchboards, and similar open bottom equipment, do not extend the conduit, including end fittings, more than 3 inches above the bottom of the enclosure Stub conduits to a uniform height (plus or minus 1/8 inch) and align conduits within plus or minus 1/4 inch in rows parallel or perpendicular to the building structure Terminate conduit with an insulating, grounding type bushing bonded to the ground bus of the equipment. 3 Locate stub -ups directly under the enclosure access point or section gutter into which the conductors they contain are to be routed 4. Arrange stub -ups so that no curved portion of bends are visible above the finished slab 5 Protect stub -ups from damage where conduits rise through slabs or out of wall by installing a steel bushing or coupling on the threaded end before slab is poured Q. Bend and offset metal conduit with hickey or power bender, standard elbows, conduit fittings or pull boxes. Bending of PVC shall be by hot box bender and, for PVC two inches in diameter and larger, expanding plugs Make elbows, offsets and bends uniform and symmetrical Make bends and offsets so ID is not reduced Keep legs of bends in the same plane and straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated. R. Support conduit connections to motors or other equipment independently of the motor or equipment. Rise or drop vertically to the nearest practicable point of connection to the unit. Run vertical drops to the floor and fasten with a floor flange Unsupported drops are not permitted Horizontal runs on the floor or on equipment are not permitted Drop or rise at the appropriate closest location Run conduit on equipment frames or supports to closely follow the contours of the equipment. Locate conduit to maintain access to all equipment services and adjustment points and so as not to interfere with operation of the equipment. S. Connect conduit to hubless enclosures, cabinets and boxes with double locknuts and with insulating type bushings. Use grounding type bushings where connecting to concentric or eccentric knockouts Connect to enclosures, boxes and devices from below in wet areas Make conduit connections to enclosures at the nearest practicable point of entry to the enclosure area where the devices are located to which the circuits contained in the conduit will connect. T Penetrations for raceways. 1 Do not bore holes in floor and ceiling joists outside center third of member depth or within two feet of bearing points. Holes shall be one inch diameter maximum 2 Penetrate through building or structure wall or surfaces with a PVC or sheet metal sleeve with at least %" greater interior diameter (ID) than conduit exterior diameter (OD), set flush with walls, pack with fiberglass and seal with silicone sealant and cover with escutcheon plate 3 Penetrate through poured -in-place or below grade walls and free slabs, with a sleeve. Set sleeves flush with forms or edges of slab/wall Pack around conduit with fiberglass and seal with silicone sealant. For penetrations below exterior grade, provide a floor or wall sealing fitting on the interior of the building wall. 4 Penetrate through roofs with core drill hole '/ inch to 1 inch larger than conduit, flash with neoprene, caulk conduit in place and seal with silicone City of Yakima Raceways and Boxes Boiler Replacement 16130 - 9 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 373 of 440 sealant under flashing Sleeve roof opening where non -concrete roof construction occurs U Raceway terminations and connections. 1 Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for the purpose and make joints tight. 2 Make threaded connections waterproof and rustproof by application of a watertight, conductive thread compound Clean threads of cutting oil before applying thread compound 3 PRMC: Use only fittings approved for use with that material Patch all nicks and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits 4 Make raceway terminations tight. Use bonding bushings or wedges at connections subject to vibration Use bonding jumpers where joints cannot be made tight. 5 Cut ends of conduit square with hand orpower saw or pipe cutter Ream cut ends to remove burrs and sharp ends. Make conduit threads which are cut in the field to have same effective length and same thread dimensions and taper as specified for factory -cut threads. 6 Flexible Connections' Use maximum of 18 inches of flexible conduit for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement,such as motors, transformers, generators or similar equipment or equipment such as instruments which must be removed for service. Install flexible conduit in a straight length Do not use flexible conduit in place of elbows, offsets, or fittings to attach to fixed equipment such as panels, enclosures or switches With the Engineer's approval, longer lengths of flexible conduit may be used for connection to items of equipment which require longer lengths for installation (i.e. 2" conduits and larger) and removal of the equipment for maintenance or replacement purposes. Recessed and semi -recessed lighting fixtures may use up to 6 feet of flexible conduit, or 11 feet of pre -manufactured lighting "whips" Use liquid -tight flexible metal conduit in wet or damp locations Do not strap flexible conduit to structures or other equipment. 7. Provide double Iocknuts and insulating bushings at conduit connections to boxes and cabinets Align raceways to enter squarely and install Iocknuts with dished part against the box. Use grounding type bushings where connecting to concentric or eccentric knockouts In "wet" areas, use Iocknuts of the sealing type, use Myers hubs or O-Z/Gedney rain tight conduit hubs 8. Connect conduits to enclosures at the location of the gutter or device to which the contained conductors will be routed Route or stub conduits to motors and/or mechanical equipment directly to the connection and locate as close as possible to equipment terminals. 9 Where a device manufacturer requires a device or junction box to permit multiple conduit entries into the device from a single conduit, provide the device or junction box at no additional cost to the Owner 10 Where raceways are terminated with threaded hubs, screw raceways or fittings tightly into the hub so the end bears against the wire protection shoulder Where chase nipples are used, align raceways so the coupling is square to the box and tighten the chase nipple so no threads are exposed 11 Place conduits at panelboards in the rear line of knockouts where possible. Install spare conduits from flush -mounted panels up to accessible spaces. Install a minimum of one spare three-quarter inch conduit for every three Raceways and Boxes City of Yakima 16130 - 10 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 374 of 440 single -pole spare breakers or spaces, or fraction thereof (three conduits minimum) V Keep conduits clean and dry and close each end left exposed When blowing through conduits, cover electrical components installed in enclosures to avoid blowing dirt or water into equipment. Use temporary closures to prevent foreign matter from entering raceways. W Install pull wires in empty raceways and in empty innerduct. Use No 14 AWG zinc -coated steel or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200 -Ib tensile strength Leave at least 8 inches of slack at each end of the pull wire X. Seal interior of raceways around conductors at (1) hazardous locations, (2) where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as the boundaries of air conditioned, heated or refrigerated spaces and where conduits enter or exit buildings from outdoor areas, including underground ducts or conduit runs or (3) where otherwise required by NFPA 70 1 Methods used to seal interior of raceways around conductors shall be as follows (a) Install raceway sealing fittings according to manufacturer's written instructions. Locate fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations. For hazardous locations, fill them with UL -listed sealing compound For non -hazardous areas, fill with expansive foam or Ducseal For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces Boxes that have electrical devices installed (switches, receptacles etc) shall not be used in place of a dedicated steel box for installation of the fitting that will house the sealing material (b) Seal conduits using expansive foam or Ducseal where conduits enter through the bottom of motor control centers, switchboards, panelboards and control panels (c) Seal conduits using expansive foam or Ducseal for individual items of equipment where it is not practical to install raceway seal fittings such as building mounted lighting fixtures and convenience receptacles. (d) As otherwise required by NFPA 70 Y Surface Raceways Install a separate, green, ground conductor in raceways from junction box supplying the raceways to receptacle or fixture ground terminals 1 Select each surface raceway outlet box, to which a lighting fixture is attached, of sufficient diameter to provide a seat for the fixture canopy 2 Provide surface metal raceway outlet box, and the backplate and canopy, at the feed -in location of each fluorescent lighting fixture having end -stem suspension Z. Device and Outlet Boxes 1. Coordinate box locations with building surfaces and finishes to avoid bridging wainscots, joints, finish changes, etc 2 Recess boxes in the wall, floor, and ceiling surfaces in finished areas or where noted in Contract Document drawings Set boxes plumb, level, square and flush with finished building surfaces within one -sixteenth inch for each condition. Set boxes so that box openings in building surfaces are within one-eighth inch of edge of material cut-out and fill tight to box with building materials. Boxes shall be backed with box supports (Caddy Model City of Yakima Raceways and Boxes Boiler Replacement 16130 - 11 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 375 of 440 TSGB, SGB, steel or wood stud backers) that span a minimum of two studs or joists to prevent rotation on studs or joists and to prevent twisting or deflection during wall, ceiling, or floor surface material installation The use of supports that do not span a minimum of two studs are not permitted without permission from the Engineer Provide attachments to withstand a force of one -hundred pounds applied vertically or horizontally 3 Use gang boxes in indoor areas wherever more than one device is used at one location. In wet, corrosive or hazardous areas, use multiple double gang boxes 4 Boxes in wet areas shall be surface mounted on channel iron stanchions or set with spacers on walls and shall be attached with clamps or feet (drilling or punching enclosure to mount through side of box or enclosure is not permitted), and they shall have all conduit connections from below arranged to drain moisture away with suitable EYD drains installed at the bottom It is not permissible to install conduits into the top and side of the boxes at exterior locations unless otherwise noted on drawings 5 Attach exposed (surface mounted) boxes to building structure with a minimum of two fasteners. Provide attachments to withstand a force of one -hundred pounds applied vertically or horizontally 6 Set exposed device boxes four feet above the finished floor to top of the box unless otherwise noted on the drawings 7 Set exposed boxes for lighting switches at 44 inches above the finished floor and within one foot of the door opening on the strike or lock side of the door or on the side closing last. 8 Set recessed boxes at the following heights to the bottom of the box, except where noted otherwise (a) convenience outlet receptacles in finished areas at sixteen inches, (b) lighting switches, dimmers, etc at forty-four inches above floor (c) wall mounted telephones at sixty inches above floor (d) Place boxes for outlets on cabinets, countertops, shelves, and similar electrical boxes located above countertops two inches above the finished surface or two inches above the back splash. Verify size, style, and location with the supplier or installer of these items before installation. 9 Set boxes for lighting switches at 44 inches above the finished floor and within one foot of the door opening on the strike or lock side of the door or on the side closing last. 10 Arrange boxes used in wet areas to drain moisture away from devices or enclosures for equipment and make conduit connections from below 11 Set floor boxes level and adjust to finished floor surface AA. Install pullboxes for underground raceway systems true to line and grade Provide a compacted foundation of fine sand or three-eighths minus crushed rock for the bearing surface edges of the pullboxes BB Install wall or surface mounted enclosures and cabinets plumb. Support at each corner CC. Conduit entrances into communications junction boxes may be made from two parallel sides only. (Conduit entrances in perpendicular sides are not acceptable ) No cable may be routed to exit and enter the same side of the junction box. All cables must be routed from one side of the junction box to the opposite side Cable Raceways and Boxes City of Yakima 16130 - 12 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 376 of 440 routed so that the cable bend radius is less than the minimum bend radius allowed by cable manufacturer is not permitted 3.04 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer 2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer 3.05 CLEANING A. On completion of installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish, including chips, scratches, and abrasions END OF SECTION City of Yakima Raceways and Boxes Boiler Replacement 16130 - 13 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 377 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 378 of 440 SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 102 SUMMARY A. This Section includes various types of receptacles, connectors, switches, and finish plates 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. No submittals are required 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1 7 Quality Assurance 105 PAYMENT 1111 A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and material specified herein. All costs for wiring devices, as specified herein, shall be included in the appropriate lump sum bid items PART 2 - MATERIALS 2 01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers' Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers D offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include the following 1 Wiring Devices (a) Cooper Wiring Devices Il (b) Bryant Electric, Inc. (c) Hubbell Inc (d) Killark Electrical Mfg Co (e) Leviton Mfg Co., Inc. III (f) Pass & Seymour/Legrand (g) Crouse -Hinds (h) Paragon I (i) Mulberry (j) Square -D 11 11 City of Yakima Wiring Devices Boiler Replacement 16140 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 379 of 440 2 02 WIRING DEVICES A. Comply with NEMA Standard WD 1 "General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices" and NEMA Standard WD 6, "Wiring Devices — Dimensional Specifications" B Enclosures NEMA 1 equivalent, except as otherwise indicated C Color Ivory except as otherwise indicated or required by Code D Receptacles, Straight -Blade and Locking Type Except as otherwise indicated, comply with Federal Specification W -C-596 and heavy-duty grade of UL Standard 498, "Electrical Attachment Plugs and Receptacles " Provide NRTL labeling of devices to verify compliance 1. General purpose Convenience Outlets (a) Duplex receptacle configuration (b) Nylon face (c) Staked screw terminals for line, neutral, and ground connections (d) Provisions for split bus (e) NEMA 5-15R or 5-20R 2 Special Purpose Receptacles (a) Staked screw terminals for line, neutral, and ground connections. (b) NEMA configuration as indicated. E. Receptacles, Straight—Blade, Special Features. Comply with the basic requirements specified above for straight -blade receptacles of the class and type indicated, and with the following additional requirements 1 Ground -Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Receptacles UL Standard 943, "Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters," with integral NEMA 5-20R duplex receptacle arranged to protect only the connected receptacle and no other receptacles connected on the same circuit. F Receptacles in Hazardous (Classified) Locations Comply with NEMA Standard FB 11 "Plugs, Receptacles, and Connectors of the Pin and Sleeve Type for Hazardous Locations" and UL Standard 1010 'Receptacle -Plug Combinations for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations " G Snap Switches Quiet—type AC switches, NRTL listed and labeled as complying with UL Standard 20 "General Use Snap Switches," and with Federal Specification W—S-896. 1 Lighting Switches. 120/277V ac only, rated 20 amperes. 2 Motor rated switches horsepower rated for application indicated. H General Purpose Contactors (not part of combination starter) 1 electrically operated, non -latching electrically held with 120 volt coils 2. Contacts shall be silver -cadmium oxide double break type rated 20 amperes (tungsten load), 3 Contacts shall be field convertible to either normally open or normally closed 4 Up to 12 total contacts may be field installed, 5 NEMA 12 enclosure where enclosure is indicated, unless otherwise noted 6 Manufacturer: (a) Square -D Type L, (b) Cutler Hammer C3OCNE (c) or equal from Manufacturer listed in 2.01. Wiring Devices 16140 - 2 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement BID SET 1••27-12, Page 380 of 440 1 Wall Plates Single and combination types that mate and match with corresponding wiring devices Features include the following 1 Color Matches wiring device except as otherwise indicated. 2. Plate—Securing Screws Metal with heads colored to match plate finish 3 For Architecturally finished areas with concealed electrical construction Stainless steel, except as otherwise indicated 4 For Architecturally finished areas with exposed electrical construction Stainless steel 5 For non-achitecturally finished areas, in process equipment areas, or electrical rooms. Stainless steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION A. Except as otherwise indicated on Contract Document Drawings, surface mount, with long dimension vertical Mount with grounding terminal of receptacles on bottom B. Arrangement of Devices. 1 Group adjacent switches in common boxes under single, multigang cover plates 2. See Section 16130 "Raceways and Boxes" Section for mounting height of devices. 3. Verify locations of outlets and switches in cabinetry with cabinet supplier and cabinetry shop drawings prior to installation C Install switches with the "Off' position down Install three and four way switches so the load is de -energized when all switch handles are down D. Connect phase, neutral, and grounding wires to devices with full loops around screws installed to tighten with tightening of the screw. The use of push -in terminals is not acceptable Trim insulation to within one-eighth inch of screw terminal E. Surface mounted devices and wall plates Install devices and assemblies plumb, level and secure F Flush mounted devices and wall plates 1. Provide spacers on device screws to flush yokes or flanges to surface of wall within 1/16 inch where boxes are not flush with the wall surface 2 Protect devices and assemblies during painting 3 Install wall plates after painting is complete Install with an alignment tolerance of 1/16 inch to plumb Install at flush mounted devices so that all four edges are in continuous contact with finished wall surface without the use of mats or similar devices Do not use plaster fillings G Use corrosion resistant devices outdoors 3 02 GROUNDING A. Connect receptacle or switch ground lug to device box. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Acceptance Testing City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Wiring Devices 16140-3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 381 of 440 1 Test wiring devices for proper connections, polarity and ground continuity Perform this testing with testing equipment designed for testing polarity and connections 2 Operate each operable device at least 6 times 3 Test ground -fault circuit interrupter operation with local fault simulations, using a tester designed for such testing, and according to manufacturer recommendations. Testing with integral test switches on the receptacle is not sufficient for this testing B Replace damaged or defective components, and retest. 3.04 CLEANING A. General' Internally clean devices, device outlet boxes, and enclosures Replace stained or improperly painted wall plates or devices END OF SECTION Wiring Devices 16140 - 4 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 382 of 440 SECTION 16410 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 12 SUMMARY A. This Section includes switches (including automatic transfer switches) and circuit breakers, whether individually mounted or group mounted in switchboards, motor control centers, panelboards, and similar equipment. B Related Sections. The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1 Division 16 Section 16140 "Wiring Devices" for attachment plugs and receptacles, and snap switches used for disconnect switches 2 Division 16 Section 16440 "Panelboards" for panelboards containing circuit breakers 3 Division 16 Section 16443 "Switchboards" for switchboards containing circuit breakers 4. Division 16 Section 16445 "Motor Control Centers" for motor control centers containing circuit breakers 13 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Product Data for disconnect switches, transfer switches, circuit breakers, and accessories specified in this Section This includes, but is not limited to 1 nameplate ratings 2 mounting methods 3 dimensioned plans, sections, elevation views and minimum clearances 4. Switches or circuit breakers submitted with dimensions larger than the available space for installation will be rejected B. Maintenance data for tripping devices to include in the operation and maintenance manual specified in Division 16010 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1 7 Quality Assurance B Source Limitations Obtain disconnect switches, transfer switches, and circuit breakers from one source and by a single manufacturer. C. Comply with NEC for components and installation D. Comply with UL 98, "Enclosed and Dead -Front Switches" for safety switches E Comply with UL 1066 "Standard for Low -Voltage AC and DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures" for low voltage power circuit breakers. F Comply with UL 489, "Molded -Case Circuit Breakers, Molded -Case Switches, and Circuit -Breaker Enclosures" for molded case circuit breakers City of Yakima Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers Boiler Replacement 16410 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 383 of 440 1 G Comply with UL 1008 "Standard for Transfer Switch Equipment" for transfer 1 switches H Product Selection for Restricted Space. Space for installation of switches and circuit breakers is limited Contract Document plan drawings indicate typical physical sizes or dimensions for switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between switches and circuit breakers and adjacent surfaces and items Switches and circuit breakers with larger dimensions may be acceptable, but it is the responsibility of the Contractor to submit detailed drawings showing the required revisions to the structural, process, mechanical, electrical, and other plans to accommodate centers with larger dimensions in order to obtain approval 1 before a change is accepted The Supplier/Contractor shall coordinate the size of the switches and circuit breakers with the available space and shall verify that the proposed switches and circuit breakers are capable of being installed in the available space prior to making a submittal Switches and circuit breakers of dimensions larger than the available space shall not be submitted, and if is submitted, shall be rejected The decision of the Engineer as to the acceptability of switches and circuit breakers with larger dimensions than as shown on the Contract Document plan drawings will be final If the larger equipment is deemed acceptable, it is the Contractor's responsibility to provide any required revisions to the structural, process, mechanical, electrical, and other designs without additional cost to the Owner 15 PAYMENT 1 A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and material specified herein All costs for enclosed switches and circuit breakers, as specified herein, shall be included in the appropriate lump sum bid items PART 2 — PRODUCTS 1 21 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements, ' manufacturers offering switches and circuit breakers that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following 1 Disconnect switches, safety switches, manual transfer switches and circuit breakers (a) Eaton Corp ; Cutler -Hammer Products 1 (b) General Electric Co., Electrical Distribution and Control Division (c) Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. (d) Square D Co (e) Rockwell Automation. Allen-Bradley 2 2 SWITCHES 1 A. Enclosed, non -fusible Switch, 600 A and Smaller NEMA KS 1, Type HD (Heavy Duty), enclosure consistent with environment where located, handle lockable City of Yakima Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers Boiler Replacement 16410 - 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 384 of 440 with 2 padlocks, and interlocked with cover in CLOSED position. Switch horsepower rated where used in motor circuits. B Enclosed, Fusible Switch, 600 A and Smaller NEMA KS 1, Type HD, Class R rejection fuse clips, enclosure consistent with environment where located, handle lockable with 2 padlocks, and interlocked with cover in CLOSED position Switch horsepower rated where used in motor circuits C Enclosure NEMA KS 1, with enclosure types as described in Section 16050, unless indicated otherwise in the Contract Documents D Accessories: 1 Provide at least two auxiliary contacts for each switch Where no auxiliary contacts are shown on drawings, provide two normally open auxiliary contacts. Where one auxiliary contact is shown on the drawings, provide indicated auxiliary contact and one additional normally open auxiliary contact. If two or more auxiliary contacts are shown on the drawings, provide auxiliary contacts as shown PART 3 — EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment enclosures level and plumb in locations as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions B For wall mounted equipment enclosures located at walls, bolt units to wall or mount on structural–steel channels bolted to wall. For enclosures not located at walls, provide structural stanchion supports conforming to Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods " C Install wiring between switches, circuit breakers, control, and indication devices D Connect switches and circuit breakers and components to wiring system and to ground as indicated and as instructed by manufacturer 1 Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B E Identify each switch and circuit breaker according to requirements specified in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" 3 2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Acceptance Testing After installing switches, transfer switches and circuit breakers and before electrical circuitry has been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements 1. Provide services of a qualified independent testing agency as described in Section 16010 "Basic Electrical Requirements" to perform specified testing for transfer switches and circuit breakers 2 Procedures' Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.5.1.1 for switches Certify compliance with test parameters. City of Yakima Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers Boiler Replacement 16410 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 385 of 440 Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.6 1 1 for molded -case circuit breakers Certify compliance with test parameters. 3 Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance, otherwise, remove and replace with new units and retest. 3 3 ADJUSTING A. Set field -adjustable circuit -breaker trip setting ranges as indicated 1. Where circuit breakers are included in the short circuit study, set the trip as recommended in the study B Provide fuses for fused disconnect switches to coordinate with manufacturer's listed maximum fuse size for equipment supplied by the disconnect switch 3 4 CLEANING A. After completing system installation, including fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish including chips, scratches, and abrasions. END OF SECTION City of Yakima Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers Boiler Replacement 16410 - 4 BID SET 1--27-12, Page 386 of 440 11 SECTION 16422 MOTOR CONTROLLERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this DSection 102 SUMMARY A. This Section includes ac motor—control devices rated 600 V and less that are supplied as enclosed units, or as individual units for mounting in equipment specified under other sections. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section 1. Section 16050 "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for general materials and installation methods. 2. Section 16445 "Motor Control Centers" for centers housing motor control devices 3. Section 16910 "Programmable Logic Controller Hardware". 1 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Manufacturer's Product Data for motor controllers and accessories specified in this Section. 1 For variable frequency drives, submittals shall be custom prepared by the 1 VFD manufacturer for this specific application, and shall include the following (a) Manufacturer's published installation, set-up and configuration, operation, and maintenance manuals (b) Wiring diagrams specific to the application of the drive under this Contract. Show the interconnection between the power terminals on the VFD, Load Reactor, Line Reactor, and motor (c) Initial configuration and program parameters specific to the application of the drive under this Contract, including all III parameters that will be set to other than manufacturer's default values, and that demonstrate the drive is capable of operating in the manner intended by the project design. B Shop Drawings submit complete Elementary Wiring Diagrams and One Line IIIDiagrams of control and power wiring, specific to the actual motor or item to be controlled, which clearly indicate and differentiate field wiring and field wired devices, and wiring provided as part of the manufacturer's assembled unit. IU 1. For units which are stand alone mounted include dimensioned plans (showing available conduit entry locations), sections, and elevations Motor City of Yakima Motor Controllers Boiler Replacement 16422 - 1 111 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 387 of 440 controllers submitted with dimensions larger than the available space for installation will be rejected C. Field Test Reports. Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements D Maintenance data for tripping devices to include in the operation and maintenance manual specified in Section 16010 "Basic Electrical Requirements" E Load—Current and Overload—Relay Settings Compile after motors have been installed and include the nameplate full load amperes and locked rotor amperes for the motor. Provide data sheets confirming that the selection of overload relay components has been coordinated with the nameplate ratings of the motor F Over -current Device settings list: Compile after motors have been installed and include the nameplate full load Amperes and locked rotor Amperes for the motor Include configured settings for motor circuit protectors or circuit breakers Provide data sheets confirming that the selection of over current components has been coordinated with the nameplate ratings of the motor G VFD and soft starter configuration parameters summary. Compile after motors have been installed, tested and started up Document the settings of configuration parameters and switch settings for each VFD Clearly indicate settings of each parameter and/or switch as of the time the driven equipment is placed in service Marking the setting as "default" is not acceptable. Actual settings must be documented 1 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1.7 Quality Assurance. B. Source Limitations Obtain similar motor—control devices through one source from a single manufacturer C Product Selection for Restricted Space: Space for installation of motor controllers is limited Contract Document plan drawings indicate typical physical sizes or dimensions for motor controllers, including clearances between motor controllers and adjacent surfaces and items Motor controllers with larger dimensions may be acceptable, but it is the responsibility of the Contractor to submit detailed drawings showing the required revisions to the structural, process, mechanical, electrical, and other plans to accommodate centers with larger dimensions in order to obtain approval before a change is accepted The Supplier/Contractor shall coordinate the size of the motor controllers with the available space and shall verify that the proposed motor controllers are capable of being installed in the available space prior to making a submittal Motor controllers of dimensions larger than the available space shall not be submitted, and if is submitted, shall be rejected The decision of the Engineer as to the acceptability of motor controllers with larger dimensions than as shown on the Contract Document plan drawings will be final If the larger equipment is deemed acceptable, it is the Contractor's responsibility to provide any required revisions to the structural, process, mechanical, electrical, and other designs without additional cost to the Owner 105 COORDINATION A. Coordinate features of controllers and accessory devices with pilot devices and control circuits to which they connect. Motor Controllers City of Yakima 16422 - 2 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 388 of 440 B Coordinate features, accessories, and functions of each motor controller with the ratings and characteristics of the supply circuit, the motor, the required control sequence, and the duty cycle of the motor and load 1 06 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents. 1 Spare Fuses and Incandescent Indicating Lamps Furnish 1 spare for every 5 installed units, but not less than 1 set of 3 of each kind 107 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and material specified herein. All costs for motor controllers, as specified herein, shall be included in the appropriate lump sum bid items. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with additional requirements of the Contract, manufacturers offering motor controller products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following 1 Allen—Bradley 2 Cutler -Hammer 3 Square D Co. B Motor controllers mounted in an MCC must be of the same manufacturer as the motor control centers specified in section 16445 2 02 MANUAL MOTOR CONTROLLERS A. With overload protection. NEMA ICS 2, general purpose, Class A with toggle handle and overload element. Listed for group fusing with Class K fuses B Without overload protection heavy duty with toggle handle, Hubbell 7810UD, or equal 2 03 MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS A. Description. NEMA ICS 2, Class A, full voltage, non -reversing, across the line, unless otherwise indicated Minimum size NEMA 1. IEC rated devices are not allowed B. Control Circuit: 120 V, obtained from integral control power transformer, unless otherwise indicated. Include a control power transformer with adequate capacity to operate connected pilot, indicating and control devices, plus 50 percent spare capacity C Combination Controller Factory—assembled combination controller and disconnect switch with or without overcurrent protection as indicated City of Yakima Motor Controllers Boiler Replacement 16422 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 389 of 440 D Overload Protection. Solid state electronic type configurable to provide Class 10 or 20 protection for the actual motor furnished Units shall be manual reset type with an external reset mechanism provided in the starter enclosure front. 1 For non -networked overload protection, provide two separate auxiliary contacts with each overload protection unit. (a) One normally closed for use in the motor starting circuit. (b) One normally open for signaling overloads to plant control system. 2 04 VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS A. Variable Frequency Drives (VFDs) shall be supplied by the Boiler Manufacturer or Boiler Manufacturer Representative. 1 The VFD shall be Rockwell Automation PowerFlex 400 to match the Combustion Air Fan VFD (also called Variable Speed Controller) provided on the new Boilers B VFDs shall have the following features 1 The VFD shall be rated for 480 VAC The VFD shall provide microprocessor -based control for three-phase induction motors 2 The VFD shall be of the Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) design converting the utility input voltage to a variable voltage and frequency output via a two- step operation. Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors (IGBTs) shall be used in the inverter section 3 The VFD shall be capable of operating any NEMA design B squirrel cage induction motor, regardless of manufacturer, with a horsepower and current rating within the capacity of the VFD 4 The VFD shall include a LCD type display with a keypad 5 Electronic circuits and circuit boards shall be conformally coated to resist degradation by hydrogen sulfide and other chemically corrosive agents which may be present in a wastewater treatment facility environment. C Control Functions 1 It shall be possible to configure all of the parameters for the VFD via the keypad on the LCD type display. 2 The VFD shall be capable of being controlled locally at the keypad, via discrete or analog inputs, or remotely via a communications bus 3 The VFD shall have at least two analog inputs as follows • A current loop analog input suitable for use with a 4-20 ma current loop. 4 The VFD shall have discrete inputs suitable for wiring to dry contacts The following functions shall be assignable to the discrete inputs. • Enable — This function may not be overridden when operating via the keypad or via a communications bus. • Force Local — This input will cause the VFD to ignore start and run signals from the keypad or a communications bus This function may be overridden when operating via the keypad or via a communications bus Motor Controllers City of Yakima 16422 - 4 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 390 of 440 Iu 111 • Run (2 -wire) — This function will be level triggered rather than edge triggered. If the VFD is ready and this input is asserted, the VFD will be called It is not acceptable if the VFD is only called when this input transitions from de -asserted to asserted while the VFD is ready • • Reset Faults Setpoint Selection — One or more discrete inputs allowing the selection of the setpoint from among the following sources. 111 1) Fixed speed 2) current loop analog input 3) voltage loop analog input 4) Keypad 5) Communications Bus 1 5. The VFD shall have provisions for control via the communications bus m The communications bus shall be capable of sending the following signals 1) Start 2) Stop 3) Reset Fault 4) Speed Setpoint 'u It shall be possible to configure the VFD so that if the communications M bus fails, the VFD will stop if and only if current control is via the communications bus Units which stop the drive and/or lockout other control methods on bus communications failure are not acceptable While controlling the VFD, the communications bus shall be able to override the value of the Run (2 -wire) discrete input. m D Outputs and monitoring 1 A minimum of three (3) discrete programmable digital outputs shall be provided with the following function selectable: • Fault • Ready • DC Bus Voltage Above Set Point (is charged) 2. The VFD display shall be a LCD type capable of displaying at least the following status information. • Run • Stop • Ready • Alarm City of Yakima Motor Controllers Boiler Replacement 16422 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 391 of 440 • Fault • Keypad • Bus/Communication • Local) • Remote • Fault • Output frequency • Frequency reference • Motor speed • Motor current • Motor torque • Motor power • Motor voltage • DC -bus voltage • Voltage level of analog input • Current level of analog input • Discrete inputs status • Fault codes and fault descriptions 3 All numerical status information available via the keypad shall be available via the communications bus E Communications Bus 1 The communication bus media shall be suitable for RS -485 (EIA -485) 2 The protocol shall be Modbus/RTU and shall allow full control of the VFD using only Modbus/RTU function codes 3 (read holding registers) and 16 (write multiple registers) F Harmonic Mitigation 1 Provide a VFD line reactor for connection to the incoming power of the VFD The line reactor shall (a) Be by the same manufacturer as the VFD (b) Be rated for the full nominal amperage capacity of the VFD and the nominal voltage of the drive (c) Be enclosed in a NEMA 1, floor mounted enclosure (d) Provide 5% reactance (e) Be AIIen-Bradley 1321-3RA series 2 Provide a VFD load reactor for connection to the motor branch power circuit of the VFD The load reactor shall. (a) Be by the same manufacturer as the VFD (b) Be rated for the full nominal amperage capacity of the VFD and the nominal voltage of the drive (c) Be enclosed in a NEMA 1, wall mounted enclosure (d) Provide 3% reactance (e) Be AIIen-Bradley 1321-3RA series G. Spare Parts Provide spare parts for each drive consisting of (at a minimum) the manufacturer's recommended spare parts, plus (if not included in the manufacturer's recommendations) one spare controller main board for each different type of board, one set of power output semiconductor devices (IGBTs) for each different type of drive, one spare base driver board for each different type of board, one set of power semiconductor devices (diodes, SCRs, or similar) used in Motor Controllers City of Yakima 16422 - 6 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 392 of 440 111 the power conduction path (AC to DC conversion), and spare fuses for each type of fuse in the units. One spare communications board, dongle, and breakout wire kit. If these items are not available on the smaller horsepower drives, provide a spare drive for each size or type of unit when they are not available. H Provide complete documentation of each drive including operation and maintenance manuals, as shipped drawings specific to the drive with non - applicable information clearly marked as non -applicable, and a listing of the u configuration/programming parameters as programmed in the drive at the time of project acceptance IU I. The variable frequency drive shall be UL or ETL listed and labeled and shall ,U comply with the latest applicable standards of ANSI, NEMA, IEEE, and the National Electrical Code. 2 05 ENCLOSURES m A. Description. Surface—mounted enclosures per the application as described in 'u Section 16050 unless the unit is mounted in a motor control center �n 2 06 ACCESSORIES uuA. Devices are factory installed in controller enclosure, unless otherwise indicated. B Provide auxiliary devices meeting the requirements of Section 16050 "Basic IU Electrical Materials and Methods" ,u PART 3 - EXECUTION IU 3.01 APPLICATION 10 A. Select features of each motor controller to coordinate with ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and motor; required control sequence, duty cycle of motor, drive, and load; and configuration of pilot device and control circuit affecting IIB. controller functions Select horsepower rating of controllers to suit motor controlled C Use fractional—horsepower manual controllers for single—phase motors, unless otherwise indicated. 10 D VFD programming, configuration, and any modifications (for example, adjusting control board jumpers) shall be completed before delivery to the Job Site. II3 02 INSTALLATION A. Install independently mounted motor—control devices according to manufacturer's IIIB written instructions. Location Locate controllers within sight of motors controlled, unless otherwise indicated 1 C For control equipment at walls, bolt units to wall or mount on structural—steel channels bolted to wall For controllers not at walls, provide freestanding racks conforming to Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." D Install freestanding equipment on concrete housekeeping bases conforming to IISection 03300 "Cast—in—Place Concrete " E. Motor—Controller Fuses. Install indicated fuses in each fusible switch. IU City of Yakima Motor Controllers Boiler Replacement 16422 - 7 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 393 of 440 3 03 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify motor—control components and control wiring according to Division 16 Section 16050 "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." 3 04 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION A. Install wiring between motor—control devices according to Division 16 Section 16120 "Wires and Cables " B Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures C Connect on -off -remote switch and other automatic control devices where available 1 Unless shown otherwise, connect selector switches to bypass only the manual and automatic control devices that have no safety functions when switch is in the hand position. 2 Unless shown otherwise, connect selector switches with motor—control circuit in both hand and automatic positions for safety—type control devices such as low— and high—pressure cutouts, high—temperature cutouts, and motor overload protectors 3 05 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten connectors, terminals, bus joints, and mountings Tighten field—connected connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, according to manufacturer's published torque—tightening values Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B 3 06 START-UP AND TRAINING SERVICES A. Provide the services of the manufacturer's factory authorized representative for start up of variable frequency drives and training of the Owner's personnel for operation and maintenance of the drives 1. Inspect the installation of each drive for conformance with the manufacturer's recommended installation practices. 2 Program and/or configure each drive to properly operate the actual motor to which it is connected Set programming parameters such as motor horsepower, voltage, current, code letter, full load amps, and similar items Coordinate with the operational requirements of the process equipment and set parameters such as minimum and maximum speed, ramp times, span and range of analog inputs, and similar items. 3 Test the operation of each drive after fully programming/ configuring the drive. Reprogram and/or reconfigure and then retest as required to obtain proper operation of the driven equipment and control of the process Document the final configuration and programming parameters after successful startup and provide copies of the documentation to the Engineer Documentation shall be provided in hard copy and electronic form. Provide perpetual license in Owner's name to the Owner and provide one copy of the manufacturer's software application for uploading and downloading drive parameter programming, and for reading of electronic files containing parameter dumps. 4 Provide a minimum of eight hours training to the Owner, at the Owner's facility, prior to start-up of the drives. Training shall cover installation, Motor Controllers City of Yakima 16422 - 8 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 394 of 440 maintenance, operation, and problem troubleshooting for each type of drive provided, and shall delineate differences between individual drives where configuration, programming, or control functions are different for otherwise similar model drives 5. Provide a minimum of eight hours additional training, program revisions, and maintenance at the Owner's facility approximately one to three months after completion of the project. 6. Provide a minimum of eight hours additional training, program revisions, and maintenance at the Owner's facility approximately 11 months after completion of the project, but prior to expiration of the warranty. 7 Provide a minimum of 3 days on site start-up services These days shall be coordinated with the start-up portions of the plant. 3 07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows. 1 Test controllers and electrical circuits for proper connection, continuity, and absence of undesirable shorts and grounds. Test wire and cable installation, when complete and seventy-two hours prior to energization of the system Check for continuity, visual damage, marking, and proper phase sequence before performing insulation testing 2. Make insulation -resistance tests of each component and connecting supply or feeder circuit. Megger bus work and circuits phase -to -phase and phase - to -ground disconnecting and reconnecting equipment which cannot be meggered as required. The minimum acceptable steady-state value is 50 megohms Record ambient temperature and humidity during testing B Acceptance Testing After installing motor controllers, before electrical circuitry has been energized, and prior to startup, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements 1 Provide services of a qualified independent testing agency as described in Section 16010 "Basic Electrical Requirements" to perform specified testing for motor controllers. 2 Procedures. (a) Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.16.1.1 for motor starters other than variable frequency drives Certify compliance with test parameters (b) Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7 17 for variable frequency drives Certify compliance with test parameters 3 Remove and replace malfunctioning units with new units, and retest. 3 08 CLEANING A. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. Clean devices internally, using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. City of Yakima Motor Controllers Boiler Replacement 16422 - 9 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 395 of 440 END OF SECTION Motor Controllers City of Yakima 16422 - 10 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 396 of 440 SECTION 16445 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 102 SUMMARY A. This Section includes motor control centers rated 600 V and less B Motor control centers specified under this Section include 1 Boiler Buidling Motor Control Center "MCC 2518R" C Related Sections include the following: 1 Division 16 Section 16050 "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for additional materials and installation information Section 16422 "Motor Controllers" for motor controllers located in motor control centers 2. Section 16410 "Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers" for switches and circuit breakers located in motor control centers 3 Section 16440 "Panelboards" for panelboards contained in motor control centers. 4 Section 16460 "Transformers" for transformers contained in motor control centers. 5 Section 16910 "Programmable Logic Controller Hardware" for PLC equipment located in the motor control center 103 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For each type of motor control center, accessory item, and component specified B. Shop Drawings Include dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations Show tabulations of installed devices, major features, and voltage rating Include the following 1. Enclosure type, wiring type 2. Bus configuration, voltage and current ratings 3. Short-circuit current ratings 4. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual protective devices and auxiliary components 5. Wiring diagrams for power circuits and each type of control circuit. 6 Nameplates C. Field Test Reports. Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements D. Maintenance Data For components to include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 1 E List of motor characteristics needed to properly set protective devices such as motor load current, service factor, code letter, enclosure type, speed, location (relative to overcurrent devices) and MCP (Motor Circuit Protector) and overload City of Yakima Motor Control Centers Boiler Replacement 16445 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 397 of 440 relay settings Compile after motors have been selected and provided documentation for the MCP and overload settings 1 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1 7 Quality Assurance B Comply with UL 845, "Motor Control Centers". C Source Limitations: Obtain similar motor -control devices through one source from a single manufacturer D Product Selection for Restricted Space* Space for installation of equipment is limited. Contract Document plan drawings indicate typical physical sizes or dimensions for equipment, including clearances between equipment and adjacent surfaces and items. Equipment with larger dimensions may be acceptable, but it is the responsibility of the Contractor to submit detailed drawings showing the required revisions to the structural, process, mechanical, electrical, and other plans to accommodate centers with larger dimensions in order to obtain approval before a change is accepted The Supplier/Contractor shall coordinate the size of the motor control centers with the available space and shall verify that the proposed motor control center is capable of being installed in the available space prior to making a submittal. Motor control centers of dimensions larger than the available space shall not be submitted, and if submitted, will be rejected The decision of the Engineer as to the acceptability of motor control centers with larger dimensions than as shown on the Contract Document plan drawings will be final If the larger equipment is deemed acceptable, it is the Contractor's responsibility to provide any required revisions to the structural, process, mechanical, electrical, and other designs without additional cost to the Owner. E The number of sections in each center and the unit arrangement within the structure is indicated on the Contract Documents and is specific to this project. Arrangement of units shall not be changed from that shown on the Contract Documents unless size requirements of the units necessitate changing the arrangement, and the proposed change is acceptable to the Engineer In the event that the unit arrangement is changed, the Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating and providing for conduit relocations to allow conduits to enter the section from which the conductors they contain are routed F Motor control centers, and the equipment contained within them, shall be factory engineered, manufactured, assembled and wired as complete units by one of the specified manufacturers at the manufacturer's factory or at a location designated by the manufacturer This requirement pertains to control wiring, VFD installation and wiring, PLC and Remote I/O installation and wiring, and similar items and wiring located within the MCC. Provide necessary means (terminal blocks, bus splices) to connect adjacent sections where shipping splits are provided G Submit and obtain approval of shop drawings and make approved shop drawings available prior to placement of conduits in slabs to ensure placement is coordinated with center access locations H Shop Testing. Variable frequency drives and PLC equipment mounted in the motor control centers shall be tested prior to installation of the centers The Contractor shall transport the centers to and from the shop test location Testing shall verify proper functioning of communications between PLC equipment and the remote I/O equipment and between the PLC equipment and the VFDs Testing of VFDs shall utilize the actual field mounted control devices such as control stations City of Yakima Motor Control Centers Boiler Replacement 16445 - 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 398 of 440 and potentiometers, or the same make and model as the actual field devices Shorting of field connection terminals is not acceptable, except for motor winding temperature device connections and disconnect switch auxiliary contact connections 1 05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store equipment per requirements of Section 16010 "Basic Electrical Requirements", 1 11 Delivery, Storage and Handling. B Remove equipment protection only after equipment is safe from hazards such as dirt and moisture and damage from construction operations Field repair of material or equipment made defective by improper storage or site construction damage by other trades is not acceptable 106 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and material specified herein All costs for motor control centers, as specified herein, shall be included in the appropriate lump sum bid items. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers- Subject to compliance with additional requirements of the Contract, provide products by one of the following. 1. Allen—Bradley 2. Square D Co 3. Eaton Corp.; Cutler -Hammer Products. 2 02 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER FABRICATION A. Ratings 480 volts, 3 phase, 3 or 4 wire as indicated, 60 hertz. B. Wiring: NEMA ICS 3, Class II, Type C. 1 Class C stranded, single copper conductor; No 14 AWG minimum size for control wiring, No 12 AWG minimum size for power wiring 2 600 volt rated MTW thermoplastic insulation Insulation color as follows (a) red for control circuits internally energized (b) yellow for control circuits externally energized (c) black for power wiring (d) white for all grounded conductors (e) blue for d -c conductors C Enclosures: free-standing, front -accessible, metal -clad structure sections nominally 20" wide by 16" deep by 90" high, bolted together to form a continuous assembly 1 Suitable for mounting against a wall and does not require rear or side access. 2 Formed of sheet steel to enclose a vertical bus, hold slide -in units and provide horizontal and vertical wireways and a horizontal busway 3 Designed to easily extend at either end with similar vertical structures 4 NEMA type per location as stated in Section 16050 "Basic Materials and Methods" City of Yakima Motor Control Centers Boiler Replacement 16445 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 399 of 440 5 Channel sills for attaching enclosure to floor, housekeeping pad, or other supporting structure D Wireways: continuous both vertically and horizontally 1 Accessible from the front of the center 2 Completely isolated from bus compartments and adjacent sections 3 Vertical wireways adjacent to the slide -in units in each section, but accessible through a separate hinged door running the full height of each section between horizontal wireways 4. Horizontal wireways at both top and bottom, each intersecting the vertical wireways of every section E Busing Copper 1 Horizontal busing at the top or the center continuous, without splices except where shipping splits are required. Provide splice bars and hardware for shipping splits Access to the horizontal bus is by removable coverplates. 2 Vertical busing continuous from the top of the section to the lowest unit opening possible in the section. 3 Copper ground bus at the bottom of the center, mechanically and electrically connected to each vertical structure 4 Lug connections to the bus bolted 5 Bracing designed to avoid accumulation of dirt, lint, etc on supports between phases 6 Supports are moisture -resistant, non -carbonizing and non -tracking 7 Busing rated as indicated on the drawings, but not less than as follows. (a) Vertical busing - 300 amperes RMS minimum (b) Horizontal busing - 600 amperes RMS minimum (c) Ground bus -1/4 inch x 2 inch minimum. 8 Insulated horizontal and vertical bus barriers and insulated bottom barriers or bus caps to completely protect the conduit entry areas from energized bussing F Section units 1 Units consist of protective/disconnect devices, magnetic starters, control power transformers, control units, pilot lights, relays, terminal blocks and associated wiring mounted on a metal slide -in structure of a modular size 2 Units of equal rating are interchangeable within the center structure and from center to center 3 Unit components do not protrude into or restrict wireways 4 Unit barriers isolate each unit from adjacent units, vertical bus and horizontal bus. 5 Pushbuttons, selector switches, and pilot lights are mounted on the draw - out compartment; but they are visible and operable externally through gasketed, die -cut openings in the unit door Provide an external reset mechanism for overload relays on the unit door 6 Plug-in contacts for bus connection of the units are silver plated, free- floating but captive in an insulating block and easily replaceable The unit plug-in arrangement is completely self -aligning and fail-safe against accidental short or ground Each plug-in control unit is retained in the structure. 7 Short-circuit protective devices in combination starters and branch circuit protective devices have an external operator. This operator is interlocked City of Yakima Motor Control Centers Boiler Replacement 16445 - 4 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 400 of 440 with the door so that the circuit must be de -energized before the door can be opened and the device cannot be closed with the door open A semi - concealed interlock defeat mechanism is provided 8. The Tugs compartment does interfere with routing of control or power wiring nor interrupt the vertical wireway in the vertical section where it is installed G Identification 1. Provide each motor control center with engraved nameplates per the requirements of Section 16050 Basic Materials and Methods, 3.3 Identification and as follows: (a) Nameplate is Lamacoid or equal plastic laminate or engraved metal plate Lettering is white, backgrounds are black. No abbreviations are permitted unless approved by the Engineer Engraving is subject to the Engineer's approval (b) Provide a main nameplate for each center, 2"x10" minimum size with 1/2" engraved letters (c) Main Lugs compartment is identified by a 1"x4" nameplate engraved "MAIN LUGS COMPARTMENT" with 3/8" letters (d) Main Circuit Breaker compartment is identified by a 1"x4" nameplate engraved "MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER COMPARTMENT" with 3/8" letters (e) Each unit door and each slide -in unit shall have a permanently attached, engraved nameplate 3/8" letter unless otherwise shown (f) Provide nameplates for all relays, timers, transformers, fuses, terminal blocks, and switches mounted internally to the unit. Nameplates are Lamacoid sized to the scale of device to which they refer Engrave as indicated for the device on the elementary wiring diagrams 2 Provide legend plates for all cover -mounted control devices, including pilot lights, selector switches and pushbuttons. Engraving is subject to the Engineer's approval 3. Identify conductors at each termination by yellow sleeve wire markers heat - shrink or stretch -on type with indelible black letters and numbers at each termination or splice (a) The manufacturer's standard internal wiring may be numbered per NEMA or manufacturer's standard (b) Wire markers shall be readable from the front of the unit. H Finish. Ferrous parts are cleaned, rustproofed and finished with baked enamel, light gray on the exterior, white on the interior. Manufacturer's standard gray colors or accents are acceptable 2 03 PROTECTIVE AND CONTROL DEVICES A. Circuit breakers must meet the requirements of Section 16410, Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers. B. Motor Controllers must meet the requirements of Section 16422, Motor Controllers. C Miscellaneous Protection and Control Devices 1. Fuses: Power fuses, Class RK -5 silver element. Control fuses, Bussman FNQ or equal. 2. Voltage Relays: Allen-Bradley Bulletin 813S or equal. City of Yakima Motor Control Centers Boiler Replacement 16445 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 401 of 440 3 Pilot devices (control units and stations) Allen-Bradley, Cutler -Hammer, or Square D, heavy duty, oil -tight type per NEMA ICS -1, pilot lights shall be push -to -test transformer type 4 Control relays. (a) Electro -mechanical machine tool, heavy-duty type per NEMA ICS Standard. IEC rated relays are not permitted (b) 120 volt coils and double -break contacts rated B-300 by NEMA standards, unless otherwise indicated (i) Allen-Bradley 700 N (ii) Siemens Class 46 (iii) Square D Company Class 8501, Type G (iv) or equal (c) Time delay relays shall be octal DINrail mount electronic relays Finder or equal (d) Relays shall be equipped with surge suppressers 5. Running time meters Eagle Signal six digit non -reset. 6 Ammeters +/-2% accuracy, 3-1/2 to 4 inch size, GE "Big Look" or equal, Simpson, Weston, or Crompton 7 Current transformers. 1% accuracy at burden and lead length as installed G E , Midwest, or Westinghouse 8 Control power transformers as required for devices such as power meters, with primary and secondary fuses 2 04 MASTER TERMINAL UNIT A. Master Terminal Unit shall provide terminals between motor start units and remote panels, such as a control panel 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION A. Install motor control centers and accessory items according to NEMA ICS. B Mounting Level, plumb and rigid without distortion of enclosure 1 Install motor control center plumb, level, and aligned across all sections, level concrete base by grinding or with grout or imbed channels if not flat and level with manufacturer's tolerance or 1/8" in 3' whichever is more restrictive 2 Shim with stainless steel shims where necessary. 3 Bolt units to the floor with 3/8" stainless steel expansion anchors and bolts or weld to embedded steel channels 4 Grout or caulk enclosure to floor or pad C Conduit connections: 1 Provide bushings on conduits entering from above or at the sides 2 Provide metallic, insulating grounding bushings bonded to the ground bus or pad on conduits entering from below D Wiring in wireways Arrange conductors into groups, and bundle and wrap with tie wire City of Yakima Motor Control Centers Boiler Replacement 16445 - 6 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 402 of 440 E Prior to energization, remove bracing, packing materials, tape on movable parts, etc. as necessary Check for damage to enclosure, cracked porcelain, chipped bushings, etc. 3 02 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field -installed wiring and components and provide warning signs as specified in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods " 3 03 GROUNDING A. Connect equipment grounding conductors to ground bus, except for circuits requiring isolated grounding B. Provide ground continuity to facility electrical ground system as indicated 3 04 CONNECTIONS A. Clean splice plates with Stoddard's Solvent before assembling. B. Assemble all shipping splits C. Tighten bus splices, electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B D Check factory connections for proper torque 3 05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows: 1. Test the equipment and electrical circuits for proper connection, continuity, and absence of undesirable shorts and grounds. Test wire and cable installation, when complete and seventy-two hours prior to energization of the system Check for continuity, visual damage, marking, and proper phase sequence before performing insulation testing 2. Make insulation -resistance tests of each bus, component, and connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits Megger bus work, breakers and circuits phase -to -phase and phase -to -ground disconnecting and reconnecting equipment which cannot be meggered as required The minimum acceptable steady-state value is 50 megohms Record ambient temperature and humidity during testing. 3 Test operation, calibration, and settings of the meters, relays and indicating devices 4 Test all operating controls for proper operation. 5 Test auxiliary equipment, i.e., heaters, thermostats, lights, and illuminated indicating devices and lamps, and audible alarm devices which are an integral part of equipment to verify that they function properly 6 Check fuses with an ohmmeter; Ring out wiring and busing, Check operation of control and safety interlocks; Check grounding of potential transformers, current transformers, lightning and surge arresters, Check control connections at terminal blocks, relays, meters, switches, etc.Make insulation -resistance tests of each motor control center bus, component, and connecting supply, feeder, branch and control circuits. City of Yakima Motor Control Centers Boiler Replacement 16445 - 7 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 403 of 440 7 Make continuity tests of each circuit. 8 Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance, otherwise, remove and replace with new units, and retest. B Acceptance Testing After installing motor control centers and before electrical circuitry has been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements 1 Provide services of a qualified independent testing agency as described in Section 16010 "Basic Electrical Requirements" to perform specified testing for motor control centers and circuit breakers 2 Procedures (a) Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.16.2 1 for motor control centers Certify compliance with test parameters (b) Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.6 for molded -case circuit breakers over 200 amps. Certify compliance with test parameters. 3 Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance, otherwise, remove and replace with new units, and retest. 4 Take load readings on each motor control center after loads are connected Record these measurements to give the maximum reading for each phase and neutral obtained with lighting, appliances, motors, and other loads, connected to the motor control centers in service C Prepare and submit final wiring diagrams after all field modifications are completed. include final wiring diagrams in the O&M Manual D. Provide the services of a qualified factory -trained employee of the motor control center manufacturer to assist the Contractor in installation and start-up of the motor control center for a minimum period of 2 days per assembly The manufacturer's employee shall provide technical direction and assistance to the contractor in general assembly of the equipment, connection and adjustments, and testing of the assembly and components contained therein. 3 06 ADJUSTING A. Tighten all structural connections, barriers, racking mechanisms, etc. B Check alignment of plug-in devices with stationary parts C. Check operating mechanisms for binding, lubrication, etc. D Set field -adjustable overload relays and circuit -breaker trip ranges as indicated in short circuit study, or if not included in the short circuit study, to the minimum required value (within code limitations) to permit starting and operation of the equipment. E Check continuity and phase uniformity from unit to unit and for all control or metering circuits. F Provide overload heaters, or set overloads, in motor controllers to protect the actual motor installed G Set, program and/or adjust motor controller parameters (for example, in VFDs and electronic soft starters) to properly control the driven equipment. See also Section 16422, Motor Controllers City of Yakima Motor Control Centers Boiler Replacement 16445 - 8 BID SET 1••27-12, Page 404 of 440 3 07 CLEANING A. Vacuum equipment clean after installation, remove metal cuttings with a magnet or suitable means before assembling equipment; wipe insulating supports, bushings, etc with a clean lint -free cloth, clean debris, shavings, etc. from breakers, bus, switches, relays, and similar components before start-up B On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of motor control centers Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish END OF SECTION City of Yakima Motor Control Centers Boiler Replacement 16445 - 9 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 405 of 440 BID SET 1-•27-12, Page 406 of 440 SECTION 16447 CONTROL STATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 102 SUMMARY A. This Section includes control stations used for motor or other control, but mounted external to motor starters or motor control center. B Related Sections include the following: 1 Division 16 Section 16050 "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for additional materials and installation information 103 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For each type of control station 1 Pilot devices 2. Enclosures 3. Auxiliary components B. Maintenance Data- For components to include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 1 1 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1 7 Quality Assurance B Source Limitations. Obtain similar control station devices through one source from a single manufacturer 1 05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store equipment per requirements of Section 16010 "Basic Electrical Requirements", 1.11 Delivery, Storage and Handling B Remove equipment protection only after equipment is safe from hazards such as dirt and moisture and damage from construction operations. Field repair of material or equipment made defective by improper storage or site construction damage by other trades is not acceptable 106 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and material specified herein All costs for control stations, as specified herein, shall be included in the appropriate lump sum bid items City of Yakima Control Stations Boiler Replacement 16447 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 407 of 440 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers Subject to compliance with additional requirements of the Contract, provide products by one of the following 1 Allen—Bradley 2 Square D Co 3 Eaton Corp ; Cutler -Hammer Products 2 02 COMPONENTS A. Control stations shall consist of selector switches, pushbuttons, pilot lights, potentiometers, and similar devices, individually or group mounted in a single enclosure. B Pilot devices. 1 Selector switches (a) Heavy duty, oiltight type (b) Contact block quantity and arrangement as indicated on wiring diagrams, and required for specified functionality (i) Dry and indoor locations. standard contact blocks rated for 10 A continuous current. (ii) Wet or outdoor locations' Hermetically sealed contact blocks (c) Maintained contact type for selector switches, unless shown otherwise (d) Knob type operators, black in color. (e) Legend plate, marked as indicated on drawings 2. Pushbuttons (a) Heavy duty, oiltight type (b) Contact block quantity and arrangement as indicated on wiring diagrams, and required for specified functionality. (i) Dry and indoor locations standard contact blocks rated for 10 A continuous current. (ii) Wet or outdoor locations Hermetically sealed contact blocks. (c) Maintained contact type for selector switches, unless shown otherwise (d) Flush type operators, with half shroud. (e) Green colored buttons for START or ON and red color for STOP or OFF Black in color for other functions, unless otherwise indicated. (f) Legend plate, marked as indicated on drawings. 3 Pilot lights (a) Heavy duty, oiltight type. (b) Lamps (i) LED, or incandescent type (ii) Allows replacement of Tamp without removal from enclosure City of Yakima Control Stations Boiler Replacement 16447 - 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 408 of 440 (iii) 120 volt lamp (iv) Push to test type (v) Glass lens (vi) Color as indicated on drawings C Enclosures 1 Formed of sheet steel and continuously welded with screw on or clamped covers. Enclosures may be hinged (a) NEMA 1 and 12 Painted Steel. (b) NEMA 4X: Stainless Steel (c) NEMA 7. Cast Iron. 2 NEMA type per location as stated in Section 16050 "Basic Materials and Methods", unless indicated otherwise 2 03 IDENTIFICATION A. Provide each control station with an engraved nameplate per the requirements of Section 16050 Basic Materials and Methods, 3.3 Identification and as follows 1 Nameplate is Lamacoid or equal plastic laminate or engraved metal plate Lettering is white, 3/8"; backgrounds are black. No abbreviations are permitted unless approved by the Engineer. Engraving is subject to the Engineer's approval 2. Provide individual legend plates for each pilot device 3. Identify conductors at each termination by yellow sleeve wire markers heat - shrink or stretch -on type with indelible black letters and numbers at each termination or splice PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Level, plumb and rigid without distortion of enclosure 1 Provide bushings on conduits entering from above or at the sides 2 Provide metallic, insulating grounding bushings on conduits entering from below 3.02 GROUNDING A. Provide ground continuity to facility electrical ground system 3.03 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Acceptance Testing City of Yakima Control Stations Boiler Replacement 16447 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 409 of 440 1. Test the equipment and electrical circuits for proper connection, continuity, and absence of undesirable shorts and grounds Test wire and cable installation, when complete and seventy-two hours prior to energization of the system Check for continuity, visual damage, marking, and proper phase sequence before performing insulation testing 2 Test all operating controls for proper operation 3 Make continuity tests of each circuit. 4 Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units, and retest. END OF SECTION City of Yakima Control Stations Boiler Replacement 16447 - 4 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 410 of 440 SECTION 16460 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 102 SUMMARY A. This Section includes dry -type distribution and specialty transformers rated 1000 V and less. 103 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit the following 1 nameplate ratings 2 mounting methods 3 dimensioned plans, sections, elevation views and minimum clearances 4. Transformers submitted with dimensions larger than the available space for installation will be rejected B Wiring Diagrams Submit manufacturer's wiring diagrams and clearly identify terminals for tap changing and connecting field -installed wiring C. Field Test Reports .Indicate and interpret test results for tests specified in Part 3. D. Maintenance Data: Include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 1 1 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1 7 Quality Assurance B Comply with NFPA 70 C Comply with UL 1561 "Standard for Dry -Type General Purpose and Power Transformers". D. Product Selection for Restricted Space. Space for installation of transformers is limited. Contract Document plan drawings indicate typical physical sizes or dimensions for equipment, including clearances between transformers and adjacent surfaces and items Transformers with larger dimensions may be acceptable, but it is the responsibility of the Contractor to submit detailed drawings showing the required revisions to the structural, process, mechanical, electrical, and other plans to accommodate equipment with larger dimensions The Contractor shall coordinate the size of the transformers with the available space and shall verify that the proposed equipment is capable of being installed in the available space prior to making a submittal. Equipment of dimensions larger than the available space shall not be submitted, and if submitted, will be rejected The decision of the Engineer as to the acceptability of equipment with larger dimensions than as shown on the Contract Document plan drawings will be final If the larger equipment is deemed acceptable, it is the Contractor's responsibility to provide any required revisions to the structural, process, mechanical, electrical, and other designs without additional cost to the Owner City of Yakima Dry Type Transformers Boiler Replacement 16460 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 411 of 440 1 05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store equipment per requirements of Section 16010 "Basic Electrical Requirements", 1 11 Delivery, Storage and Handling B Remove equipment protection only after equipment is safe from hazards such as dirt and moisture and damage from construction operations. Field repair of material or equipment made defective by improper storage or site construction damage by other trades is not acceptable. C Temporary Heating Apply temporary heat according to manufacturer's written instructions within the enclosure of each ventilated -type unit throughout periods during which equipment is not energized and is not in a space that is continuously under normal control of temperature and humidity 106 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and material specified herein All costs for dry type transformers, as specified herein, shall be included in the appropriate lump sum bid items PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements, provide transformers by one the following: 1 Cutler-Hammer/Eaton Corp. 2 GE Electrical Distribution & Control 3 Square D; Groupe Schneider 4. Tierney Electrical Manufacturing Company 2 02 TRANSFORMERS, GENERAL A. Description: Factory -assembled and -tested, air-cooled units of types and sizes specified, designed for 60 -Hz service B. Cores Grain -oriented, nonaging silicon steel C Coils. Continuous copper windings without splices, except for taps D Internal Coil Connections: Brazed or pressure type E Enclosure Complies with Section 16050 and NEMA 250 for the environment in which installed 2 03 GENERAL-PURPOSE DISTRIBUTION AND POWER TRANSFORMERS A. Comply with NEMA TP -1 (except Tess than 15 kVA and/or K -rated transformers), NEMA ST 20 and list and label as complying with UL 1561. B Cores- One leg per phase C Windings One coil per phase in primary and secondary D Insulation Class. 220 deg C class for transformers larger than 15 kVA. E Rated Temperature Rise 80 deg C maximum rise above 40 deg C F Taps. For transformers 3 kVA and larger, full -capacity taps in high-voltage windings are as follows. 1 Taps, 3 through 25 kVA. Two 5 -percent taps below rated high voltage City of Yakima Dry Type Transformers Boiler Replacement 16460 - 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 412 of 440 2 Taps, 25 through 500 kVA: Six 2 5 -percent taps, 2 above and 4 below rated high voltage G Wall -Mounting Brackets. Manufacturer's standard brackets for transformers up to 75 kVA. H Outdoor transformers shall have epoxy encapsulated windings. 2 04 FINISHES A. Indoor Units Manufacturer's standard paint over corrosion -resistant pretreatment and primer 2 05 CONTROL AND SIGNAL TRANSFORMERS A. Units comply with NEMA ST 1 and are listed and labeled as complying with UL 506, "Standard for Specialty Transformers". B Ratings. Continuous duty If rating is not indicated, provide capacity exceeding peak Toad by 50 percent minimum. C. Description Self -cooled, 2 windings 2 06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory Tests Design and routine tests comply with referenced standards PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Arrange equipment to provide adequate spacing for access and for circulation of cooling air per manufacturer's recommendations B. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B, "Wire Connectors". 3.02 GROUNDING A. Comply with Division 16 Section 16060 "Grounding" and NEC for materials and installation requirements 3 03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test to ensure transformer is operational within industry and manufacturer's tolerances, is installed according to the Contract Documents, and is suitable for energizing B Report: Submit a written report of observations and tests Report defective materials and installation C. Tests. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7 2.1.1 for transformers Certify compliance with test parameters 1. Inspect accessible components for cleanliness, mechanical and electrical integrity, and damage or deterioration. Verify that temporary shipping City of Yakima Dry Type Transformers Boiler Replacement 16460 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 413 of 440 bracing has been removed Include internal inspection through access panels and covers 2 Inspect bolted electrical connections for tightness according to manufacturer's published torque values or, if not available, those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B, "Wire Connectors". 3 Insulation Resistance Perform winding to winding and winding to ground megohmmeter tests of each primary and secondary winding D Test Failures Compare test results with specified performance or manufacturer's data Correct deficiencies identified by tests and retest. Verify that transformers meet specified requirements 3 04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust transformer taps to provide optimum voltage conditions at utilization equipment throughout normal operating cycle of facility Record primary and secondary voltages and tap settings and submit with test results B Adjust buck -boost transformer connections to provide optimum voltage conditions at utilization equipment throughout normal operating cycle of facility END OF SECTION City of Yakima Dry Type Transformers Boiler Replacement 16460 - 4 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 414 of 440 SECTION 16510 INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes interior lighting fixtures (including fixtures normally mounted on the building), lamps, ballasts, emergency lighting units, and accessory materials such as frames, lenses, diffusers, hangers, spacers, stems and canopies, auxiliary junction boxes and other miscellaneous hardware as required for complete installation of all lighting equipment. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Fixture: A complete lighting unit, exit sign, or emergency lighting unit. Fixtures include lamps and parts required to distribute light, position and protect lamps, and connect lamps to power supply. Internal battery -powered exit signs and emergency lighting units also include a battery and the means for controlling and recharging the battery. Emergency lighting units include ones with and without integral lamp heads. B. Average Life: The time after which 50 percent fails and 50 percent survives under normal conditions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data describing fixtures, lamps, ballasts, and emergency lighting units. Arrange Product Data for fixtures in order of fixture designation. Include data on features and accessories and the following: 1. Outline drawings indicating dimensions and principal features of fixtures. 2. Electrical Ratings and Photometric Data: Certified results of laboratory tests for fixtures and lamps. 3. Battery and charger data for emergency lighting units. C. Maintenance data for fixtures to include in the operation and maintenance manual specified in Division 1. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Component Standard: Provide components that comply with NEC and that are listed and labeled by UL. B. Refer to Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1.7 Quality Assurance. City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Interior Lighting 16510 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 415 of 440 C. Listing and Labeling: Provide fixtures, emergency lighting units, and accessory components specified in this Section that are listed and labeled for their indicated use and installation conditions on Project. 1. Special Listing and Labeling: Provide fixtures for use in damp or wet locations, and recessed in combustible construction that are specifically listed and labeled for such use. Provide fixtures for use in hazardous (classified) locations that are listed and labeled for the specific hazard. D. Coordinate fixtures, mounting hardware, and trim with ductwork, insulation, sprinkler system, ceiling system and other items, including work of other trades, required to be mounted on ceiling or in ceiling space. 1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents. 1. Lamps: 10% of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 2. Plastic Diffusers and Lenses: 1% of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 3. Ballasts: 2% of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 4. Globes and Guards: 5% of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 1.07 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and material specified herein. All costs for interior lighting, as specified herein, shall be included in the appropriate lump sum bid items. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified in the Lighting Fixture Schedule. 2.02 FIXTURES AND FIXTURE COMPONENTS, GENERAL A. No visible labels, trademarks or monograms on the exterior of the lighting fixtures or on lens or diffusers B. Metal Parts: Free from burrs, sharp corners, and edges. C. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, except as indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. D. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating without the use of tools, intended for finger operation; free from Tight leakage at seams, joints or junctions visible in the installed condition under operating conditions; and arranged to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and when secured in operating position. Spring loaded latches for frames. City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Interior Lighting 16510 - 2 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 416 of 440 E. Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectance as follows, except as otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85 percent. 2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent. 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent. 4. Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90 percent. F. Lenses, Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic or water white, annealed crystal glass, except as otherwise indicated. 1. Plastic: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation. 2. Lens Thickness: 0.125 inch minimum; except where greater thickness is indicated. 3. Pattern for plastic lenses: K12 prismatic refractors. Pattern No. 12 is not acceptable. 4. Approved manufacturers: (a) Holophane (b) KSH Plastics (c) Carolite Plastics (d) Plaskolite, Inc. G. Provide gaskets on all trims and housings of "wet" location fixtures. Provide non -corrosive type plaster rings, hangers, trim and hardware in wet locations. H. Fixture Supports 1. - Provide hook hangers for fixtures where indicated or specified consisting of an integrated assembly matched to fixture and line voltage and equipped with threaded attachment, cord, and locking type plug. I. Fluorescent Ballasts: Electronic integrated circuit, solid-state, full -light -output, energy- efficient type compatible with lamps and lamp combinations to which connected. 1. Certification by Electrical Testing Laboratory (ETL). 2. Labeling by Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association (CBM). 3. Type: Class P with automatic reset integral protector device set to limit cast temperature to one -hundred -ten degrees Celsius maximum under abnormal conditions, high power factor. 4. Sound Rating: "A" rating. 5. Voltage: Match connected circuits. 6. Lamp Flicker: Less than 5 percent. 7. Minimum Power Factor: 90 percent. 8. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) of Ballast Current: Less than 10 percent. 9. Conform to FCC Regulations Part 15, Subpart J for electromagnetic interference. 10. Multilamp Ballasts and maximum ratings: Use 2, 3, or 4 lamp ballasts for multilamp fixtures where indicated, with maximum input wattage ratings per Ansi C82.2 as follows: (a) 1 lamp F32T8-32 watts. (b) 2 lamp F32T8-62 watts. (c) 3 lamp F32T8-92 watts. (d) 4 lamp F32T8 120 watts. 11. Lamp -ballast connection method does not reduce normal rated life of lamps. 12. Low -Temperature Fluorescent Ballasts: Comply with above requirements, except ballast may be Class P electromagnetic type. Starting temperature is minus 20 deg C or colder. City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Interior Lighting 16510 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 417 of 440 13. Manufacturers: (a) Advance (b) General Electric (c) Motorola 14. Emergency ballasts shall be 1100 lumen output. Ballasts shall be manufactured by Bodine or approved equal. Warranty shall be five years. J. High -Intensity -Discharge (HID) Fixtures: Conform to UL 1572. K. HID Pulse Start Ballasts: Conform to UL 1029 and ANSI C82.4. Include the following features, except as otherwise indicated. 1. Constant wattage autotransformer (CWA) or regulating high -power -factor type, suitable for the temperature range in which they are to be operated. 2. Operating Voltage: Match system voltage. 3. Single -Lamp Ballasts: Minimum starting temperature of minus 30 deg C. 4. Normal Ambient Operating Temperature: 40 deg C. 5. Open circuit operation will not reduce average life. L. Encapsulation: Manufacturer's standard epoxy -encapsulated model designed to minimize audible fixture noise. 2.03 LAMPS A. Provide lamps for each fixture which comply with ANSI C78 series that is applicable to each type of lamp. B. Fluorescent Color Temperature and Minimum Color -Rendering Index (CRI): 4100 K and 85 CRI, except as otherwise indicated. C. Noncompact Fluorescent Lamp Life: Rated average is 20,000 hours at 3 hours per start when used on rapid start circuits. D. Metal Halide Color Temperature and Minimum Color -Rendering Index (CRI): 3600 K and 70 CRI, except as otherwise indicated. E. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric 2. Phillips 3. Sylvania 2.04 FUSES A. Provide fuses in fixtures mounted more than eight feet above floor or operated at 277 volts. B. Fast acting, current limiting fuses, coordinated with the ballast and lamp operating characteristics, so as to avoid false tripping, yet provide fault clearing before damage occurs to the fixture. Bussman Type HFL in-line fuse holder and Bussman Type GLR fuse, sized at two -hundred percent of the ballast current rating. 2.05 FINISHES A. Manufacturer's standard, except as otherwise indicated, applied over corrosion -resistant treatment or primer, free of streaks, runs, holidays, stains, blisters, and similar defects. City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Interior Lighting 16510 - 4 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 418 of 440 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Coordination with other work. 1. Coordinate lighting fixture size and design, frame requirements, and hanging or mounting devices for project ceiling conditions before ordering lighting fixtures. Consult the Contract Document Drawings for details of ceiling and wall construction; provide lighting fixtures suitable for the particular type of ceiling or wall at each location. 2. Adjust Tight fixtures as required - near piping, equipment, etc., to protect from physical damage and provide sufficient clearance to install lamps and to maintain lens, reflectors, ballasts, etc. Where pendant mounted fixtures are in conflict with ducts and piping, coordinate the location and mounting heights of the fixtures to the available space left between the various ducts and piping. 3. Locate fixtures so that doors and other equipment will not damage them at any time. 4. Adjust stem or chain lengths to suit actual field conditions where indicated mounting heights to bottom of fixtures are not possible or conflict with other trades' work. Brace pendants and rods over 48 inches long to limit swinging. 5. Prepare irregular surfaces for mounting. B. Fixture support 1. Install fixtures with supports, brackets and trim as recommended by the fixture manufacturer to suit the particular building construction and use. Align each fixture to ceiling structure. 2. Provide clips on fixtures installed in grid type ceiling with exposed T -bar construction to hold fixture to T bars which prevent any relative lateral movement between fixture and the suspension system at any point on the fixture. 3. Provide a minimum of four extra iron wires per fixture, anchored securely to the fixture at each corner and independently anchored to the structural system above, for fixtures mounted in grid type ceilings. Size wires the same as wires which support the ceiling structure. 4. Install surface mounted fixtures tight to the ceiling construction. Provide shims or spacers as required to keep surface mounted fixture from warping or twisting due to uneven surfaces. For suspended fixtures, use stems and chain attachments that cannot be displaced from hangers by an upward force. 5. Provide fixture hangers and attachments on pendant or bracket mounted fluorescent fixtures in addition to raceway connections. Provide a minimum of two per fixture at the quarter points for fixtures of eight feet or less. Provide a minimum of four per fixture, equally spaced at the ends and on third points for fixtures over eight feet in length. Provide a minimum of one stem or chain per eight feet plus one for fixtures in a continuous row. Maximum spacing of stems not to exceed nominal length of each fixture. Install additional stems or hangers where recommended by the fixture manufacturer. 6. Secure surface and pendant fixtures to ceiling system, roof structure or slabs with a fastener such as lag screw, lag bolt, toggle bolt, cinch anchor or stud to support City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Interior Lighting 16510 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 419 of 440 the fixture plus one -hundred pounds at each support. Nails or similar fasteners are not approved for lighting fixture support. 7. Do not support fixtures from ceiling material other than structural or framing material. Provide supports, spacers, channels, etc., necessary to support lighting fixtures where fixtures are located so that they cannot be connected directly to structure members. Provide additional framing to directly support fixtures where construction is such that mounting channels, strongbacks or bridging is required to support fixtures. Provide additional support material which matches the structure material. 8. Provide outlet boxes or other supports for lighting fixtures which are of sufficient strength to support at least four times the weight of fixture or one -hundred pounds, whichever is greater. Support all fixtures weighing more than fifty pounds independently of outlet box. 9. Do not support fluorescent fixtures with forty-eight inches or longer lamps from outlet box ears. Provide suitable fixture stud in box for each fixture. 10. Support all surface mounted fixtures more than eighteen inches wide at or near each corner, in addition to support from outlet box. 11. For heavy pendant mounted fixtures, where support independent of box is required and where conduit and outlet boxes are installed on surface, use safety swivel hanger with fixture stud. For fixtures suspended indoors from sloping surfaces, provide suitable aligners. C. Install fluorescent bi-pin lamps in sockets after polarity, voltage and connections have been checked with a bi-pin tester or volt meter. Fluorescent bi-pin lamps shall be installed with correct rotation of lamps as indicated by indents or tabs. D. Install fixtures in rows or grids true to line. Install fixtures in a common area at the same level or grade. Install continuous runs of fixtures straight and true with joining straps, couplings, and nipples. Maintain spacing for fixtures as dimensioned or shown on the reflected ceiling plan and do not arbitrarily change because of ceiling pattern, etc. Symbols on Drawings which are undimensioned show approximate locations and care shall be used to locate fixtures on centers of spaces, at the quarter points, or as indicated. Any changes in fixture layout must be approved in writing by the Engineer. 3.02 CONNECTIONS A. Ground the lighting units. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replaced damaged fixtures and components. B. Tests: Verify normal operation of each fixture after fixtures have been installed and circuits have been energized with normal power source. Interrupt electrical energy to demonstrate proper operation of emergency lighting installation. C. Replace or repair malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until all units operate properly. D. Report results of tests in writing. City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Interior Lighting 16510 - 6 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 420 of 440 E. Replace fixtures that show evidence of corrosion during Project warranty period. F. Provide replacement lamps for all lamps which fail prior to completion of the work. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean fixture lens, diffusers, enclosures on fixtures. Dirty enclosures, lens or diffusers shall be removed, washed and rinsed as recommended by fixture manufacturer. B. Adjust aimable fixtures to provide required light intensities. 3.05 INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE A. Lighting Fixture Schedule is shown on the Drawings. END OF SECTION City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Interior Lighting 16510 - 7 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 421 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 422 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 16921 REQUIREMENTS FOR SCADA COMMUNICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 SCOPE A. This section describes the general procedures to configure PLCs furnished under other Divisions to communicate data with the Plant SCADA system B This section also includes IP addresses for items furnished under other Divisions C Related Sections include the following' 1 Division 16 Section 16050 "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for additional materials and installation information 2 Section 11170 "Boiler Master Control Panel" 102 SUMMARY A. The algorithm to coordinate data transfers between PLCs supplied under this project shall be as described herein. B Communications with the plant SCADA will use one of the following industrial protocols 1. AB/Ethernet (also known as CSP) 2 Ethernet/IP (CIP) 3 Ethernet/IP (PCCC) 4 Modbus/TCP 5 Any Siemens Ethernet protocol accessible via the KEPServerEX Siemens OPC Server Suite 6. Any SNMP protocol accessible via the KEPServerEX. C PLC registers will be arranged to minimize the quantity of data to be transferred and to minimize the number of data communications transactions 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1 7 Quality Assurance 104 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and material specified herein All costs for SCADA communications, as specified herein, shall be included in the appropriate lump sum bid items PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 01 PRODUCTS A. Provide protocol converters, media converters, or protocol gateways as needed to fulfill requirements of this section City of Yakima Requirements for SCADA Communications Boiler Replacement 16921 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 423 of 440 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DESCRIPTION OF THE METHOD OF COMMUNICATION A. The data to read by the plant SCADA system shall be encoded into registers ordered as noted below in the following table Data, Type_ . Communications Sequence Number 16 bit Integer Analog No 1 (Feedback) Analogs (Read / Write) Analog No. 2 (Feedback) Analog No 3 (Feedback) Analog No 4 (Feedback) Discrete No 1 (Feedback) Discrete values packed into Integers (Read / Write) Discrete No 2 (Feedback) Discrete No. 3 (Feedback) Discrete No 4 (Feedback) Communications Stalled Alarm Discrete values packed into Integers (For the Plant SCADA System) Status Discrete No 1 Status Discrete No. 2 Status Discrete No. 3 Status Analog No 1 (Feedback) Analogs (For the Plant SCADA System) Status Analog No 2 (Feedback) Status Analog No 3 (Feedback) Status Analog No 4 (Feedback) Requirements for SCADA Communications City of Yakima 16921 - 2 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 424 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 11 11 1 11 11 1 1 1 11 1 The data shall be placed into consecutive integers 2. For PLCs with PCCC data maps (such as an Allen Bradley SLC 5/05 or an Allen Bradley Micrologix 1400), the data shall be placed in consecutive N (integer type) data files of no more than 200 elements 3 For PLCs functioning as native Ethernet/IP clients, the data shall be placed in either an integer array (INT[]) or a double integer array (DINT[]) 4. For PLCs functioning as Modbus/TCP clients, the data shall be placed in contiguous memory locations (holding registers) 5 Discrete values shall be packed into integers and represented in contiguous memory location (or registers) 6 If used, floating point values (reals) shall be placed into the registers by copying the bit pattern into the integers. (For example, one single precision float would be copied into the 4 bytes of two 16 bit integers ) B The data to written by the plant SCADA system shall be encoded into registers ordered as noted below in the following table: City of Yakima Data Type Analog No 1 Analogs (Read / Write) Analog No. 2 Analog No 3 Analog No 4 Discrete No 1 Discrete values packed into Integers (Read / Write) Discrete No 2 Discrete No 3 Discrete No 4 Acknowledge Alarms Discrete values packed into Integers (From the Plant SCADA System) Write Only Discrete No 1 Write Only Discrete No 2 Write Only Discrete No 3 Communications Sequence Number 16 bit Integer Status Discrete No 1 Discrete values Requirements for SCADA Communications Boiler Replacement 16921 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 425 of 440 Data Type Status Discrete No 2 packed into Integers (From the Plant SCADA System) Status Discrete No 3 Status Discrete No 4 Analog No. 1 (Feedback) Analogs (From the Plant SCADA System) Analog No 2 (Feedback) Analog No 3 (Feedback) Analog No. 4 (Feedback) 1 The data shall be placed into consecutive integers The data shall not overlap the data to be read by the plant SCADA system. 2 For PLCs with PCCC data maps (such as an Allen Bradley SLC 5/05 or an Allen Bradley Micrologix 1100), the data shall be placed in consecutive N (integer type) data files of no more than 200 elements. 3 For PLCs functioning as native Ethernet/IP clients, the data shall be placed in either an integer array (INT[]) or a double integer array (DINT[]). 4. For PLCs functioning as Modbus/TCP clients, the data shall be placed in holding registers 5 Discrete values shall be packed into integers and represented in contiguous memory locations (or registers) 6 If used, floating point values (reals) shall be placed into the registers by copying the bit pattern into the integers. (For example, one float would be copied into the 4 bytes of two 16 bit integers ) C The write -only discrete value registers should be used for counter reset signals, alarm acknowledgment, and similar applications Process permissive signals, motor calls to start, or motor calls to stop with write -only discrete registers are not permissible The (vendor) PLC will monitor the "Communications Sequence Number" in the data written by the plant SCADA system The sequence number will have the following properties as noted below in the following table Communications...- - -Sequence Number - Description _ - Bit 0 Should always be set (1) when written by SCADA system Should always be unset (0) when read by the SCADA system Requirements for SCADA Communications City of Yakima 16921 - 4 Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 426 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 11 11 1 1 1 1 Commun`icatioris Sequence Number Description Bits 1-3 All the bits are unset (0) if the plant SCADA system is not updating any values Bit 1 is set if the plant SCADA system is updating one (or more) of the analog values Bit 2 is set if the plant SCADA system is updating one (or more) of the read/write discrete values. Bit 3 is set if the plant SCADA system has set one (or more) of the write only discrete values Bits 4-7 All the bits are unset (0) if the plant SCADA system is not updating any values Bits 8-15 The plant SCADA system changes this value at least once every 2 seconds 1 When the PLC code observes that Bit 0 of the sequence number is set (to a value of 1), the code will unset Bit 0 of the sequence number and then copy the sequence number into the data read by the plant SCADA system. Then the PLC code will perform the following tasks in the same scan as the new data. (a) If the least significant byte of the sequence number is not zero then process the data written by the plant SCADA system. (This check should occur subsequent to resetting Bit 0.) (i) If the plant SCADA system writes any data, it will provide values for all read / write analogs and read / write discrete values (ii) Except for the changed values, the plant SCADA system will provide values retrieved from the most recently read data. (iii) Write only discrete value registers will be unset (i e , values will be zero)except for discrete values being written to by the plant SCADA system. (b) If the least significant byte of the sequence number is zero then the plant SCADA system will not overwrite any read / write analog or read / write discrete values. The plant City of Yakima Requirements for SCADA Communications Boiler Replacement 16921 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 427 of 440 SCADA system may unset all write / only discrete registers by overwriting them with zeros (c) In any case, the values in any read / write analog or read / write discrete registers as written by the Plant SCADA shall be considered unreliable unless bit 0 of the sequence number is set (to a value of 1) 2. The PLC code must update the data read by the plant SCADA system every time the plant SCADA system writes new data and at least once every ten seconds if no plant SCADA system writes are detected 3 The PLC code must generate a "Communications Stalled Alarm" whenever no plant SCADA system writes are detected over a configured interval The "Communications Stalled Alarm" shall automatically reset when fresh data is received or an updated sequence number is received by the PLC. The I "Communications Stalled Alarm" shall not clear sooner than ten seconds after new plant writes are detected to allow the plant SCADA system to detect the communications stall alarm D The exact contents of the data registers written and read by the plant SCADA system shall be provided with the submittal of PLC programming 1 If an operator interface (01) directly updates any of this data, it should write to the address ranges read by the plant SCADA system 2. For PLCs functioning as Modbus/TCP clients, if an 01 updates discrete values, it should write to coil addresses The contents of the coil addresses corresponding to read/write discrete registers should be copied (or block transferred) to the location of the address range read by the plant SCADA system designated for read / write discrete registers 3 02 TABLE OF IP ADDRESSES I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A. All SCADA equipment with an IPv4 (Internet Protocol version 4) address configuration shall be programmed to be in network 192.168 128 0/24 (CIDR notation). 1 Subnet Mask: 255.255 255.0 2 Default Gateway 192 168 128 1 3 Domain Naming System (DNS). 192.168 4 1, 192.168 1 10 B All SCADA equipment with an IPv6 (Internet Protocol version 6) address configuration shall utilize standard IPv6 auto -configuration profiles if needed by other systems SCADA communications and messaging will not utilize IPv6 3 03 SCADA MESSAGING PERFORMANCE A. All devices connected to the SCADA network shall be able to provide sequential responses to queries in a timely manner to allow collection and representation of SCADA status and Process conditions in a manner useful for recording (Performance mentioned below shall refer to an instance where the SCADA interface is tested with a laptop configured and sufficiently able to poll the SCADA device directly connected to the device Inherent network latency, such as a long range radio network, shall not be considered for device performance. Online programming modes or other configuration modes that prevent SCADA responses are likewise not considered important in this context.) 1 A polling device shall be reply within 1 second to a plant SCADA request under normal circumstances. Requirements for SCADA Communications 16921 -6 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 428 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 The device shall be able to provide SCADA information at a rate of at least 128 kbps when responding to requests from the plant SCADA network. 3 If request messages arrive too quickly, the SCADA device shall employ an algorithm, similar to denial -of -service attack mitigation methods, in which requests are "dropped" to allow servicing of at least a portion of the requests In no instance shall a high frequency of requests on the SCADA network interface cause that piece of equipment to crash or otherwise result in the system controlled by the SCADA connected piece of equipment failing to perform B. In no instance shall a malformed message received by the SCADA equipment cause that piece of equipment to crash or otherwise result in the system controlled by the SCADA connected piece of equipment failing to perform END OF SECTION City of Yakima Requirements for SCADA Communications Boiler Replacement 16921 - 7 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 429 of 440 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 430 of 440 SECTION 16940 CONTROL PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Control panels (whether provided under Division 16, or provided, or specified to be provided, with equipment specified under other Divisions). B. Section Includes 1. Control panels specified under this Section include. (a) Isolator Panel 1 Installation of control panels specified in other Divisions or furnished with the equipment. This includes (but is not limited to) the following (b) Boiler Master Control Panel (Cleaver -Brooks) Section 11170 C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section 1. Division 11 for Control Panels provided with process equipment specified in Division 11 1.03 REFERENCES A. Referenced Standards 1 National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) (a) ICS 1, General Standards for Industrial Control and Systems (b) ICS 4, Terminal Blocks for Industrial Use (c) ICS 6, Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems (d) Publication No 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 V maximum) 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) (a) National Electric Code (NEC). 3 Joint Industrial Council (a) JIC-EMP-1 1 04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Control Panels 1. The system includes control panels for control and/or monitoring of the process equipment. Control panels, whether provided under Division 16 or other Divisions, shall meet the requirements of this Section 2 The system includes communications enclosures which will have communications equipment installed in the enclosures by the Owner. City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Control Panels 16940 - 1 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 431 of 440 105 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1 See Section 01330 "Submittals" 2 Dimensioned and to -scale panel layout drawings. 3 Materials of construction 4 Drawings showing conduit and wiring access locations 5. Elementary wiring diagrams and terminal block drawings, differentiating between panel and field wiring. 6. Bill of Materials including the reference name or number, quantity, complete English language description, manufacturer, model number, local supplier and wiring or piping reference 7 Product Information including manufacturer name, catalog descriptions, ratings, wiring and piping diagrams, dimensional drawings, anchoring details, installation instruction, and test results 8. Loop diagrams with all components connected per ISA standards 9 The terminal designation (designations for terminals may be chosen by the panel builder unless noted otherwise on contract drawings) shall be shown on the elementary wiring diagrams, analog loop diagrams, and terminal block drawings 10 Nameplate text. 11. Control panels submitted with dimensions larger than the available space for installation will be rejected B Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1 See Section 01330 "Submittals". 2. Provide manufacturer's operating and maintenance manuals for each device or item provided. 3 Recommended spare parts stocking list. 4 Record Drawings of completed control panels 1 06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1 7 Quality Assurance B. Control panels supplied under this Section shall be provided by a single manufacturer, except those provided with equipment specified under Division 11, 13, 14, or 15. C Comply with UL 508 "Standard for Industrial Control Equipment". D Provide control panels bearing the label of a recognized testing laboratory, or otherwise acceptable to the State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries E Submit and obtain approval of shop drawings and make approved shop drawings available prior to placement of conduits in slabs to ensure placement is coordinated with panel access locations F Shop testing of the panel is required Refer to the "Testing" section below for shop test information G Product Selection for Restricted Space Space for installation of control panels is limited. Contract Document plan drawings indicate typical physical sizes or dimensions for control panels, including clearances between control panels and adjacent surfaces and items Control panels with larger dimensions may be acceptable, but it is the responsibility of the Contractor to submit detailed drawings Control Panels 16940 - 2 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 432 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 showing the required revisions to the structural, process, mechanical, electrical, and other plans to accommodate centers with larger dimensions in order to obtain approval before a change is accepted The Supplier/Contractor shall coordinate the size of the control panels with the available space and shall verify that the proposed control panels are capable of being installed in the available space prior to making a submittal Control panels of dimensions larger than the available space shall not be submitted The decision of the Engineer as to the acceptability of switchboards with larger dimensions than as shown on the Contract Document plan drawings will be final. If the larger equipment is deemed acceptable, it is the Contractor's responsibility to provide any required revisions to the structural, process, mechanical, electrical, and other designs without additional cost to the Owner H. Panel fabrication shops shall be pre -qualified for past competency and responsiveness 1. Total Energy Management, Inc Richland, Washington, Ryan Harris 509- 946-4500 2. ControlFreek, Inc. Spokane, Washington, Adam Snyder, 509-290-6500 3. TSI (Technical Systems, Inc.), Lynnwood, Washington, 425-775-5696 4. The Boiler Manufacturer or Boiler Manufacturer's Representative may supply the Boiler Master Control Panel 1 07 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. . Store equipment per requirements of Section 16050 "Basic Materials and Methods", 1.10 Delivery, Storage and Handling and as follows: 1. After completion of shop assembly and testing, enclose panels in heavy- duty polyethylene envelopes or secured sheeting to provide complete protection from dust and moisture. Place dehumidifiers inside the polyethylene covering 2. Skid -mount the equipment for final transport. Show shipping weight on shipping tags, together with instructions for unloading, transporting, storing, and handling on job site 3 Remove equipment protection only after equipment is safe from hazards such as dirt and moisture and damage from construction operations Field repair of material or equipment made defective by improper storage or site construction damage by other trades is not acceptable. 108 PAYMENT A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and material specified herein. All costs for control panels, as specified herein, shall be included in the appropriate lump sum bid items. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIALS A. Control panel enclosures shall be factory UL labeled enclosures fabricated into a rigid, self supporting structure. Panels shall be of NEMA type construction as required for the location indicated on the Plans. 1 Welded construction City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Control Panels 16940 - 3 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 433 of 440 B 2 Seams and corners welded and ground smooth. 3 Furnish doors with keyed alike locking handles and three point catch 1 The Boiler Building Isolator Panel "BOIP" shall be (a) Completely enclosed, self-supporting, and gasketed dust -tight. (b) Provide full length piano hinges rated for 1 5 times the weight of the door and door mounted instruments (c) Nameplates Phenolic 2 The Boiler Master Control Panel "BMCP" shall: (a) Be 30 inches wide by 30 inches high, less than 15 inches deep (b) Provide sufficient terminal capacity for the I/O points listed in Specification 16910 and as needed for Control of up to 2 standalone boilers (c) Interface with the Two Boiler Control Panels described in Section 11005 "Installation of Owner Furnished Equipment" and provide control modes to monitor, sequence, and adjust set points, and enable remote monitoring from the Plant SCADA. (d) Be manufactured by the Boiler Manufacturer or Boiler Manufacturer Representative 2 02 COMPONENTS A. Fuses 1 Control power fuses are FRN for ratings above ten amperes and FNQ for ten amperes and below (1/4" x 1-1/4" and 5rnm x 20mm fuses are not acceptable) FRN fuses are mounted in phenolic blocks with a fuse puller mounted adjacent to them. FNQ fuses are mounted in a Buss CHM1I modular fuseholder with indicator light. Label all fuseholders with fuse identification number and fuse size and type Provide three spare fuses of each type and size in each panel Provide box mounted on panel interior marked "SPARE FUSES" to hold the spares B Pilot devices (control units and stations): heavy duty, oil -tight type per NEMA ICS - 1, pilot lights push -to -test transformer type. 1 Allen-Bradley 2 Cutler -Hammer 3 Furnas 4. General Electric 5 Square D C Relays 1 Control relays for switching 120 VAC power circuits or motor starting circuits shall be electro -mechanical machine tool, heavy-duty type per NEMA ICS Standard with 120 volt coils and double -break contacts rated B- 300 by NEMA standards Allen-Bradley 700 N, General Electric CR 120, Gould -ITE J10, Square D Company Class 8501, Type G or equal, Cutler - Hammer Equip relays with surge suppressers. IEC rated relays are not permitted 2 Control relays for logic control circuits shall be permitted to be terminal block style type relays or Ice Cube style relays with terminal base. Coils Control Panels 16940 - 4 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 434 of 440 shall be rated 120 VAC or 24 VDC (as required) Contacts shall be double break type rated B300 by NEMA standards Relays shall have indicator flags or LED indicators and manual contact actuators for testing Relays shall provide at least as many contacts as shown on drawings Allen- Bradley, or equal 3 Time delay relays shall be electronic type Allen Bradley 700 Series or equal 4 Intrinsically safe relays shall be fixed sensitivity type U/L approved for use with a remote pilot device (dry contact) located in Class I, Division 1, Group C or D area Supply power shall be 120 volt AC 60 Hz. Provide a power supply for each voltage if a voltage other than 120 volt AC is needed Final contact rating on the ISR shall be 10 amperes or better at 120 volts AC Units shall be DIN rail mountable and less than 1/2 inch wide, 5 inches long, and 4 inches deep ISR units shall be as manufactured by Turck IM1 series, Pepperl-Fuchs K -System, or equal D. Intrinsically Safe Barrier 1. Intrinsically safe barriers shall be fixed sensitivity type U/L approved for use with a remote 4-20 mA, loop powered sensor located in Class I, Division 1, Group C or D area Supply power shall be 24 volts DC Provide a power supply for each voltage if a voltage other than 24 volt DC is needed Unit shall retransmit 4-20 mA signal, including a superimposed digital signal (e g , HART) from device in a Class I, Division 1 area to a device in a non- hazardous (by explosive danger) Units shall be DIN rail mountable and Tess than 1/2 inch wide, 5 inches long, and 4 inches deep ISR units shall be as manufactured by Turck IM33, Pepperl-Fuchs K -System, or equal E. Terminals. 1 Provide DIN rail mounted terminal blocks with screw clamp connections The terminal blocks shall be Entrelec MA 2,5/5 or equal 2. Provide all accessories such as jumper bars, end stops, and end sections needed for a complete and functional system of terminal blocks. F Power supplies shall be 120 VAC input, with adjustable 24 VDC output. Sola Hevi- Duty SDN 2 5-24-100P, or equal. G Conductors: 1 Class C stranded copper conductors of SIS or MTW insulation (for 120 VAC or 24 VDC power or discrete signal circuits) 2 Stranded #18 AWG copper conductor with thermoplastic insulation, foil or stranded wire shielding, and overall gray PVC jacket (for analog instrumentation circuits). H Wireways 1 shall be a minimum of one inch wide and three inches deep 2. shall have removable snap on covers and perforated walls for easy wire entrance 3 shall be constructed of non-metallic materials with a voltage insulation in excess of the maximum voltage carried therein 4 shall be Panduit Type G, Panel Channel, or equal. 2 03 ACCESSORIES A. Panel Nameplates and Identification. City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Control Panels 16940 - 5 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 435 of 440 1 Identify each item on the control panel with rectangular nameplates 2 Provide nameplates of rigid phenolic plastic laminate with engraved lettering or engraved metal plate with filled lettering Use black background with white lettering. 3 Minimum letter height is 1/2 inch for instrument description and %4 inch height for instrument tag number 4 Provide each panel with a 2" by 10" (minimum) main nameplate with1 inch high lettering with panel identification. 5 Abbreviations are not permitted unless approved by the Engineer or specifically shown on the nameplates, schedules, or drawings 6 Install nameplates plumb and parallel to the lines of doors or structure to which they are attached Attach to the sheet metal structure by a thin coat of adhesive and sheet metal screws Make adhesive and screw application in a manner to avoid buckling or distorting nameplates due to use of excessive adhesive or over tightening of screws PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION A. General 1 Control panels shall be factory or shop fabricated units completely assembled, wired and tested before shipment to the job site 2. Panel construction, in general, shall meet JIC EMP -1 standards and applicable NEMA and IEEE standards 3. The panels shall be constructed in accordance with electrical testing laboratory standards and shall be so labeled (the standards of a recognized electrical testing laboratory) 4 Size panels for the enclosed equipment and the available space for mounting of the panel, but not smaller than as shown on the Contract Documents 5 Panels shall be descaled, cleaned and primed in preparation for painting Painting shall consist of one coat of flat white enamel in the interior and two coats of hard finish exterior enamel, gray in color for the exterior Paint shall be suitable for field touch-up Spare paint (one quart) shall be provided for touch-up purposes B Component Installation 1. Minimize welding to panel fronts and avoid distortion of panel metal 2 Reinforce around areas of the enclosure weakened by openings or mounting of heavy equipment/components 3. Accurately and cleanly cut or nibble cut-outs, and finish free of sharp edges or burrs Make cutouts plumb, level, and on-line vertically or horizontally within 1/32 of an inch where components are in rows or columns. 4 Provide minimum 1-5/8 inches spacing between horizontal rows of externally mounted components, 1-1/2 inches minimum between vertical columns of components. 5 The distance from the bottom row of components to the floor shall be not less than 36 inches, unless specifically shown as less In general, all indicating lights, pushbuttons, and similar control devices, shall be mounted Control Panels 16940 - 6 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 436 of 440 in accordance with the sequence of operation from left to right and top to bottom 6 Provide minimum 1/4 inch spacing between components mounted on the panel sub -plate, Provide minimum spacing between the component and the wire duct of 1-1/2 inches above and one inch below. Provide additional space if required to access terminals, adjusting screws, and similar items 7 Components mounted in the interior shall be fastened to an interior subpanel using machine screws plus adhesive to insure vibration -free attachment. 8 Interior component mounting and wiring shall be grouped as much as possible by function and then by component type. Interiors shall be so arranged that control relays, terminal blocks, fuses, etc , can be replaced or added without disturbing adjacent components. 9 Separate instrinsically safe circuits by at least 2 inches. Secure both intrinsically safe and non -intrinsically safe circuits such that the circuits will not comingle. C. Panel Wiring. 1 Color coding of insulation shall be black for power, white for 120V neutrals, red for AC controls which derive their source from within the panel, yellow for AC controls which derive their source external to the panel, blue for low voltage DC controls, green for grounding conductors. 2 Shop or factory wire panels to identified terminal blocks equipped with screw type lugs 3 Raceways for panel wiring (a) Size raceways per the requirements of NEC (b) Provide panel wireways between each row of components, and adjacent to each terminal strip 4 Provide wire bending space per NEMA ICS 6. 5 Label wiring within the panel with wire numbers and run in wiring duct neatly tied and bundled with tie wraps or similar materials. Identify each wire termination, including all jumpers, with permanently marked, heat shrink type wire markers Arrange wire labels to permit reading of identification when installed. Apply heat per manufacturer's instructions to create a tight fit of the label to the wire 6 Connect wiring internal to the panel to the "inside" of the terminal strip Connect field wiring to the "outside' of the terminal strip Wires to enclosure door mounted components are considered as internal wires Connect no more than two wires to any one control terminal point. Provide terminal jumpers where more than two wires terminate at the same point. 7 Arrange wiring inside the panel to separate low voltage control signals of the milliamp-millivolt or other low energy type from inductive power circuits 8 Connect grounds and shields of circuits which derive power internal to the panel to a panel common ground bus which shall be grounded by the electrical contractor in the field. 9 Physically separate signals entering controllers for amplification as control outputs from all line voltage wiring and shield with continuous foil shielding or enclose them in metal raceway. 10. Provide necessary power supplies for control equipment. 11 Termination requirements City of Yakima Boiler Replacement Control Panels 16940 - 7 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 437 of 440 (a) Terminate panel wiring on device or terminal block screw terminals using slip-on spade tongue insulated crimp (compression) terminators, slip-on stud insulated crimp (compression) terminators, or stripped and tinned conductor ends Stranded conductors shall not be terminated bare to terminals or devices (b) Provide terminal strips for the termination of panel wiring not directly connected to panel mounted devices. (c) Terminals shall facilitate wire sizes as follows (i) VAC applications. Wire size 12 AWG and smaller (ii) Other Wire size 14 AWG and smaller (d) Label each I/O terminal to indicate tag number of the conductor and connected device. Locate terminals for termination of multiconductor shielded cables adjacent to each other to minimize lengths of unshielded conductor at the terminations (e) Provide terminals for individual termination of each signal shield Locate the terminal adjacent to the terminals for the signal conductors. (f) Provide 20 percent excess terminals for future expansion (g) In general, mount terminal strips on the bottom horizontal edge of the sub -plate Mount additional terminal strips, if required, on a thirty degree angle bracket at the bottom of the sub -plate. Where terminal strips are mounted side-by- side, elevate one set of terminals 1-1/2 inches above the sub -plate to allow wire to pass underneath (h) Provide a minimum of two inches between terminal strips and wireways or between terminal strips (i) Shielded cables used for analog signals shall be terminated with not greater than 1 inch of conductor left outside the shield This applies to field wires entering the panel for termination, and to panel conductors. Conductor twist shall be maintained over the unshielded length to as close as possible to the point of termination Where the overall jacket is cut back to expose the individual conductors, provide a heat shrink sleeve over the jacket, the signal, and the shield (drain) conductors. Insulate the shield (drain) conductor where not covered by the jacket or the sleeve Where shield (drain) conductors are not terminated, cut the conductor even with the jacket so that it is covered by the sleeve to prevent inadvertant contact with other devices, terminals, or conductors in the panel 3 02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Control Panel Testing 1 The entire assembled panel shall be meggered and tested to be free from grounds and shorts. 2 Circuits and interlocks shall be rung out and tested to assure that they function correctly before the panel is shipped Control Panels 16940 - 8 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 438 of 440 1 1 3 Revise all drawings upon completion of the work to show "as shipped" condition of the panel 3 03 INSTALLATION A. Install free-standing panels on concrete pads where shown on the Contract Documents Install with channel sills where shown on the Contract Documents Provide stainless steel shims to level units B Install wall or stanchion mounted panels level and plumb ' C. Anchor panels rigidly in place with approved anchorage devices. 3 04 TESTING 1 Provide updated and complete as shipped' drawings at the time of shipment. The Engineer shall review the drawings against the panel construction at the time of final testing Drawings which do not reflect the actual construction of the panel will need to be revised and reviewed again by the Engineer against the actual construction prior to shipment of the panel to the job site. 'As shipped' drawings which require revisions shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to the actual field review of these drawings against the panel construction This process of revision and review of the drawings will be repeated as necessary to produce drawings which reflect the actual construction of the panel at the time of shipment. Do not ship panels to the site until the 'as -shipped' drawings are updated, complete, and reflect the actual `as -shipped' status of the panel 2. Attention of the Contractor is directed to the fact that more than one review ' 3 of the panel wiring/drawings may be required. After each control panel has been installed at the jobsite (a) Conduct a field test of the panel. Testing shall be conducted ' by physically actuating signaling devices (where possible), installing temporary jumpers, or artificially imposing signals on the field wiring The purpose of the test is to establish proper operation of the field devices, the integrity of the field wiring, and proper connection of field devices to the panel. The Control Panel Fabricator shall coordinate with ' the OWNER to provide for as complete a testing of the control and monitoring systems as is practical prior to placing the panel on line for actual control and/or monitoring of the process The Contractor and/or Control Panel Fabricator shall make corrections or repairs to the wiring and/or devices as necessary to provide proper operation of the system (b) Submit the results of all tests in a formal document within two weeks following satisfactory performance of the test. The test results shall document all problems encountered in ' running the test, corrective action taken, and the detailed results of each phase of the test. 3 05 STARTUP 1. The Control Panel Fabricator shall provide a minimum of 10 man -days on site time for startup of the control system following the Contractor's City of Yakima Control Panels Boiler Replacement 16940 - 9 BID SET 1-27-12, Page 439 of 440 installation and testing On site time shall be coordinated with the Engineer on site time during startup, but may include additional time when the engineer is not present. 2 Revise all drawings upon completion showing "as built" conditions including the labeling of field wiring connections (a) Submit primary copy of these drawings for inclusion into the Operations and Maintenance Manual 3 06 CLEANING A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of control panels Vacuum interior and wipe clean all interior surfaces. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. END OF SECTION Control Panels 16940 - 10 City of Yakima Boiler Replacement BID SET 1-27-12, Page 440 of 440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Project: To: City Of Yakima Change Order Yakima WWTP Boiler Replacement Project 2220 E. Viola Yakima WA 98901 Shannon Industrial Contractors, Inc. Change Order Number: 1 Change Order Date: 2/11/13 Contract Number: 2307A Contract Date: 4/23/12 You are directed to make the following changes in this Contract: Refer to attached Scope Description and Justification Narrative along with the two October 18' 2012 letters itemizing the cost for each change from Shannon Industrial Contractors, Inc. CPR -01 Spirotherm Air Separator CPR -03 Exterior Paint — Boiler Room CPR -04 Additional Insulation CPR -05 Painted Plates and Column CPR -06 Cla-Val Pressure Relief Valve CPR -07 Electrical Work Other Miscellaneous Changes $ 6,009.43 Add $ 807.17 Add $ 573.46 Add $ 4,549.81 Add $ 5,348.33 Add $ 4,234.95 Add $ 0.00 Not valid until signed by both the Approving Authority and Contractor Signature of the Contractor indicated agreement herewith, including any adjustment on the Contract Sum or Contract Time. The Original Contract Sum was Net change by previous Change Orders $ 896,437.00 $ 0.00 The Contract Sum prior to this Change Order $ 896,437.00 The Contract Sum will be: X Increased ❑ Decreased 0 Unchanged by this Change Order $ 21,523.15 $ 917,960.15 The New Contract Sum including this Change Order will be The Contract Time will be: 0 Increased ❑ Decreased X Unchanged by ( ) working days The Contract Time remains 240 working days. Contra or By Andy Hander Title: President Date: Apprcommende pproved By Dean Smith Utility Construction Manager Tony 0' ourke S tt-' ' afe Wastewater ivis' n Mana` er Date: .2,2/r3 Title: City Manager Date: 3 \ gal is Original to Contractor Boiler Replacement Project Change Order 1 Scope Description and Justification Narrative (The individual breakdown of costs and associated back-up information for each of the change order items are attached for reference.) CPR -01: Spirotherm Air Separator - City learned of an air separation device that automatically removes air from the heating hot water to reduce pipe corrosion and the amount of corrosion resistance chemicals necessary for the heating hot water system longevity. CPR -03: Exterior Paint — Boiler Room - The paint type was not specified in the contract documents. The existing paint is an epoxy type paint which was installed to resist the corrosive nature of the atmosphere in the surrounding area. To maintain this protection the paint material for the expanded boiler room was changed from a standard latex type to an epoxy similar to the existing. CPR -04: Additional Insulation - A section of heating hot water pipe in the digester equipment room was removed in past years for maintenance purposes. To maintain the system efficiency, the insulation on this section of pipe needs to be reestablished. CPR -05: Painted Plates & Column - The exiting East wall has what looks like superficial cracking on the lower three feet. Cutting out the opening for the new door into the new electrical MCC room revealed that these cracks were not superficial. When consulting our structural engineer for the project he recommended the installation of a steel plate on each side of the wall and a steel column adjacent to the new doorway to maintain the integrity of the wall. CPR -06: Cla-Val Pressure Relief Valve - During the modification of the heating hot water piping, it became evident that certain operating scenarios could result in deadheading the secondary loop pumps. This is a condition when the pumps continue to run, but due to closed valves in the piping system downstream of the pumps, there is not flow through the pump. This condition can cause severe damage to the pumps due to cavitation. To prevent this condition, our engineers have recommended installation of a 2" bypass line and pressure control valve. This valve will opens when all the heat digester exchanger valves are closed to allow flow to continue in all operating conditions. CPR -07: Electrical Work - During the demolition of the old electrical equipment in the boiler room, several circuits were found that served the area adjacent to the boiler room which was not identified on the project drawings. To maintain these services, these circuits were reestablished after the demolition was complete. Original to Contractor Other Miscellaneous Changes - Several items were changed during the project to improve the installation and save costs on the project since they were identified as not being required. The net result of these changes is a zero cost change. The items are listed in the back-up documentation. Original to Contractor Construction Change Order Cost Analysis Date: March 5, 2013 Project: Yakima Boiler Replacement Project www.pharmereng.com 1998 W. Judith Lane Boise, Idaho 83705 Phone: 208-433-1900 r..... '1110 A,, 1 rtni To: Dean Smith (Yakima), From: Jordi Figueras (Pharmer Engineering) CC: Dan Barbeau (Pharmer Engineering) Subject: Change Order 1 — Summary of Cost Analyses Below is a summary of the cost analyses performed by Pharmer Engineering for the various items included in Change Order 1. These reviews were performed as the project change requests were received from Shannon Industrial. CPR -01 — Spirotherm Air Separator Cost Analysis: Equipment quoted is attached and included as a direct pass through to the City plus 15% mark-up. Other materials (flanges, hangars, bolts and gaskets sets) are appropriate for 6" carbon steel piping. Quoted time of 3 hours labor is appropriate to field weld two 6" flanges and an 8 hours for assembly of the equipment. CPR -03 — Exterior Paint — Boiler Room Cost Analysis: Wall area is approximately 365 ft2 which will require approximately 4 gallons of epoxy paint. Paint cost is typically between $50 and $75 per gallon. Therefore, the material cost is appropriate. Labor includes masking, set-up and clean-up. 8 hours of labor is also appropriate for this size of job. CPR -04 — Additional Insulation Cost Analysis: Requested price from an insulation supplier which was comparable to the one provided in the cost shown by Shannon. The only additional cost for this item is the mark-up by Shannon Industrial. Therefore, the cost for this item is reasonable. Page 1 of 2 CPR -05 — Painted Plates & Column Cost Analysis: Cost for steel plates and column cut to size with welded tabs for installation is estimated to be about $2000. 25 bolts through the wall which hold the plates and column in place and care estimated to be about $100. Epoxy paint and associated supplies is estimated to be about $100, Epoxy crack filler material is also estimated to be about $100. Therefore the material cost shown in the cost from Shannon Industrial appears to be reasonable. Labor included drilling 25 holes though the wall which is approximately 6" thick, installation of crack filler, installation of steel material, and prep and painting of the steel materials. 2 men for 1 day to perform this work is reasonable. CPR -06— Cla-Val Pressure Relief Valve Cost Analysis: The cost shown by Shannon Industrial for the Cla-Val and the associated pipe, fittings and isolation valves were verified through an on-line search and a regional vendor. Labor included pipe fabrication, draining of the system, installation, system fill, and insulation of the new piping. The estimate of 24 hours total labor and $200 are reasonable for the scope of this work. CPR -07— Electrical Work Cost Analysis: The labor and materials for this work is appropriate for the scope of the work. Work required careful coordination with operations since it included disconnection and reconnection of the fiber optic communications that had been fed through a panel that was removed. Other Miscellaneous Changes Cost Analysis: The pricing for the deleted items and additional items were reviewed and are reasonable and fair resulting in a $0.00 dollar cost change.